VOL. 114,

PARTS | & 2

31 MAY, 1990

Contents

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters V. Lecanidae (Rotifera:

Monogononta) - - - - - - - - -

Jones, G. K. Growth and mortality in a lightly fished population of garfish

+ Hyporhamphus melanochir), in Baird Bay, South Australia -

Austin, A. D. & Burnyoczky, V. Catalogue of invertegrate type specimens held in the

collections of the Waite Agricultural Research Institute and the

South Australian Department of Agriculture - - - -

Lansbury, I. Notes on the Hebridae (Insecta: Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of Australia

with descriptions of three new species - - - - -

Locket, N. A. A new genus and sia of scorpion from South Australia (Buthidae:

Buthinae) - - - - - = - - =

Tyler, M. J. Geographic distribution of the fossorial hylid frog Cyclorana platycephala

(Glinther) and the taxonomic status of C. slevini Loveridge -

Burton, T. C. The New Guinea genus Copiula Méhely (Anura: Microhylidae): A new

diagnostic character and a new species - - - - -

Brief Communications:

Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. On the taxonomic status of the Australian Chiton Parachiton

verconis (Cotton & Weeding, ne cutee is Sis ara

Leptochitonidae) - - - -

Hutchinson, M. N. Leiolopisma trilineatum (Gray, 1838), an addition to the

herpetofauna of South Australia - - - - - -

Pledge, N. S. & Sadler, T. A new subspecies of the sea urchin Peronella lesueuri from

the quaternary of South Australia - - - - - -

Barker, S. Two replacement names in Castiarina (Buprestidae: Coleoptera) - -

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 114, PART 1

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INC.

CONTENTS, VOL. 114, 1990

PARTS | & 2, 31 May

Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters V. Lecanidae (Rotifera:

Monogononta)-— - - - - - - - - - - |

Jones, G. K. Growth and mortality in a lightly fished population of garfish

(Hyporhamphus melanochir), in Baird Bay, South Australia - : 37

Austin, A. D, & Burnyoezky, V, Catalogue of invertebrate type specimens held in the

collections of the Waite Agricultural Research Institute and the South

Australian Department of Agriculture - - - - - - 47

Lansbury, I. Notes on the Hebridae (Insecta: Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of Australia with

descriptions of three new species - - . - - - = 195

Locket, N. A. A new genus and species of scorpion from South Australia (Buthidae:

Buthinae) = - - - - - - - - - - = Of

Tyler, M. J. Geographic distribution of the fossorial hylid frog Cyclorana platycephala

(Gtinther) and the taxonomic status of C. s/evini Loveridge - - 81

Burton, T. C. The New Guinea genus Copiula Mehely (Anura: Maier) A new

diagnostic character and a new species - - - = NY,

Brief Communications:

Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. On the taxonomic status of the Australian chiton Parachiton

verconis (Cotton & Weeding, 1939) (Mollusca: Polyplacophora:

Leptochitonidae) - - - - - - - - - a= 9S

Hutchinson, M. N. Lefolopisma trilineaium (Gray, 1838), an addition to the herpetofauna

of South Australia - - - - - - - - - 99

Pledge, N. S. & Sadler, T. A new subspecies of the sea urchin Peronella lesueuri from

the Quaternary of South Australia - - - - - - 103

Barker, S. Two replacement names in Castiarina (Buprestidae: Coleoptera) - - 105

PARTS 3 & 4, 30 November

Wells, A. New species and a new genus of micro-caddisfly from northern Australia,

including the first Australian record of the tribe Stactobiini

(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) - - - - . - -

Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters. V1. Proalidae, Lindiidae

(Rotifera: Monogononta) - - - - - - - -

McDonald, K. R. & Davies, M. Morphology and biology of the Australian tree frog Litoria

pearsoniana (Copland) (Anura: Hylidae) - - -

Twidale, C. R., Parkin, L. W. & Rudd, E. A. C. T. Madigan’s contributions to Geology

in South and Central Australia - - - - - -

Barker, S. New species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and redescriptions of C

diversa (Kerremans) and C. e/deri (Blackburn) - - -

Lee, D. C & Shepherd, K. J. Magnobates (Acarida: de am Haplozetidae) from

South Australian soils - - - - - -

McDonald, K. R. Rheobatrachus Liem and Toudactylus Straughan & Lee (Anura:

Leptodactylidae) in Eungella National Park, Queensland: distribution

and decline - - - - - - - -

Hartmann-Schréder, G. & Parker, S. A. First Australian records of the family Pisionidae

(Polychaeta), with the description of a new species -

Hartmann, Schroder, G. & Parker, 8. A. First Australian record of Hesionura (Polychaeta:

Phyllodocidae), with the description of a new species

Davies, M. & Richards, 8. J. Developmental biology of the Australian hylid Irog

Nyctimystes dayi (Gtinther) - - - - - -

Read, J. L. & Tyler, M. J. The nature and incidence of post-axial, skeletal abnormalities

in the frog Neobatrachus centralis Parker at Olympic Dam, South

Australia - - - - - - - - - -

Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, 1. Pseudochristianella (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha), a new

genus for 7entacu/aria minuta (Van Beneden, 1849) sensy Southwell,

1929 and its relationships with the family Eutetrarhynchidae

Brief Communications:

Bird, P. & Tyler, M. J. First South Australian record of the fossorial leptodactylid frog

genus Uperoleia Gray - - - - - - -

Twidale, C. R. & Bourne, J. A, Comment: Preliminary investigations of beach ridge

progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island - -

Short, A. D., Buckley, R. C. & Fotheringham, D. G. Reply: Preliminary investigations

of beach ridge progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island

Johnston, G. R. Cyc/orana maini and Notaden sp: additions to the frog fauna of South

Australia - - - - - - - : - -

fnyert 1 Tranwacions of the Raval Soctery af South Australia Val dd, paris + & 4, 30 Nevembern ley

107

129

145

157

169

179

187

195

203

207

213

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS V. LECANIDAE

(ROTIFERA: MONOGONONTA)

BY W. KOSTE*, & R. J. SHIELT

Summary

Diagnositic keys are given to genera and species of the rotifer family Lecanidae (Hemimonostyla,

Monostyla, Lecane) recorded from Australian inland waters. All species are figured and available

distribution data and ecological information given. Some widely-distributed taxa not yet recorded

from the continent are included.

KEY WORDS: Rotifera, taxonomy, Australia, known species, Lecanidae

Durrisan dite bf the Rowe Sete ty ef 8. dase. (1990), DIAN), 1-36,

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS Y, LECANIDAE (ROTIFERA;

MONOGONONTA)

by W. KosTe*, & RJ, SHIFLT

Summary

Kusre, W,, & Suit,

Monogonontia), Trans, R. Soe,

R.J. (1990) Rotifera from Australian inland waters. V. Lecuniday {Rotifera

S. Aust. 140). 1-36, 31 May, 1990,

Diagnositic keys arc given to gener and speciés of the rouifer family Lecanidae (Heniininnostvie,

Monastvla, Lecane) recorded from Australian infiand waters. All species are figured and availuble distribution

dara and ecological information given, Same widely-distribvced taxa net yet recorded from the continence

ure included.

Key Woros Ronfera, taxonomy, Australia, known species, Lecanidae

Introduction

In this part of our revision of the Australian

Rotifera (Koste & Shicl 1986b, 1987b, 1989a, b) we

review the Australian representatives of the family

Lecanidae (Monostyla, Hetninonasivla, Lecane),

which generally are littoral (epiphytic or epibenthic)

in habit. They are common in the shallow vegetated

ateas of billabongs and other wetlands, with some

species (Monostyla lunaris, Lecare Inna) occurring

regularly in the plankton communities of open

water, In eight billabongs of the Maacla Creck, for

example, Tait er a/. (1984) recorded 16 species af

Lecane/Monostyla from a single net tow in Mine

Walley billabong (131.79). Such high species

diversity is-exceptional, a result of concentration as

the dry season progressed; more commonly, in

temperate Australia, two to four congeners ina

collection may be expected.

Diagnostic keys, bricf desoriptions and figures of

all known Australian represenratives of the family

are provided to enable ident fivation of species.

Sure widely distributed taxa not yet recorded from

Australia are included. The tormat follows that of

earlier parts; dichotomous kevs are followed hy

individual speeics’ descriptions and known

Australian records, Relative abundance is indicated

by: “common” (more than 30 widely dispersed

recorus), “uncormmon” (1-30 loealities} “rare"

(<10 records). Brief ecological data ace included

where available, Early Australian records cited in

Shiel & Koste (1979) are not repeated here, nor are

the majority of northern hemisphere citations given

by Koste (1978), which contains a detailed treatment

of the Rotifera outside Australia. Keys to families

are included in Koste & Shiel (1987b).

Family Lecanidae Bartos

The family was erected by Bartos (1959) to

* 5 Ludwig-Brill-Strasse, Quakenbriick D-4570, Federal

Republic of Germany,

+ Murray-Darling Fresbwater Research Centre, PO. Bow

921, Albury, NSW 2640.

separate the genus Lecave from the taxonomic

group containing Proales, Proalinopsis, Bryceella

and Tétrasiphon, The subgenus Hemimonosivla was

erected lo acconimodate lecanids with incomplete

fusion of their toes (Bartos 1959; 497-499),

Mortostyle (Ehrenberg), with a single toe, had

previously been relegated to subgeneric status

(Edmondson 1935). Nor all subsequent reviewers

accepted subgeneric status for the three groups;

their differences are naw considered to be

yufficiently distinet to warrant ecneric separation

(W.T. Edmondson pers, comm,). Accordingly, we

have separated Monostyla, Herntimonostyla and

Lecane (s, sir) in the following keys, and rather than

provide an exhaustive synonymy, note here that in

previous references {6 species of Monostyla and

Hemimonosivla, authors may have referred cither

to their nominate genera or Leare (M,)/Lecane

(H.) respectively (cf. Kaste {978}.

Lorica undivided; foot with three segments, first

two fused with ventral plate, only distal segment

moveable; one or two tocs with free or more or Jess

fused claws. Corona with supraoral buccal area,

most without pseudotrochus; mastaX malleate, but

also capable of a virgate function by means of

strong muscles attached to the inner pharyngeal

wall. Three genera are recognized in the family.

Key to genera of the family Lecanidae

1 ‘Two. roes, separated along their full lengeh (Fig,

6:5a).. 1 . Lecane Nitzseh, 1827

Single toe or toes partly fused... 22... 2

2. Distal half of toes separated (Fig. 4:3).....-

Paigite _. Hemimonostyla Bartos, 1959

elkglPt we :, Why. -

_. Monostvia ‘Ehrenberg, 1830

Key 10 species of the genus Monostyla

\, Toe with two claws or a single Tused claw. ..2

Toe without claw......0.....--.....20--. 20

20}. Dorsal totica anterior margin with median curved

spines. iii AD quadriderdtete Ehrenberg

Dorsal lorica margin Without median spines .3

342), Lorica anterior margin(s) more or less deeply

4(3).

5(a),

ftp.

76}.

(7),

He),

Wich).

(iy.

13(12).

tif).

1S{14),

16(15),

1715).

KOTINERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 5

HIXtWALS 6 ate 4 105 NTT Ve Les eee netamnn SE

Lovica margin(s) relatively straight socapett

Claws beld wea together or fused with aaly 4

median gragves sc, .) ces ccc cy ween &

Claws diverging, immuibile (bp- “p4) e a

Ventral lorica with paired postervlaleral ‘spines

(“hip spurs’),, --- ....M. bifurca Bryce

Ventral lorica withour hip spurs... ----

ain 'ahn a Corer ceeesen ree A fuertata Murray

‘Toe with anly one claw, or indistinct dividing line

Claws separate (Fig. 4: Ay M_ obyuse Murray

Dorsal lorica with distinct parifcloney Ralisraiaes

Ofamemation ... 2.2... eee 8

Dorsal Jorica smooth... -..e, We

Dorsal and ventral surlaces heavily wrinkled and

folded; total length <&5ym MW. rvgose Harring

Regolar facettation, less distinct; lorica

SO Mm) saad So Sty peewee 3

Dorsal Pavettition regular, cach faces bounded by

double longitudinal lines: ventral lorica patterned

vevvee ceceyeu Md, tetfis Harring & Myers

Only antesioy facet row regular, no double

boundaries; no ventral patiern (single transverse

fotel in frant of footp. Pe or Fee

wrens cee ME etachis Harring & Myers

Ventral plate ¢onstricted just behind anterior

margin M, subulata Warring & Myers

Veritral plate mot constrigted,........---.. il

Toe tpimdle-shaped, widest in the middle (Fig. 2:1)

— .M, copeis Harring & Myers

Tor tapors evenly (Fig. 46). ~~~

sean e M. sculata Harring & Myers

Dorsal and ventral anterior margins concave,

ee tice tae natele the ae scicict Pe wleleloleaag ons

Dorsal Margin straight, ventral with sinus. .13

Ventral sinus shallow, with strongly convex sides,

externally with two short, stoul, incurved hooklike

lrontal spines. (Fig. 5;2),..........-...-00--

te ac aaellet 6) AI ie abs om M. srenreost (Meissner)

U-shaped shallow sinus Maring anteriorly, sides

nov convex; frontal spines absent (Fig. Al). ...

we RE cha _....ML unguitara Fadeev

Lorica ourline nearly circular (Fig. 2:2)... ....

beet tees fenlis 242d M. cornvta (Muller)

Lorica outline oval to pepid........-....- 1

Lorica ovaid, tapers co Harrow head upertuie t << +

hody width) (Fig. 1S), ..-- ajx _.16

Lorica subcirentat to elongate oval, taper less

acute, head aperture wide | > 44 body width)

(Figh 3:3 $:5...... sacl?

Toe long, slender, ea. YA hody lent: claw 4 We

fengilt..... 0... wee oe MW Belle Gasse

Toe > 4 body length; claw extremely long. >

4 toe length.... M. sty/ax Harring & Myers

Lorica < eu tae >'4 body length, long, (hin,

parallel-sided ... 0.2... ,-..-.-- 1

Lorica >200 am tae <\e boy length, stout ‘with

medial bulge. __ .. bits Ue eee Lé

a M. lamellata thalera (Harring & Myers)

[8(17}, Dorsal and ventral anterior sinuses deep... .1¥

Dorsal marvin only slightly concave; ventral

margin with deep U-shaped sinus with convex

sides. eee, M. crenata Harring

(9/18). Identical broadly V-shaped sinus in both dorsal

and ventral margins, latter projects:slightly beyond

dorsal margin (Fig. tla)... M4. aeus Harring,

Ventral sinus deeper than dorsal, rounded aj

posterior margin (Pig. 3:3). 0.0.0.0... eevee

eres atyisi fupeeap M, lunarix (Ehrenberg)

201). Lorica with lateral curved spine-like processes,

SS pf se Bade! fiat M. monosiyla (Daday}

Lateral processes absetit.,, ...- asndeh

21420). Lorica anterior margin with more or tess large

fromtal corner cusps/spines, .... -- +33

Front corner cusps absent... y ...22

22(21). Verral lorica margin somewhal concave... ,24

Ventral lorica margin straight .....0 -....-

a ete CEB petal allele C M. pyriformis Daday

23/22), Venital Jorica plate in wpper third bilaterally

wunstvicied, co...) -..22-..M. orevdta Bryce

Ventral lorica plate mot constricted... ......

mats tory of, clasterocerca Schmarda

24(22), Head apertuce margins straight, coincident; corner

spines small......M4. opiae Harring & Myers

Head aperture with dorsal and ventral sintises oF

(lifferent size; corner spines large... 6.60... ,25

25/24). Posterior sezment of ventral lorica with sinuate

maryin and (wo lateral acie triangular cusps.

of Ag titipttorse. : M. batilliter Murray

Posterior margin smoothly oval or elliptical 26

26(25), Dorsal lorica surface smooth, unomamented.

He parser ent amelie y pe sSeetire weary 4s)

Dorsal lorica willy regular well-marked Facets (Fig,

be) ee a a M. kemata Stokes

2726), Head aperture with deep, coincidem dorsal and

ventral amargins, (Tanked by pointed cusps

(extensions of ventral lorica).-.......-..-.-.

ad ad .... MM. decipiens Murray

Darsul anterior sinvs shallow, rounded posteriorly

with convex edges; ventral sinus a much deeper,

narrow cleft (Fig. 5;1b); truncate rather than

pointed anterior corners of ventral plare

coho pA rettes ay M. sirtuata Hauer

Monostyla acus Harring

FIG. 1:1

Monostvle acus Harring, 1914, 6. 398, Pl, 36, Figs 1-3.

Lecane (M.) acus: Myers 1937, p, 4.

Diagnosis: Head opening with V-shaped sinuses

dorsally and ventrally, latter projecting slightly

beyond dorsal plate margin; posteriorly, ventral

plate extends beyond dorsal margin as broad shield

over foot; lateral sulci deep; toe approx. 4/5 body

length, slightly decurved: claw very long,

Total length 180 ym; dorsal plate $5 x 32 um:

ventral plate 100 » 72 ym; depth of anterior sinus

Fig, 1, 1, Monostyla acus Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, Ad. arcuata Bryce: (a) dorsal, (b) ventral: 3, Av. butillifer

Murray: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, bifurca Bryce: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Mf A. enfarne (Berzins), dorsal 5,

M. bulla Gosse: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, 4. clasterocerca Schmarda: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Fig. bcd. 2, 3, 4a- b,

5, 6, after Harring & Myers (1926); 4c, redrawn from Berzins (1982), Seale lines SOum.

4 W. KOSTE & RJ. SHIEL

10 xm; posterior shield projection 15 pm; distance

beiween inner edges of lateral sulci 53 um; toe 64

xm; claw 12 xm; greatest depth ef body 38 ym.

Distribution: Palearctic, Nearetic, Indonesia,

acidophil in moor and Sphagnin pools. Rare: Tas.

16,5~17,0°C, pH 3.1-5.8, 46.2-80.6 pS cm!,

Literature: Koste 1978; Kosle & Shiel 1986a.

Monostyla arcuata Bryce

FIG, 1:2

Monostyle arcuata Bryce, 1891, p. 206, text fg,

Lecane (M.).arcuata: Pax & Wulfert L941, p, 143, Pig. 8.

Diagnosis; Head aperture dorsal margin slightly

concave, ventral margin with shallow median sinus

Hanked by lwo siraight sections; transverse fold of

ventral plate anterior to foor, toe tong and stout,

> '4 body length, parallel sided or bulging slightly

in middle, then tapering to point. Resembles A,

closteracerca {Pig_ 1:4).

Dorsal plate 45-69x49-63 jon; ventral plate

60-73 *41-50 um; roe 23-28 pnt.

Disiribation: Between inass and algae in Springs

and flowing waters, Rare: N.SW., N-T, Old., Vic,

10.5-28.5°C, pH 5.4-7.9, DO 60-101 mg 1 |

23-750 hS cm |, #7 NTU, alkal. 2.7 me 1 -!.

Literature: Russell 196); Kuste 1978,

Monostyii butitiifer Murray

FIG, 1:3

Monostela barillifer Murray, 913b, p, 458, Pl 19, Fie.

Diagnosis; Head aperture with deep V-shaped

ventral sinus flanked by large spine-like cusps.

dorsally with narrow, shallow U-shaped sinus;

veltral plate constricted anteriorly; relatively deep

lateral sulci; footplate small, narrow, undulare

posteriorly with two distinctive laterally projecting,

acutely triangular cusps, projects beyond dorsal

nlale; toe approx, 44 body length, parallel-sided for

va of its length, conical posteriorly, ends in bristle-

like point.

Total length 120 ym; dorsal plate $3 um long!

ventral plate 95 yin} anterior dorsal margin width

7 pm; ventral margin width 26 pm; toe 30 jm.

ODstribution: Endemic, rare, Described from a pool

near Sydney, later recorded also trom the NiT,

Literature: Shiel & Koste 1979; Berzins 1982.

Monastyla bifurca entome (Berzins)

FIG. lide

fevone (M.) biferce entome Berzins, 1982, p, 9

Diagnosis: Original description and figure

inadequate, but as we have not encountered this

Taxon, are reproduced here: *. .. the loricu does

nol [have} a straight frontal margin, It has a very

small sting [’spinule] on the frontal corners. and

the dorsal lorica has a short fold on the necipilal

end. The dorsal frontal margin has two notfe|hes

and the ventral margin has a shallow sinus in the

middle.” (Berzins 1982:9).

Dorsal plate 50% 45 pm; ventrul plate 55*43 um:

toe 14 xn.

Oisteitution; Endemic. Only record Creswick

Creek, Vie.

Comment: The typical form, ML bifierea (Bryce

1892; 274) (Fig. Ida, b) is described as follows: Very

flexible integument; body length approximately

equals width; outline broadly oval; anterior margin

straight; lateral sulci lacking; small posterior

segment, extending beyond dorsal plate, carries two

small lateral spines at sides of foot; ine > 4 body

length, tapers distally; claw doubled, spread and

immobile.

Dorsal plate 45-54*42-52 ym; ventral plate

48-58x 44-52 yin; toe 15-19 wm; claw 3,2-5 pm.

Comment: Of the integument, Harring & Myers

(1926:416) noted that it “can not by any stretch of

the imagination be called a lorica’. M, difnirea

enrome appears loricate, with characteristic margin

morphology markedly different from the nominate

species. We retain the ssp, ranking as proposed by

Berzins until further material is examined to

deletmine if the variant as cescribed represents

ecorypic variation, or i! specific status is warranted.

Moanostyla bulle bulla Gosse

FIG. 1:5

Monostyla bulla Gasse, 1851, p. 200

Lecune (M,} bulla: Wiseniewski 1954, p, 63,

Diagnosis; Head aperture with shallow V-shaped

sinus dorsally, U-shaped notch at posterior margin

of sinus for protrusion of dorsal antenna: ventral

anterior margin with very deep sinus (Fig, 1:5,5b),

rounded at posterior end; transverse fold on ventral

surlage in front of foot; toe long, ca. )4 badly

leneth, terminates in slender avunte claw with basal

spicules: claw with median ling, undivided.

Dorsal plate 100-133* 74-105 ym; ventral plate

93-140 68-97 pam, toc 48-85 ju) claw to 20 amy;

resting ege 90%70 jun.

Distribution; Cosmopolitan in littoral. Mosi

common lecanid in Australia: curytopic,

pancontinental in billabongs, lake margins, and

occasionally in the plankton.of reservoirs and rivers,

cg. R. Murray (Shiel et a/, 1982). 8.0-31,0°C, pH

3,5-9.4, DO 3.0-13.8 mg 1', 16-6. 600 «S cm",

<1-160 NTU,

“iterature; Harring & Myers 1926; Koste 1978.

Monastyla closterocercu Schimardy

PIG. 1:6

Monostpla clasierocercea Sohmarcda, 1859, 7.59, Pl. 14,

Pip, 125.

Lecaxe (ME) vlaserocera: Cdmondsan 1435, p 302.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 5

5b 6a

Fig. 2. 1, Monostyla copeis Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, M. corauta (Miiller): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral.

3, M. crenata Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, M. decipiens Murray: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 5, M. elachis Harring

& Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, M. furcata Murray: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Fig. 2: 1-6, after Harring & Myers

(1926). Scale lines 50 wm.

ROVIPERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 7

Digenosis; Head aperture dorsal and ventral

margins similar, shallow V-shaped sinuses with

widely faring convex sides; faint dorsal fold near

apex of anterior sinus; transverse ventral fold in

trome of foot lateral sulci shallow; toc long, <\%

hody length, parullel-sided for > length and

Tapering to slender acute point,

Dorsal plate 54-85x40-60 pm; ventral plate

57-82% 39-49 yim; tae 21-38 pm.

Pasrbution. Cosmopolitan in standing and flowing

waters, salinity tolerant (to 16 g I''), In Europe

found in branchial chamber of Astacus fluviatilis,

Common: pancontinenral. 11.8-26.0°C, pH 3.4.7.9,

DG §,1-10.3 me 1), 42-6, 120 nS.cm', 08-67 NTU.

Liseratures Koste & Shiel 1987a,

Moarostvla copeis Harring & Myers

FIG. 2:1

Monostyla copets Harring & Myers, 1926, pp, 398-9,

Fi. £1, Fles 1, 2,

Lecane (M.) capeis: Voigt 1957, p. 238.

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins coiicident,

slightly concave; transverse ventral fold in front of

fool, short curved folds each side of loot, ive

spindle-shaped, enlarged in middle, approx, ' body

lengili, terminating in stout acute claw.

Dorsal plate 75-R8%*72-80 pm; ventral plate

36-94% 60-65 jum; toe 29-33 pm; claw 4-5 pm.

Distribution: Europe, N. America. Unconfirmed

record from Vic.

Literature: Berzins 1982.

Monostyla cornuta (Miller)

FIG, 2:2

Trichoda carnuta Muller, (786, p, 208, Pl. 40, Pigs 1-3,

Monosivila corntta Ehrenberg, R30, p, 46.

Lecane (MM) cormuta: Edmondson 1936. p 214.

Diavnesis: Head aperture with similar deep lunwte

dorsal and ventral sinuses; angles of sinuses obtuse,

without spines: in retracted animal, dorsal fold

obyrmus commencing al base of dorsal sinus,

reaching margins behind antenor points; watsverse

fold in front of foot; toe parallel-sided, ca, 4s body

length, (¢rminates in large claw with median groove

and two basal spicules,

Dorsal plate to 102x%88-H0 jm: ventral plate

$5128 X105 pm: Loe 38-46 pam; claw 8-10 ym,

Distribution; Cosmopolitan between submerged

plants, periphyton, Rare: N.SW., (sd.

Literature: Sud?vuki & Timms 1977; Shiel & Kaste

1979,

Monostyla crenata Harring

FIG, 2:3

Manosiyla crenata Harring, 1913, p. 399, Fig, 364-6.

Leeune (ML) crenan Voigt 1957, p, 232.

Diagnasis: Head aperture slightly concave dorsally,

ventral margin with deep sinus, rounded posteriorly;

forica lateral marzins lightly convex, running to

frontal corners; deep lateral sulci; toe extremely

long, slender ‘+ body lengih, straight, parallel-

sided, ending in shorr claw with two basal spinules,

Dorsal plate 90-120%75-105 um) ventral plate

94-[29% 67-93 pm; tae 60-92 vm; claw 8-12 pm.

Distribution: Abundant in tropical and subtropical

shallow littorals, therrmophile, Rare; N-T., Qld, Vic.

21.29C, pH 7.5, DO 7.8 me I', 1,080 pS em |, 3.0

NTU.

Litevarure: Russell 1961; Koste 1981,

Menosiyla decipiens Murray

FIG, 24

Monosrvla decipiens Murvay, 1913a, p. 36, Pi, 15, Fig.

43,

Levane (M.)} decipiens: Wiszniewski 1953, p. 375.

Diagnosis; Head aperjure dorsal and ventral

margins coincident, with deep V-shaped sinuses,

rounded posteriorly; two triangular acute cusps

between anterior sinus and edges of loriva, no

frontal spines; lateral sulci deep; toe long and

slender, “4 hody length.

‘Yotal Jenerh 175 pm: dorsal plate '76-116% 60-98

gm; ventral plate 90-128 50-78 yum; width anterior

cusps 44 wm; toe 25-43 wm.

Distribution: Sth and Central America, Sn Lanka,

Europe, Identified from Nth Qld (C.H. Fernando

pers. comm,). Record unverified.

Literature: Chengalath & Fernando 1973; Kaste

1978,

Monostyle elackus Harring & Myers

FIG. 2:5

Monostyiaelachis Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 406, Fig.

Sct, 2,

Lecane furcata elachis,; Wisemewski 54, p, 65,

Diagnosis: Head aperture wath lighily convex dorsal

margin; veninal margin with shallow median

concavily, convex towards exterion angles; dorsal

lorica ornamented with regular tew ol facets

anteriorly, remainder of surface patterned (Fig.

2:51), deep lateral sulci; toe > 14 body length,

terminating in short, acute claw.

‘Total Jength 90 ym; dorsal plate 62x62 pm;

ventral plate 68%54 pm; anterior dorsal margin 40)

Tig. 3. 1, Monostyla goniata Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) vetttral. 2, M. Aanieate Stokes: ta) dousals (b) veniral;

(ce) M1. humata victoriensis Koste & Shiel. 3, M4. Andris Ehrenberg: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral; (c) another morph, ventral;

(d+) morphs of M, Mdnaris perplexa (Ahlstrom), ventral; (f-2) morphs of M. dneris consrileta (Mittray), ventritl.

Fig. 3:1, 2a-b, Jac, Aller Haceiie & Myers (1926), 2o, alter Koste & Stel (1980); 2c, c alice AbIStront (1938); Je-g,

afler Koste (1978), Seale lines 50 pm.

s W. KOSTE & RF, SHIEL

pm, ventral 50 um; toe 20 pm; claw 4 pm.

Distribution. Pond littarals, U.S.A., Sri Lanka.

Rare: N.T,, Tas, 16.0-24.3°C. pH 6.3-7.1 DU 5.8

mg J’, $9-1020 pS em !.

Literature: Chengalath & Ternando 1973; Keste

1978.

Monostyla furcata Murray

PIG, 2:6

Monostyla farcata Murray, 1913a, p, 358, Fig, 15:40

fecane (M.) furcara: Edmondson 1936, ps. 215,

Diagnosis; Ventral and dorsal margins of head

aperture straight; yentral plate parallel-sided behind

{triangular areas extending beyond dorsal

anterolateral margins; toe short, stout, {4 body

Jeneth, terminating in two distinct claws, ammubile,

separated by V-shaped notch,

Dorsal plate $8-76% 57-70 am; toe 21-35 pm; claw

5-65 wim.

Psstribution; Casmupolitan in periphyton, Rare:

No, Qld, Tas., Vic, 15.0-24.5°C_ pH 5.3-7.9, DO

$.8-6.12 mg t', 28-80 aS env.

Monostyla goniata Harring & Myers

FIG, 3:1

Monoastyla goniatu Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 39), Pl.

37, Figs. 5, 6.

Lecaté (M,) eoniala: Vaigr 1957, p. 238,

Dyignosis, Lorica broadly ovace, somewhat angular

posteriorly, almost pear-shaped; head aperture

resembles that of Af. Audla, Le shallow dorsal V-

shaped sinus with median semicircular excision,

very deep ventral sinus; dorsal lorica more anewlar

than M. bulla, pointed posteriorly; ventral phate

narrows in front of foot; posterior segments small,

angular, concave terminally; first foot sepment

broad, indistinct, second segment larger,

trapezoidal; toc very long, spindle-shaped, x bady

length, terminating ia acute conical point with

median line,

Total length 200 pm, lorica Jength 145 jum, wiceb

115 jm, aniteriot margin width 40 am, toe 65 pm,

Distribution: N. America, eastern Purope, shallow

waters, Rare: unconfirmed reporr from western Vic.

Evferature. Berzins 1982.

Carurent; Although synonyimised with M4. dudla

by various authors (eg. Koste 1978), this caxon 1s

immediately recognizable and separable from that

species. The specific status proposed by Harring

& Myers is retained here.

Monosivie hamata Siokes

FIG, 3:la, b

Monoslyla hamata Stokes, (896, p21, PL. 7. Pigs 6-8.

Lecane (M.) hiamuta: Myers 1937, p. 4.

Diagnosis; Head aperture with narrew L-shaped

sinus dorsally, ventrally with deep V-shaped sinus

havihg (wo cusps in middle of margins, rounded

posteriorly; ventral plate extended anteriorly to

form Two acute cusps on either side of head

aperture; dorsal plate with conspicuous regular

lacetting; transverse fold and several longitudinal

folds on ventral plate.

Dorsal plate 61-88% 52-66 ym; ventral plate

77-98 40-60 pm; toe 26-38 pm.

Distribution: Cosmopolitan in periphyton, moss

pools, Common: probably panvontinental, nor

recorded from 5. Aust. 10.0-30.7°C, pH 3.8-8.4, DO

4,8-13,.0 mg f', 23-3330 pS em, 4-160 NTU, alkal.

19-4.) mg 1-'.

Content, A vanant from a Goulburn R,

billabong, described as Lecune (MJ) hamata

victorierisis [Koste & Shiel 1980 (Fig, 3:2c)] has a

deep trapezoid nuich in the anterior ventral margin,

and congruent points of antertor dorsal and ventral

margins.

Literature: Shicl & Koste 1979: Green 1981; Koste

1981.

Monostyle lumetlata thatera (earring & Myers)

FIG. 6:1

sgernenone thalera Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 394, Fig.

M, lametlata thalera; Koste (978, p, 254

Diagnosis: Head aperture with concave sinuate

dorsal margin; ventral margin with deep, V-shaped

sinus; two small anterior spines at external angles;

toe Tong and stout, <4 body length, spindle

Shaped and enlarged near middle: claw long, stout,

acutely pointed, with basal spicules and median

mucus groove.

Dorsal plate 109-167%90-128 «am; ventral plate

146-173%90-155 yum, toe 42-82 em; claw to 16 pm.

Distribution: N. and $, America, Europe, N. Africa.

Halophile. not found in freshwarer. Rare: saline

waders in S. Aust, Tas., W.A.

‘Comment, Described by Harriti2 & Myers (1926)

as specifically distinet from Af. Jumellata, which has

a lunate anterior ventral sinus and distinctive

posterior latcral triangular cusps, however

interzrades have been reported in varying salinities,

These variants may represent ccotypic responses to

extremes in the biotope, Only the thalera morph has

been identified from southern Australian saline

walers.

Literature: Koste & Shiel 198'7a,

Monastyle linaris Ehrenberg

FIG. 3:3

Monostyla lunaels Ehrenbers, (B32. p. 127,

Lecane (M,) lunoris: Edmondson 1935, p. 302.

Diagnosis: Head aperture narrow dorsally, with V-

shaped posteriorly rounded sinus; ventral margin

wide, sinus deep; transverse dorsal fold at base of

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 9

anterior sinus; transverse ventral fold m fron: of

foot; toe long and slender, >! body length, with

two annular constrictrans; claw long. slender,

acurely pointed, two minute spicules at base,

Dorsal plate §7-115270-95 ym; ventral plate

96-[22%54-89 yum; toe 42-76 pms claw 6-12 pr,

Distribution: Cosmopolitan in a remarkable range

of habitats: standing and Nowing waters, fresh to

saline, soda lakes, acid muss pools, elc. Common:

pancontinental. 6.0-29.8°C, pH 3,1-8,9, DO.4,9-14,4

mg}, 13.4-3330.0 uS cm ', 04-160 NTU, alkal, 2.3

me |,

Comrment; Extremely variable eurytopic species,

possibly a specics-complex. Recognizable variants

recorded from Australia include M, Januris

consiricia (Murray 1913b) (Fig. 3:3f, 2) from the R.

Murray at Blanchetown, S.Aust. and M. /umarts

perplexa (Ahlstrom 1938) (Fig. 3:3d, ¢) from

Victoria, M. lunaris australis described by Berzins

11982) from Victoria falls within the range of

variation of the parent species and is flere

synonymized.

Literarure: Koste 1978, 1981; Shiel & Koste L979:

Koste & Shiel 1983, 1986a_

Monestyla sronostvla Daday

FIG. 4]

Mavostyla menostva Daday, 1897, p. 143, Fig. 10.

Leowte (MJ manosivle: Wiszoiewsk 1954, p, 48,

Diegnosis: Head apenure margins seaighr and

coincident; two small spines atexternal angles; long

moveable curved spines hinged to lateral margin of

dorsal lorica, can be rotaled and swung back into

Iateral sulcus when animal swimming, conforming

to margin of posterior Jorica.

Total length (contracted) 125-153 «zm; dorsal plare

30-58x47 ams ventral plate 62-80%46-5S0 wm; toe

25-40 pm,

Distribution: Panctropical and subtropical, also in

temperate latitudes in summer, Single recurd from

L. Euramoo, Qld.

Literature: Koste 19738, Green 1981,

Monastvla obtusa Murray

FIG. 4:3

Manostyla obtuse Murray, 1913, p, 357, Pl US, Fig. 37.

decane (M) nbtusa: Wiszniewski 1953, p. 378.

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins straight,

coincident; two minute Frontal spines at external

angles; lateral sulci shallow, indistinct; loe 14 body

length, slightly enlarged distally; claw long, acurely

pointed, with median dividing line, bul unseparated;

two basal spicules,

Contracted length to IIS pin; dorsal plate

33-78% 45-73 pm; ventral plate 62-80%45-58 pm;

anterior margin width bo 58 wm, roe 22-40 pm, claw

6-13 um,

Distribution; Cosmopolitan, pH tolerant, eurytopie

Known only from L, EBuramoo, Qld, and

Yackendandah Creek, Vic.

Liferature. Kastte 1978; Green IY81.

Monostyla opias Harring & Myers

FIG. 4:2

Monostfa opits Harring & Myers, 1920, p. 411, PL AS,

Fizs 5, 6.

Lecane (M.) opias: Voigt 1957, p. 229,

Diagnosis, Head aperture margins ooifeldent,

straight, with two small acute frontal spines;

transverse ventral old in front af foot; toe long,

>Vs body length, tapering gradually to bristle-lke

point.

Contracted lengih 95-100 pm: dorsal plate

59-66% S4-6l) xm; ventral plate 67-99x42-55 pm; lor

26-30 ym,

Distribution: Europe, Americas, between

Sphagnum, Aulwuchs. Acidophil. Single record

Yarra R., MeMahons Creek, Vic., necus

confirmation.

Literature: Koste 1973; Berzins L982.

Monosiyla pyriformis Daday.

FIG, 4:4

Monostyla pyriformis Daday, 1905, p. 330.

Lecane (M.) pyrifermis; Edmondson 1936, p. 214.

Diagnosis: Anterior margins coincident, medially

straight or weakly convex, strongly rounded at

lateral rims; rudimentary lateral sulci; toes variable,

generally dagger-like.

Dorsal plate 51-67x40-60 jum; ventral plate

§3-70% 39-49 jum; (oes 22-36 yarn |Daday (1905) gave

toe length of 57 pm].

Distrihutian: Cosmopolitan in inundation zones,

periphyton, moss, margins of standing and Nowime

waters. Rare: N.SMW., NUT, Qld, View 14.7-28.5°C,

pH $.4-7,1, DO 4,1-6,.2 mg I’, 23-240 pS em, 5

NTU, alkal. 2.7 mg,

Literature: Green 1981; Koste 1981; Berving 1982.

Monostyla quadridentata Ehrenberg

FIG. 4:5

Monosivla yuadridentaia Elirenberg, 1832, p, 130.

Lecune (M.) quadridentata: Edmondson 1935, p. 302.

Diagnosis. Anterior dorsal margin with pyriform

median sinus flanked by two long outeurved and

decurved spines (which ean be crossed in strongly

contracted individuals) ventral plate with deep,

sharply pointed V-shaped sinus; two minute frontal

spines presenl; dorsal plate with tavo ribs originating

on anterior spines; toe long, '4 body length, with

indistinct annular constriction near distal end: claw

long, slender with two basal spicules.

Dorsal plate 105-106% 90-125. wns ventral plate

130-170X 90-118 pm; Loes 45-90 pms claw 14-20 pam,

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS Wl

Distribution; Cosmopolitan, warm-stenorherm,

between macrophytes in littoral or fresh and slightly

brackish waters. Rare: Na., Qld. Tas., Vie, WA,

(Kimberley), 12.0-16.0°C, pH Io 8.8, to 3820 pS

em’.

Literature. Koste 1978.

Fiz. 5, Monostyla rugosa Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) veniral.

Scale line $0 pm, After Harring & Myers (1926),

Monostyla rugosa Harring

FIG. 5

Monostyla rugosa Harring, 1914, p. 548, Fig. 24:4-6,

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins nearly

coincident, veniral straight, dorsal lightly concave;

dorsal plate wider than long, anterior margin

narrower than rhatof ventral plate; dorsal wrinkles

deep and irregular; ventral ornamentation constant

as shown (Fig, 5b); lateral sulci shallow, indistingt;

ioe approx. 4 total length terminating in long

double claw,

Total length 84 um, lorica length 37 pm, dorsal

plate §4% 62 zm, ventral plate width 45 ym, anterior

margin dorsal plate 34 um, ventral plate margin 45

wm, We 21 pm, claw 6 wm.

Distribution: Panama, US.S.R. Furst Austealian

record Ryan's #1 billabong at Albury, N.SW,

12y.88, in Eleocharis reedbed. 15.8°C, pH 7.)6, DO

7.42 mg 1', 82.2 pS cm.

Monostvla scufata Harring & Myers

FIG, 4:6

Mowostyla seutata Matring & Myers, 1926, p. 401, Pl.

40, Figs, 1, 2.

decute (Ad) scufatd: Wisznicwski 1954, fp. 378.

Diugnosis: Head apertuvé pargins coingident,

lightly concave; sharp corners but no allerior

spines; lateral sulci shallow, indistinct: transverse

fold of ventral plate; toe long, stout, 4 coral length,

purallel-sicded (hen tapering to slender acute claw.

Dorsal plate 62-78%63-72 ym) ventral plate

68-80% 50-72 wm; toe 26-34 pm; claw 5-7 pm,

Distribution; Cosmopolitan acidophil, in

Sphagnum, Rare: NT, S. Aust., Tas. 110-285 8,

pH $.4-7.8, DO 6.2 mg! |, alkal. 2.7 mg 1!

Literature: Koste 1981; Koste & Shiel 1986a,

Monostyla smauata (Hauer)

FIG, 6:1

Leeane sinvata Hauer, 1938, p. 545, Hig. 67.

I. hamata var. sinus, Koste 1978, pr, 259

Diagnosis: Head aperture conspicuously small, both

margins with V-shaped sinuses, but nor coincident:

dorsal with convex sides, ventral very natrow, twice

as deep as dorsal, with straight sides; minute frontal

apine on either side of head aperture; dorsal plate

smooth, rounded posteriorly; ventral plate same

width as dorsal anteriorly, much narrower medially,

has transverse fold, longitudinal lines as tigured;

posterior plate extends beyond dorsal margin: we

‘A body length, no claw.

Dorsal plate 74-76%53-55 pm; ventral plate

80-82% 41-46 wm; tue 28 pm.

Distribution; Sumatra, India, Rare:

18,0-21.5°C, pH 6,8-7.7, 92.1-3330 pS cm.

Comment: Described from a single specimen, 4,

sinuata was noted by Hauer (1938) to resenible M.

hamata and was so synonymised by Koste (1978).

The distinctive head aperture and lack of

ornamentation OF the dorsal plate renders the

species immediately recognizable as distingl front

M. hamata. The specific determination ts retained

here,

Literarure: Wulfert 1966; Koste & Shicl 1986a.

Tas.

Monosivia sienroosi Meissner

FIG. 612,

Monostyla stenroosi Meissner, 190K, p. 22, Fig. L:8.

Legane (M,) stenroosi: Wiszoiewski 1953, p. 378.

Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsally straight, ventrally

with shallow raunded sinus with strongly convex

sides; two short stout, incuryed hooklike frontal

spines; lateral sulei very deep, parucularly in

anterior halt, with characteristic consiciction in

ventral plate; toe long, stout 14 body length, slightly

enlarged in middle; claw short, stout, acutely

pointed, with two basal spicules,

Dorsal plate 90-117%83-100 wm; ventral plate

Y8-122x 85-103 xm; foe 40-51 pms claw 10-41 jun.

Distribution: Widespread, but isolated. Abundant

in algal mats in ephemeral pools, in periphyton and

littoral of larger waters; Warm stenotherm. Rare:

Fig 421, Mrmesiela monpstv/a Daday: (a) dursal; (by ventral 2, AZ opis Hariing & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral.

3. At. obtuse Murray: (a) dorsal: (by venteal. 4. Af. pyrvfarily Daday! (4) doeak (tl) ventral 4, Mo ewadridontara

khrenberg: (hy dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, Ad seufate Harring & Myers: (a) dorsi; (bh) ventral, Pig, 4: |-6, allen Harring

& Atyeys (1926), Seale tines 50 yen.

ROTIFERA FRUM AUSTRALIANS INLAND WATERS 15

NSM, Qld, 13.5-20,0°C, pH 7,5-8,1, DO 7.2.9.0 ng

1, 400-575 uS cmt, 50-160 NTU.

Literature: Stwel & Koste 1979,

Monostyla styrax Harting & Myers

FIG, 6:3.

Monosiyla stvrax Harring & Myers, 1926, p, 389-40,

Pl. 37, Figs 3, 4,

Lecune bulla siyrax: Myers 1937, pe 2.

Diagnosis. Head aperture n#rrow, dorsally with

wide median elliptic notch, ventrally with deep

straight-sided sinus, rounded posteriorly; lateral

sulci very deep; toe long, slender, >! total length,

increasing slightly. in width in distal half, wapering

to blunt polnt; claw extremely long, slender, acutely

pointed. Can be distingurshed fram M. befia by

claw alone, however anterior margin, foot and toe

also differ significantly.

Dorsal plate 124%90 wm} ventral plate 128x960

em; toe 78 uni; claw 24 xin,

Distribution; Notth Amenca, N.Z, Single record

from Qk.

Literature: Russell 1961; Koste 1978; Shiel & Koste

197%,

Monostyla subulaia perpusitta (Hauer)

FIG. 6:5

Monestyla perpusiila Haver, (929, fv 156, Fig, 14

Lecane (Mi) perpusitla; Wiseniewski 1453, p 378,

L. sebulata perpusilla; Koste 1962, p. 113

Diagnosis: Ventral plate bilaterally consiricied just

under anterior margin: anterior margins lightty

convex, coincident; dorsal and ventral surfaces may

have indistinct foles; tov long, with distinct

constriction in posterior third, > '%s body lengch;

claw long, acutely pointed, Large red eyespor,

irregularly Formed, seen in fresh material.

Total length 69-72, pm; length, dorsal 44-50 yin,

ventral 55 xm; width, dorsal to 54 um, ventral 41-48

xm; anterior margin width 41 pm; toe 19-29 pm;

claw 10-11 pm,

Distribution: Sphagnum, capillary water of beach

sands, Single record from Yarra R. near Lvanhoe,

Vic. needs verification,

Comment, The typical form, M. subulara Harring

& Myers (1926) (Fig. 5:4) has not been recorded

from Australia, 1¢ can be dislinguished [rom the

above taxon by its larger size and relatively shorter

toe and claw: Total length (contracted) &7-100 jun;

dorsal lengih 53-64 ym, width 51-65 ym; ventral

leneth £9-68 ym, width 46-55 ym; anterior margin

39-50 yarn) Loe 16-27 wm; claw 8-10 pm,

filerature: Kosie 1978; Berzins 1982.

Mornostvia féthis Harilig & Myers

FIG, fi

Monosiylas terhis Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 405, PL.

38, figs L, 2.

Levine (M.) fethis: Wiazniewshi 1954, p. 71.

’ L. fureara var, thetis (sic)! Kaste 1978, p. 242, Fig, Bh:7a,

Diagnosis; Head aperture with coincident straight

dorsal and ventral margins; regular facetting of

dorsal plate, with each facet bounded by double

longitudinal lines; ventral plate also with

longitudinal markings, transverse fold in front of

fool, two small semicircular folds; toe long, “i bady

length, straighe with slight taper; claw tong, slendes.

Total length 100 pin; dorsal plate 70%62 jan;

ventral plate 74%62 um; anterior margin width,

dorsal, 42 um, ventral 53 wm: toe 24 pm; claw 6 wm.

Distribution; Rare in N, America, Central Europe.

Single record from L. Euramoo, Qld-

Comment: Synonymised with Af. frcata by Koste

(1978), Mo tevhas lacks the distinctive divided claw

of Ai. fiurvata, and its lorica morphology only

superficially resembles that species. which does not

have the dorsal and ventral patterning as described.

M, tethis.is of resteicied occurence, probably of

precise habirat requirements,

Literature: Koste 1978; Green 1981,

Monostyla unguitata Videev

FIG, 7:2

Munasivia unguituta Fadeov, 1925, p. uM, Cig. 4:7-

Lecane (M.) ungauitata: Wisniewski 1954, p, 72.

Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsal margin straight,

ventral with mediati U-shaped noteh in broad,

shallow funate sinus (Fiz, 6:2b); dorsal plate

narrower and shorter rham ventral; ventral obliquely

Leuncated on end; small front corner spines point

inwards as in Af. sterroosi, toe parallel-sided,

slightly swollen distally; claw long, separated or

fused.

Dorsal plate 83-t10%86-92 xm, veniral place

93-322 93.45 pm; toe 37-44 pm; claw to (5 pm,

Distetbufion: Rare in East Europe, N. America,

Asia, Sri Lanka, Billabongs at Albury, N.S, and

Jabiluka, N.T, 25.0-31,0°C, pH 6.2-6,3, DO) 3,2-10,3

me lL, 48-140 pS em.

Comment; A single ?ecotypic vanant was identified

from a billabong of the Coleman R., Cape York,

Old, lacking the characteristic amterior projections,

and slightly smaller in some dimenstons.

Measuremenis; Dorsal, plate 104 x 72 pm; ventral

plaic [04% 83 um: toe 28 wm; claw [2 jm) (Shiel &

Koste 1985).

Fig. 6. 1, Monosztpla sinuata Haver: (a) dorsal: (b} ventral. 2, M. stenroost Meissner= (at dorsal; (b) ventral. 3. Ad:

sryrax Harring & M

siettvlate perpusilla

rs! (a) dorsal; ¢b) ventral. 4. Mf. sebidota Harnng & Myers: (a) dorsal; (h) ventral 3, Ad

auer: (a) ventral; ¢b) dorsal. 6, W. rerhiy Harring & Myers: {a} dorsal: (hb) ventral. My &

1-3, 5, after Harring & Myers (1926); 4, atter Hauer (1929), Seale tines 3) pm,

ROTITERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 13

Literature: Hauer 1938; Wulter) 1966; Kost [Y78,

Of fourteen taxa of lecanids with part fusion of

the toc listed by Koste (1978), only two variants of

a single species, Hemimaneastvla (nopinata (Fig. 7:3,

4) are known from Australia, No key is provided

for the genus. For details reler 16 Koste (1978).

Heminonascyla Jnopinata (Harring & Myers}

FIG, 7:3

wee inopinata Harritig & Myers, 1926, p. 274, Fig,

rs)

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins coincident;

slightly convex: no frontal spines; dorsal plate

smooth, narrower than ventral plate anteriorly,

slightly truncate posteriorly; ventral plate with two

transverse and several longitudinal ridges; lateral

sulci deep; toes long, slender, \% total length, fused

for distal +4 of their Jength, terminate in distinct

claw.

Dorsal plate 36-75* 54-62 yom; ventral plate

59-8Ux 40-58 xin} toe 21-32 yan: claws 3-5 pm.

Distribution: Probably cosmotropical - subtropical,

warm slenotherm. Single record [rom Wyangala

Dam, N.SW. A record of H. inopinata syerpoda

(Hauer 1929) (Fig. 7:4) from Cairns, Old (C.H-

Fernando pers, comm.) is unverified, Also a warm

stenotherm, possibly pantropical, sympoda is

distinguished from the nominate species by the

bilaterally constricted anterior ventral plate,

presence of friangular cusps at the anterior corners,

and variable lineation of dorsal and ventral plates

{see Koste 1978),

Dorsal plate 55-33%49-73 pm: ventral plate

58-87 48-68 ym; claws 3-9 am.

Key to species of the genus Lecane

I. Lorica with acule cusps. or rounded projections

at anterior external angles... 6... 0555 as

Lorica without spines or projections al anterior

111-4 a ne Ae eT es ene, 5 2

21), Toes with claws ov pseudoclaws. .,,. 8

Toes withoul claws of pscudloclaws,,, ..4

Xd). Toes with claws or pseudoclaws.,.......- 26

Toes without claws or pseudoclaws.. .... 7

4(2), Dorsal plate at leasr as long or longer lian

ventral plute. g .L. clare (Bryce)

Dorsal plate noticeably shorter than ventral

POTD pn se Lice!) jc le SmonpecobatsSohageln! ju! tp oon ous 5

5(4), Anterior margin almost straight or lightly

COMVEN ieee ep tee eee pibtbbe nF ot +6

65).

716).

3(2).

(8),

10(8),

11(10),

1h).

13(12),

1413).

1512).

16(t5).

17(3).

18(17),

Anileniornrargin (dorsal) with regular undulacing,

lines, - L. ixdosw Hauer

Toes 14 body length) dorsal and ventral surfaves

with complex partern (Fig, 1r3¥, 6.060044)

ody venuste Harring & Myers

Toes “i “Vi ‘body length; Jorsal surface smooth

or coarse? lined, ventral plate with single

transverse fold and some longitudinal folds, 7

Lorica wider than long; 2nd foot segment

Projects well beyond posterior margin, ......

. £. hornenianni (Ehrenberg)

Lorica Ionver than wide; 2nd foot segment

beneath lorica margin, ,.. L, rand (Murray)

Lorica 180-200 am; Loes > 70am... .. wd

Lorica <180 pm; toes <50 pm... --.. 10

Barrel-shaped lorica (L:W ratio 1.25); broad

footplate withoul marked constriction of Jorica

MATIN, ee ea L. grandis (Murray)

Lorica more clongate (L:'W rao 1,5), with

anterior constriction behind head aperture and

marked constriction of margins at foorplate.

: L, baorali Koste & Shiel

Toes long (A iA ‘beay length) clearly visible

beyond footplate....., area |

Toes remarkably short (=1/10 body length)

barely protruding, beyond footplare in dorsal

VIEW. eee L, prrrtite Rousselet

Lorita elongated (IW ratio 1B 2... 8...

wpe ene e wee eh igreennibes L. inermis (Bryce)

Lonica broadly ovate (LW <1Sy..-. .- 12

Dorsal and ventral plates distinctly patterned !5

Dorsal plates’ smooth, ventral with single

transversé fold or light ornamentation... . 13

Claws short (claw:toe ratio <3.0).....-...14

Claws Jong (mtio >3.0),, 4, tenwisera Harring

Ventral plate with posterolateral corners anterior

to foolplate producing rectangular appearance

o--epefintebiete acne! a! fla 's Spoue’ ob ettece meme! L. ruttneri Hauer

Veniral plate posterior margins smoothly curved,

without corners... formesa Harring & Myers

Claws short (10 pra). 20.000 eee If

Claws Jong (13-18 am). .,-L. doryssa Harring

Dorsal plate subcircular; fooiplate projects beyond

dorsal plate to cover 2nd foot segment.......

-£. pusilla Harring

Dorsal ‘plate “parallel sided End foot stgment

projects. beyond foatplate. .

by conan L subuiis ‘Harring & Myers

Caudal margin of lorica broadly truncate or

Wounded oo ee eee eee eee ee 18

Caudal margin tapering to point, bilaterally

constricted tongue or ‘fishtail’.

Caudal margin straight, with obtuse angled

COMETS pee. eens Dette tis Lh

Fig. 7, 1, Monoscyla lamellata tholera (Harring & Myers (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, Ad, unguitata Fadeev: (a) dorsial;

(b) ventral. 3, Hemimonostyla inopinata (Harnng & Myers): (a) dorsal: (b) venital. 4, H. inopinate sympoda Hauer:

a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 5, Leeane acronycha Harring & Myers: (a) ventral; (b) dorsal, 6 1. aeuleata (Jakubski);

(a) dorsal; (b) ventral, Fig. 7: 1, 3-4, after Harring & Myers (1926); 2, after Haier (138); 6, after Waltert (1965),

Scale lines $0 pm.

19(18),

20(18),

2120),

23420).

2322).

24(23),

25(17).

26(3).

2:7(26).

28(27),

2y(28)

329),

31130).

32(31)

3331).

W. KOSTE & R.J, SHIEL

Caudal margin smoothly oval elliptical, .. 20

Tow <30 ym, short and stout...........---

sabe! Olle oS Oe Rema L. hrachydacivia (Stenroos)

Joc >30 ani thin, with finer faper....,...-

_L, tudicnla Harring & Myers

Second rout segment protrudes at least 42 its

length beyond caudal margin. -,,.,....21

Second foot segment not protruding,..... 22

Toes <50 wat ventral loriva >150 pum... ...

L. pertica Harring, & Myers

Toes “<40 it; lorica <100 vanes stove ape

Lorita surfaces, sygoth, : etecoeaerritt 23

Surfaces (particularly dorsaly clearly ornamented

_ L. signifera (Jennings)

Frontal margins siraight or slightly concave;

caudal margin smoothly rounded...,..... 24

Margins deep V-shaped sinuses; caudal margin

lobate. so... secses ge Rerziet Kaste & Shiel

Lorca clongated, 200 pm; toes 74 pm... i...

«oho $) 5) O(a feichebe| esetede ja “. pyrrha Harring & Myers

torica <150pimy toes <20umi.......-2..0.,

ciiithe-stettes cose) La devisiyta (Olofsson)

Posterior Jorica tapers to poimt oo... cscs

L, dud wisi (Evkstein)

Posterior iariva a bilaterally constricted blunt

tongue or ‘fishtail’, _2, ofjoenyiy (Merrick)

Frontal corners of lorica with acute spines on

CUSPS ..,.. we or bs Bape. 2H

Frontal commer projections rounded rather than

BCU. ee eee L. papuand (Murray)

Claws with kroblike availing te renin Ile a pete ater

Leen ene Chess wL. hasteta (Murray)

Claws without swelling. a, vee dd

Ventral plate with Ltenanett footplate.. 2...

neff atapictotictts vate L. feontina (Varner)

Ventrat vaudal margin symmetrically rounded

f Hcsemmmess ae, Olin le olotatalace dete oo a loabe aebaitedetetaeg 24

lorica ventral hee projects beyond dorsal.

eee. kh. elsa Hauer

Margins “eoincident | or dorsal “projects beyond

ventral , oe i 1 30

Dorsat anterior margin seraiub ar lightly convex

a ee so nasa eee 34

Dorsal anterior margin concave,.......... aD

Heid appre margins coincident V-shaped

sinuses . rings 32

Both niafaitts broudl lunate sinuses. 33

Smooth or weakly ornamented lorica: head

aperture margins smpoth, .

ve ks wy See Curvicornis (Murray)

Both surfaces distinctly ysis newer head

Aperrure margin andulate.. 4. sitida (Murray)

veneer

Dorsal surface unormamenied; no noticeable

constriction of posterolateral margins at

footplate. 0... 6... eee es L. tuna (Muller)

Dorsal surface stippled; tootplate elongated, with

distinct bilateral constriction af posteralareral

margins , _.. £. spereert (Shephard)

34(30),

35(3A).

36(35).

37(36),

38(34).

39(38).

40(39).

4i(38).

42(41),

43(42),

44(43).

Dorsal margin strawht between cusps, veniral

erg coincident or ghaly coneave

Dorsal margin convex between cuss, vehtral

margin coincident, straight or concave... , .38

Distal foot segment nor visible beyond lorica

margin... ial oe prtite. tess 36

Disial foot ‘segment visible beyond lorica marein

ole 'ohe tortie feiss ES, Ly trite (Murray)

Ventral Margin concave; dorsal plate smaller than

vetitral; toes >60 pm long -, 437

Margins. coincident; dorsal plate larger than

ventral, toes <60 ym long. , .

PREVA. nails selene Cl. tasmaniensis ‘Koste & Shiel

Claws short (olawsroe ratia >S)..0222 00.088.

Pe REL FIERKAE LE ee L, acronycha (Jakubskit

Claws long (ratio <3,5).,L. uneulata (Gosse)

Last foot segment visible beyond dorsal marpin

zleelolejeag an atoe) © wlevete sees . Al

Last foot segment not visible: beyond margin39

Heed aperture margins coincident, convex; lorica

not noticeably eloneated.-...2 0.022... 40

Dorsal margin convex, ventral concave: lorica

elongated, .......,L. glvpta Harring & Myers

Lorica <80 pm long; veriral plate constricted

anteriocy; small semicircular footplate projects

slightly beyond patertar Jorica. ,.. 22,

mena L, _flexilis (Gosse)

Lot ica >100 yn “tome: ventral plate vot

constricted; foorplate broad, extends well beyond

posterior margin of dorsal plate. . :

Heth sely aspasia Myers

Ventral nae sttonaty édpsi ict in ‘hip? region

eT Te Bab be eden ie le. L. crepida Harting

Ventral plate not constricted... _- 42

Dorsal plate covers all yeniral plate and footplute

wea tos ale! [alot are L. mylacris Harring & Myers

Footplare visible posteriar to dorsal plate. 43

Cusps large, outer margins convex, pointing

outwards, ....-..2.- £. aculeata (Jakubski)

Cusps sinall, outer margins concave, point ahead

Oe “WW rds, 6 iii ees sy nici ere!

Toe points short with disidet step on inside

distinguishing claw. --....L, sti¢haca Harring

Toe pois elongated, claws indistinct, . -

meet abit 1. hatielvsta. Harring & Myers

Lecane acrorycha Harting & Myers

FIG, 7:5

Lecane acronycha Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 322, Pl. R

Figs. 3,

Diagnosis: Dorsal anterior margin straight, ventral

slightly concave, with two triangular cusps al

external angles; unmarked dorsal plate not reaching

murgin of ventral plate; transverse fold of ventral

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 17

Fig. 8. 1, Lecane aculeata arcula (Harring): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, L. aspasia Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3,

L. boorali Koste & Shiel: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, L. brachydactyla (Stenroos): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 5, L. clara

(Bryce): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, L. crepida Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Fig. 8: 1, 2, 4-6, after Harring &

Myers (1926); 3, after Koste ef a/. (1983). Scale lines 50 ym.

W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS ih

plate anterior to foot; slight indentation of

posterolateral margins at footplate; toes long {> 4

body length) with slight distal bulge; claw shor,

with small basal spicule.

‘Total length to 290 wins dorsal plate 111-142% to

136 pm; ventral plate $25-182x95-113 pm; toes

60-102m; claw 10-12 pm.

Distribution: N. America, Asia. Acidophil Two

Australian records; billabong, Jabiluka, NT, river

at Kinglake West, Vie. 25.0°C, pH 6.2, DO 3.0 me

i', 48 pS cm".

Lirerature: Koste 1978, 198); Berzins 1982_

Lecane aculeata (Jakubski)

FIG. 7:6

Msivia aculeatu Sakubski, 1912, p.$43, Figs 3,4

Diagnosis: Resembles L. /lexilis (Fig. 8:4), bul can

readily be distinguished from it by oblique,

outwardly directed frontal cusps, narrower lorica,

second fvat segment visible at posterior ond,

steaight toe and bilaterally constricted needle-like

claws. Dorsal plate usually truncated, with Iwo

transverse pleats beneath (Fig. 7:6a).

Dorsal plate 62-67%45-55 um; ventral plate

73-87% 46-52 ying Woe 22-28 yn; claw S-7 pm.

Distribution: Warm stenatherm in subtropical and

Inupical vegetated waters, particularly neefields.

Rare: Wyangala, N.SW., Jabiluka, N-I, Qld,

southeast S.Aust,, Vic. 24.0-27.0°C, pH 6.3-7.4, DO

3,1-7.5 me b, 42-245 uS erm, 0,5-15.0 NTU,

Convrent A subspecies, Lecane aculeata arculea

(Harring) (Fig. 8:1), recorded trom Magela Creek,

NUT, and Gippsland, Vic. Similar lorica

ornamentation, but outline more circulir,

particularly posterior margin of dorsal plate;

transverse pleats posterior to dorsal plate Jacking;

frontal cusps reflexed upwards; overall dimensions

smaller:

Dorsal plate 57-63x%49-56 um; ventral plate

67-78x44-51 pam), toe 22-27 pm: claw 4-6 wm.

Literature: Koste 1978, 1981; Berzins 1982.

Lecane aspasia Myers

BIG. 8:2

Levande aypusve Myers, 1417, p.d76 Pl 40, Pigs 48.

Diagnosis Lorica broad, nearly parallel-stded

anteriorly, posteriorly tounded; head jperture

margins coincident, slightly convex; two small cusps

al external angles; posterior segmence projects

beyond dorsal plate; toes > 4 body length, srraighr,

tapering; claw long, pointed.

Total length 132 pm; dorsul plate 82x75 «am;

ventral plate $4%75 pm; head aperture width 63 am;

toes 30 am; claw 8 jan.

Distribujion; California, Single recerd fram

Victoria needs. veritication.

Literuture: Berzins 1982.

Lecane boorali Kaste & Shiel

FIG, &3

Lecune bourali Koste & Shiel, 1983, pp. 14-15, Figs 6-8,

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident,

dorsal straighc, ventral concave, occasionally with

median V-shaped groove; no cusps at external

angles; dorsal plate narrower, shorter than ventral:

characteristic tiangular depressed foot cavity

hounded by raised cuticular ridge (Fig. 8:36);

elongated foot plate deposed from body; toes with

laterally opposed claws,

Total length 260 ~m; dorsal plate 180x120 ami:

ventral 200132 pm; anterior margin width 104) pam;

toes 82 pm; claw LO jum.

Distribution: Endemic, recorded only from a pool

near Meekatharra, W,A, pH 8.6, 68 wS ¢m!.

lecane brachydactyla (Stenroos)

FIG. 8:4

Cuthypra brachvdacisla Stentoos, 1898, p,160, PL 2,

Fig. 20.

‘Lecune brochydactyla; Harring 1913, p.60.

Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsal margin slightly

undulate with prominent lateral cusps; ventral

margin with median concavity; lorica dorso-

ventrally compressed, no markings; fooiplate

prominetl, trapezoidal; toes short, straight on inner

edges, with long conical points,

Dorsal plate’ 100-130%92-115 pm; ventral plate

128-150* 78-119 psn; toes 20-40 ym,

Distribution: US.A., in soll acid waters with

Sphagnum, Single record from Old

Literature; Koste (978: Striel & Kaste 1979.

Lecane clara (Bryce)

FIG, 8:5

Cathypnd clara Bryce, WRI, p.271, coxr te,

Lecute clara’ Harring 1913, pad,

Diagnosis: Very Nexible membraneous lorica;

anterior margins mnt coincident, dorsal lightly

convex, ventral concave; no spives at external

angles; no markings on dorsal plate; toes long,

Fig, 9 1, Lecane curvicornis (Murray): (a) dorsal; (by ventral. 2, L. dorysse Beartings (a) dorsaly (bY venteal, 3,,L.

else Hauer: (4) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, 2. flevilis (Gosse): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 5

5, L. Jormiosa Harring & Myers:

(a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, 7. giypta Hai clit & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) veniral, Fig. a: i, 4-6, after Harring. & Myers

(1426), 2, atter Haiicr (1938); 3, alter Liauer (1931), Seale lines $0 am.

20 W. KOSTE & 8), SHIEL

robust, 1 total length, terminating im byistle-like

spicule,

Total length 170-200 pm; dorsal plate

92-83x40-62 ym; ventral plate 75-90%40-55 jm;

toes 25-40 wm,

Distribution: N, America in Spheaenum, Single

unconfirmed record from Vici

Literature: Berzins 1982.

Lecane créepida Harring

FIGs &6

tacune crepida Harring, 1914, p.$43, Pl 22. Figs 4-7,

Diagnosis: Head apervure dorsal margin slightly

convex, ventral slightly concave; two short stout

incurved cusps at external angles; dorsal plate

smaller than ventral, strongly convex; three pairs

of divergent wavy ridges on dorsal anterior surface;

ventral plate with interrupted longitudinal pleats;

no lateral sulci; toes > 4 tora! leneth; claw long,

slender.

Dorsal plate 75*45 yn: ventral plate 10068 pm;

tues 40 pmy claws 9-10 po.

Distribution: Often numerous it tropical and

subtropical shallow waters, Single record; L,

Mulwala, Vic, 24.2°C, pH 7.7, DO 8.6 me I', 60

uScm'!, 22 NTU.

{ireratitre; Koste 1978.

Lecane vuevicornis (Murray)

FIG. 9:1

Cathypne eurvicornis Murray, 1913a, p. 446, Fig. 14:22.

Lecane curvicornis! Harting 1914, p.535, Fig. 17:3.

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins coincident, both

with broad V-shaped sinuses; two large cusps al

external angles; ventral plate much wider than

dorsal, with transverse fold; posterior segment

rounded; toes. '3 total length,

Dorsal plate 110-120%95-12 pm; ventral plate

130-145x 105-116 pin; Loe 48-79 xm; claw 8-13 am.

Distribution’ Abundant in tropical and subtropical

shallow waters. Rare: Finnis R. and Magcla Creek,

NT, Coongie Lakes, S.Aust, and southwest W.A,.

24,5-29.8°C, pH 5,2-6.3, DO 3,0-6.1 mgl!, 28-59 1S

em'!, alkal. 1.9 mg}.

Literature: Koste 1978; Berzins 1982; Koste & Shiel

1983.

Lecane doryssa Harring

FIG), &:2

Lecane doryssa Harring, 114, p 342, Pl. 21, Figs 4-f.

Diagnosis; Nead aperture margins not coincident;

dorsal slightly convex, ventral «lmost straight; 10

cosps at external angles; dorsal plate facetted,

ventral plave with complex pattern (Fig, 8:2b)

posterior s¢gment projects well beyond dorsal plate;

> second foot segment projects beyond lorica

margin; toes Jong, slender, reducing to needle-like

pseudoclaw at approx, '4 their length,

Dorsal plate 58x60 ym, ventral plate $8%58 pm:

head aperture width 52 ym; toes 30-32 am;

pseudoclaw 13 pm,

Distribution: Central Europe, Central America,

Amazonia, Asia, Indonesia, in penphyton. Rare:

Magela Creek. NT. and acid waters of western

Tastnania. 12.0-29,0°C, pH 31-6 3, DO 3.5-5,.8 me

I, 26-81 pS em’.

Literatures Koste 1978, LY8l: Koste ef at. (1988)

Lecane elsa Hauer

FIG, 9:3

Lecane elfsa Hauer, tO, p. 8. Fig. 2.

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident:

dorsal convex, ventral biconvex (with median

notch); occasionally tiny spines at frontal angles;

dorsal plate smooth, smaller than ventral plate;

ventral plate with distinct (transverse fold; posterior

plate with tongue-like clongation over foot

segments! lateral sulci deep; toes slender, <1 body

length, tapering to distinct claw.

Dorsal plate 122-140% 102-113 ym; ventral plate

133-160 106-128 pm; foes 60-66 ami claws 9-10 pm.

Distribution: Rare in littoral of Jarge water bodies,

bucabundant in floodplain waters and inundation

zones of central Europe, Amazonia, Rare: N/E,

W.A., Vic. 20.0-31.7°C, pH $,4-7,2, D0 6.7-9.1 me

I", 25 pS cm*, Atk, 2.3 mel!

Literatere: Koste 1978, 198k; Koste er al. 1983.

Lecane flextlis (Gosse)

FIG. 9:4

Disa flexili¢ Gosse In Hudson & Gouse, 1886, p, 17,

big. 24:7.

Lecane flexiliy’ Harring 1913, p:6l,

Diagnosis: Wead aperture margins coincident,

convex, with two shetrc cusps at external angles;

dorsal plate facetted, rounded posteriorly; ventral

plate narrower than dorsal, less distinctly

ornamented; lateral sulci indistinct; toes: lore,

Slender, Vi body length, tapering distally to small,

acute recurved claw with small dorsal basal spicule.

Dorsal plate 72-76x63-66 ym; ventral plate

66-90 x 50-60 ym: toes 22-50 ym: claws 3-5 wm,

Distribution: Cosmopolitan, eurytherm, regarded

by Koste (1978) as a possible alkalophilé, N,T,, Tas.,

Vic, common, abundant in humic acid waters in

Tasmania. 8.2-29.0°C, pH 3.1-8.4, DO 6.1-10.7 mg

1, 9.780 pS em! 17.4 WU

Literature: Koste 1978, \981) Koste ef af. 1988.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 2

Lecane formosa Harring & Myers

FIG, 9:5

Lecane formosa Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 360,

Figs 29:1, 2.

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins straight,

coincident; no corner spines; dorsal plate smooth,

narrower than ventral plate at anterior margin;

ventral plate with single transverse fold, two

longitudinal lines; posterior segment broadly

rounded, projects beyond dorsal plate; toes 4 total

length, straight, slightly tapered; claw long, acute,

slender.

Total length 110 um; dorsal plate 74x68 pm;

ventral plate 80x68 «xm; toes 25 um; claws 7 xm.

Distribution: U.S.A. Single unverified record from

Hunter R., N.S.W.

Literature: Literature: Berzins 1982.

Lecane elypta Harring & Myers

FIG. 9:6

Lecane glypia Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 360,

Figs 26:1, 2.

Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsal margin convex,

ventral slightly concave, with two small spines at

frontal corners; dorsal and ventral surfaces

intricately patterned; lateral sulci indistinct; toes 4

total length, slender, parallel-sided; claws small,

acute.

Dorsal plate 75-80x50 ym; ventral plate

80-86 42-46 um; toes 22-27 xm; claws 5 pm-

Fig. 10. t, Lecane grandis (Murray): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2, 2. Aaficlyst@ Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral.

3, L. herzigi Koste ef al.: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, L. mitis Harring & Myers: ventral. 5, 2. ordwayi Bienert: ventral.

Fig. 10; 1, 2, 4, after Harring & Myers (1926); 3, after Koste er a/. (1988); 5 after Bienert (1986). Scale lines 50 jm.

22 W, KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 33

Disiribufion: N. America, Eurupe, Middle-East,

Asia. Single record, Bichheno-Freyeinel area, easter

Tasmania, 14°C.

Literature: Koste 1978; Koste & Shicl 1985, [987u,

Lecane grandis: (Murray)

FIG, 10:1

Catlivpre wrandts Murray, 1913a, p, 344, Fig. 13:20.

Lecane grandis Vadeev 1925, p. 20, Fig. 1:6,

Diggrosis: Head aperture margins straleht: smoot

dorsal plate projects slightly ahead of ventral plate;

dott plates of similar shape: single transverse fold

of ventral plate; posterior segment broad, truncate;

toes long, blade-shaped; conical claw with basal

sptcule.

Dorsal plate 165-[80 L18-140 xm; ventral plate

175-200 «118-140 pm; toes 72-80 pm; claws 10=)2

pam.

Distuibation: Possibly cosmopolitan in

brackish/athallasi¢ saline waters, Euryhaline. Single

record, billabong, Jabiluka, N.T. 25.0°C, pH 6.2,

DO 3.0 mg | ', 48 nS cm |,

Literature: Koste 1978,

Lecane haticlysta Harring & Myers

FIG, 10:2

fecune fuliciystu Warring & Myers, 1926, p, 34K

Figs 21:3, 4,

Diagnosis! Head aperture margins coincidens,

straipht, with two small spines at frontal corners;

Gorsal plate facetted. each facet with double

margins, ventral plate also patlerned, less regularly

than dorsal; caudal plate rounded, projects slightly

beyond dorsal plate; tocs > 4% body length, straight,

ending in indistinct acute claw,

Dorsal plate 71-90%58-78 pm; ventral plate

82-105 «56-74 win; anterior margin 55-160 pm; toes

31-42 pm; claws 8 pm,

Disiribution: Eurape. Asia, North and Suurh

Americas, care in sofr vegetated waters, Single

record: South Esk R,, Perth, Tas. 12.7°C, pH 6.0.

f iterature Koste & Shicl 1987a,

fxcune Austata (Murray)

FIG, Ls

Cuthepia besa Murray, 1913a, p, 344, Fig 14:25

P becane hasrata: Harring & Myers 1926, p. 363, Figs 28:5,

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident:

dorsal slizhily convex; ventral straight; two small

spines at external angles; dorsal plate snialler than

veutral, tuneate posteriorly; both surfaces finely

suppled: ventral plate also with transverse fold and

two longitudinal lines; no: lateral sulei) toes long,

>! coral leneth, with distal dilation, terminating

in long acule claw.

Dorsal plate 74-97%50-79 am; ventral plate

96-115 «741-90 pan; toes 37-41 am; claws 14-18 pm.

Distribution: Possibly cosmopolitan In periphyton,

fresh and slightly saline waters, Recarded in L.

Grace, southwest WA. with a possible record from

Cairns, nth Qld (C. H. Fernando pers. ecomm.).

Literature: Koste ef at, 1983,

Lecune hercigi Koste, Shiel & Tan

FIG, 10:3

Lecane herzigi Koste, Shiel & Tan, 1988, p. 125, Fig, 12-14.

Diagnosis: Lorica widest medially, ovate; unterior

margins with deep rounded sinuses. ventral deeper:

short, incurving, pointed cusps at external angles:

dorsi! plate ovitte, truncate posteriorly, slightly

wider than ventral plate: ventral plate with clearly

demarcated posterior lobe commencing at second

fool, segment; deep lateral sulci; coxal plates small;

toes straight lo acule point, no claws.

Dorsal plate 96x 74 jan, ventral plate 177% 70) pm,

width anterior margin 41 um, toes 38-39 wm,

Dispibution: Endemic, dune pools, western

Tasmania, 17,0°C, pH 3.14.3, $0,6-98.3 [S$ cm! ,

0.8 NTU.

Cuntient; Aluhough we noted the broud similarity

al L. Ferzigito 2. mitis Harring & Myers (Fig. 10:4)

(Koste ey al 1988) we missed the strikingly similar

/,, ordwayi Bienert, 1986(Fig, (0:5), deseribed Irom

Florida. Comparative measurements are:

Dorsitl plate 113-121% 88-99 zm, ventral plate

125-142% 82-92 um. width anterior margin 40-52 pm,

toes 40-44 yi.

Both L. hergigiand @.. erdwayiwere recorded from

highly coloured, low pH waters, The affinity of the

cwo taxa may be defined hy comparative SEM

tropti analysis, however at this time, in view of the

morphological differences, we are satisfied that they

are nol conspecilic. L. Rerzigi differs significantly

in body proportions, it has a proportionately

smaller dorsal plate, with a more elongate, narrowel

ventral plate, Une head aperture margins are more

rounded, it lacks a transverse fold above the second

foot joint, the lobate postenor segment is

distinctive, and there are obvious differences in the

coxal region,

Lecane hornemanni (Ehrenberg)

FIG. li

Euchilanis hornemannj Ehrenberg, $834, pp. 206, 220

Jecane hornemenni: Harring 114, p. 543

Pig Th 1, Lecane hestata (Murray); (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2, £. kornenanni (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral.

3, 1. inermis (Bryce): (a) darsul, (bh) venival. 4, h./euetinu (turner): (a) dorsal; (by ventral. 5, £, fevistyda (Olotsson):

(al dorsal: (b) ventral. 6, L. dwolwiie (Rekstein): (a) darsals (bp ventral Fag. He 1-6, ater Pharring and Myers (1926),

Scale tines. 50 pin.

W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL

ROTIFER.A FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 25

Diagnosis; Lorica broader than long, with very deep

cross-section: head aperture margins coincident,

convex; no Frontal cusps; dorsal lorica ormamented.

with embossed hemispheres corresponding to usual

Facets (only anterior rows shown on Fig, 11:2a)

without distinct demarcations between; ventral plate

pyniform with transverse and Jongitudinal folds;

posterior segment projects beyond. dorsal plate:

second foot segment projects beyond posterior

segment; toes 4 total length, tapering to long,

conical ouleurving points without claws,

Total fengih 100-140 ym; dersal plate

72-10% 82-100 um; ventral plate 84-115 72-110 pam;

toes 30-35 pm,

Distriburion: Widespread in fresh water, particularly

tropics and subtropics. Occasionally in slightly

saline waters. All slates exeept S,Aust., rare:

19.9-24.5°C, pH 6.3-7,2, DO 5.4-8.5 mg i, 59,55

ws om!

Literature: Koste (978, 1982; Green 1981; Berzins

1982; Koste ef al. 1983; Shiel & Koste 1983.

Lecane inermis (Bryex)

FIG. th:3

Disrylo inermis Bryce, 1892, p. 274, vext Ne,

fecane inermis' Harring 1913, pél.

Diagnosis: Membrancous, very Flexible forica;

atilerior margins coincident, (usually) straight;

ventral plate wider than dorsal, both withovt

omamentation; foot segment rounded, projects

beyond dorsal plate, sccond lout segment projects

beyond Jorica; toes short, straight, terminate in

acute recurved claw aloiost as long as toe,

Total length 92-154 pm; dorsal plate 52-80 36-48

um; ventral plate to 96% to 48 wna) toes 14-16 pm;

claws 10-12 ym.

Distribution: Io athallasic saline waters, in thermal

springs and warm waters, curylopic (pH 4.8-10.0,

5.9-43.0°C) (Koste 1978), Kinikova (1970) recorded

L. inermis from a geyser at 62.5°C. Rare; not

recorded in this study, but noted by Berzins (1982)

fram several localities in Victoria (presumably

vooler waters: April, July).

Lecarie feantina (Turner)

FIG, ti

Carhypna lenutina Turner, 1892, p, ot, Pig- 112

Jocwne leontino: Harring 1913, p 61,

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins nor coineidenr,

dorsal concave, ventral with broad V-shaped sinus,

rounded at apex; two sinall cusis at external angles:

dorsal plale unormamented, ventral with indistinct

transverse fold; posterior segment protrudes over

toot as a quadrangular plate with undulate posterior

margin or two divergent lateral spines; toes

extremely long, almost body length, terminating in

long claw with basal spine.

Dorsal plate 138-170% 115-147 amy ventral plate

168-249 118-152 ym; toes 92-154 jam, claws 11-15

(emt,

Distribution: In vewetated shallow waters, tropical

and subjropical lake litlorals. Rare, possibly

widespread in northern Australia, although records

are few: N-T., Old, S.Aust. (Coonsie Lakes), W.A-

(Kimberley} (last two records: Shiel unpubl),

2A025.0°C, pH 6.6.3, DO 5.1-5.8 me |"', 42-59

pS cm |,

Literature: Shicl & Koste 1979: Koste 1981.

Lecare levistvia (Olofsson)

FIG, 15

Cathypna levisryla Olofssan, 1917, p. 280, Fig. 10.

Lecane scobis Harring & Myers, 1926.

Diagnosis; Uend aperture margins not coincident:

dorsal straight, ventral concave) iweurved Small

cusps al external angles; ventral plate narrower than

dorsal, both unornamented; second foot scgment

projecis slightly beyond dorsal margin; toes > 4

total length, tapering from | their length to acute

points (no claw).

Dorsal plate 95-113x%93-113 yim; ventral plate

130-140x61-L00 um; toes 35-45 pnt, claws 15-18 um,

Oistribution: Cosmopolitan in inundation areas,

Rare: single record from Magela Creek, NT. 28,5°C,

pH 5.4, DO 6,2 mg! ', 23 pS cm,

Literature: Koste 1978, 198),

Lecane tudwigi (Eckstein)

FIG. 13:6

Disivla ludwigt Eckstein, 883, p. 383, Fig, 24:37.

Lecane dwight Harting 1913, p, 6.

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins voincident,

concave; Iwo stout cusps at external angles; dorsal

plate Jrancate posteriorly, ornamented with four

rows of tesselations (o pive shingled appearance

(Fig. 1:6a); ventral plaie with transverse fold and

several longitudinal ridges; latral sulci yery deep;

posterior segnient produced to long, triangular

pointed spine; toes long, slender, 2 rocal lengrtt,

tapering to acute conical points (no claw).

Dorsal plate 104-121%77-34 wm; ventral plate to

162x to Sf) wmy toes 40-44 wm, subitaneous egg

102*45 um,

Distibutians Cosmopolitan warn stenotherm.

Tin 12. 1, Leceve aps ventral, 2, 4. /udwigi vervdes (Harring): dorsal. 3, 2. dena (Muller): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral,

4.0. mira (Murray): (a) dorsal; tb) ventral. 5, LZ. wewieeris Harring & Myers: (at dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, L pore

(Murray): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral 7, 4. @fieea (Murray): (a) dorsaly (5) venrral, Fig, 12; 3-6, atrer Harring & Myers

(W926), 7, atrer Hater (1998), Seale lines 50 jam,

W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND) WATERS 27

Rare: the typical form 1s kvewn from Na, Old,

southwest WA, 12.0-17.0°C, ph 4,4-4.8, 26-98 4S

em |, L. duedwigs farieaudam Wauer (1938) queues

in Coongie Lakes, S,Aust..(Shiel unnebl,),

Lecane lune (Miiller)

FIG. 12:3

Cercaria luna Muller, 1776, p. 280.

Leeune luna: Nitasch 1827, p, 64%

Diagnosis; Head aperture margins nor coincident:

both with deep funate sinuses, dorsal anteriorly 35

width of ventral; external angles of ventral sinus

cusp-like, dorsal sinus angles more blunt; snrouth

dorsal plate almost circular with broad median

anterior hump (Pig. §2:3a), ventral plate stightly

narrower with single transverse fold; posterior

segment small, rounded, projects slightly beyond

dorsal plate; toes V3 total length, terminate In claw

with basal spicute,

Dorsal plate 122-163 102-150 am; ventral plate

132-177 104-80 am; tocs 44-64 pm; claws 8-10 ym

Distribution: Cosmopolitan in littoral of fresh-,

athallasic saline and esiwarine watery, Pancon-

tinental, common. 10,0-27,0°C, pH 4.6-8.4. DO

$.8-10.0 mg | '; 37-3330 pS om '. <b-160 NTU.

f iferaiure; Evans 1951; Koste 1978, 1981; Koste &

Shiel 1979; Berzins 1982.

Lecane miro (Murray)

FIG. 124

Cathypra nite Murray, 913¢, p. $53, Fig, 22:3

Leeane mira: Harring & Myers 1926, p, 342, Figs 17:5, 6.

Diagnosis. Head aperture margins not coincident:

dorsal almost straight, ventral slightly concave; two

stoul triangular cusps at extertial angles; dursal

plate indistinctly facetted, with anterior row

imcomplete; ventral plate with light transverse fold

only; lateral sulci deep; posterior sepment truncare,

projects beyond dorsal phates second foor segment

visible beyond postenor segment: toes “4 total

leneth, terminate in stout claw with basal spicute,

Dorsal plate 108-132%97-130 wm; ventral plate to

145x100 pm, toes 50-56 nm; claws 9-12 yam,

Distribution; Widely distributed in acid

(Sphognuni) water's. There isan unverified record

of £ mira from Qld (Berzins 1982), A single

individual from L.. Mulwata, Vic. has some features

of £. mura, however as shown by the ventral view

(Fig, 12:1), there are several morphological

differences, particularly in the postenor plate, foot

and toes, which suggest thal specific slalus mity be

warranted. Further material is necessary for

adequate description.

Civerarure: Koste 1979

Lecune siylaceis Harring & Myers

FIG, 12:5

micas mylaces Harring & Myers, (26. p89. Figs

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins almost

coincident: ventral straight, dorsal stiehtly canyex;

two minute spines al external angles; dorsal plare

smooth, larger (han veniral plate; vencral plate with

distinct tolds (Fig. $2:5b); > 2 second foot segment

projects beyond posierior margin; toes inserted

ventrally part way along seginent rather than at

usual distal end; external margins of toes curve in

distally to small pointed claws,

Dorsal plate 145%108 um; ventral plate 130%82

wm, anterior margin width 72 wm; toes 32 wm; claws

7pm.

Distribuciom: North America, Nol recorded in ou

collections. Unconfirmed record trom central Vic,

Literviure: Koste 1978; Berzins 1982,

Lecane nana (Murray)

FIG. 12:6

Cathypne nina Murray, W13a, p. $3, Fig, 14: 29arc.

Lecane nena: Hurring 1914, p. 536.

Diagnosis: Antetior margins coincident and convex,

without corner spines; dorsal plate smooth, wider

than ventral plate, which has several disconnected

lines (Fig, 12;6b); posterior segment. small, truticate,

projects beyond dorsal margin, covers second foot

segment, foes straight on inner edges, ouler margins

laper 10 point, no claw,

Total length 85-90; dursal plate 45-64%44-62

pm; ventral plate 52-68% 52-00 pm; frontal width 36

wm; toes 20-30 wm.

Distriburoan: Cosmopolitan in fresh aid brackish

water, Rare; Qld, Tas., Vie. 15,.5-18.5°C, pH 6,4-7.4,

DO to 11,0 mg I-', 70-565 pS em |.

fsteratwre: Kosle 1978; Shicl & Koste 1974; Green

198l; Berzins 1982.

Lecaneé ritida (Murray)

FIG. 12;7

Calhypna nitida Murray 19134. p. 347, Fig. 14:24a, b.

Lecanme curvicornis Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 421, Fig.

L. curvicornis nitida: Uauer 1998, p. $14, Pid. 37a, by,

Diagnosis, Lovies broadly resembles L. curvicornis,

however, unlike that species both dorsal atv ventral

plates are distinctively ornamented: posterior plate

also with distinct lines and more rectangular than

that of L, curvicornis; head aperture margins show

Se EEE ees

Fig. 13. 1, Lecane aodosa Hauer; (a) dorsal; (h) ventral, 2, £ ohinensis (Herrick): (2) durwals (h) ventral, 3, L. ohivensis

ehehyowid (Anderson & Shephard): (a) dorsal; (hj ventral 4, £. paguuna (Murray): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3,

L, pertica Tfaccing & Myers; (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, £. puntila (Rousselet), (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Pie. 13: 1,

4, after Hauer (1934), 2-5, aller Harring & Myers (1926); 5, after Haver (1938). Scale lines 50 wm

W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INIANIY WATERS 1]

some irfegularity oF broad V-shape; dorsal plate

relatively hroader; toes impinge on distal end of

second Foor segment rather than on ventral surface

as in L. curvicarnis, No measurements are given fur

L. nitida by Harn & Myers (1926) or Koste (1978),

however those by Hauer (1938) indicare @ larger

animal than L. cervicnenis.

Dorsal plate 127é*117 ums ventral plate 124 ui

wide; head aperture 62 ym} toes 78 yum; claw 12 pm,

Oisieféution: South America, Single record fram

Maeela Ck, NUT,

Literature; Koste 198),

Lecane nodosa Hauer

VIG, 131

Lepane sodosa Hauer 1938, p. $20, Fig. 42a, h

Diagnosis Head aperrure margins coincident,

convex, nO corner spines; dorsal plate wider than

long, rounded posteriorly, covered with regular

knobby hemispheres (cf, £. fernemanai: ventral

plate narrower (han dorsal, with indistinct lateral

margins; no lateral sulci; broad posterior plate

covers foot segments; toe stout, broad, parallel-

sided for 4 its length, tapering to oulward-curved

peint; no claw.

Total length 87-120 pm; dorsal plate Atl-81%67-82

pm; ventral plate 70-90 67-77 zm; frontal width 58

int foes 23-30 um.

Distribution; In periphyton, Java, India. Rare:

Jabiluka, NT..and L, Catani, Vic. 24.5°C, pH 6.3,

DO 5.8 mg I-', 59 pS cm 3

Comment: The possible synonymy of L. aedasa

with L. hornemann and L. neta was noled by

Koste (1978). Protrusion of the second foot segment

beyond the lorica margin, non-curving toes and

larger overall dimensions in £. Aornemanni readily

separate this taxon. L. manu is similar in size and

outline, dilfering apparently only in toe rnorphology

ani dorsal lorice ornamentation, which may

represent ecotypic variation of a single species.

Lileratyre, Koste 1981; Berzins 1982.

Lecane ohioensis Herri¢k)

FIG. 13:2

Distyla ohiownses Herrick, IBS, p. 54, Fie, £

Lecane ohioensis\ Harring 1913, p, 62.

Diagnosis: Head aperiure margins concave, almost

coincident (ventral slightly shorter), two stout cusps

at external angles; dorsal plate ornamented with

four prominent rows of tesselations; ventral plate

with a few folds and ridges; posterior seament

tapers to median, truncate projection extending Vs

length of toes; tocs parallel-sided, (erminate in

conical points; no claws,

Dorsal plate 97-100%78-93 jn; ventral plate

14-146%70 am; toes 35-40 ym,

Distribution; Cosmopolitan in littoral of fresh-

waters. Rare! N-T., Qld, S.Aust., Tas. (in moderately

saline stock dams, east coast), Vic. 10.2-29.9°C, pH

5.5-8,1, 44-6600 wS cm’, alkal. 2,6 mgt |,

Conmmeanr A variant, described from Victoria by

Anderson & Shephard (1892), Distyla ichthyoure

(Lecane ichttyoura) (Fig, 13:3) was synonymised

with £L. ohioensis by Koste (1978). The only

difference between the two is the fishtail form of

the caudal process in the former. which is varjable.

4. ohivensis ichthyoure apparently is a cosmo-

politan halophile. Rare: S,Aust,, Vic. southwest

WA,

Literature; Koste 1978; Koste & Shiel, 1983,

Lecane papuane (Murray)

FIG. 13:4

Disivla popuana Murray, 1913, p. S51, Fig. 22:2.

seein papuana: Harting & Myers 1926, p, 336, Pies

Diegnosis. Head aperture margins not coincident:

dorsal almost straight, ventral with broad shallaw

V-shaped sinus with undulate sides, rounded

posleriorly; mo cusps at external angles, but

distinctive rounded lobes of ventral lorica project

well beyond dorsal margin; lateral sulci moderately

deep; ventral plate slightly narrower Ihan dorsal,

with same circular outline; posterior seginent

rounded, projects slightly; toes >‘ total length,

slightly dilated distally before stout claw, which has

two basal spicules.

Dorsal plate 92-120%82-I1D2 pm: ventral plate

112-115%91-98 jum; toes 34-30 am; claw 8-12 wm,

Distribution: Between macrophytes in jropical and

subtropical shallow waters. Rare> N,T., Qld, S.Aust..

Vic. 17.0-29.8°C, pH $.3-8.2, DO 61-9,7 mz I |.

23-1000 45cm |, 40-88 NTU atkal 19-2.7 med!

Literature: Koste 1978, 1981.

Levane pertice Harring & Myers

FIG. 15:5

; fecane perticu Harring & Myers, 1926, p, 340) Pu. 1221,

Didgnesis: Blongale lorica, dorso-ventrally

compressed; head aperture margins almost

coincident: dorsal straight, venjral slightly concave;

two small spines at external angless dursal plate

trimcate posteriorly, indistinctly facetted; ventral

eee eS

Ne 14,1, Lecene pusilla Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) yentral. 2.4, pyrehe Harring & Myers: (a) daisal; (b) ventral, 3,

_tAytidda Barring & Myors: (a) dorsal; (b) yeniral, 4, L. roranddieia (Olutyson): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 5, 2, ruzinev

Maurer: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, £. signifera signifera (Sermings): (3) diyrsal; (b) venttal. Fig. 14: 1-3, & after Hav rine

& Myers (1926); 5, wlter Hauer (1938). Seale tines 50 ym.

W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIELD.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 3]

plate clearly marked (Fig. 13:56); deep lateral sulci:

semiciular posteriar sexment projects well beyond

dorsal plate; second foot segment projects almost

all its length beyond posterior segment; toes very

long, '4 toral leneth, straight, parallel-sided,

terminate in acute points; no claws.

Total lengih to 260 gm; dorsal plate

97-140% 66-10) um, ventral plate 119-160%60-88 pm;

anterior margin 46-64 yom, toes 60-845 yum.

Distribution: North and South America, Indonesia.

Acidophil. Rare: billabongs of Magela Creek, NT.

24,5-29,9°C, pH 5.5-6,3, DO 5,5-5.8 mg |-', 44-59

4S cro! alkal. 2.62 | |.

Lilerature; Kosle |978, Wat

Lecane puny (Rousselet)

FIG, [3:6

Nofarmmata pura Rousselet, in Murray, 1906, p. 183,

Fig. 6:28.

Lecaune pumila; Hauer 1936, p, 134, Figs 1-3.

Diagnasis:. Lorica (exible, although form constant:

lateral sulci absent; toes extremely short; claw points

curved backwards,

Joral length 75-170 pm; dorsal plate 60-75 x 90-140

pm; ventral plate 80-110 wm; toes 3-5 ym,

Distribution: Burope, Indonesia, N.America, in

moss in standing and flowing water. Single record

from L. St Clair, Tasmania, 17.0°C, pH 7,3, 241

wSem !-

Literature: Koste & Siuel 1986a,

Lecane pusilia Harring

FIG. 14:1

Feciee pusilla Harring, 1914, p. 541, Fig, 204-6.

MPayaosis; Head aperture margins straipht, dorsal

projects slightly beyond veniral; no corner spines;

dorsal plate distingtly facetted, ventral plate less

conspicuously patterned; lateral sulci deep:

posterior scement tourded, projecting well beyond

dorsal plate margin; toes long, slender, > 4 toral

length, tapering io long, recurved, iacule claw.

Tots! length to 75 wim; dorsal plate $4%52 «am;

ventral plate 6045 jum; anterior margin 50 pm} toes

20-26 ms claws 5 pm,

Disterfution, Central America, E. Europe, fran

Rare: Bronifield Swamp, Qld, Vic. No ecological

information available,

Literafure: Koste 1978; Green 1981; Berzins 1982,

Lecane pyrrha Hartine & Myers

FIG, t4;2

sheet prrrha Harring & Myerk 1926, p. 31, Fiz.

2:1-6.

Diagnosis, Head aperture margins coincident,

concave; Two stout tdangular cusps al external

doles; no patterning of dorsal or ventral lorica;

posterior segment projects slightly beyond dorsal

plate; toes long slender, \4 total length, withour

claws.

Total length to 280 pm; dorsal plate 193%145 pins

yentral plate 210X125 ins auterior margin 80 pm;

tpes 75 pm.

Distribution; North America in soft acid waters.

Not recorded in this study. Single report from

Victoria by Berzins (1982) needs confirmation.

Lecune rhytida Warring & Myers

FIG. 14:3

Lecune rhytida Harring, & Myers, 1926, p. 346, Vig. 20-3,

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins cvincident,

slightly concave; two stout Wiangular cusps al

external angles, dorsal plate distinctly facetted,

ventral with prominent markings (Fig. 14:3): lareral

sulci indistinct; posterior segment small, projects

slightly beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment

robust, projects 42 its length beyond posterior

margin; toes long, slender, 4 total length, tapering

fo very long acute points,

Total length to 126 zm; dorsal plaie S0%69 ym;

ventral platc 87X65 pm; anterior margii 42 pil), loes

39 patty,

Distribution: North America, soft acid waiter. Not

recorded in thissiudy, Single report frown Victoria

by Berzins (1982) needs confirmation,

Lecane rolundata (Olofsson}

FIG. 14:4

Cathypna rotunddta Olofyson, 1918, p. $93, Fip. $3.

Lecane rotundata, Remane (932, p. 110,

?Lecane latissima Yamamoro, 1955, p33, Fig. da, h.

Diagnosis; Head aperture margits coincident,

convex; frontal spines absent: dorsal plate smooth,

almost circular, much wider than ventral plate;

fateral sulci absent; posterior plate semicircular,

projecis beyond dorsal margin; toes long; claws

short, pointed,

Dorsal plate 90x106-112 zm; ventral plate

103-113% <103 pm; toes 37-39 pm; claws 6 wm,

Distribution: Northern Europe, Japan, Only known

eee

Fig. 15. 1, £ signifera ptoenensis (Voigt): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2, L, sfichqea Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral: 3.

£, siivhaed intrasimuate (Qlotssan): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, /, sudbsitiy Harring & Myers: (a) darsal: (b) ventral,

5, L resetaniensis Koxte & Shiel: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, L. fenwiseta Harring: (a) dorsal (b) ventral. Fig. 15:

I-4, 6, after Harring & Myers (1926); 5, afler Koste ef al, (1983), Scale lines 50: jm.

W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL

ROTIPERA PROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS $3

fran 1..Pediler, Tas, 13,3-14,3°C; pH 4.6-6:1)

BI -3BF nS ony.

Lileratire: Koste YTS; Kosle ef a/, 1988,

Lecune ruttneri Hauer

FIG, 14:5

Lecune rulérert Hauer, 1938, p, 523, Fig, 46x. b:

Diugnosis; Lorica oucine rectangular; head aperture

murgins coincident, weakly convex, dorsal margin

wider than ventral: corner spines absent; dorsal

plate narrower than ventral, tapers (© truncate

posterior margin; both surfaces weakly ornamented

as Ngured; lateral sulci absent; posterior seement

bilaterally constricted, rounded posteriorly; second

foot segment not projecting beyond caudal margin;

tucs 44 body length, straight on inner margin,

tapering on outer margin fo shurl, acute claw.

Dorsal plate 53%48 ym; ventral plate 62% 50 jum;

anierior manins 46 «m (dorsal), 40 jan (ventral):

toes 17-19 pm: claws 4 pn

Distribution: Indonesia. Single record, L.Boort, Vic.

20,0°C; pH 7.4; DOSS mel |, 1500 pS em-!.

Literature: Koste 1978.

Lecane signiferd (Jennings)

FIG. 14:6

Oistvlu signifera Jennings, 1896, p, 92, Figs 1, 2

Lecune signifera: Harring 1913, p.62.

Diaenosis, Head aperture margins coineident,

straight; two small cusplike spines at external angles;

unusual lorica ornamentation: beadlike hemispheres

closely spaced on slopes of elevated ridges; shallow

lateral sulciy posterior segnient projects slightly

beyond dorsal plate; toes 4% total tength, ending in

acule points without claws.

Dorsal plate 124.135%90-96 pm; ventral plate

136-148 82-88 jam; toes 52-60 am.

Distribution: Cosmopolitan, possibly acidophile.

Rare; NT, Qld, Tas., Vic. 20.0°C; pH 7.44 DO 8,8

me) ', 1500 45 cin.

Cuméent: A subspecies, Lecane signifera ploes-

ensis (Voigt 1902) (Fig. 15:1) also known trom

NASW. NUL, Old. I has larger cusps at the external

angles than L. signifera, and may be larger m some

dintensions, althoygh probably subject to ceotypic

variarion,

Dorsal plate 80-185x66-112 ym: ventral plate

9D-1S5%55-185 am; toes 35-86 pm,

Literature: Koste 1978, 1981; Shiel & Koste 1979.

Lecane stivhaea Harring

FUG, 13;2

Leen stichvea Harring, IS13, p. 397, Fig, 3424-6,

Diagnosis: tlead aperture margins coincident,

slightly convex; Lwo sIDur cusps at external angles;

intricate surface markings on both dorsal and

ventral plates as figured; lateral sulci shallow;

ventral plate parallel-side, considerably. narrower

than dorsal; postener scgment projects well beyond

truncate dorsal plate; second foor segmentextends

> ‘4 its length beyond posterior margin; toes > 4

total Jength, ending in acute claw without basal

spleule.

Dorsul plate 85-92%69-76 jm: ventral plate

75-97% (o 75 wm; toes 27-39 pm: claws 4.7 um.

Vistribulion: Cosmopolitan in standing «waters,

springs. Rare: three records, all flowing waters;

Magela Ck, N-T., R. Murray, $,Aust. and Macquarie

R., Tas. L, sticheew Jntrasinveta (Olofsson 1917)

(Fig, 15:3) also occurs in the Magela Ck region, {i

may be difficult 10 distinguish From L. stichee,

however the dorsal lorea generally is smooth or

weakly sculptured, and most dimensions are larger,

Dorsal plate 61-105*78-85 um; ventral plate

H3-110% 41-72 yim; toes 24-45 yom; claws 5-7 jun.

Literature: Koste 1978.

Lecane subtilis Harring & Myers

FIG, (4:4

Lecane subtilis, Harring & Myers, 1926, p, 370, Pig.

5,6

ais,

Diagnosis: Anterior lorica almost rectangular; head

aperture margins slightly convex, coincident; no

fronts) spines; very distinctive ornamentation of

both surfaces as figured; dorsal plate rounded

posteriorly, same width as ventral plate, slightly

shorter; lateral sulci indistinct: second foar segment

projects slightly; toes es. 14 cowl length with long

slender claw.

Dorsal plate 5$4-70%50-60 pm, ventral plate

60-75% 50-55 xm, anterior width 56 um, toes 25-32

pm, Claws 5-8 «um,

Distribution, Probably cosmopolitan. Nol recorded

in this study, Unconfirmed report from Sunbury,

Victoria,

Literature: Koste 1978: Bervins 1982,

Lecane tasmaniensis Sbiel & Koste

FIG. 15:5

Lecane tasmaniensis Shiel & Koste, 1985, pp. 7-8, Fig. 3.

Diagnosis, Head aperture margins straight,

Vig. If, 1) Leeane sucievite Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2. 7. unputata (Gasse): (a) dorsal: (b) ventral;

Cel L. unyulate australiensis Koste, dorsal; 3, £. venuyia Harting & Myers: (a) dorsal: (b) ventral, 4, L. Spencer]

(Shephard), ventral. big. 16: 1, 2a, 3, after Harring & Myers (1926); 2b, c, after Kaste (1979), 4, after Anderson

& Shephard (1892). Seale tines 50 ym,

44 W KOSTER & RI. SHIEL

coincident; prominent frontal cusps; smooth dorsal

plate wider than ventral plate, slightly truncate

posteriorly; ventral plate with transverse fold over

first foot joint, with two longitudinal ines running

anteriorly; toes < 2 body length, parallel-sided to

short-claws with basal spicules.

Total length 155-158 pm. dorsal plate to 15x86

nm, ventral plate to 126%79 ym, anterior margin

58 win, toes 6) wm, claws 0-12 yn.

Distribution: Appatentty endemic to Tasmania

{west coast and Tasman Peninsuled, 10-19,0°C, pH

3,1-5.8, 26-334 pS cm“.

Lecane tenuiseta Harring

FIG, 15:6

Lecane tenuiseid Haremg. 1914, p, 543, Fig. 22:1-3,

Miegnosis: Head aperture margins parallel, slightly

convex; dorsal plate smooth, rounded posteriorly;

ventral plate with series of ridges; lateral sulci

shallow; posterior segment broad, rounded,

protrudes beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment

nol proiruding; toes long, slender, ca. > cotal

length, terminating in extremely long spinelike claw:

Dorsal plate 64-78%56 pm, ventral plate

37-83% 56 am, lots 20-33 wm, claws 13-18 pm.

Distribution: Cosmepulitan, eurytepic, Two

records, NIL, WA. 25.0°C, pH 39, DO 22 mel -,

2 aS em |,

Lecane tudicala Harting & Myers

FIG, 16:1

fecane tudicola Hurring & Myers, 1926. p. 328, Fig.

Li:h, 2.

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not comadent;

dorsal straight, ventral with shallow V-shaped sinus;

1wo small cusps at external angles; smooth dorsal

plate narrower than ventral both anteriorly and

posteriorly, similar width medially; ventral plate

smooth; lateral sule: shallow; posterior plate broad,

rounded, with two lateral indentations, projects

beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment does not

reach lorica rims toes ca, 4 roral length, taper to

acute points, no ¢laws.

Dorsal plate 105-120%85-104 pm, ventral plate

$10-140. am, anterior width 58-96 am, toes 37-48 jam.

Distribution; Asia, N, and SAmeriea. Unconfirmed

record from Victoria.

Literature, Koste 1978; Berzins 1982.

Lecane unguiata ungulata (Gosse)

FIG, $6:2a, b

Cathypna ungalirte Gosse, 1887, p. 301, big. 8:1

Tecane ungulate: Tlarcing 1913, p.62.

Diagnosis: Head aperture marging gut coincident:

dorsal almost stralght, ventral slightly concave; bwo

large triangular cusps at extemal angles; smooth

dorsal plate smaller than ventral, with indistince

anterior margin (Tig, 16;2a); ventral plale with single

indistinct transverse fold; lateral sulci deep;

posterior segment broad, covers toot; toes > 1% total

length, end in Jong, stour claw with basal spicule.

Dorsal plate 140-220 138-180 jum, venical plate

185-255% 139-195 ym, toes 73-120 pm, claws 20-45

put.

Distribution: Cosmopolitan. Rare: NTL, Old.

24.5°C, pH 3.4-6.3, DO 4.8-6.2, 23-59 pS cm |,

alkal, 2.7-4.1 mg l-*.

Comment. A variant, at present considered a

subspecies (Lecene ungulata australiensis Koste,

1979) (Fig, (5:2c) is known trom Magela Ck, N-T.

and Goulburn R., Vic. billabongs. It has

distinctive median dome on the dorsal atiterint

lorica margin, and iy considerably larger than £..

ungulata.

Dorsal plate 230-240 x 184-200. nm, veniral plate

268-280% 216-240 «am, toes 120-130 xm, claws 20-45

pm.

Literature: Kosté (978, 1979, 1981,

Lecane venusia Harring & Myers

FIG, 16:3

Lecane venusta barring & Myers, 1926, p, 328, Fig. 27.

Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident;

dorsal slightly convex, ventral nearly straight: no

corner spines; both surfaces with cumplex

ariamentation as figured; posterior segment

broadly rounded, projects beyond dorsal plates

second foor segment visible beyond posterior

segment; Locs lung and slender, incurved to acute

points; na claws.

Dorsal plate Sfx 75 pm, ventral plate 84%70 pin,

anterior murgins 62 pm, toes 42 pm,

Distribution: N.America, USS.R, Rares Noy

recorded in this study. Unconfinned record from

Victoria,

Litvratuire: Koste 1978; Berzins '982,

Incertge sedis

A lecanid resembling, L. (ane was described by

Anderson & Shephard (1892) from Brighton, Vic.,

but ‘with some hesitation regarded as new,’ Lt was

not named, and the figure (redrawn in Fig. b4)

of doubtful quality, Subsequently, Shephard (1892)

gave w brie? redeseription and named the rotifer

Cathypna (=lecane) spenceri, Warring (1915)

accepted L. spenceri, but in view of the lack of

taxonomically accurate figures we must regard it as

micertae sedis, every though the description suggests

it may be a Valid species.

The original description is reproduced below, and

L. spencer? is included in the Lecane key for ready

identification should it be encountered agate Lt is

ROTITERA TROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS ai]

notable that other taxa desctibad as ilew by

Alderson & Shephard (1892) and Shephard (1911)

(eg. Brachionus dichatumus, B lvratus), but

synonymised with northern hemisphere taxa by Jater

reviewers, subsequently were validated us distinctive

Australian endemics (see Roste & Shield 1987b).

Lecane spenceri Shephard

FIG. lésd

kal eb, Jung Anderson & Sliephand, 1892, p. 77,

ip. decd,

‘Cathypna spencer! Shepbard, 1292, p. 4.

fecone spencer’. Harring. Wd, p 42.

Diagnosis; Resembles (. luna; ',. . the points of

difference are...in the lorica being broader

anteriorly and the dorsal occipital edge more deeply

excavated, the posterior possessing more of a lobed

character, having a decided inward curve on either

side and w rounded termination everhunging the

tocs; the most marked departure being in the sctting

of the claws, which, instead of tapering from the

shoulder to the end, are recessed so as to form a

recessed barb; the surface of the lotica was also

stippled’ (Shephard 192),

Assuming Shephard's figure is drawn ta scale, the

given length (1/130" or [92 pm} suggests that the

Approximate measurements of this Iecanid are:

dorsal plate 111«109 pm, ventral plate 144% 109 urn,

anterior width B3 xm, toes 43 ym, claws 13 em, it

coiriparable in size to L. fine.

Distritution: Recorded from Brighton, Vie. Ne

other details given.

Acknowledgments

This work. wus supparted by Australian Biological

Resources Study grants to collect in Tasmania

(RIS and to defray graphic costs (WK), Sonte

ecological data were collecied during a zauplankton

ecology project funded hy an Australian Research

Grants scheme grant (to RJS) at the Botany

Department, University of Adelaide. Our thanks to

the then Chairman, George Ganf, and the

secretarial staff, Bronwyn Burns and Carol

Robinson, for access to word-processing and

photocopying facilities. Final stages of MS

preparation were al he Murray-Darling Freshwater

Research Centre, Albury, also the source of much

of our material from the upper Murray over a ten

year perlod. This material, particularly. collections

by John Hawking, Terry Hillman and Dan Omond,

is gratefully acknowledged. Collectors acknow-

ledyed in our earlier papers also contributed further

material (o this work, Their assistaiice is apprect-

ated. The Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschatt,

Bonn-Bad Godesburg, provided microscope and

Photographic lxcilities to WK.

References

AJLLSTROM, E.H, 41938) Plankren Rotaioria from North

Carolina. 2 Elisha Mirckell Set. Soe. 54, 88-110.

Anotrson, H,H, & SHEPHARD, J. (1892) Notes on

Victorian rotifers, Proc. R. Soc. Vier. 4, 69-8(.

ne E. (1989) Virnici — Rotatovia, Aauna €.5.R, 15,

969.

Hir/ins, BK (1982) Contribution to the knowledge of

Ratgtoria of Australia. (University of taind, Lund).

Biencer, RW. fr (1986) A new species of Leeore

{Roiitera: Lecanidae) from subtropical Florida,

Hivarabiolusia 143, 175-177.

Bryce, 1, (1891) Remarks on Disty/a, with descriptions

of three new rotifers. Sei Gossip 27, 204-206,

(1892) On same moss-dwelling Cathypridae; with

descriptions of five new species, Sch Gossijt 2B, 271-275.

CHENG ATH, R,, & FeeManne, C,H, (19739) Rotifera from

Sri banka (Ceylon). b. The genus Lecoe with

descriptions of Iwo new species. Bull fish Res Sta

Sri Lanka (Ceylon) 24, 14-27,

Dana, BE, VON (0897) Uj-Guinesi Rotaleriak Adele

fermesz. Erles. Budapesi 15, 131-148.

15 (1905) Pameuay mnikifaunajak alaprajea. Mid 23,

342-353,

FrcksTein, K. (1883) Die Rotatorien der umeegend von

Giessen. Zeits, Wiss. Zool Leipzig 3%, 34343,

EDMONDSON, WIT, (1935) Some Rotatoria from Arizona,

Frans, Am, Mycrase, Sav, 54, 459-473.

~——— (1936) New Rotaloria from New England and New

Brunswick. (bid 55, 214-222.

BHRengerG, C.G, (1830) Organisation, Systenratik unl

feographisches Verhaliniss der Infusionsthierchon. 44h,

Akad. Wisy. Berl (for (828 and 1830), pp. FDS,

a — (1832) Zur Erkenntnis der Greanisation in der

Riehtung des Kleinsten Raumes. 2. Entwickelung,

Lebensdawier und Structur der Magenthiere ind

Raderthiere, oder sovennanten Infusorien, mebst einer

physiologischen Characteristik beider Klassen und 412

‘Wien derselben AA, Akad, Wiss. Berl, (for 1831), ppe

1-154,

(1834) Beitrau zur Erkenntnis prosscr Oreanisation

in.der Richtung des klemsren Raumes. 3. bio {for 1833),

pp. 145-336

Evans, J. (E951) The roliler record of Victoria. Prac.

Microsc. Sau Viet, 4-7,

Faneey, N, (1925) Materialen air Rowtorien-fauna dey

SSSR, Kuree diagnasen net: Rolatonen der russischen

Fuuina, Russk. Gidrobiol. Zh. 4, 72-74.

Gosse, PA. (SSL) A Catalogue of Rotifera found Ip

Britain, with descriptions of tive new genera and thitty-

two new species. 44n, Map. Nal. Mist, Ser 2, 8

197-203,

___ (1887) Twenty-four new species af Rotifera fa,

Micrase, Soe, 1-7,

GREEN, J. (1981) Assucialions of rotifers in Australian

erator Jakes. 2 Zool. (Lond.) 193, 464-486,

Haknine, H. K. (1915) Synopsis of the Rotatoria. Bult

vt, Mis, 81, 1-226,

—. — (1914) Report on Rotacwria from Panama with

(lescriptions of new species, Prac (5, Nat Mis. 47,

525-564,

& Myers, & J. (1926) The rotiter fauna of

Wisconsin. Hf. A revision of the genera Lecane and

Monostyla, Trans, Wiese, Acad Sti, Arts Les, 22,

TIS—-433.

tlauca, §. (1929) Zur Kenmpnis der Rotacotiengenera

Levare and Manostria, Zool, Anz. 83, 143-164,

its W. KOSTE & Ro. SEMEL

(1931) Zur Retatorienfauna Deutsehlands. UW. fia

Hh.

(1936) Radervere aus den Naluescliulzecbre

Hered Moor, Seite, aatyrk. Forse, SA-Deutschi,

11938) Die Rowuuelen von Sumatta. Tava vind Ball

fach aor Ergcbnisscn der Deutschen Limnilogischen

Siinda-Expeditian. U1. arch Hydrobiel Suppl. 1S,

SU7-A02,

Hlexkicn, ©, L (1885) Notes-on American rotifers. Budi.

Sen Lab Dennisan Univ, Qhie 1, 43-62,

Hursen, ©. T. & Gots, PH. (1886) The Rotifera or

whesl-anmrmalules. both British and farce 2 vols,

(Longman, Lumdon.)

Hanciaskt, Ay MW, (1472) Retdge zur Kennrniss der

Stisswassermikrotauna Gsialrikes. | Die Radertere der

Lkangusleppe Zon! Anz 39. 536-550.

Jesninds, H, 5, 11896) Report on the Rotatoria, with

Bre ol anew species, Ball Mich, Fish, Comm,

h, 85-93.

Kosre, W, (1962) Uber die Radertierfauna des Damsees

in Epe be) Bramsehe, Kreis Bersenbiuick, Ferasyi

Nasturw. Vor, Osnabrack 30, 73-137

(1978) ‘Rotatoria. Die Radertiere Mitteleuropas-

Beationnungswerk begrunde: von Max Voigt® 2 vols,

(Borniraeper, Stultwart)

(1979) New Rovifera fram the River Murray,

sanrheasrern Australia, wirh @ review of the Austrahan.

speeies of Arachioris Avil Aeratella, Auwse ab Man

Freshwat, Res. 30, 247-253.

(98st) Zu Morpolents Sysremarik ind Oxolopic

yon neue nioueZzonouln Radertieren (Rotatarig) aus

dem ubersclnvernmungszebier des Mavela Ck in der

Alligator River Region, Australiens, NT Teil L

Osnelracker netapwiss. Mit. &, 97-126.

a Sriri, Ro J (1980) New Ratifera [rom

Austialia, fame A. Soe 8. Aus Wid, 193-144.

& (1983) Morphiolugy, Systerjarics and

ecology of new monogonont Kotifera from the Alligater

Rivers Region, N.I. fAza 107, 109-12),

& (1Yk6a) New Raritera (Aschelminches)

(rom Tasmania. /bid LU 93-109,

(198 6b) Rotifera fram Australian inland

wilers, |, Bdellenda (Role: Digononta), dsr Moar

Freshwai, Res. 37, 765-792.

(9874) Tasmanian Roalifera: affinities

wih che Austislion lund. Aydrahiolneie 147, 31-48,

(L987 b) Rotifers from Australia ila

waters NW. Epi Epiphonidae and Brachionidae (Rotifera:

Monapouontal Saver, Taxon. 1, 949-1026.

ime (1949) Ratilera (rom Australian inland

walere TT, Luchtanidae, Mytilinidae and Trrehotdicae.

Trans. &. Soe. S. Ausi. 113, 88-114,

& (198%) Rocifera tram Austoatian inland

waters. LV. Calureflidae, Yrams. #, Soe. So dus 113,

119-143.

& - & Brock, M, A. 11983) Rotlera rom

Western Australian wetlands, with ra a Of hwo

Hew! species. noMronielont ia, 9-|7

— & TAs, lL. W (1988) New rariters

(Rovifera) from Tasmania. Trans R. Soc. & Aus WL

W9-1341

Rurikeva, L.A. (L970) [Rotier fauna of the 115.S.R,.

subclass Euratatoria). Panne CCCP 14, |-744 (Akad

Nauk. CCCP. feningrad.) [Rassian.]

MENSNbR, V1 108) Zooplankion Of the Aral Sea anid

Ure irMowing rivers, in Connegtion wrt) He qucsnen

of their distribution requirements.) fou. /urkesten. it

tinp. Ressk. Grape Obskeh. fashhwrl, 4, 1-102.

[Russian |

MuLiee, GO F776) ‘Zoologicae Datieae prodrevitin

seu Solmidtium Usiviae ér Norvegine indigenarum

charaeteres, naomiinu. cl synonyms

popularium.' (Copenhagen). 282 pp.

(786) ‘Animateuta intusoria Huvinuilig et niaeinig,

quae defexil, syslentatice desuripsit et ad vivurmn delineuri

curavic.' (Copentiagen.} 367 pp:

Murray, J. (40h) The Retitera ot rhe Seatyish teks,

Trans. R. Sac Fading, a5, 145-91,

—— — (4 13a) South American Rolitera, 4. R. Migros.

Soc, (41-362

(1414b) Australasian Roritera flid, 455-461

____N913e) Notes on the family Cathiypnidse Jb,

$9564.

Myce. PF. 7. (1917) Retatoria af Loe Angeles Calitornia

and vicinity wilh descriptions of a few species Prag

US Nat, Aius 52, 472478,

1937) Roufer from che Adirondack regign of

New York. Avr Mia. New 803, IE

Nes Cob 1427) Cerearia, Alle, Eney, iss, Kilisee

16, 6

Lops, oO (1917) Susswasser Fntomostraken tnd

Rotsterien von der Murmnankuse und aus deny

flordlichsten Norwenen, foal Ridn Uppsele 3, 259-24,

(1918) Studien dber die Susswasserfauna

~ Spitshergens. thid 6, (83-648.

Pax, F.& Woireet, k. 941) Die Raratorien Dewiselres

Schece eiauectlely und Theron, Arc, Mydrobial. 38,

$213

REMASE, A 41929-1933) Rotatoria. fn ‘Klassen nd

Crdnungen des Tierteichs’, (Ed. H. ti. Brann) 4, 1-574,

Rosspir, Co KR. (1961) the Rotatoria of (Qucenstanc,

Austraha. Tryas, RL Saw ALZ NAS 1, 238-239.

ScHMARDA, L. K. (185%) Noue wirbetlose Tivre

beobachtet und gesammell auf einer reise ur di Fre

1853 bis 1457. Leipzie 1, 1-h6,

SHEPHARD: J. (1892) Nate on a mew volifer. Piet Nei. 9

HH primis

SHier, R, J. & Koste, W, 11979) Rotifera reoorded tram

Australia, Traus. & Soe. 5. Atist, 103. 57-68

L983 New species und new recends bt

~ Ronfers (Aschelmiches) (rom Austnlian waters JAnd

Wy, 1-15.

SHIEi. Ro, Walker, Koh, de Wott, W, 1a, 1982)

Plankton af the lywer Kiver Murray, South Avisrratia

Anse id Mor Hreshwar Rex 33, 301-327.

Stenkuus, Ko E. (1898) Das Thierleben im Surmijaryi

See. Fin faimistische-biologische Studie. Acta Sac. Flor.

Foun, bean. 17, |-284.

Stokes, A, ©, (846) Some new Morals ol America

Rolilera. ann Mag, The fist. Ser, 6, 18, 17-27.

Suivi, M & Trams. Bo V. (1979) A new species of

Hrovhioniws (Roritera) trom the Myall | akes, New Sourli

Wales. Pron Linn Soe, NSW OWL, 162-166.

Tath, RD, Stik. Ro, & Koste. Wo 1984) Simucture

and dynamics at zaojslankton cammnities, Allreatar

Rivers region, NT. Australia, Aydrobatogdd ENA, 1-13,

TV RAPR, © Ho (IR92) Notes upoo (he Cladocera,

Copepoda, Ostragads and Roufera oF Ciavinnati, with

descriptions of new species, Bull Sen Lad, Denatsan

Univ, Oto a, 58-74

Voigt, M. (19571 “Rotatoria. Die Radertiere

Mitteleuropas® 2 Vals, (Bormraieger. Berlin.)

Wis7sifWSEE (1933) Fadna wrothow Polski 1 reyonow

preyleglych, Pol ebro Haedrvdiod, 1, 317-490,

(1954) Miarerigus relatifs a li nomenclirure era

la bibhographie des Rotiferes, Said 2, 7-244,

WUTPERT, K. (1995) Radertiere aus einigen alrikaniseher

OGewassern. Limnoleetoa (Berl. 3, 347-366.

(9861 Rotatorien aus dem Stausee Ajwa und der

Trinkwasser Aufbereitung der Stadt Baroda (Indien),

Thiel 6. AO5-416,

YamMamora, K. (1955) A new moniter (Quer Ploini) drone

Japan. Ani Zool dupa. 28, 33-34,

GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF

GARFISH (HYPORHAMPHUS MELANOCHZR), IN BAIRD BAY,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

BY G. K. JONES*

Summary

The age composition, natural mortality and growth rates of garfish Hyporhamphus melanochir,

were investigated in Baird Bay, a shallow embayment in South Australia which has been closed to

commercial and recreational netting for a number of years. Sampling was by beach seine and gill

nets of various mesh sizes over four sampling periods in 1984/85. Otoliths were used to estimate

Von Bertalanffy growth parameters and the growth equations for male and female fish were

Lit) = 36.7 (ee???) and L(t) = 38.7 (ee?) respectively. The instantaneous rates of

natural mortality were estimated by two methods: the slope of the catch curves determined from the

age composition data (0.53 for males and 0.36 for females) and using the estimated growth

parameters, mean environmental temperature and Pauly's (1981) equation (0.57 for males and 0.56

for females). The results are discussed in relation to fishing strategies for this species and the use of

the population in Baird Bay to model the garfish fishery in other parts of State waters.

KEY WORDS: Growth, natural mortality, garfish, Hyporhamphus melanochir, fisheries biology.

Tramnienians of the Royal hdaety oF So Mast, (SYM, MAL, F745

GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH

(UWYPORHAMPHUS MELANUCHIR), IN BAIRD BAY, SOUTH AUSTRALIA,

by GK. JoNeEs*

Summary

Jones, G. BK. (1990) Growth and mortality in a Tightly fished population of garfish (Alyporhamphus

melanochir) in Baird Bay, South Australia. Trows, . Soe, 5, Atst, WAC) 37-45, JL May, 1990.

The age composition, natural morfalicy and giow th rales ot parlish Avporhemphus melunochic, were

iuvestimaled in Burd Bay a shutlow embayment in South Australia which has been closed to commercial

xnd recreational netting for a number of years. Sampling was by beach seine and gill nets of various mesh

sizes over four sampling peridds in 1984/85, Oroliths were used ber éstiinate Vou Bertulantfy arowih parameters

wnd the growth equations for male and female fish were L(Q = 36.7 1a!" and Lip = 38.7

{LeU 403) respectively, The instantaneous rates.of natural mortality were estimared by two methods;

the slope of the carch curves determined trom the aye composition data (0.53 for males and 0.36 for females)

and using the-estimuted vrowth parameters, meu environmental temperature arid Pauly's (1981) equatian

10.57 for males and 0.56 for females). Vhe results are discussed in relation co fishing swateeies for this

species and the ase of the population in Baitd Bay to model the garlish (shery in other parts ol Siage waters

Key Woks, Growth, natural mortalitt, garfish, Mygarhamphus mefenachir, fisheries oralogy,

Introduction

Gathsh (Ayyorkampkus melanechir) is &

commercially (Ling 1958; Jones 1979') and

recreationally (Jones, 1981, 1983) important species

taken in inshore walers of South Australia. In

1987/88 the commercial catch was 433 tonnes and

this was mainly taketrin Speticer Gulf and Gull'S}

Vincent (Fig. 1). Although the catch by recreational

fishermen is not known, a large proportion of the

total catch is taken by commercial net fishermen

using three ventimetre mesh ring nets. Some arcas

of the inshore waters of the State have been closed

to netting for a number of years, but hand dab

netting and handlining for the species has.

contifiued. Baird Buy, $. Aust. (33°06'S, 134°1R' B)

(Fig. 2) was partially closed to netting since 1950

and fully closed in 1979, however, fishing by

handline and dabnetting is permitted.

The Bay has an average depth of two metres and

a limestone/sand substrate, the southern areas

dominatyd by stands of the seagrasses Posidonia

ausiralisand Zostera mucronata, and the northern

areas by “4. mucronata and the brown alga

Hormosira banksit. The bay totalling 3,800 hectares

has | narrow entrance to the Great Australian Bight

al its southern end. Because of the high surface area

to depth ratio and the small-entrance, waters of the

Bay are subject to relatively large ranges in water

Temperature and salinity. dependent on the season

= Departmera of Fisheries, 135 Pirie Street. Adelaide. 5.

Amst, S000,

' Jones, GK, (1979) Biological jwestigatious ou Ube

marine scule fishery in South Austria, SA. Deot. Aw.

& Fish, Unpubl. Rep, 72 pp.

and location. High temperatures (2! - 239 C} and

salinities (37.6 - 50.3%0) occur in the northern

Tegions during the months October - March, and

in the southern part, conditions are clase to those

of the Great Australian Bight (19 - 23°C, 37.4) -

37.B ati).

Until 1979, a small fishery for garfish existed.in

this Bay, producing annual catches of up to. 4001

kgs, In 1950, the bay was partially closed to netting,

with the exception of Dunn's Bay (Fig, 2); however,

the fishery continued in the latter area until 1979

when the whole of Baird Bay was closed to netting.

Since then, catches of only Lt - 10 kg by handline

have been reported. Recreational catches are also

believed to be of the same magnitude. With the large

decline in fishing effort and landings im (his Bay,

most of the mortality of garfish can now be

considered to be due fo natural causes.

The natural mortality rate (M) is one of a number

of parameters used to model the dynamies of fish

populations, For most fished populations, it is often

difficull to separate natural mortality from chat of

fishing mortality (F), if fishing effort of catches are

not known. (Guiland 1983). However, in the case of

populations which are subject to little or no fishing,

information on the age composition of the

population can be used lo determine she natural

mortality rate by estimating the rate of decline in

the number of fish in consecutive age groups

(Hughes 1974; Vuoren 1977), This method of

estimating the natural mortality rate on the

population of garlish in Baird Hay is used in this

paper, ak well as another independent method

(Pauly 1981). The second tnethod assumes that the

size of the fish (length or weight), growth rate of

the fish (expressed as the growth constunt, kK) and

38 Gr. Kk. JONES

me ™’NT 134E

ere

Net

L ORS

Fou

Met

Stole Lan)

Gulf

St Vineernt ©

Sy,

pute t]

Fig. 1. Annual commercial catches (kg, live wt) of garfish in west coast, Spencer Gulf and Gulf St Vincent in 1987/88,

showing the relative importance of hauling and dab netting in each area,

(he mean environmental temperature significantly

affect the natural mortality rate of the fish, A

relationship in the form of a multiple linear

regression has been determined between these

factors and the known natural mortality rates for

175 fish stocks.

There are two assumptions underlying the

estimation of natural mortality rate for any species

of fish, Fhese are that: 1) the entire stoek 75

investigated, ie there is no emigration nor

immigration, and 2) the sampling method

representatively samples the whole popula(ion.

Although the natural mortality rate is stock specific,

the parameter can be used as a guide for other

heavily fished populations of garfish in State waters,

as an aid in determining management options.

In addition to the estimation of natural mortality,

knowledge of the growth parameters for this species

is beneficial because of their importance in

determining of the Beverton — Holt yield per recruit

relationship and other population dynamic models,

Ling (1958), who studied the growth and spawning

cycle of garfish in S. Aust. waters, included. data

on growth from a number of arcas in the State,

These are compared with the present results for

Baird Bay. Growth was estimated from the aging

of otoliths, a technique validated by Ling (1958)

from the seasonal change in the proportion of

hyaline rings ai the edge of the otolith.

Materials and Methods

Garfish were sampled four times in northern and

southern Baird Bay beiween July 1984 and March

1985 (Fig, 2), using a beach seine (120 metres length,

gem mesh wings and 0.5cm mesh centre bunt) and

four floating gill nets (each of 50 metres length, 2

metres depth and mesh sizes 3.0, 3.8, 4.8 and 3.0cm

respectively) in each area, Beach scine shots were

undertaken during daylight hours at low (ide, and

vill nets shot at dusk, parailel to the tidal current

and hauled at dawn the following day.

Garfish were measured from the tip of the upper

jaw to the extremity of the caudal tin, sexed, gonad

stages recorded and pairs of otoliths extracted and

placed in paper envelopes for subsequent aging.

GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY PISHED POPULATION OF GAREISH Bb)

134°20'

OUNN’S BAY”

& Beach seine

~~=— Set nats

BAIAD BAY No

(north)

Q §

km,

fig. 2. Location of Baird Bay, Soult: Australia and the

stations where beuch seining and gill netting were

undertaken.

Jn the taboratory, one of each pair ol otoliths was

cleaned iia weak solution of detergent and water,

broken in half, and one of the halves zround

smooth with an electric grinder (5,000 revs./min.).

Vhe orolith was then lightly burnt using a medical

spirit burner for {0 - 15 secs, and mounted in

plasticme. The ground edge was. pained with a

small. drop of atycerine and observed under 4 25

x binocular microscope. Burning, blackened the

hyaline cones (or annult) and these were counted.

Although the age composition of male and

female garlish was determined for each sampling

period, there Was litte difference between the four

sampling periods and the two areas and so the data

were therefore combined. To determine growth

curves for the two sexes, mean Jengths ar ape were

calculated and the data incorporated in

“FISHPARM"” program (Saila, Recksiek & Prager

1988) which gaye the von Bertalantfy srowth

parameters (k, Loo, & 1)). Catch curves tor sexes

separately and combined were calculated by plouiug

the log.of the total numbers of fish caught in the

gill nets for each age class of the captured fish. The

slope of the regression is the mortality rate (Gulland

1983). Lines of best fit and their standard errors

were calculated using a lincar tepression software

package (Hill pers comm),

Natural mortality rate (M) was also calculated

by using, the estimated growth parameters, the

average water temperature (20°C) in Baird Bay, and

(he following equation developed by Pauly (1981):

logy, M = -0.0066 - O.279Lop,, Loo +

0.6543Log,, K + 04634Lop yy Vow... (1)

Where M- = natural mortaliry cate,

I.o = von Bertalanify theoretical

maximum length,

K = won Bertalanty growth constant,

T = medn enviranmenial temperature.

Results

Size composition of garfish. The size composition

Of garfish taken by: beach seine and different sized

gill nets (Fig. 3), indicate major differences for the

type of net used. The relatively small fish taken in

the beach seines might have been related to

differences in the areas sampled, or differences in

the sampling time (day v’s night sampling), or u

combination of both factors. Data for the gill nets

show that they were size selective, with major

differences between 3,0, 3.8 and 4.8cm mesh nets

(Fig. 3). There was little ditference in the selectivity

between the 4.8 and 5,0) cm mesh nets; but this was

possibly because no larger garlish were available in

the sampling areas.

Seasonal differences in catch rate and size

composition of garfish and their spawning time. As

the same level of fishing effort was expended during

tach sampling period, the results for the four mesh

sizes were combined. Catch rates (Fig. 4) were

greatest in Oct. 1984 with the main size group being

30 - 39em S.L.- The eatch rates tor smatler fish (20

- 25cm.) were also the greatest during this periad.

At this tine, also, both male and female lish

greater than 28 em length were found to be in

spawning condition, with eggs coating Wie meshes

of the gill mets as they were being hauled, For fish

inthe length range of 20-25 em, the gonads were

found in-an advanced stage of development, with

eges Visible and testes coloured white, but ho

evidence of sperm discharge,

During January, the fish sampled at lengths 23

- 27 cm were found in running ripe condition,

however, all those greater chan 27 em were in spent

condition, During the other sampling periods, (July

a) G. K. JONES

n= 2394

3 bd

_ hdbd

E i

c£ 20 DP

@ ‘c

it ef Lx]

5 15 b ale

: JM Be

a: gue | I

Agia | | \ele

Ay on aes

Won Eee

galaiciaiaigiaiiaig

‘ Py aldddrd ARC

9 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

Standard Length (cm.)

(a) B.Seine KN 3.2cm. 3.8cm. BE 4.8cm. CX) 5.0cm.

Fig. 3. Cumulative size composition of garfish in Baird Bay according to fishing method and meésh size of gill nets.

1984 and Match 1985), the gonads of all fish greater

than 20 cm were threadlike and in resting condition.

Relationship between sex ratio and fish length.

Immature fish were found at lengths ranging from

9 - 20.cm, and at greater than the length of 20 cm

both sexes were able to be determined (Fig. 5). Ai

lengths 20 - 26 cm females predominated in the

catches, whereas at lengths greater than 27 cm males

were more numerous than females.

Growth rates and erowth curves. Otoliths from 210

fish were examined tor aging, with a success rate

of 93.4%, Table 1 shows the calculated growth

parameters and standard errors using the

“FISHPARM” sofiware package. The calculated

mean lengths at age and those predicted from the

von Bertalan{fy growth parameters are shown in

Fig. 6 and show good agreement.

The ‘FISHPARM” software package was used

to obtain growth parameters on #7. melanochir trom

other areas of the State, using raw data of Ling

(1958). These data-show similarities between the two

studies, for one and two-year old fish, but there were

higher growth rates for older fish from this study.

This was true for both sexes (Fig. 7), where both

the present data and that of Ling (1958) show that

growth rates for female H. melenochir were higher

than for males:

Estimation of natural mortality rate. The log, of

the number of fish at each age group was plotted

for both sexes individually and combined (Fig. §).

Full recruitment into the sampling year was

assumed to occur at that age group which had the

peak in abundance. For both sexes this occurred at

the age of four years.

The instantaneous rates of natural mortality were

the slopes of the regression equations for the

respective sets of data fur fish of four years and

over and these were.0,53 (+ 0.13), 0.36 (+ 0.10) and

0.55 (+ 0.13), These were converted to annual

survival rates of 50.7%, 65.7% and 48.2%, using

the formula S = e“, where x = instantaneous

mortality rate.

Using (he growth parameters determined (Table

1) and a mean water temperature of 20°C and

equation (1), the estimated of M for male and

female H. melanochir were 0.93 and 0.95

respectively. Pauly (1981) mentions that for some

species which show schooling behaviour, (eg.

GROWTH AND MORTALITY [IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISIT a

clupeids), d conversion factor of 0.6 should be used

to convert M ta more likely estimate. This would

give for A, mefanochir (alsa an intensively

svhooling species), new estimates of 0.56 for males

and 0.57 for lemtales.

Discussion

(its importance of Haird Bay to parlish is

probably related ta the extensive srands of seagrass

in the Bay, which are used for feeding (Klumpp &

Nichols 1983), and spawning (Ling 1958} The

observations ow. the reproduetive status are similar

to those fur olhes parts of the State (Ling 1958),

in which spawning took plave in October and the

sive al [isk maturity was at 2f - 220m standard

length. Also, at this time, catch rates of all sizes of

fis) Were [ileher than st other times of the year,

suggesling an increase m catchability due to

spawning aggregations.

The only published data on whe erowth

Parameters of other species af the same family

(Hemirhamphidac) are for H. drasilieasis. Pauly

(1984) estimated the parameters forthe lar(er species

a Leo = 32.6cm,, k = O58) and uy, = -1i3yrs.

The data for both speeles indicate thitt thew are

relatively fast growing. with most Ilnear growth

occurring in the first tive years of life, Comparisen

between the growth data from Ling (58) froin

other party ol the State and the present data slow

good agreement for two vear olil Tish. However,

after this age the muan lengths at age were higher

for fish (rom Baird Bay than for ether warers. The

reasons for the differences are unkown, but may

be due (o biological differences, or errors in gine

of otoliths. Ling (1958) used a slightly different

method for aging oroliths (couuting the annuli on

cletned whole oroliths with ine aid of a hand lens),

And rélinement of the aging wehnique needs to be

undertaken hy comparing the (wu methods an the

same pair ef otoliths.

in spite of the problems jn aging them, otoliths

tous! be used becuuse t) scales are nol easy to

saliple bouayse of their case in shedding when the

fish 18 handled, 2) the lack of prominent nodes in

lenall frequency distributions in older year classes

(Fig, 4). and 3) che unsuitability of lagging hecanse

mf high mortaluy during handling and the lack af

any substantial fishery by which lage numbers of

(ags can be returned, Therefore, because of the

present inability to. differentiate benweern biological

and technical reasons for differences in growth

esUimalion, if mortality rates are ta be estimaled far

other areas and compared With the present results,

age-leneth keys should be calculated using the same

aging technique us that described above.

An assumption of the mortality estimates siven

here is that neither immigration nor emigration

occurs. The present survey demonstrates that the

Baird Bay population 1s probably a unit stock.

becuuse spawning occurs within the Bay, sume

juvenile fish were taken from beach seine shots, and

the similarity in size of fish from che two lareesi

mesh gill nets shows that the lull size range was

sampled. It is hkely thai there is no emigration of

older fish to waters outside the bay, because of their

absence in the Jandings from adjacent fisheries at

Verlus, Seeales and Stregky Bays (unpubl. data).

The two sets of estimates of natural mortality race

(M) are very similar for male fish: however, using

Pauly's equation (1981) 10 calculate M for rernale

lish the estimate of 0.57 is somewhat higher aid

inconsistenc with the mean and standard error (0.35

+ 0,10) estimated from ihe age composition data.

It is concluded that the method of Pauly may be

uselul as an initial crude estimate, because of the

quantified assumption of the effect of schooling

on the estimation of mortality.

Few estimates of natural mortality are available

for comparison with (hase reporied here, Berkely

& Houde (1978) estimated an annual survival rate

of 14% for the heavily fished species //, Arazifiensis

from L -2 years of age, and Hughes (1974) estimated

survival rates for the lightly fished Pacific saury (¢2

sara) trom 28.7% to 10.5%, Low annual survival

rates are believed to be typical for fish of the Order

Beloniformes as they are important prey for a

number of predators such as pelagic teleasts and

seabirds (Avling & Cox 1942). Allhough relatively

large Australian salmon (Arripis (ruide esper) were

captured dunne the present investigation, analysis

of stomach conrents revealed that this species was

not feeding on H. melanachir (unpubl, data).

The relatively high growth constant (k) and a Iugh

natural mortality rate (M) as impornunt for

determining fishing strateies, The importance of

knowing the ratio M/k has heen. highlivhted by

TALL Lo esieneres af Kim Bertetanf7y srowrlh purwnerers ¢with stanilarel errors) far Hyporhamphus melanochir

fur Aaint Bay, Sauth Astrea.

CROW TTE PARAMETER

MALES FEMALLS

Crrwity Cosine (kK) CLSU7 (+ 0.032) OS40 0+ C044)

Asyitiplalte Lengel (co) WT t+ Picea. 387 [+ (Sem,

Age ot Zero longi tty)

IMD G4 MOB

G. K. JONES

July 1984

Oct.1984

VY ZLZLZLZLZZ ZZ ZZ ZL |

w uw

o ao

oO o

r ad

c a

> =

USI} $0°ON

Standard length (cm.)

SN Set nets

MM Beach seine

GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH 43

40 7

354

30 4

20 4

No. of Fish

n= 234

vif

SOA

m IPPs

OEE EE

% 9006 fi lalla AAA AAA

Standard Length (cm.)

[77] Males Ml Females immature

Fig. 5. Cumulative size composition of male, female and immature garfish in Baird Bay. (seasonal data and fishing

methods combined).

Bom he bow

Sf © & &

a os oe

oe.

Maan lengih at age (cm,standarc length)

[-]

= 40 4

—,

—

Maan length at age (em. standard length)

25 + /

mAs

gi 24

274

zo 4 ) 20 |

4 Lt =36.7(1-e@79-507(1-0.12) ‘a Lt =38.7{ 1-@70-840(t-0.9))

4 16

aT es | ind |

iF} 4 —+ T T T T T T ‘ y + 2 +-_h__,, = i + a a =

o \ 2 3 . 5 & 7 a s io " 2 a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a 10 "1 2

Age (No.of annuil) Age (No. of annull)

O Actual length + Predicted length G Actual length + Predicted length

Fig. 6. Actual and predicted growth curves for male (A) and female (B) garfish in Baird Bay, (Predicted mean lengths-

at-age obtained from von Bertalanffy growth parameters calculated from aging of otoliths.)

Fig. 4, Seasonal changes in size composition of garfish in Baird Bay, using beach seine and gill nets (mesh sizes and

areas combined).

44 G.

& af

= 8 A .

2305 ae" —

J =

= “* —

J 4 a

¢:

& | YE

= |

E me 4

o 24 Z

a m4 Baird Bay 46.7 0.507

2 Spencer Guilt 25,0 0.860

o &

5 44 Gull St.Vmcent 37.4 0.607

fii

iP tor - ' —

o ‘ ? 5 4 3 8 7 a s Wy ‘ 2

Age (No.of annul)

+ SG. c GST. » 3.8,

JONES

an TT —s

a B ———

34 <B

2 uw Go

ac -

eH - eo

o ©

p AC Wi

5 764 a

£ sé =

~~ i K

ay Loo «

woud Gawd Bey a8,7 0.540

an Spancer Gull 39.2 arr?

5 | Gull StVineant 37.4 0.626

ia T as 1 ——- — -

a ’ = $ < s & i, £ L 10 mW WwW

Age (No. of annuli)

+ SG. > GST. > BB

Fig. 7. Growth curves for male (A) and female (B) garfish from South Australian waters, (Growth parameters for

Spencer Gulf and Gulf St Vincent determined from raw data in Ling (1958).)

Males M(4-9F0,53

Combined seaes M(4-9)=0.65

* ‘age (No.of annulid

« Males = Famales » Gombinad sexes

Fig. 8, Catch curvesand estimated natural inorialit y rates

for male, female and combined sexes of gartish in Baird

Bay, dérermined liam age composition data.

Beverton (1963). The ratio for mule H. mielanochir

is 1.05, and for females 0.65 using the age

composition dara. These ratios are relatively low in

comparison with some species, such as gadoids

(Gulland 1983), and indicate that garfish

populations ‘will attain most of their potcntial

growth belore being greatly reduced through natural

mortality. In the absence of fishing, (as is virtually

the case in Baird Bay), this means that the stock

contains many large fish, and in terms of

maximising the yield per recruil, it would be

necessary (o lish relatively lightly with a relatively

high minimum lengih. In other areas of State

waters, where fishing mortality 1s higher, the

strategy may need to be different. To determine

these strategies, however, yield per recruit

relationships need ta be generated for cach area.

Another method for determining the best strategy

in the fished populations is to experimentally

manipulate the harvesting rates, as suggested by

Jalters & Hilborn (1976). Here, Baird Bay lends

itself as a Suitable reséarch area where fishing effort

could be manipulated and the resultant effects on

the stock of garfish monitored.

Acknowledgments

Lam grateful for the field assistance-of K. Burrell,

A. Dalgetiy, M. Retallick and G, Wright, to K.

Burrell for preparation of otoliths tor aging and M.

Retallick and ©. Wright for preparation of

illustrations. 1am also grateful ta Dr M. Prager of

Department of Oceanography, Old Dominion

University, Norfolk, Virginia and to K. Hill of S.

Aust. Dept. of Fisheries respectively for making

available the software packages “FISHPARM” and

*_INGREG” available for analysis of the data, and

to my colleagues, R. Lewis, S. Shepherd and G-

Inglis for their canstructive comments on the

manuscript.

References

AYIING, T..& Cox, G. J, (1982) “Collins guide ta the sca

fishes of New Zealand.” (Collins, Auckland).

BreRKriby. S.A. & Houpe, FE. 1 (1978) Biology of two

exploited species of halfbeaks, Aentirhaniphus

broziliensis and H. batav from south cast Florida.

Bull. Mar. Sci. 28(4), 624-44.

Bevertow, R. J, H. (1963) Maturation, growth and

mortality of clupeid and engraulid stocks in relauan

10 fishing. Rapp. Praces-kerh. Cons, Inter, Explor. Mer,

154, 44-67.

Guiwano, JA. (1983) “Fish sack assessment. A manual

of basit methods.” (1. Wiley & Sons, Chichester),

GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH 45

Hucues, 8. E. (1974) Stock composition, growth,

mortality, and availability of Pacific saury, Cololabis

saira, of the north eastern Pacific Ocean, Fish. Bull.

US. Dept. Comm, 72(1), 121-31.

Jones, G. K. (1981) The recreational fishery in

metropolitan coastal waters. SAFIC, 5(6), 9-11.

(1983) Species composition and catch rates by

recreational and commercial fishermen in southern Eyre

Peninsula waters. SAFC, 7(4), 9-18.

Kiumepr, D, W. & NICHOLS, P. D. (1983) Nutrition of the

southern sea garfish, Hyporhamphus melanochir: gut

passage rate and daily consumption of two food types

and assimilation of seagrass components. Mar. Ecol,

Prog. Sec, 12, 207-16.

Linc, J. K, (1958) The sea garfish, Reporhamphus

melanochir (Cuvier & Valenciennes) (Hemirhamphidae)

in South Australia: Breeding, age determination and

growth rates. Aust. . Mar. & Freshwai. Res. 91),

60-110.

Paury, D. (1981) On the interrelationships between

natural mortality, growth parameters, and mean

environmental temperature in 175 fish stacks. J. Cons.

int. Explor. Mer. 39(2), 175-92.

(1984) Fish population dynamics in tropical

waters: A manual for use with programmable

calculators. JCLARM, 8, 32Spp. (Int. Centre for living

aquatic resources management., Manila, Philippines).

SAILA, S. B., Recksiek, C. W. & PRAGER, M. H. (1988)

Basic Fishery Science Programs: A compendium of

microcomputer programs and manual of operation.

Developments in Aquaculture and Fisheries Science, 18.

(Elsevier, Amsterdam).

Vooren, C. M. (1977) Growth and mortality of tarakihi

(Pisces: Cheilodactylidae) in lightly exploited

populations. N.Z. J. Mar. & Freshwat. Res. 11(1), 1-22.

WALTERS, C. J. & HILBORN, R. (1976) Adaptive contro!

of fishing systems. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 33, 145-59.

CATALOGUE OF INVERTEBRATE TYPE SPECIMENS HELD IN THE

COLLECTIONS OF THE WAITE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH

INSTITUTE AND THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN DEPARTMENT OF

AGRICULTURE

BY A. D. AUSTIN & V. BURNYOCZKY*

Summary

A catalogue of the type material of insects and other invertebrates held in the collections of the

Waite Agricultural Research Institute (WARI) and the South Australian Department of Agriculture

(SADA) is presented. Only paratypes are held in these collections; all primary types previously held

have been transferred to the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. For each species the

primary reference, location of the holotype, and the number of paratypes in WARI and SADA is

provided. An account of the history, scope and importance of the collections is given.

KEY WORDS: catalogue, type specimens, Insecta, Arachnids

Thamsca Minty al ite Raped Shey ef d, Aled, (1990), THC ay AS.

CATALOGUE OF INVERTEBRATE TYPE SPECIMENS HELD IN THE COLLECTIONS

OF THE WAITE AGRICULIURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE AND THE SOUTH

AUSTRALIAN DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

by A. D. AusTIN & VY. BURNYOCZKY*

Summary

Asin, A.D. & BuRWyocyRy, V. (1990) Caulogue of invertebrate type specimens held in che collections

of the Waite Agaauitural Research Institute and the Sour Ausratian Department of Nariculiwie firs.

&R, Sow. 8. Aasr. WA), 47-53. 31 May, 1990.

A catalogue of the Lype material of insects and other invertebrates held ia the collections at the Wake

Agricultural Research Instinte (WARD and the South Ausiralian Department of Agriculture (SADA) is

prescoted, Only paratypes are held in these collections; all primary types previously held have beet transterred

to the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, For each species the primuty referees docation

of the holotype, and the number of paratypes in WART and SADA js provided, An account of (he history,

scope and importance of (he collections is gives,

Key Worbs: catdlague, type specimens, Insecta. Arachnida

Tntroduction

In South Australia identification of arthropods

relevant to agriculture and feresiry arid related

tasoulonic rescarch are setviced by specialized

collections at the Waite Agricultural Research

institute, University af Adelaide, and the South

Australian Department of Agriculture, These

collections include nver 250,000 specimens, many

being authoritarevely identified to.species, Includes!

are type specimens of more thun 110 species in 25

families, a large proportion of which are al

agricultural rclevance, To date there has not been

a catalogue published of the type holdings un uhese

collections. As a result few systematists realise the

scope and importance of these collections, whilst

revent reorganisation and rationalisation of rhe

Waite Institute’s collection has involved the transfer

of some type miaticrial Lo (he Australian National

Insect Collection, Canberra. Here we document thie

lavation, number and primary reference of the type

imitierial, and present a brief account of the history,

scope and significance of the two collections.

History of the collections

The collection wal the Waite Institute started soon

afer the appointment of the lirst entomologist, J-

Davidson, in 1928, Under the ters of special Stare

Government funding, Davidson was required to

provide an advisory service ur entomolegy to the

Department of Agriculture and, later, lo the Woods

& Forest Service (Andrewartha 1943; Edgeloe 1984).

Accordingly, Davidson requested That samples of

auricultural pests be sent co him from South

* Department of Entomology, Waite Agricultural

Research Institute, University of Adelaide, Glen

Osmond, S. Ause, 5064,

Australia and adjacent States for the purpuse of

making identifications; ihis material formed the

basis of the present collection.

Up to 1945 research on locusts and tmsecis

associated with crops, pastures and orchards

Ichielly by Davidson, BD, 8S. Swan and H. G.

Andrewartha) added significantly (o the collection,

In 1950 H, S. f Lower was appointed as the first

systematic entomologist and curater ol the

collection, Although his interest in acalyptrate

Diptera and cicadellid buys is not reflected in the

collection’s meagre holdings of these groups, his

curatorship to the carly 3960's saw further additions

to the collection, mainly asa result of Swan's

interest in Acarina and acwleate Hymenoptera, work

un pest species of Lepwdaptera by several workers

and studies on the biology af pollination by K. M,

Doull.

In 1959, P. R. Burks, appoinied as the

Department of Agriculture’s first entomologist,

slurted a separate collection, resulting in a decrease

of reliance on the advisory service provided by the

Waite Institute. Subsequently the two collections

have developed in parallel: that at the Department

of Agriculture primarily as a synoptic collection of

invertebrates developed from material submitted for

identilication, and that ar the Waite Institute from

material originating from research work within the

Department of Entomology.

From the early 1960°s the Waile Insutute

collection developed significantly in two major

areas: insects associated with native and planted

foresrs because of the work of F. D, Morgan, antl

seale inseers (Covcoidea) from taxonomic research

hy H. M. Trookes, who was curator from 1964 to

1982, In 1985 one of us (A,DA,), with research

interests mn the systematics of hynlenopteran

parasitoids and biological control, was appoinied

lecturer in Systematic Entomology and became the

48 A.D. AUSTIN & V BURNYOCZRYE

third curator of the Waite Institute collection. In

1986, after the collection was transferred to a

refurbished, air-conditioned room and was

reorganized into new standard 10-drawer cabinets

employing a unil-tray system, it was dedicated as

the Duncan Swan Insect Collection, if honour of

rhe contnbution of Swan, who provided the major

inspiration for expansion of the collection to its

present size and importance.

In 1982 the Department of Agriculture using irs

Dec minicomputer, set up a data-base for storage

und easy retrieval of taxonomic and biological

information on arthropods relevant to agriculture

and veterinary science (Caon ef al. 1984). This

system stores primary information from collections

and/or card files at the Department of Agriculture,

the Waite Instiuure, the Institue of Medical &

Veterinary Science and the South Austrahan

Museum. It enables rapid reirieval of information

on taxonomic status, distribution, host association,

abundance and damage assessment, and will

undoubtedly be of preat assistance in future

extension work and entomological research in South

Australia.

Notable holdings of importance to taxonomic

research at the Depariment of Agriculture and

Waite Institute include collections of acridid

prasshoppers, scarabaeid bectles and larvae and

other immature stages of groups injurious to plants.

In addition the Waite Institute houses. significant

collections of Acanna, Araneae, Thysanoptera,

Hamoprera (chiefly Psylloidea and Coecoidea),

Lepidoptera and parasitic Hymenoptera.

Catalogue of type material

The catalogue lists species published prior to 1989

for which type material is held in the two

collections, For each species the primary reference,

location of the holotype and number of paratypes

is Biven. Holotypes reported in primary references

to be focated at the Waite Institute, have been

transterred to the Australian Nationa! Insect

Collection. Many paratypes have also been

transferred, particularly for species of Coccoidea,

usa large proportion of H. M, Brookes’ collection

was donated to ANIC in 1986 to aid with the

centralization of coccoid research in) Australia.

Abbreviations of instituuons are: AM, Australian

Museum, Sydney; ANIC, Australian National

insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra; RMNH,

British Museum (Natural History), London; NZAC,

New Zealand Arthropod Collection, D&IR,

Auckland; QM, Queensland Museum, Brisbane;

SADA, South Australian Department of

Agriculturé Collection, Adelaide; SAM, South

Australian Museum, Adelaide: USNM, United

States National Museum (Natural Hisrorv),

Washinglon; WARI, Waite Agricultural Rescarch

Institute Collection, Adelaide.

ACARINA

Ixodidae

Ambivomma trigunatunt ornassinum Roberts, 1962,

Aust. J. Zool. Ld: 376,

Holotype, 9, QM; Paralypes, 2 %, WARL,

INSECTA

BLATTODEA

Blaberidae

Alaxigarnia iatei Tepper, 1893, Trans, 8, Soe. S. Ase. 18:

123.

Holotype, &, SAM; Paratype, lo WART.

ORTHOPTERA

Gryltiae

Gryllulus subniver Choparil, 1951, Ree & Aust, Mus. 9:

417.

Holotype, o, SAM); Paratypes, Joo, 29 9, WARI.

HETEROPTERA

Lyeacidac

Zyeocoris tindalel Cross, 1962, Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 14) 387.

Holatype, o, SAM) Paratype, 19, WARL.

Pentatomidae

Minchamia hubbardue Gross, 1976, Plant Feeding and

Other Bugs (Hemiptera) af South Australia, Heterapitera

— Part [1, Govt Printer, S, Aust., pats,

Holotype, &, SAM: Paratype, 19, WARI,

HOMOPTERA

Cicadelliiae

Ewpoasra delta Wheeler, 1939, J, Wash. Acad, ‘sci. 29:

=i ce, USNM) Paratypes, 2o°cr, LG, WARI.

Ernpoasea dolevus Oman, 1936, J, Wash, Acad, Set 26. 9%

Holotype, o, USNM, Paratypes, bor, 19, WARL

Empoasca ensiformis Oman & Wheeler, 1938, Proce. ent,

Soc. Wash. 40; 142.

Holotype, oc, USNM; Paratypes, 2oro", 29 2, WARI,

Aphalaridae

Platvoliria naddeni Taviow, 1987, J. Aust, ent. Sac, 26: 286.

Holoiype, &, ANIC; Parauypes, bo, 19, WAR.

Platvobria minima Taylor, 1987, 1. Aust. ent. Soe. 26: 261

Holotype, of, ANIC; Paratypes, 2ir or, 2 ¥, WARI.

CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS 49

Spondyliaspididae

Anoecancossa communis Taylor, 1987, J. Aust. ent. Soc.

26; 113.

Holotype, «, ANIC: Paratypes Lor, 10, WARI,

Anovecanenssa copidiformis. Taylor, 1987, J. Aust, ent, Sac.

26: 118.

Holotype: a, ANIC; Paratypes Sa cr, 14) 2, WARI.

Anoecuneassa vespertina Taylor, 1987, J. Aust, ent. Soc

26: V8,

Holotype, cr, ANLC; Paratypes, 27 or, 20.0, WARI,

BlastopsylNu adnailariae Taylor, 1985, 1. Aust..ent. Soc,

24:21

Holotype, a, ANIC) Paratypes, 27, 399 2, WAR.

Blastopsylla ovcidentafis Taylor, 1985, J. Aust. ent. Soe,

24; 22.

Holotype, o, ANIC; Paratypes, 30.0, 29 9, WARI,

Blastopsvila octosetulae Taylor, 1985, J. Aust, ent. Soc.

24; 24.

Holotype. o, ANIC, Paratypes, 2o ¢, 29 2, WART.

Cardiaspina albitextura Taylor, 1962,. Aust. J. Zool, 10:

332.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 1o, 10, WART.

Curdiaspina densitexta Taylor, 1962. Aust. 1. Zool. 10: 334.

Holotype, 2, ANIC, Paratypes, 302 @, WARL.

Cardiuspina retatar Taylor, 1962, Aust. J. Zool, 10: 317.

Holotype, 9, ANIC: Paratypes, lo, 1G, WARI,

Glycuspis (Clycaspis) fuscavena Moore, 1970, Aust. Zaal.

tS: 288,

Holotype, o,, ANIC; Paratypes, 60-0", WARI.

Glreaspis (Alloglycaspis) repentina Moore, 1964, Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.SW, 89: 148.

Holotype, +, AM; Paratypes, 7orcr, 19. WARI.

Glycaspis (Alloglycaspis) wanhiensiy Moare, 1964, Proc.

Linn, Soc. N.SW, 89: 148,

Holotype o. AM: Pararypes, 4o7;o, 39 9, WARI.

Triozidae

Schedolrivza marginata Taylor, 1987, J. Aust, ent. Sov,

26: 233.

Holotype, «7, ANIC; Paratypes, 3Lor, 1H G, WARI.

Asterolecaniidac

Frenchia banksiae Lambden & Kosztarab, 1981, Proc. ent.

Soc, Wash. 83;109.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes. 8 Juy., WARL.

Coccidac

Syronicoccus aberrans Koreja & Brookes, 1981, Polskie

Pismo ent. S|: 384,

Holotype, 9, ANIC: Paratype, 19>, WARL.

Svinonicoccus chorizandrae Koteja & Brookes. 1981,

Polskie Pismo ent. 51: 387,

Holotype, 2, ANIC: Paratypes, 29 9, WARI.

Symonicaceus stipae Koleja & Brookes, t98i, Polskie

Pismo ent. 51: 383,

Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratype, 19. WARI,.

Diaspididae

Odonespis australiensis Ben-Dov, 1888, US. Nat. Mus.

Tech. Bull. 1723: 37,

Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paratypes, 79 9, WAR,

Lecanodiaspididae

Brookesiella tuberans Lambden & Konetarab, 174, Ann

ent. Soc. Am. 67; 409,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 G, WARI.

Lecanodiaspis erermocitri Wowell & Kosztarab, 1974, Virg.

Polytech. Inst. & State Univ. Div. Bull, 70: 41

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 2, WARL.

Pseudococcidae

Acinicocens stipae Wilhams, 1985, Australian Mealybups,

BMNH, »p.42,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paralypes, 22 9, WARI.

Acinicoecus trigdiae Williams, Australian

Méalybugs, BMNH, p.42.

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paralypes, 39 0, WARI.

19RS,

Apodastococcus onar Williams, (985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.48,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 30 9, WARI

Australiputa eucalypti Williams,

mealybugs, BMNH, p.63.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 39 2, WARL,

1985, Australian

Chaetotrionymus murnpeowiensis. Williams, 1985,

Australian Mealybugs, BMNIIL, p.72.

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI,

Chaetotrianymus pachyluy Williams, 985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.72.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 49:9, WARI.

Chorizococcus eriachnis Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.79.

Holotype, 2, ANIC: Paratypes, 39 2. WARI.

Chartzococeus Iii Brookes, 1977, J. Aust. ent. Soc, 151422,

= Cryploripersia Wt (Brookes) vide Williams, (985,

Australian Mealybuys, BMNH, p.102.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI,

Chorizoceceus petilius Brookes, 1977, $, Aust. ent. Soc

15; 425,

= Hlumococcus petifus (Brookes) vide Williams, 1985,

Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p,178.

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARI,

S0 A. D. AUSTIN & V, BURNYOCZKY

Chorizocoveus radicalis Brookes, 1977, J, Aust. ent, Soc.

tS: 427.

Holotype, G, ANIC; Paratype, 19. WARI.

= Hryburwia brevicruris (McKenzie) svn, Williams, 1985,

Australian mealybues, BMNH, p87.

Chonizococcus subalpinus Brookes, 1974, J. Aust. ent. Soc,

15: 429.

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 14, WARL.

Coorongia gohiag Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs,

BMNH, p92,

Holotype, 2. ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI.

Crisicaceus acaciue Williams, 1985, Australian Mealvbugs,

BMNIT, p.95.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, |, WARI,

Cyperi¢aceus mudltiporé Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs. BMINH, p.103.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WAR).

Dysmicovous aggerés Williams, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.11i,

Holawpe, 9. ANIC; Paratype, 19. WARI,

1985,

Dyxmricuccus anicus Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNEI, p.tbL.

Holotype, 9. ANIC; Paratype, LO, WARI.

Dysmiceceus laporteae Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.!33.

Holotype, &, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARE,

' Williams, J984, Australian

Mealybugs. BMNH, p.137.

Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARE.

Dysmicoecus manadi

Dysmicoccus. vielorianys Williams, 1945, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.J49.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 20 9, WARI,

Eucalypiocaccus brookesae Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, EMNH, p.J54,

Holotype, 2. ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARI

Euryeoceus antiscias Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybues, BMNH, p.l6l. ‘

Holotype, ¢, BMINH; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI,

Euryeaccus yanchepae Brookes, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Soc.

ths 132.

Holotvpe, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI,

= Maconellicovcus lanigerus (Muller) syn. Williams, 1985,

Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.196.

Hadrocovcus niaireanae Willian, 1985, Ausrralian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p,169,

Holotype, @, ANIC; Payatype, |, WARI.

Hadraveceys pultendede Williams, (985, Austrahan

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.169,

Holorype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 22 9, WARI

Heliococeus summerville’ Brookes, 1978, 7. Aust. ent, Sac.

17: 241.

Holotype, &, ANIC; Paralypes, 29-0, WARI.

Ttyoevoccus beardsleyr Williams,

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.180,

Holotype, G, ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARL,

1985, Australian

Tryeceveus. eremtocitr? Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMISH, p. 183.

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 2¢ 9, WARL

Teyocaceus milparinkae Williams, Australiana

‘Mealybugs, AMWNH, pias.

Holotype, 9. ANIC: Paratype, 19, WARL,

1985,

Laminivaceus flanderst Willams,

Mealybugs, BMINH, 7.190. ;

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI.

1985, Australian

Melunacoccus cobaricus Williams,

Mealybugs, RMNH, p.209.

Llolotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI-

1985, Australian

Melanacoccus darwiniens Williams, 1985, Austratian

Meulybugs, BMNH, p,209.

Holorype, &, ANIC: Paratypes, 39 4, WARI,

Melanocaceus morzani Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNNFI, p.217.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 14), WART.

Melanecoceus phylodi Williams

Mealybags. BMNH, p,219.

Holotype, G, ANIC: Paratype. 19, WARE,

1985S, Australian

Melanececcus senlicosys Willams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.221.

Holotype, '‘S, ANIC; Paratypes, 29-9, WARI.

Melanovoceus fasmeniae Williams, 185, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNEI, 7.223,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, ly, WART,

Nipaecoccus exocarpt Witllams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMMNH, p.237.

Halotype, @, ANIC; Paratype, by, WARE

Nipaecoceus nigireanqae Wilharns, 1985, Auscrahan

Mealybugs, BMNILI,, p.240.

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI.

Peliacoceus subcorucicola Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.257-

Holotype, ). ANIC; Paratype, 1, WARI

Phenacecceus hakeae Wiliams, 1985, Australian

Mealybues, BMNH, p.270,

Holotype, &, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARE.

Poéetlococeus funcilobuy Brookes, 1981, J. Aust. ent. Soc

20; 127.

Hololype, ‘Y, ANIC; Paratypes, 69 7, WART,

CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS $I

Psevdococcus etalestus Williams, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.287.

Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paraiypes, 2¢ 9, WARI,

1985,

Pseudecoccus chenopedil Walliams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMINH, p.294.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes. 79-9, WARL

Pseudocoecus eremophilae Williams, 1985, Austratian

Mealybugs,; BMNH, p.306,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19 WARI.

Pseudococeus eycalypticus Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMINH, p.310.

Holotype, 9, ANLC; Paratypes, 39 O, WARI.

Psexdococcus gdodeniae Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, 7.313,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI,

Pyeudococcus fvpergaeus Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p,31s.

Rotorype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 ©, WARL.

Pyendococeus mintaroicus Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.320,

Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI.

Pseudacoccus onusius Williams,

Mealybugs, BMNH, p.320.

Holotype, 3, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI.

1985, Australian

Pseudococeus symont Williams, 1985, Austcalian

Meulybugs, BMNH, p.333.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARL

Rhastraceccus melaleucue Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, 9.345,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 3¢ 9, WARLI,

Rhizoecus sphagni Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs,

BMNH, p.357.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WART

Trionpinus escripticius Willams, 1985, Australian

Mealyhugs, BMNH, p.368.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 49 QO. WARI,

Trionymus yrs Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs,

BMNH, p.371,

Holatype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI.

Trivnyinus zoyside Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs,

BMNH, p.377.

Holotype, @, ANIC; Pararype, 19, WARL.

ventrispina epiguea Williams, 1983, Australian Mealybugs,

BMNH, p.378.

Halotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, (9, WARI,

Fentrispina Jathetica Williams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNII, p.378.

Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paratype, !2, WARI,

bentrispina woud? Williams, 1985, Australian Mealyhugs,

BMNH, p.381..

Holotype, 9. ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI.

Frvdurgia succulentarrm Willams, 1985, Australian

Mealybugs, BMNH, par.

Holorype, 9, ANIC: Paratype, 19, WARL.

Yudnapinna radicalis Williams, 185, Australian

Mealvbugs, BMNH, p.340.

Holotype, $, ANIC; Paratype, 1¢, WARL

THYSANOPTERA

Acolothripidae

Cranoihrips sititor Mound, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Soc, 11; 44.

Flolorype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 29 9, WARI,

Cranethrips vesper Mound, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Soc. 1h:

46, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 60.0. 69 9, WARI,

Desrmathrips davidson: Morison, 1931, Bull, ent. Res. 21:

499,

Holotype, 2, BMNH; Paratype, 19, WARI.

= Desimathrips tenuicornis (Bagnall) Syn. Mound,

1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. Ent. 20: 68,

Desmoathtips elegans Morison, 1931, Bull. ent, Res. 21:

451. Holotype, 9, BMNH; Paratypées, 29-2, WARI.

= Desmuthrips propinguus (Bagnall) sy. Mound, 1967,

Bull. Br. Mus. nat, Hist. Ent. 20: 63.

Phlacothripidae

Cyinuarips watsoni Mound, 1971, Bull. Br, Mus. nal. Hist.

Ent, 25: 399,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARI.

Ontchothrips arotrum Mound, 1971, Bull. Bc Mus. nat,

Hist, Ent. 25; 447,

Holotype, 9, ANIC? Paratypes, 29 0, WART,

Waritheips maelzeri Mound, 1971, Bull. Br. Mus, nat. Hist.

Fnt. 25: 486,

Holoiype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WAR.

Thripidae

Odontothripiella endrewarthae Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust. crit.

Soc. 11: 27)

Holotype, co, ANIC; Parstype, lor, WARI.

Odoritothriprelta compta Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust, ent. Soc;

1: 275;

Holotype, o&, ANIC; Pararypes, 1, 1, WARI.

Odontothripiella concolorata Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust. ent.

Soc. Jl: 278.

Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratypes, 49 9, WARI.

Odopuatncsielta hopei Pitkin, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Sac. 11:

en or, ANIC; Paratynes, 1, 29 9, WARL.

Odontorheiteliq passalaina Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust, ent. Soc.

Eilers or, ANIC; Paratypes, 1}, 29 9, WARL.

Physothrips simplex Morison, 1930, Bull. ent. Res. 21:

12. = Thrips sintplex (Morisan) vide Bhat, 1969, Orient.

Inseers 3: 380.

Holotype 9, BMNH; Paratype, 12, WARL

NEUROPTERA

Chrysopidae

Chrysopa australis New, 1980, Aust. J. Zool Suppl. Ser.

TF; 42.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 22 9, WARL,

COLEOPTERA

Cerambyyidac

Uracanthus cupressianus Rondonuwu & Austin, 1988,

Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust, 112: 110.

Holotype, ot, SAM; Paratypes, 21o°a", 209 ¢, WART,

Searabacidae

Colpochila kalambi Britton, 1986, Aust, J. Zool, Suppl.

Ser. 118; 54.

Holotype, &, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 1'@, SADA,

Telura petiolata Britton, 1987, Inverter. Taxon. 1: 702,

Holorype, o, ANIC; Paratype, 1a, SADA.

DIPTERA

Apioceridae

Aniacera helerige Paramonov, 1953, Aust. J. Zool, br 483.

Holotype, o&, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, Joo, WARI,

Stratiomyidae

Dumaramyia iterrupta James, 1950, Proc. ent. Soc.

Wash. 52: 313,

Holotype, 9. BMNH; Paratype, Lor, WABI.

HYMENOPTERA

Braconidae

Apanieles ulfalfae Nixon, 1960, Ann. May. nat. Hist,.(13)

2; 303,

= Irenella alfatfae (Nixon) vide Mason, 1980. Mem. ent.

Soc. Can. 1S: 75,

Holowpe, 2, BMNIT; Paratypes, Soot, 29.9, WARI.

2 A. D, AUSTIN & V, BURNYOCZEKY

Apanteles penthacratus Austin, 1987, In M. J. W. Cock

et al (Eds) Slug. and Nettle Caterpillars, CAB

International, p.l48.

Holotype, @, BMNH; Paratypes, 127, 24 9, WARI.

Fornicia muluensis Austin, 1987, /n M. J. W. Cock ef af.

(Eds) Slug and Nettle Caterpillars, CAB International,

p.157.

Holotype, &, BMNH; Paratypes, 4x oo, 19, WARL.

Ichneumonidae

Tenielucha cyeneo Kerrich, 1959, Ann, Mag. nat. Hist

(13) 2; 53,

Holotype, ¢, BMNH; Paratypes, 30:0", 26 9, WARL.

Scelionidae

Ceratobueus clubionius Austin, 1983, Int, J, Liseet Morph.

Embryol. 12: 151; types designated Austin, 1984, Trans.

R. Soc. S. Aust. 108: 23.

Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratypes, 1o, 49 9, WARL.

Ceratobaeus cuspicornanis Austin, 1983, Int. J. Insect

Morph, Embryol, 12: 151; cypes designated Austin, 1984,

Trans. R. Soc, 8, Aust. 108: 25,

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 22 9, WARE.

Ceratohueus nasneri Austin, 1983, Int. J. Insect Morph,

Ejribryal. 12: 143; types designated Austin, 1984, Trans.

R, Soe, S, Aust, 108: 29.

Holotype, ?, ANIC; Paratypes, lor, 49 9, WART,

Ceratubaeus platycornulus Austin, 1984, Trans R. Sov.

S. Aust, LOB: 30,

Holotype, 2, ANIC; Puratypes, lo, 49 9, WARE,

Hickrrunella holoplalyse Austin, 1981,.J. Aust, ent, Sac,

20: 306.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARL,

Mirobaeoides elunzatus Austin, 1986, Aust. J. Zool. 34:

323,

Holotype, ¢, ANLC; Paratype, 19, WARL.

Mirobueoides kerryi Austin, 1986, Aust. J. Zool. 34: 325,

Holotype, ¢, ANIC) Paratype, 19, WARL

Mirobueoides seutellaris Austin, 1986, Aust. 1. Zaol, 34:

328.

Holotype, 2, ANLC; Paratype, 1¢, WARI,

Mirobaeoides serasus Austin, 1986, Aust. J. Zool, 34; 322.

Holotype, @, ANIC: Paratype, 12, WARLI,

Neohaeus novazeviandensis Austin, 1988, N.Z. J, Zool.

15: 176.

Holotype, 9, NZAC; Paratypes, 13°, 99 ¢, WARI.

Psyllohaeus pecki Austin, 1984, Syst. Ent. 9: 123.

Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, Tor. 12, WARI.

CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS 53

Acknowledgments

We thank Dr Peter Miles and Helen Brookes for

reading the introductory sections of this work, and

Mr Dennis Hopkins, Mr Greg Baker, Dr Peter Allen

and Dr Peter Bailey for comments on the catalogue,

and for information on the collection at the South

Australian Department of Agriculture.

References

ANDREWARTHA, H. G. (1945) Obituary notice, James

Davidson. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 69, 313-317.

Caon, G., GEHLRING, W. & Henry, K. (1984) Use of a

data base management package to catalogue insect

occurrences and host data on a minicomputer.

pp.437-441, Jn Bailey, P. & Swincer, D. (Eds)

“Proceedings 4th Australian Applied Entomological

Research Conference, Adelaide”. (Govt Printer, South

Australia).

EDGELOE, V. A. (1984) “The Waite Agricultural Research

Institute. The First Fifty Years 1924-1974”, (Waite

Agricultural Research Institute, Adelaide.)

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 114, PART 2

NOTES ON THE HERBRIDAE (INSECTA: HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA)

OF AUSTRALIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES

BY IVOR LANSBURY*

Summary

The two known species of Australian Hebridae are redescribed. Keys to genera and species are

provided.

Three new species, Hebrus woodwardi sp. Nov., H. monteithi sp. Nov. and H. nourlangiei sp. Nov.

are described from Queensland and the Northern Territory. Lectotypes are designated from Hebrus

axillaries Horvath and Naeogeus latensis Hale. Distributional and field notes are given for all the

species.

Jransaciions.a} the Raval Seek ofS. Aust, (1990), #082); 45-06

NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA: HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) OF

AUSTRALIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES

by lvoR LANseuRry*

Summary

FaNsBuRY, 1, (1990) Notes on the Hebridae (Insecta, Hemiptera-lieteroptera) of Australia with deser|ptions

of three tew spevies. Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust, 114(2), 55-66, 31 May, 1990,

The iwo known species of Australian ebridae are redeseribed, Keys to genera and species are provided,

hice new species, Hehrus woodward sp, nov, Hf. iunreithisp. nov.and 1, raurlanigie: sp, nov. are described

from Queensland and the Northern Territory. Lectotypes are designated for Hebrus axillaris Horvath and

Naevageus (wensiy Hale. Distributional and field notes are Siven Yor all the species:

Key Worps- Hebridac, Aebrus, Merragana, distribution.

Introduction

The described Australian hebrid fauna is small

with tWo species, Mebrus axillaris Worvath

(=Neeogeus latensis Hale) and Merrapara hacker’

Hungerford. Hels is a cosmopolitan genus which

has been split into a number of subgenera of

disputed validity. The most recent comprehensive

account of the Hebridae is that of Andersen (1982)

who estimates that there ate about [10 species.

Lundbtad (1933) gives an overview of the family

listing twelve species from the Indo-Austratian

Pacili¢ region, two species being listed fram New

Guinea, At present there are 18 Heras species

recorded lrom the Oriental region, additional

species being described fram the Philippines (Porter

1954, 1959) and Formosa [Taiwan] (Miyamoto L964,

1965), The related Onental genera, Timasiny

Distant, Neotimasius Andersen and FAlyrcamys

Distant have been revised by Andersen (1981), These

genera are Known from the Indian sub-continent,

So Lanka, Thailand, Malaya, Sumatra, Java and

a single record trom China. All the species appear

ly be hygropetric occurring on wet rock faces ar

in (he splash zone of flowing water. The absenec

of records from New Guinea and ‘northern’

Australia may reflect lack of collecting rarher than

the absence of suitable habitats.

The genus Hebrus was split into six subgenera

by Andersen (1981). Cobben (1982) suggested thar

the use of subgeneric groupings should be

abandoned and no attempt has been made here tn

assign Australian ffebrus to subgenera, The

Australian Hebrys species so far known form a

diverse group which is difficulr to characterise in

species. group descriptions.

The Hebridae are charagterised within the

Gerromorpha by the presence of a pair of

prominent plates or bucculae on the ventral surface

of the head which caver the base of rhe rostrum.

"ha 2, ot @¥une 0 — ee ——

* Hope Entomological Collections. University Museuin -

Oxford, LUE. OX] JPW

The tars) of all legs are two-segmented, the sirst is

always very short.

Andersen (1982) comments thac the male

genitalia of hebrids are always hidden frum view

when viewed dorsally, One new species described

from Queensland differs in that the parameres

(claspers of Andersen 1982) are clearly visible from

the dorsal aspect.

Hebrids are smut] (1.5-2.0 mm loug) stout bodied

bugs. Hebrus is covered dorsally with a velvety

hydrofuge-like pile. Depending upon the angle of

viewing, the dorsal surface iy variously: irideseent.

The ynderside Is not so densely velvety pilose:

sternites are usually shining with adpressed while

or golden heirs. The hind legs are always slightly

longer than the frant and middle pairs and legs are

usually equally spaced. All tarsal-claws are apical.

The ovelli and scutellurn (metanotal elevation of

Andersen 1982) are well developed in winged forms,

Merragala is much like Hebrus but the doysal

pilosity, especially of the head being longer atid not

iridescent.

Key to Australian genera of Hebridae

Antennae subtlagelliform. Fourth segment subdiyided hy

# coil-like or membranous zone, Antennal length subequal

or Janger than the greatest width of the pronorum,

cert alse ih ae Hebrus Curtis, 1834

Antennal sesnieuls stort and cliblike. Fourth segment

nar subdivided. Antennal lene distingily shorter than

the erealest widrh of the pronoium, ...,—...- =r

sma Merrazate Buchanan-White, 1877

Key tu the Australian species of Aebrus

L Apew ot sentelliin acuminate, not bifurcate (Fig, 1)2

Apex of'scutellim nor acuminate bul slightly hifureare

(Fig. (8)... 00... . .€. naurlangiel sp. ey,

2 Blytral membrane clearly nor feachine (he end of the

abdomen especially iu the male (Fig. 13), Paraimeces

projecting beyond the en of the abdomen (Fig. 14)

aa age. bee A, rronteithi sp. nov.

Plytral embrane almosr reaching or surpassing the and

of the ubdomen (Fig, 7), Parsuneres nor proyectin

beyond penital capsule. 4

eeeen sett tttnes

To IVOR LANSBURY

Figs 1~$. Hebrus oxillaris Hosvath; 1, dorsum Lectotype 9; 2, ventral aspect of head and thorax; 3, antennae, 4,

fore leg; 5, middle leg; 6, hind lee. Sundown N.P., Qld or.

3 Elytral membrane almost reaching, the end of the

abdomen (Fig, 1). Third antennal seyment 1.56% length

ot the 2nd sezment.....,,-.. Jf acillaris Horvath

Elytral membrane just surpassing the end of the

abdomen (Fig. 7). Third antennal segcient 2x length

of the 2nd segment... ..--.. H. woodwordi sp, aay.

Hebrus axillaris Horvath

FIGS 1-6, 25, 30

Hebrus axiliaris Horvath, 1902, p, 606; Lundblad, 1935,

p. 263 (synonymy of Naeogeus larensix Hale, 1926 with

axillaris); Hingertord, 1934, p, 70, (distribution Qld.}.

Naeozeus lafensis Hale, 1926, pp, 196-198.

Trpes: Lectotype female and 2 9 © paralectotypes,

New South Wales, Tweed River, A. M, Lea in the

Hungatian Natural History Museum, Budapest,

vid.

Distribution: $. Aust., N.SW,, Vic., Tas. and Qtd.

Size. oo, 99 L7= 2 mm long, width across

widest part of pronotum .75 — .85 mm

Colour, Variable, head and anterior ‘4 of pronotum

pale orange brown to black. Margins round cyes

silvery tomentose, Antennae dark brown, Pronotum

reddish brown with two (1+1) black areas medianly.

Mesoseutellar lobe and scutellum dark brawn.

Head, pronotum and seutellum with short fine

iridescent spicules. Forewings dark brown with long

golden hairs and with greyish white patches

proximally adjacent to scutellum and hind margin

of pronotum, Membrane dark smokey brown with

paler areas. Underside of head and bucculae pale

yellow. Pleurites mostly black with posterior margin

of propleura reddish brown, Legs yellowish brown,

Sternites shining black with short silvery

pubescence, ‘Dark form’ head black, medianly

reddish brown, Pronolum anieriorly narrowly

black, remainder reddish brown. Scurellum and

forewings including, membrane black. Torewings

with two (J+1) white patches and iong golden

NOTES ON THE WRHRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETERUPTERA) 3

Hugs 7-1, Hebrus woodwardt sp, nov, Paratype o, Spilt Rock, Old. 7, dorsum; &, antennae; 9, fore leg; 10, iniddle

lege It, hind leg

pubescence. Underside black with sparse silvery

pubescence,

Tresh or very revently collected material tends to

be darker than ald specimens.

Sirvweture: Interocular space about 2x maximurtn

eve width, Median head length about .66 median

head width, Tubercles adjacent to antennal

wisertions small (Fig. lL. Antennae 1;2:3:4: -

7-3-7,5-13.5. First and 3rct antennal segments

subequal, 3nd ¢learly shorter, 4th more or less

subequal to combined lengths of 2nd and 3rd

segments and subdivided by coil-like section (Fig,

3), Vertex with pair of median longitudinal furrows

converging posteriorly, Bucculae short just reaching

pronoluns with two shallow depressions (Fig, 25),

Lower margin straight with caudal or free end

slightly curved.

Pronotal width 2x irs median length and head

head width across eyes. Posterior margin with (wa

(1+) lobes either side of scutellum.. Pronotum at

its breadest slightly clevated and rugose. Median

lateral angles depressed, Mesoscutellar lobe and

scutellum half median length of pronotum,

Scutellim ridged longitudinally and laterally

forming two shallow depressions cither side ol mid

line, Connexivurn visible around membrane.

Rostrum reaching hind coxde.

Front femur slighthy more robust than middle

femur (Pies 4.& 5). Hind femur slightly lonwer than

median pronotal length. No signifieant differences

in ratios of front and middle legs bei ween males

and females, Hind legs 13x longer than front and

nyiddle legs,

Male genital capsule (Pig, 30),

Lectotype Designation: tlorvith's original

description does not state an how many specimetis

trom the type locality he based the description. In

the Hungarian National Museum there are three

specimens, originally mounted on a piece of card;

lubelled - N.SW. Tweed R.; Lea; 3-92. A printed red

label ‘TYPUS", A label in Horvath’s handwriting

- Mebrus. axillaris Hory, and a hand written label

‘75 IY WE"? The types are all females, they have

been remounted individually on card points on one

pin, One ‘point’ has been marked with a red spot,

this feniale is designated anid labelled Lectotype, the

remaining two females are designated

paralectotypes.

Nates on the type series af Nacogeus latensis

Fale.

The ‘ype Series’ is in the South Australian

Museum, Adelaide, Hale (1926: 197) gives “Adelaide”

as the type locality. Mounted on a piece of card

labelled PY PE, Torrens River, Adelaide, Herbert M.

Hale area ot &@ O. The & is almost certainly the

specimen figured by Hale (1926: E97; Fig. 81), This

& iy designated and tubelled Lectotype, the

accompanying © is labelled and designated

paralectotype.

There is some ambiguity about the remainder al

Hale's type series av he did not pive a precise locality

other than Advlaide. There are four series of carded

38 TOR LANSBURY

EE SS

i ve

nip (i i

ae iN it

Nile

wat

MN) |

i fed

i) aN

Imm

Fips 12-13. Bebrus manretily sp, ov, Paratype >, Wallamuit Falls, Qld. 12, anienaae; (3, darsumys I4, venioe

snecimens. The first with bor & 79-9 bearing a

red printed Type label with Mavogeus lurensis Hale

in what is presunrably Hale’s handwriting. The

locality label (yped-pholographed ind redyced)

reads River Torrens, Adelaide, A.M, Hale Vhe

second curd wih 4ercr & 499 bears a ted

Paralype labels the other labels are identical with

the first. A third card with lo & 1 ¢ labelled

Pararype is labelled ih the same manner, The

specimens on these three cards are all regarded as

Paralectotypes and labelled accordingly,

The tourth card has 42 9 labelled Paratype from

the Murray River, RR. Zeitz These may nat be part

ot Hate’s original type series us (he collector's naine

is Hat MeNnUoned and Hale always Hated collyequrs

when describing oF listing material not collected by

himself.

Arongst vdditiimal materia! from Adelaide

collevred by Hale-bul mol labelled Pararype are two

sitll series of carded specimens with a typed label

‘Tussocks of thin reeds srowlng in wet mul en

banks of River Torrens 28.iii,1921".

Marerlal examined) Type sertes of axitaris and tetersi3,

Kara Creek near Jindabyne, NSW, M0 m. [i I9T9; The

Takes Creek near Findabyne NSM. 60m, 1879;

Phillips Islanel, Vie. poot completely covered with floating

vegerarion, Hji1.1985; Mogeill Fare) Dam fear Brisbane,

Ole, GV, 1979: Sundown Netional Park near Siantharpe,

furin dam, 26,i0.1985 Old. - |, Lansbury Coll. Macallister-

Thomson River Juyetiow, Vie, M9iCI977, Nar Mus

Victoria Survey, Ml. Mialipnil - NT Museum Cull,

NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) 59

Figs 15-17, Hebrus monteithi sp. nov. Paratype 2, Wallaman Falls, Qld. 15, fore leg: 16, middle leg: 17, hind leg.

Devonport & Launcesion, Tas. Myponga Swamps, S.

Aust; Glenfield, N.SW. - South Ausiralian Museum,

Adelaide.

Hebrus woodwardi sp. nov.

FIGS. 7-11, 27, 31 & 32

Holotype: Female, Paratypes 69 and ic,

Queensland, Split Rock, 14 km S. of Laura,

23-26.vi.1975, GB. Monteith in the Queensland

Museum,, Brisbane.

Distribution: Queensland and the Northern

Territory.

Size. o, 99 1.68 - 1.88 mm long, width across

widest part of pronolum .82 - .94 mm.

Colour: Head and pronotum reddish brown, lateral

margins of vertex along inner margin of eyes and

pits silvery tomentose. Anténnac dark brown. Head

and pronotum covered with golden spicules, some

iridescent, Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum very

dark brown. Forewings; clavus and corium varying

between rich reddish brown and dark brown, apical

part of clavus greyish white, Apex of scutellum,

clayus and corium covered with long golden hairs.

Membrane smokey brown with four paler areas

(Fig. 7). Lateral margins of head, bucculac, rostrum

and femora pale yellow, Tibiae and tarsi slightly

darker distally. Coxal insertions dark reddish brown.

Thoracic venter dark brown, sternites darker

covered with fine silvery pubescence.

Structure: Interocular space about 2x maximum

eye width, Median head length .66% greatest head

width, Tubercles adjacent to antennal insertion

small (Fig. 7). Antennae 1;2:3:4: - 7-§-10-14.5.

Fourth segment subdivided by coil-like section (Fig.

§). Third segment 2x length of 2nd; 4th segment

subequal to 2nd and 3rd combined. Total antennal

length about half body Jength. Vertex with faint

longitudinal furrow becoming obsolescent

anteriorly, Bucculae short, usually just reaching

pronatum with two depressions (Fig. 27), lower

margin curved. Pronotal width 2x median length

and head width across eyes. Posterior margin with

two (1+1) lobes cither side of scutellum. Anterior

collar of pronoium sharply depressed with regular

transverse row of pits. Immediately behind anterior

collar, two (1+1) depressions either side of a broad

longitudinal ridge which have two rows of shallow

pits. Median lateral angles slightly depressed.

Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum .6x median

pronotal length. Scutellum with median

longitudinal ridge.and lateral margins slightly raised

forming two shallow depressions, Apex of scutellum

truncated with minute median projections (Fig, 7).

60 1VOR LANSBURY

Figs 18-23. Hebrus nourlangtet sp. nov. Paratype 2, Nourlangie Rock area, N.T., 18, dorsum; 19, side view of head

and pronotum; 20, fore leg; 21, middle leg; 22, hind leg; 23, antennae.

NOTES. ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) 6]

Norewings obscuring abdomen, membrane reaching

or overlapping end of abdomen, Rostrum with tip

just reaching metasternal suture:

Fronc and middle femora tnoderately robust (Figs

9 & 1). Hing femur slighily longer than median

pronotal length. Male hind legs 125% longer thar)

front and middle legs, female bind legs 132%

lOllwer,

Male genital capsule (Figs 31 & 42),

Referred Maverig!: Pat Creek, 11 km N. of Archer

Crossing via Coén, Qld, 28-24v1.1975, GB.

Monteith, Old Museunt, Brisbane. This > differs

fram the type serics in chat ihe pale ayeas of the

nembrane are almost obsolescent, Red Lily Lagoon,

near Daly River, NT, (13'45"S 130° 42” B),

9iNi.1980, MB. Malipatil, 10; Masion Reservoir

on Stuart Highway, NT, in flood debris near water

edge, 9.211.1979, M.H Malipatil, Zero, 30 Bs

Crocodile Creek, 14'29°S-131°22"E near Dorisyale.

NT, P7-18-x1.1984, MB. Malipatil, To Lake

Bennett area ¢ 25 kim SE of Manton Dam, NT.

29-30_xi1,1979, at MIN, light, MB. Matipatil, lor;

U,D.P, Falls, NT, 18-19.vii.L980, at MV, light, M.B,

Malipatll, 19, Northern Territory Museum Coll.

Aebrus woodwurdl is very similar to H, axillaris:

the slightly longer membrane Teaching of

overlapping jhe end of the abdomen, the relay ively

longer 3rd antennal segment of H. wwodwerdi and

differences in (he male genitalia distinguish Hy,

woodweral fram HH. icl/aris,

Hebrus monteithii sp, row.

FIGS 12-17, 26, 33-35

Holotype: Male, Paracypes 7 ct or (J slide mounted)

alt & 2 3, Qld, Wallantan Falls via Ingham,

15,1980) rainforest 500 m_. Collected from mainfnrest

floor by brushing twivs, G.B. Mamteith in che Qld

Museum, Brisbane.

Distribution: NE, Qid,

Ske oo, 2 19-2 mm lone, widih across

widest part of pronotum .77 - 84 mm,

Colour; Head auterturly black, postetrorly dark

reddish brown, margins round eyes silvery

tomentose. Pronotum dark reddish brown, hunteral

angles anc median raised area of disc with iridescent

bluish areas. Pronotum with sparse golden

pubescence. Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellium black

with sparse golden hairs slightly longer than those

On pronotum. Forewings, clavus with elouute sreyish

while patches either side of scutellum. Corium and

connexivum reddish brown. Clavius and corium with

layer of golden pubescence slightly shorter (han-on

visible area of connexivum, Membrane dark brown

with faint brownish white blotches, Lateral inargiris

of head, bueculae, rostrum, legs other than distal

apices of femora pale yellow, Antennae dark brown,

Underside of tharax dark brown to Wlack, Sternltes

shining black covered with line silvery pubescence.

Structure; (nterocular space thout 2% maaismum

eye width Median hyad leneth subequal io aveatest

head width. Tubercles adjacen| lop anteoniferous

tuhergles prominent (Fig, 13). Antennae 1:2;3:4: -

§.3-6-11-16,25, Fourth segment subdivided by eoil-

like section (Fig. 12). Third segment almost 2x

Tength of 2nd and 4th subequal to 2nd & 3rd

combined. Total antennal length slightly more than

half length of body (.57-58), Vertex with single

median longitudinal furrow, difficult to see as this

part Of veriex deaseiy pilose. Bueculae prominent,

almust or reaching pronotum with (wo conspicuous

circular depressions. free end rounded, ventral

JNatgin slightly sinuate (Fig. 26), Pronotal width

varying between 1.7-1,.9)* metian pronotal length

ald width of head across eyes. Anterior collar of

pronolum marrow With Iransyerse Tow of small

vircular pits. Anterior lateral margins siraighr,

inedially with prominent depressions, Pronotal dise

elevated posterior of parallel anterior part of disc,

Humeral lateral angles depressed, Posterior lateral

Margins emarginate, hind margin evenly curved,

Mesoscutellar lobe and scutcllum about half median

pronotal leneth, Seutelluni with rwo shallow

depressions either skte of median ridve. Lateral

MAFZINS NOT conspicuously raised. Laveral margins

and apex with minute iridescent spicules, Forewings

small, much of connexiyum exposed, iiembrane not

reaching end uf abdomen, membrane of male

shorter than that of female. Connexivum shine,

Rostral groove very conspicuous, roserurn almost

teaching posterior margin of metasternum.

Front and middle legs similar (Figs 15 & 6) hind

legs longer (Fig. 17), Hind femur 1.4 - 1.x Jonger

(han median pronotal length, Male hind legs 1.27

longer than front and niiddle legs andl 1.37% longer

in females.

Male genitalia; Viewed dorsally, tips af

£yimmetrical parameres. extending beyond end of

abdomen. Prociiger hairy. Pararneres elongate, very

pilose znd much longer than pygophore (genital

capsule) at rest aid clearly visible i situ in

undissected inales (Fig, 33), Female genitalia (Figs

34 & 35) conforms to general hebrid paitern,

This specics differs from all know Angiralian

hebrids; the short tiembrane, large tubercles

adjacem to antetiniferous luberctes and prominent

parameres clearly distinguish A. mponterth From

Olher species, There is some similarity between H.

maonteithi and (wo species from the Philippine

Islands, Hebrus drake? and H, harrisi Porter both

described from Muntalban, Rizal Province. Boch

of these species have prominenrelongate parameres

extending beyond gemial vapsule. Porter does dol

state if the parameres are visible dorsally.

A2 TMOR LANSBURY

Figs 24-27, Mereagata and Hebrus ade view, 24, Merravata havker} Hungerford, Sundown N,P, Qld; Hebrus axliterss

Horvath, Phillip Is. Viet 26, Mebrus monledihi sp. nov; 27, debris: woodwurdi 4p. TOY.

Hebrus rourlangiei sp. mov.

FIGS 18-23

Holotype: Female, Paratypes 1 or and 19, Novthern

Territory, Kakadu National Park, Mourlanme Rock

area, ftom Water seepage, 27,1i1.1980, M.B.

Matipatil, N.T, Museum Coll.

Distriburiorn Northern Territory.

Size: & @ 1.7-1.8 mm long, width across widest

part of pronotum .7. mm.

Colour: Head dark velvety reddish brown. Margins

round cyes broadly silvery Tamentose, Eyes and

ovelli paler than dark areas of vertex. Antennac

dark yellowish brown. Inner anteriet margin of

pronotum with pale orange brown trilobed zone.

Outer margins and remainder of pronutuin dark

velvety reddish brawn. Head and pronotum with

minute iridescent spicules, longer hairs also

iridescent. Mesoscutellar lobe and sctitellum same

colour as posterior margin of pronotum, Scutethim

tringed with short golden hairs. Clayvus with large

greyish white are a reaching apex of scutellum.

Corial cell slightly paler anteriorly with long yellow

hairs. Membrane smokey brown with tour faint

greyish white blotches. Connexivum yellowish

brown. Underside of head and bucculae pale yellow,

Pro, meso and metasternum reddish brown, Coxal

insertions pale yellow. Rostrum and legs pale yellow

with upper distal apices of femora darker, Sternites

dark reddish brown shining with) adpressed golden

hairs.

Structure: Wteracular space slightly less than 2x

maximum eye width. Median head length just over

66% greatest head width. Vertex strongly raised

ubove eyes. ‘fwo (1+) line longitudinal furrows

which converge posterior of line through ocelll,

Margins of vertex converging in front of eyes, lip

acummnale. Antenniferous tubercles each with

truncate projection, Antennae 4:2:3:4 - 7-5-10-15.5-

Tuurth segment subdivided by coil-like section (Fig.

23). Third segment 2% length 2nd, 4th equal to

combined lengths of 2nd & 3rd segments. Antenne

just over half length of body. Bucculac short nol

reaching pronotum, with two depressions, free end

bluntly acuminate. Lower margin with ‘step’ (Fig.

(9), Anterior margin of pronotum flat and lateral

margins raised. Pronotum divided by broad

longitudinal depression lined with circular pits, Pore

marpur of raised areas deeply emarginate, Anterior

lateral margins straight, humeral angles sharply

produced. Posterior margin with false suture with

minute shining golden brown spicules. Edges of

raised lobes fringed with small pits. Lateral margins

of hind margin deeply emarginate, remainder of

posterior margin evenly rounded, Dense pilosity of

proootuin makes circular ‘pits’ rather difficult 16

see. Peomotal width 2.1% greater than median

length, 1.8% width of head across eves.

Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum .66% median

pronotal length, Scutellym depressed with lateral

margins and faint median keel forming two shallow

NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) "3

Figs 28-35. Hebrid o & 9 genitalia, 28 & 29 Merragata hackeri, 28, genital capsule; 29, ibid side view; 30, Hebrus

axillaris Horvath genital capsule side view; 31 & 32 Hebrus woodwardi sp, nov. 31, dorsal view; 32, ibid side view:

33, Hehrus monteithi sp, nov, & genilal capsule, side view; 34 & 35 9 genitalia H, monteithi sp. nov. Terminology

P paramere; Ga gonangulum; Gol, Go2 first and second gonapophyses, Gx1, Gx2 first and second gonocoxac;

T9 TIO abdominal terga 9 & 10,

4A (VOR LANSBURY

depressions, apex of sculelluin bifurcate (Fig. 18),

Forewlngs well developed, membrane altnost

reaching end of abdomen. Rostrum almost reaching

posterior margin of metasiernum.

Front and middle legs siniilar (Figs 20. & 21), Hind

legs 1.38% longer than front and middle legs. Hind

femur §,68* longer than median pronotal length

(Fig. 22).

Single male specimen toa damaged to figure

genitalia, Head and thorax detached from remnants

of abdomen,

Referred Material) A female collected trom

Koongara Creek, {a few Km from Nourlangie Rock)

8-10.,1979 Coll. 1. Lansbury appears 10 be identical

with A, vowrlangie?. Koongara Creek is a series of

sluggish rocky pools joined by a shaded narrow

ereek,

Hebrus novrlangies is immediately recognisable

from other Australian species by the bifurcate apex

of the scujelhun and nanow uterocular distance,

Merragata haekeri Hungerford

FIGS 24, 28-29, 34-44

Merragata hacker? Hungerfurd, 1934, pp, 70-71

‘Type specimens; Holotype cr, allotype 9 and some

Paralypes, Qld, Brisbane, December, 1952, H.

Hacker; Snow Entomological Collections,

University of Kansas. Additional Paratypes (same

data), British Museum (Natural History) and Sowh

Austraian Museum, Adelaide.

Distribution Vic, Qia and NT.

Sizer oof, OG 1,47 - 1.8 mm lone, width. across

widest part of pronotum .77 - 9 mm.

Calsuee Dersally pale yellawish brown, elytra milky

white adjacent to scutellum, sometimes slightly

darker across membrane. Mesoscutellar lobe and

scuwlellim dark brown, ridges on scutcllum same

eulour as pronotum, Head, pronotum and lateral

margits of elytra with long pale yellowish hairs.

Underside of head and bucculae same colour us

dorsal aspect, Prosterrum dark yellowish brown,

(Meso and metastermum varying between reddish

brown and black distally. Sternites black covered

with long pale golden hairs. Legs pale yellow, distal

apices of tibiae and tarsi narrowly annulated dark

brown. Antennae yellowish brown, 4th segment

hlack, 3rd segment sometimes also black.

Suructure: (nteroculas space 3x or more maximum

eye width. Median head lengch .64 - .78% median

head width. Vertex with two (1+ 1) faint longitudinal

furrows converging between ocelli. Poslerior margin

of head raised with ocelli strongly proatuberant and

black, Head covered with fine whitish pubesvence,

shorter ventrally. Antennae 12:3:4: - 4,6-4,75

-3,5-5.5, all segments covered with fine hairs (Fiz.

38), Bucculae short, noc reaching pronalum, lowe’

mareln appearitig slightly curved/sinuate, [ree end

angular, medianty with large depression (Fig. 24),

Pronotal widit 2% median length and head width

across eves. Anterior collar narrow with lransverse

row Of pits, Anterior lobe with two (14-1) deeply

Sightly diverging depressions with a median

longituvinal depression cofsisiing of coalescing

pits, each with line silvery tomentose margins

between. Anterior lateral margins more or less

straight, shining without depressions. Pronotal

humeral angles depressed, remainder of dise slightly

raised wilh scattered pits. Postenor margin convex,

imedianly slightly emarginate around mesoscurellar

lobe (Fig. 36), Scutellum and mesaseutellar lobe less

than half median pronotal length (.44). Scucellum

slightly wider than mesoscutellar lobe, Basal lateral

margins raised curving towards apex with two (141)

pits basally, median carina short. Hemelyiral

venation typical hebrid. Connexivum visible

laterally, membrane overlapping end of abdomen.

Venarion heavily chitinised, usually same colour as

pronotum. Anterior part of elytra covered with long

fine huirs same colour as background. Abdominal

ridges curved, converging shghtly distally. Tergites

black and shining. Rustrum short hot reaching

distal margin of metasiernum,

Fore coxae clase fugether. Proscernum and collar

with scattered large pits, Middle coxae wider apart,

mesostermunr with two (141) longitudinal ridges

covered with dense hairs distally, Hind coxue slightly

wider apart, mesnsternal ridge cuntinued onto

melasiemum diverging posteriorly, Slernites covered

in uniform white hairs. Pra and mesopleura with

scattered large pits (Fiz, 37). Front and middle Iegs

only differing slightly between sexes (Figs 39 & 40

742 & 43S), Hind legs longer, hind femora |.25

-1.3x longer than median pronotal length, Male

hind legs 1,33> longer than front and middle legs

(Fig. 41) and 1.22 - |.3x in females (Fig. 44).

Male genital cupsule (Figs 28 & 29).

Material exomtined: Brisbane, Moguill Farm Tam,

6.1979, Old; Sundown National Park, in marginal

grasses around farm dam, 6.iv.1985 Qld; Sundown

National park, Severn River, #.iv.1985, Qld; Phillip Eslayid,

ILAI985, Vic. found on densely avergrown pool with

Hebrus axitlaris: Ellery Gorge neat Alice Springs, NT

28.1v,1979, 1, Lansbury Coll. Tallaadoou Lagoon, National

Museum Victoria, Dartmouth Invertebrate Survey Vic.

3,1),1975, M.B. Malipatil; N-MAV, Survey, Macalister

‘Thomsen River Junction Swamp Vie 3.vii. 1979. MB

Malipalil; Red Fily Lagoon near Daly River NOT.

17°45 "5-130°42 "EB, $y it.t980, MB Matipatils Limestone

Garge, N-T. 10 02°S-130' 23" E, 23-201. 1986 [Operation

Kaleigh} M-B. Malipatil, NT. Musewn Coll,

Acknowledgments

This work was commenced dui ing the tenure of

a grant from the Leverhulme Trust (London) and

eranis iron the ABRKS and CSIRO, Canberra. L

NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) ne

Figs 36-44. Merragata hackeri Hungerford, Sundown N.P., Qld. 36, dorsum; 37, ventral; 38: antennae; 39-41 or,

39, fore leg; 40, middle leg; 41, hind leg; 42-449, 42, fore teg; 43, middle Jeg; 44, hind leg.

66 IVOR LANSBURY

wish to thank Dr Gordon Gross, South Australia

Museum, Adelaide: Dr G. Monteith, Queensland

Museum, Brisbane; Dr M,B. Malipatil, Northern

Territory Museum, Darwin and Dr T. Vasarhelyi,

Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest for

the loan of critical types and other material.

References

ANDERSON, N. M, (1981) Semiaquatic bugs; phylogeny

and classification of the Hebridae (Heteroptera:

Gerromorpha) with a revision of Timasius, Neotimasius

and Hyreanus. Systematic Entomology 6, 377-412.

_____ (1982) The Semiaquatic Bugs (Hemiptera,

Gerromorpha). Entomonograph 3, 1-455.

Coppen, R. H. (1982) The Hebrid fauna of the Ethiopian

Kaffa Province with consideration on species grouping.

Hebridae Heteroptera. Jijdschr. Ent. 125. 1-24

Hait, H. M. (1926) Studies in Australian Hemiptera No

VIL Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 3, 195-217.

HorvaTH, G. (1902) Descriptions of a new Hemiptera

from New South Wales. Jermeszetr. Fiiz. 25, 601-612.

[Annls hist.-nat, Mus. natn. hung.]

HUNGERFORD, H. B. (1934) Concerning some aquatic and

semi-aquatic Hemiptera from Australia. Bull, Brooklyn

ent. Soc. 29, 68-73.

Lunpsiap, ©. (1933) Zur kenntnis der aquatilen und

semi-aquatilen Hemipteren von Sumatra, Java und Bali,

Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 12 (Tropische Binnengewasser

TV), 1-489,

Miyamoto, S. (1964) Semiaquatic Heteroptera of the

south west islands lying between Kyushu and Formosa.

Sieboldia 3, 193-219.

(1965) Hebridae in Formosa (Hemiptera) /bid 3,

281-294,

Porter, T. W. (1954) A new species of Hebrus Curtis

from the Philippine Islands (Hemiptera, Hebridae), J.

Kans. ent. Soc. 27, 78-79.

(1959) Three new species of Hebrus Curtis from

the Philippine Islands. fbid 32, 31-35.

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SCORPION FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(BUTHIDAE: BUTHINAE)

BY N. A. LOCKET*

Summary

Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen. et sp. nov. is described and illustrated. The scorpion, recorded

from dry salt lakes in South Australia, is uniformly pale fawn except for eye pigment, lacks keels on

the carapace, and has long pectines with 30-36 teeth. Metasomal segments are squat and keeled.

The vesicle is small and lacks a definite subaculear tooth. The taxon is compared with Jsornetroides

vescus and Lychas alexandrinus, which it resembles but from which it differs in features of the

metasoma, pectine length, trichobothrial pattern, hemispermatophores and colour.

KEY WORDS: Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen. et. sp. nov., new species, scorpion, Australia,

taxonomy.

Trumsecniemy af he Royal Soeioty of 8. Auvt,, (1990), d(2), 67-80

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SCORPION FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(BUTHIDAE: BUTHINAE).

by NLA, LacKxet*

Summary

LacktT, NLA. (1990) A ew genus and species af scorpion from South Australia (Buthidae: Burhinae).

Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 114(2), 67-80, 31 May, 1990.

Austrolobuthus xeralimniorum gen. ot sp. doy, is deseribed pnd iystrated, The scorpion, recorded froty

drysali lakes in Sourh Australia, iy uniformly pale lawn except foreve pigment, lacks keely on the carapace,

and has long pectines with 30-36 leeth, Metusomal segments are squat und keeled. (he vesicle is small

and Jacks a definite substculear tooth. The taxon is compared with /sarmerroides véscns and Lyehas

wlexaadrinus, which it resembles bur trom which it differs in features of the metasoma, pectine length.

tichobothpal pattern, hemispermatophores und colour,

Kry Warns, Australabuthus xeralimnniorum ven. et. sp. nov, new speqes, scorpion, Australia, taxnnamy-

Introduction

The early work on Australian searpions, and

notably that of Keyserling (1885), was consolidated

by Kraepelin (1899). This work was reviewed by

Slauert (1925), the paper serving.as a basis for che

Buthidae for the monograph of Koch (1977) on wll

Australo-Papuan scorpions, Koch reduced to three

the ten species of Lychus, and synanymised the two

fsometroides described hy Glauert (1925),

Examination of buthid scorpions in the collection

of the South Australian Muscum and the author's

collection has revealed some specimens which do

not fit the published descriptions. Living examples

of this ew taxon have since been obtained, allowing

the following description to be supplemented by

information on habitat and behaviour,

Materials and Methods

The holotype, allotype and ten paratypes are in

the collection of the South Australian Museum,

Adelaide (SAM), Referred material includes eight

specimens in the South Australian Museum and

iuine it the author's. collection. Terminology follows

Hjelle (in press); that tor trichobothria follows

Vachon (1973). Measurements were made with an

eyepiece micrometer, and are expressed as mean +

standard deviation. Figures were drawn using a

camera Jucida, with details added freehand, excepe

for big. 3. In this composite figure the posture was

drawn from 2 negative of a photographed living

specimen, projected afte a baseboard, and detail

added freehand from preserved specimens.

Measurements of width of lamina and Jength of

* Dept of Anatomy and Histology, University of Adelaide,

G.P-O. Box 498, Adelaide, S, Aust, 500L,

tooth of pectines were made as in Fig. 7c. The right

hemispenm#tophures were drawn, fallowing Koch

(1977), except that each was drawn from two

positions, with the lamina perpendicular to the

page, and rolated 90° to the right, Live specimens.

have been observed’ by UN. light, in the field

(Stahnke 1972), and later kept for several months.

in the laboratory in containers of slightly damp sand

containing a flat stone as shelter; the animals were

fed mealworms at intervals,

Systematics

Family: Buthidae Simon, 1879

Subfamily: Buthinae Kraepelin, 1899

Australobuthus gen, et sp. nov,

Type species: Australobuthus xerolimniorum sp.

TIOV.

Diagnostic definition: Carapace without definite

keels. Median eyes in anterior half of carapace,

Three subequal lateral eves, Tergites |-V1 with poorly

developed median keel, no lateral keels. Pretergites

of LVI with distinctly wavy posterior margin.

Pectines long, reaching to or beyond trochantero-

femoral joint of fourth leg, 30-36 teeth, Metasamal

segments stout, squat, of almost equal width, all

keeled. Vesicle small, somewhat clongate, not

keeled. Aculeus stout, clearly distingt trom vesicle,

definite subaculear tooth absent, but rudimentary

subuculear tubercle in some specimens (mostly

juveniles), Chelicerae with single ventral tooth on

lixed finger, Pedipalp: Femoral trichobothria, four

dorsal and five internal. 6 pattern, d4 close to

anterosuperior keel, dl, d3 and d4 forming a right

angle, Patella with 13 tnchobothria. Hund small,

rounded, keels absent. Fixed fingers. with six,

moyuble with seven slightly imbricated rows of fine

63 NA, LOCKET

even demricles, extending [ull lengih of Mngets,

Nanked by internal and external accessory teeth.

Oe or two accessory tecth proximal to fetminal

tooth and medial to distal row of dentlicles, Twelve

trichobothria.

Evymology; Vhe géheric name Austratohuthus,

refers to the southerly distribution of this buthid

scorpion,

Comparison with other genera

The mew geous shares a number of characters

with fsametroides and Lychas, but differs trani boil

in significant features, The metasomal segments arc

all keeled like those of ZLychas, though the

arrangement of the keels is different, The fifth

metasomal segment of Isanerrcides is not keeled,

but amooth and markedly punctate. The presence

of a definite subaculear tooth, lacking tn the new

genus, is a diagnostic character of Lychas.

Jsarnetreides lacks 4 Subaculear tooth; the vesicle

and aculeys in that genus merge without clear

distinction and are more elongated than in (he new

genus, The vesicle of Ausiralabuthus is markedly

smaller than in Lychas. The pectines are

substantially lunger, and with more teeth, than in

wither Lychas or Isumetroides. These differences

justify the erection of a new genus.

Australabuthus xerolimniarvar sp. nov.

FIGS 1-14

Holotype: SAM NI988568, Adult male, Under loz,

Lake Hart shore, S. Aust, sil, 1984. BL Guerin.

Allotype: SAM NI988569 Adult female. On surface,

Lake Gilles, S. Austr 32° 41° S 134° 54° BK

12.%.1980. P. Hudson.

Paraivpes: (AIL paratypes are adult. Several

juventtes afe jicluded in the referred material) SAM

NIO8S 3570-72, Under stones on salt, Price

Peninsula, Lake Evre, 7.xi.t955, ET, Giles 29 9,

Lo; SAM NL988 573 Everard Ranges. xxi 1970.

GE Gross, E.G, Mauhews. 9; SAM NI988 574 In

lycasid burrew, | ake Gilles, (32% 43° fa” S, 134°

48" 14"), 26.11.1980. P. Hudson oF; SAM N1988

$75. Lycosid burrow, Lake Gilles. Lin.1980, P,

Hudson oo SAM WNI988 376. Lake Gairdner,

surface. wili.lL987. P Hudson @; SAM 108K

§77=579, lake Gairdner, surface, Si.1989. PL

Hudson. 9 G.

Diagnosis: As for the genus with the following

additions, Small (35-42 mm total length, adult).

Pale fawn, due (eo lack of subcuticular pigment

except around eyes. Carapace and tergites F-V1 finely

pranular or shagreened, Median eyes large, diameter

¥ ALA, (Cp 046 ne 21), x imetecular distance

Pectine tooth count 30-36, ¥ =

pectinal teeth uniform,

Description: Measurements ol holotype and

alloiype in Table |,

Length. 40.5 mm. Colour, Metasoma and

extremivies very pale fawn, transilluminate freely

(Fig.l) Black pigment in and around median and

Jateral eyes, otherwise ny subeuticular pigmentation

{Fig. 2). Dorsal surface of mesosoma appears

striped, due to pale borders of terzites showing up

against dark coloured viscera. Extremities show

little dark sclerotisation, but cheliceral teeth and

tecth along the fingers dark. Aculeus. and pedal

claws, but not tibial nor pedal spurs, darkly

sclerotised,

Carupace (Figs 3, 4). Almost siraight finely

granular anterior border bearing 4 few small setae,

frontal notch hardly distinguishable, anterolateral

unples rounded. Posterior margin almost straight,

without setae, Surface finely granular of

shagreened, granulanty mos! prominent in anterior

half. Definite keels absent, Interocular arca smooth.

Median groove continucs over ocular tubercle,

which rises about fall one median eye diameter

above carapace tine. Supraciliary ridges finely

granular, but nor continued as keels, Median eyes

large, 0.12 = carapace length, diameter 0,84™

intérocular distanec, Posterior border of eye in front

of midpoint of carapate, Three lateral cyes

subequal, corneas contiguous, half their own

diameter from carapace margin. Pigment deep to

eyes Conrinuous.

Tergites of first six mesosoimal segments almost

smooth or finely shagreened, posterior edges

smooth, with fine granules. Poorly developed

smooth median keel but no lateral keels Smooth

pretergite bounded posteriorly by distinctly wavy

margin (Fig. 5).

Seventh mesosomal tergile shagreened, with low

central ridge only in anterior two thirds of segment,

but two well-developed lateral pairs of finely

denticulate keels present in posterior two thirds

Posterior border smooth, with fine granules, dorsal

and ventral jateral borders rounded, with fine

denticulation.

Siemires (Fig. 6). Smoorh, shiny, with fine setae

along posteriot border. Spiracles small, slightly

concave posteriorly, Seventh mesasomal sternite

smooth, shiny, with rounded posterior border.

Lateral keels finely eranular, prominent in posterior

two thirds of segment, median keels lets developed,

in posterior half.

Sternum [Fig. 4b), Subtnangular, small median

eminenee anteriorly with pil with densely sclerotised

but pale walls directly postetior to it, and deep pit

in posterior part of sternum. Genital operculum

divided in all specimens.

33, + LBin-4h,

NEW BUTHID SCORPION

Fig. 1. Above, Australobuthus xerolimniorum Ben. €t sp. nov., adult male, Lake Gairdn

Gairdner. Scale bar = Smm.,

below, adult female, Lake

N.A, LOCKET

— .

eT nee eto to

Fig. 2. Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen, et Sp. NOV., male. Scale bar = 5mm.

NEW BUTHID SCORPION 7

Pectines (Fig, 7). Very long, 32, 33 teeth,

extending well beyond trochantero-femoral joint of

fourth leg and close to tear border of sternite IIL,

covering the spiracle of that sternite.

Fig. 4. Australoburthus xeralimniorum gen. et sp. nov, A.

Carapace. B, Steraum and genital operculum. Scale bars

= Imm.

Metasoma (Fig. 8a). Length of metasoma, 0,55

* total length. First and fifth segments equally

wide, slightly wider than second, third and fourth,

which are themselves of equal width. Dorsal

surfaces of metasomal segments smooth, lateral

surfaces mostly smooth, not shiny, with few fine

granules. First four segments squat, intercarinal

surfaces smooth, not shiny, First segment with ten

Fig. 3. Carapace, lateral view. A, Austruluburhus Stanular keels, terminal tooth of these hardly

xerolimmonun sp. nov. B, Lyehas alexandrinus. C, enlarged. Ventromedial keels entire, equidistant

Tsometroides vescus, Scale bar = Imm. from each other as from ventrolateral. Lateral keel

TABLE 1, Mewsurements in mim, of Australobuthus xerolimniorum, gen, el sp. nav. Holotype male, allotype femule.

a Q oa 9 or 9

Total. length 40.5 3a.8

Carapace L 4.6 4.3 W 45 4,3

Mesosoma L 12.0 13.6

Metasoma [ L 30 2.6 W 2. 2.6 H 2.3 pas

iL L 43 3.0 W 2.6 24 H 23 2.2

LIT lL. 3.4 3.0 W 2.6 2.4 H 2.3 2.2

IV L4i 3.4 W 2.5 2.5 H 2.2 24

Vv L43 3,9 W 2.6. 2,6 H 2.1 1.8

Telson L 42 4.1

Vesicle L 24 2.2 W 14 1.4 H 1.3 ll

Aculeus Lig 19

Pedipalp: femur L 35 3.2 W 210 1.0 H ().7 0.7

Patella L348 34 W 14 1.4 Ht 1.1

Hand L 6.0 5.6 W123 Ll H 14 12

Movable finger L 41 3.8

Fixed finger [3.7 3.4

Chelicera:

Movable finger 1. 1.0 1

Fixed finger L OS 0.6

Peetine 1, 6.8 5.8

Teeth (max.) 1 1.0 0.9

Pectine tooth count 34,35 31,32

NEW BUTHID SCORPION 74

present on posterior 2/3 of Segment, Second and

third segments similar, Fourth segment with cight

keels, lacking lateral keel, Fifth segment siout, with

four definite keels and coarsely granular, poorly

detined, complete, not bilurcating ventromedian

keel. Ventrolateral keel denticulate, dorsolateral

granular, less prominent, Few intercarinal granules.

Median dorsal furrow smooth, samewhat shiny.

Telson, Vesicle small, rather elongate. (Width of

vesicle/width of metasomal segment V: 0.55).

Smooth and shiny with few scattered small granules,

no keels. No subaculear spur bul minimal

subaculear tubercle in small specimens, Aculeus

stout, sharply curved, terminal half dark due to

sclerolisation,

Chelicerac (Fig. 9) Manus and fingers smooth,

pales teeth dark (due to sclerotisation, nol subjacent

pigment), without secondary serrations, single

ventral tooth on fixed finger, pattern as shown in

ligure,

Pedipalp (Fig. 10). Femur; dorsal and posterior

surfaces finely granular, not shiny. Anterior surface

smooth with seattered fine granules and irregular

line of large granules and denticles, some bearing

strong setae. Anteroveniral keel of small regular

granules, anterodorsa! keel of small regular granules

without setae. Posterodorsal and posteroventral

keels of small, less regular granules, some bearing

setae, particularly at the ends,

Patella; smoothly curved posterior border,

smooth or finely shagreened surfaces, not shiny,

Keels on dorsal surface weakly granular, Anterior

border coarsely denticulate and granular, some teeth

and granules bearing setae. Ventral surface smooth,

convex.

Hand; small, rounded, no keels, smooth and

shiny, bearing scatiered setae, Fingers long, slender,

N.64 x length of whole hand. Sirsight in lateral

view, gently curved in dorsal view. Movable finger

with eight external agvessory teeth, seven internal

and one terminal, Seven oblique rows of fine even

ieeth. Fixed finger with six-seven external accessory

teeth, six internal and one terminal. Stx obliqne

rows of line tecth. Fixed finger with scattered fine

setae, movable finger with more, particularly

ventrally and at tip, Trichobothrial paiiern as shown

in Fig, tl.

Legs (Fig. 12). Smooth or finely shagreened on

dorsal surtaces, shiny yentrally, keels low and

rounded, barely granular. Single pale tibial spur on

third and fourth legs, |wo equal pale spurs on

laryomere IT of all legs. Terminal claws equal on

all legs. Few stout setae on femora, Stout setae on

Fig. 6. Australobuthus xerolinniorum pen. et sp. nov,

Outlines of sternites showing sexual dimorphism, A,

male, B, female. Scale bar = Linm.

—_—

teratnta a ON

My / TT yp

Fig. 7. Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen. ef sp. how,

Pectines, A male, B, female, C, Measurement site for

andth of lamina, W, atid lengih of tooth, L. Scale bar

= tmm,

Fig. 5.. Ventral yiews lo. show proportions of pectines, lateral views of metasoma and dovsal view of carapace and

ferpites, A, fsametroides veseus, B, Australaobuihus Nerolininicrum, C, Lychas ulexandrinus, Scale bar, common

to each scries = Imrn.

NEW BUTHID SCORPION 75

anterior and posterior borders of patella, especially

wlong anterior. Setae cvenly distributed on tibia, and

tarsomeres | and IT, Those on (arsomere I mostly

in two rows, Of tarsomere II scattered irregularly

and closely packed, not forming a comb,

Variation

No specimens show any trace of patiern; all arc pale

except for the eye pigmentation, The median cycs

appear large in all, their diameter =0.09-0.14 %

carapace length (1-21, x ~ 0.125, + 0.015), Their

diameter is 0.59-1,08 » interocular distance, (n=21,

% = 0.81, +0.18). All but one have three laleral eyes

on each side; one specimen has four on one side

and {hree of the other. The posterior borders of

the sternites. are markedly convex in juveniles (and

in adult females, see sexual dimorphism, below).

The pectines ure Jong in all, with tooth count 30-36

(n-41, x =0.56 m + 0,04), None have a definite

subacular tooth, but a minimal subaculear tubercle

is present insome specimens, mainly juveniles. The

fingers are long in all, 0.63-0.68 « hand length

(n=20, x — 0.65, + 0,02),

Fiymofogy: The specific name, xerolimniorum,

is from Greek xeros, dry and limne, lake.

Sexual dimorphism: tn some scorpions the sexes

may be distinguished casily by differences in bodily

Proportions, females tending to have Jarger and

sfouter mesosomas with respect to the metasoma

than males. Pectine tooth counts also may vary

between sexes, males lencing to have more teeth

than fernales, Neither criterion applies in the present

B\.

“

Fig, 9°. Ausiralobuthus xerolininiorum pen. et <p. nov.

Chelicera showing dentition, dense venual patch of setac

omitied, A. yentral, B dorsal. Scale bar = Imm,

Pie =:

2 RS hs et

ee an ad

Fig. 10, Australobuthus xerdlimniarum gen. et sp. noy-

Pedipalp..A, femur, dorsal. B, paiella, dorsal. C, hand,

lateral. D, dentition, fixed finger. E, dentition, movable

finger. Scale bar = Imm,

case. Some specimens appear to have stout

mesosomas, but this is due to distension.

Comparisons of the widths of tergite I with

mectasomal segment V show no ‘significant

difference; nor is there a significant difference in

fectine tooth counts,

The presence of hemispermatophores or embryos

within the body would be clear evidence of sex, but

entail dissection of the specimen and are not

applicable to immature examples. Only one male

of four opened contained hemispermatophores,

(Fig. 13). Males have genital papillae beneath the

plates of the genital operculum, but these are not

visible in life, Other characters have therefore been

sought which will enable the sexes to be told apart

it the intact or living animal.

Though the pectine tooth counts are very similar

in the two sexes, there ave distinct differences in the

lengths of the pectines relative to the wochantero-

femoral joint of the fourth leg. In males the pectine

extends Well past this joinr (Fig. 5), but in females

it extends little if at all past the joint, There is also

a difference in the proportion, width of

Ee 8. Austrufabuthus xerolimnionm gen, et Sp. nuv. Lateral, dorsal and yentral views of metasoma. A, male, R,

emate,

. Scale bar = [mim,

16 N.A, LOCKET

lamina/tooth length. (Fig. 7c). The mean of this

ratio is 0.40, +0.03 (n=9,) in males and 0.50, +0.06

(n=6) in females.

Another character which appears to be useful is

the shape of the posterior borders of sternites 3 and

4. In males these are straight or concave, but in

females they are convex (Fig, 6), This characicr,

however, is probably unreliable in juveniles; in those

examined the border of all sternites are strongly

convex,

Distribution

Specimens have been recorded from Lake Eyre,

Lake Hart, Lake Gairdner and Lake Gilles. in South

Australia. One specimen is labelled Everard Ranges;

the exact locality is not specified, but was probably

close to Victory Well (G.E. Gross pers. comm.). All

known localities are shown in Fig. 14.

Hahilat and behaviour

All but one of the thirty specimens known to date

have been found on the shores or surfaces of dry

takes in S, Aust. (B. Guerin, P, Hudson pers. comm,;

pers. obs.) Some have been taken by day under logs

on the saliy lake surface, sometimes up to 100 mi

from the shore. Some of these have been in a

shallow scrape under the log, but others have becn

dug trom vertical or oblique cylindrical burrows up

to 15cm deep, Scorpions may be inhabiting a pre-

existing burrow, but they are certainly capable of

vigorous digging themselves, and have constructed

similar burrows in captivity. Four specimens from

Lake Hart were captured by the use of UV. light

at night. One of these was on the surface of the lake

near a line of partly fallen fence posts, the others

among sand and Jow vegetation on the shore, Those

seen on the surface at night were walking slowly

about, with the tail held over the back, but when

they were allowed to move about on sand by day

they ran with the tail extended behind, proving very

agile.

Comparison with other species

Glauert (1925) described ten species of Lychas and

two of lsametroides, but Koch (1977) reduced these

Fig. 11. Trichobothrial patterns, A, Auszralobuthus xerolimmorum sp, nov. B, Lychas ulexandrinics. C,

Jsometroides vescus. Seale bar = Imm.

NEW BUTHID SCORPION ”

Fig. 12. Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen, et Sp. MOV.

IV, tarsal spurs on all. Scale bar = Imm,

to three Lychas and one Isomerroides. Glauert's

work is not illustrated, but it is clear from the

descriptions given, particularly the pectine tooth

counts and attention given to the subaculgar tooth,

that neither author had before him examples of the

taxon now described.

The new taxon, Lyvehuy alexandrinus and

Tsometroides vescus are sympatric at Lake Hart and

possibly elsewhere, and the three are now compared.

Ot comparable size to L, alexandrinus, but

smaller than a mature I. vescys, live specimens of

A. xerolimriorum sp. nov. are tnarkedly paler than

both of these species. L. alexandrinus is usually a

reddish sandy colour, with some patterning on the

mesosoma, and the proximal two thirds of the fifth

metasomal segment is darkly pigmented, £ vescus

varies in colour, Some specimens being variegated

like LZ. alexandrmus, and others showing a

uniformly dark body but pale legs. In all, however,

the fifth metasomal segment and the entire telson

are black or nearly so. The metasornal segments and

telson of A, xerolimnhiorum sp. nov. are

unpigmented.

The carapace of A. xeralimniorum sp. nov. is less

sculptured than that of the other two species, That

of J, vescus and L. alexandrinus is markedly

granular, though without keels, but the carapace of

Walking legs. A-D = I-IV. Note tibial spurs on IL and

A. xeralimniorum sp. nov. is finely granular,

particularly on the posterior half, or merely

shagreened. The median eyes of A. xerolimniorum

are usually larger than those of the other two (Fig,

3).

Though not previously used as a character in

scorpion taxonomy, the shape of (he border between

the pre- and post-tergites shows a difference between

the three species. This border is markedly more

sinuous in A, xeroliznnioram sp. nov, than in L,

alexandrinus; that of / veseus is intérmediate in

form (Fig. 5).

The pectines of A. xerolimnionum sp, nov. are

much longer than those of either £ veseus or L,

alexandrinus, In A. xerolimniorum sp. nov, they

extend as tar as, in females, or in males well beyond,

the trochantero-femara! joint of the fourth leg, but

in the other two they fall short of or barely reach

that joint (Fig. 5), The toorh count reflects this

greater length, being 30-36 in A, xerolimniarumt sp.

nov, compared with 17-29 in L. alexendrinus and

20-28 in 7. vescus (Koch 1977; pers. obs.).

The form of the telson is different in the three,

(Fig. 5) and, with the colour differences, enables

them to be distinguished easily in the field. The

vesicle of A. xerolimniorum sp. nov. is noticeably

small, without a definile subaculear tooth, The

78 NLA, LOCKET

genus Lychas is characterised by a prominent

subaculear tooth, and this is well shown by ZL.

alexandrinus. I. yescus has a long telson in which

the aculeus and vesicle appear continuous and there

is no trace of a subaculear tooth or tubercle,

The fifth metasomal segment also differs between

the three. That of A. xerolimmiorum sp. nov, 1s

squat, with well marked granular keels and seattered

granules on the intercarinat surfaces, In L.

alexandrinus the keels are less pronounced and the

whole segment is markedly smoother than in A.

xerolimniorum sp. nov., though it has some fine

granulation, particularly on the ventral surface, J.

vescus however shows no trace of granulation nor

of keels, Rather there are numerous pits over the

otherwise smooth and shiny surface. ‘he fourth

metasomal segment in A, xerolimniorum sp. nov.

is considerably more granular than that of L.

alexandrinus (Fig. 5) and. the dorsal keel terminates

in a prominent denticle,

The trichobothrial patterns of the three are shown

in Fig, 11, and a small but constant difference is

apparent. In A. xerolimniorum sp. nov. femoral

trichobothria d', d* and d4(filled circles in Figure)

‘gs

Fig. 14, Sites trom which 4ustralobuthus xerolimatorunt

gen. el sp, nov, has been collected. Scale bar = 100km.

Fig. 13. Hemispermatophores. A, Lychias alexandrinus. B, Tsometroides. veseus, C, Australobuthus xerolimniorum

sp. nov. Each pair shows the hemispermatophore with rhe lamina seen edge on, left, and rotated ta the right by

90°, right.

NEW BUTHID SCORPION 79

form aright angle, whereas in the other |wo Lhey

form an obtuse angle ojyen santeriorly,

Differences are also shown in the

hemispermatophores (Pig, 13), These structures are

strongly curved in three dimensions, and the

appearance of the various features thus chanpes

markedly with direction of view. The

hemispermatophores of the three species are all of

simple form with a curled flagellum, unlike that of

fsametrus meldnedactylus iNustrated by Kuch

(1977) or the north African buthids illustrated by

Vachon (1952). The degree of flagellar curliny is

simpler in the example of Australobuthus examined

|han in the other two. This may be a reliable

charicter, but it is also possible thar it reflects the

stare Of maturity of the hemispermatophoré. The

Proportions of the basal lobe and Jamina do,

however, distinguish the three distinctly.

Referred material: South Austratian Museum: Sulphur

Peninsula, Madigan Gulf, Lake Byre North. 4x1 1966, CLF,

Gross. Maloorhia Station, Sulphur Peninsula, Lake Eyre

North, Zia 1971 S end of Lake Gairdner, (3..10Ne P

Hudson, Lake Galrden 25.x11959) A Mason Lake

Gairdner vil.l987. P. Hudson. (2 specimens) Lake

Cialtdnel, 5.11989, P Hudson. (3 specimens}. Authar’s

Collection: Lake Hart shore. xi.f984. B. Guerin. (2

specimens), Lake Hart share. 27,1987. NA. Lockel. Lake

Hart share. 25-26. 1.1988, NLA. Locker. Lake Hart shore.

S.AA989. NLA, Locker

ker tv Australian Genera of the Subfamily

Buihinae. (see Alsa Figs 5, 11, 13)

1 Tibial spur absent on phird and fourth tees. |... .,

ae eta . awn acy _dsemetrus

libsal spur present on third and fourth lees... 2

2 Vesicle with definite subsculear tooth oer ibercte

eae - ieee {i444 aed , . Lyetiies

Vesicle without definité subaculear tooth or nuberele

hie wees ise nneccod

Fourth and fifth mersomat segments and vesicle dark.

Vesicle and aculeus merge, cummia-shaped. Pectipes with

20-28 tenth, ...... 22-8. . fsaenerraides

All metasoinal sezmenrs kechal, Vesicle small but

distinct. Pectines with 30-36 teeth . ane

VT ee nee Ausrifobwihys 2en. may,

Discussion

Almost all the known specinrens have been taken

on the shores of surfaces of dry lakes, where they

find cover by burrowing or by living beneath

detritus, The burrowing habit appears to be unusual

for a buthid’ species. The burrows, which the

scorpion readily digs for itself in captivity, are wery

different froin the spiral burruws of the scorpienid

acilus Urodacus (Koch 1978; Shorthouse & Marples

1980), In some cases the burrows in which 4,

xerolininiorum sp, nov, has been faund may have

been {aken over trom spiders or other burrowing

animals: P. Hudson (pers, comm.) has recorded al

least one from a lycosid burrow, Among Australian

buthids, Isomerroides, a specialised predator of

burrowing spicers, has frequently been found in

spider burrows, identlied as such by the spider or

remains of it feing found in the burrow, or tle

presence ofa trapdooy or silk lining, (Main 1956;

Koch 1977), The latier mentions 4. ulexandrinus

heing found in spider burrows on occasion, but L.

marmoreus and 1. vanatus are usyally found under

stones or bark,

Dedication

1 dedicate this work to miy father, George

Hazelwood Locket, im his nineticth year, and

seventy-eighth as an arachnologist.

Acknowledements

| wish to thank Dr Bernard Guerin for his gift

of specimens amongst which [ first recognised the

new scorpion, Mr and Mrs Jan Read for their

hospitality and tor permission to look for scorpions

on their property, Mr Peter Hudson for access to:

live specimens from Lake Gairdner, Dr David Lee

for access to specimens in the South Austrahan

Museum, Deirdre Locket tor assistance in the lield,

Dr Cary Polis and Or David Sissom lor valuable

cliscussiony on problems of scarpion taxonomy and

biolugy and Dr Sissom Jor access to hiy key to

buthid genera. Mr G.Ro Johnston vave valuable

comments on the manuseript und Professor Robert

Ussher pave advice on deriving the specific name,

References

GALCER, L. (1925) Ausrratian Scorpianides. J Proc. &.

Soe. West, Aust, 11, K9-118,

HWithin, LT. (in pressy Anatamy and Morphology, Fre

Polis, CA, (Ed) “The biology of sen mens” (Stanlord

University Press. Stanford),

Reysteiing, L. (i885) Dig Arachniden Australiens tach

der Narur besehrigben und abgebilder. Pr 32, 1-39.

Koch, 1b. (1977) The taxonomy, geographic distribution

and evolyiionary radiation of Australo Papwan

werpions. Ree Mest Aust. Mus. 5, 83-367,

(1978) A comparative seudy af ihe structure,

Tunction and adaptation to different habilaly of burtwws

of the scorpion genus Lirodacur (Scorpionida,

Scorplonicae). bid. 6, 19-146.

KRATPELIN, K. (1899) Das Tierreich 8, |-265,

Mats. BY. (1956) Taxonomy and biology of the wenus:

dsometnaidey Keyserting (Scorpionida) Aus/, L Zool,

4, 158-164,

SHORTHOUSE, Dt d& MARPLES, FG, (1980) Observations

on the burrow oc associated behaviour of rhe wid vone

80 N.A. LOCKET

scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi Birula. Ibid, 28, _____ (1973) Etude des caractéres utilisés pour classer

581-590. les familles et les genres de Scorpions (Arachnides). 1.

STAHNKE, H. (1972) UV light, a useful field tool. La trichobothriotaxie en arachnologie. Sigles

Bioscience 22, 604—607. trichobothriaux et types de trichobothriotaxie chez les

VacHon, M. (1952) “Etudes sur les scorpions”. Institut scorpions. Bull, Mus. Hist. Nat, Paris. ser 3, 140

Pasteur Algerie. (Algiers). pp482. (Zoologie 104), 857-958.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE FOSSORIAL HYLID FROG

CYCLORANA PLATYCEPHALA (GUNTHER) AND THE TAXONOMIC

STATUS OF C. SLEVINI LOVERIDGE

BY MICHAEL J. TYLER

Summary

Published maps of the distribution of Cyclorana platycephala (Ginther) differ markedly, and it has

been evident that the latitudinal and longitudinal limits of the species require clarification. An

investigation of all specimens in institutional collections in Australia demonstrates a continuous

range from east to west, but with tenuous contact in central Australia. The distribution records are

documented and attention is focussed upon an apparent isolate on the Stuart Highway at Dunmarra,

N.T. The majority of specimens in collections are too poorly preserved for any meaningful analysis

of morphometric divergence to be undertaken. Measurements obtained from small samples of the

best-preserved specimens do not indicate any geographic trends. The types of C slevini Loveridge

have been examined and the opinion that this species is a junior synonym of C. platycephala is

supported.

KEY WORDS: Cyclorana platycephala, Cyclorana slevini, distribution, taxonomy.

fromsuonuas uf the Repal Soglery af & Apsr, 80) bI42), 81-85.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE FOSSORIAL HYLID FROG

CYCLORANA PLATYCEPHALA (GUNTHER) AND THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF

C SLEVINI LOVERIDGE

hy MICHAEL J, TYLER"

Summary

Tycer, M1 (1990) Geographic distribution of the fossorial hylid frog Crelarana platyeephalie (Gunther)

and the taxonomic status of C. s/evin! Loveridee, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 114(2), 81-85. 31 May, (440.

Published maps of the distribulion of Cyelorana plotycepkala (Guinthes) differ markedly, and \| has

been evident that the latitudinal and fongirudinal limits of the species require clarification, An investigation

of all specimens in Institutional collections in Australia demonstrates a continuous range from east 19 West,

bur with renvous contact m central Australia. The distribution records ate docurnented and attention is

(ovussed upon an apparent isolate on the Stuart Highway at Dunmarra, NT.

The majority of specimens. in collections are tou poorly preserved for any meaningful analysis ut

Morphometric divergence to be undertaken. Measurements obialned From small samples of the besl-preserved

specimens do noe indicate any geographic trends,

The types oF C slevini | overidge have heen examined and the opinion that this species is a junior synonym

of C. plow cephela is supported.

Key Woros Cyclorene platycephala, Cyctorana slevini, distribution, taxonomy,

Intrveduction

The accuracy of published distribution maps of

species of Australian frogs reflects the effort of the

compiler, the geographic detail available at the cene,

and the taxonomic expertise of identifiers, A broad-

brush approach exaggerates and distorts the actual

distribution. Given that published distribution maps

are now heing used by those assembling data

relevant tu conservation proposals, National Park

proposals and other faunal documentation,

accuracy is vital,

The existence of shared patterns of distribution

amongst Australian frog species was first reported

in a Sevies of studies by Fletcher (1890, 1891, 1892,

1894, 1898), but analysis awaited the attention of

Moore (1961}, and most recently. Tyler, Watson &

Martin (1981) and Latilejohn (1981). Moore (1961)

was a self-confessed taxonomic lumper and sa it is

no surprise that he failed ro recognise the existence

of several uryptic species, Thus the peripheral, and

supposedly continuous, northern and eastern

coastal pattern that he named the ‘northeasr

crescent’ in reality was largely the vombined

distributions of groups of closely related species.

For example the distribution ateributed to Lirorta

peronii was that af L. peromtt, L. rothé’ and L tyleri

combined, with J. rothii the sole species in the

north and northeast of the crescent, Similarly,

assumed patterns of allopatry between the southeast

and southwest of the continent have been

demonstrated to be based on distinct species

(Littlejohn 1959),

* Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide,

G.P.D. Box 498, Adelaide, §, Aust, S001,

As information unproves, the overall trend is that

jewer species are shown to have broad longitudinal

distributions. An exception to that generalization

is the fossorial hylid frog Cyclorana platycephala

(Gunther). But despite the fact that it is a well-

Known species because of its vapacity To store large

quantities of water prior to burrowing, and the

ability of some aborigines to locate the frog to drink

that wager (Waite 1931), Its geographic distribution

is unclear,

Two recently published distribution maps (Fig.

1) differ in concepts of continuity and latitudinal

and longitudinal limits (Cogger 1975, Tyler 1978),

whilst Tyler, Davies & Martin (1983) reported a

northward -extension af the range of C,

platycephala, through its occurrence on the Barkly

Tableland of the Northern Tercitory:

Materials and Methods

To clarify the nature and exteni of the

distribution of € plalyrephala | have examined

specimens in all Australian natural history

collections. The specimens examined are listed

below. The acronyms used are as follows: A.M.

{Australian Museum, Sydney); A.NW.C. (Australian

National Wildlife Collection, CSIRO, Canhertay;

CAS. (Callforma Academy of Science, San

Francisco); N.M.V, (Museum of Victoria,

Melbourne); N_T.M. (Northern Territory Museum

& Art Gallery, Darwin); Q.M. (Queensland

Muscum, Brisbane); 5.A.M. (South Australian

Museuin, Adelaide); W.A.M, (Western Australian

Museum, Perth), Letters preceding registration

numbers are departmental identifications within the

institutions.

sz M

iv. 1, Publistied thaps of the geography disribution of

Creforana platveephald, A. trom Tyler (L978); B. tron

Copper (1975).

The bulk of the material is poorly preserved and

distorted due to dehydration,

Hesern dusiradia: Mitly Milly Stn, WAM RYO7-09. F,

Monger, WAM R146; Laverton, WAM RI441-94, Landor

Sin, WAM R1635, 1659-71, 1890, 2682-88; Mr James Stu,

N oof Candor Sin, WAM R2693-95, Ciwalia, WAM

W7774-BO: 2 kim NW Of jen of Gaseoyne R. and Auriltia

Ck, WAM R163; borween Kitragullen & Prekering Brook,

WAM R34784: Prairie Downs Sin, WAM RIDTRI-90; 3

km SW-ol Wilpie Mia, WAM RIY1GU-65; Malcolm Darn,

1) km E of Leonora, WAM R§0044; 20 kin N of Leauora-

Laverton Rd juneion, WAM R28973-81; 12 km EC of

Laventon, WAM R48990; Uroutdah ck, Millballilic sin,

| VYLER

ANWC All45, 150-51, 1185-87; North Pool, Willuna,

ANWC ALLS3: Warriedar, WAM RI406-16; Well, 26,

Canning Strack Konte, WAM. R4079; Windich Spring,

Canning Spock Route, WAM R4135, SAM RS1712-16;

Mileura, WAM R13978; 15 kimS of Meekatharra, WAM

R20547-49; Warburton Mission, WAM R21420; Jigalong,

WAM R28550-54; $3 km Sof New Mundiwindi WAM

R28972. $4 km S of Leonora, WAM R29880-8); nur ML

Tom Price Minesite, WAM R31026; 5 of Winning, WAM

R33208; 16 km S of Minilya River, WAM 33209;

Morawa, WAM R33308-14; Barrow Esland, WAM R4(026,

45736-38, 2640-50; 19 km FSE ot Wydgee Hard, WAM

R49280, Durba Springs, WAM RS1945; Meekatharra,

WAM 254386: 4 ki Sof Mt Narryer Haid; 33 ki SNE

Kumarina, WAM 63103-05; 15 koi E Nullagine, WAM

R6I113; Condegaon Pool, WAM R63834—-35; 2) kim SSh

of Mr Keith, WAM R64969; 22 km SE of Mt Keith, WAM

R6AVTU; LS ke Nol Ertistoun, WAM R64971-72.

Northern Territory: No, 26 Bore, Alroy Downs, NTM

R97U-16, Charlane Waters, NMV D3263, 5703, 5708,

§723-26, 5728-32, SAM RI6921A-1, RLY, Dunmarra,

AM 86033136, NIM R&G6O9: 8 kin 5 of Dunmarca, STM

9898-604, 9674; Elathakinna Ck, SEM $925; Palor Valley,

WAM R21535, 9630-68,

South Australia; Oadnadatia, NMV D12694-97, Kure

Dam, 8 km Eof Varina, SAM $930) Bracuana Stn, SAM

14185; Box Hole Ck, 77 km NW of Coober Pedy, SAM

13279; 60 km NNE of Oodnadarta, SAM 16314, 26939—Hh,

Coongie Lakes, SAM RAN992-99, R32421-45, J3381-82;

Gidgealpa W.H., SAM R27358,

OQueerstinds Rocklands Stn, NTM 3177-79; Wilkie Ck,

74 km SW ol Dalby, OM 312358, 12367, 12369; Dalby,

OM J17393-94; Warrawee, OM J17393, Waratah Stn,

Cywnamulla, (2M 117396, 17398, Goondiwindi, OM

17397; 05 kin W oof Wintderah, QM 128590-93: West

Wyalone, QM 139247-48; Cuddapanna Hmsld, Woof

Windorali, OM J2854)-42; Mornay Stn, Wintdorah, QM

128543; Adrit Downs, $8 kav NW of Birdsville, AM

R13230; Skint Evol Filo, AM R79416=18;,St George, AM

R89775-78, SAM 3719; Cuntamulla, AM RIS3OS,

20490-91, Farrars Creck Crossing QM J44074) near

Dirrinbandi, QM $46585-88; Durham Downs, 260 kay W

of Thargomindah, QM 146589; Yynevor Downs, 60 km

Foot Thargomindah, OM 346591, 46593-95, 4o6)2,

46617-18; Naryileo Sin, Warrt Ck. OM 146596-6611,

46013-14; Nappa Merrie Stn, QM 146%th, 46619-23;

Bullawarra Stn, 40)-km W-of Thargomindah, OM 146592;

Nountlag AM R816 (C. slevins paratype), CAS 82052

(C. slevini holotype).

New Sout: Males: Halls Ck, Willandra NP, Pilsen, AM

RSd896-97; Yancannia St, NMYV DIOG98-99, SAM

RS473A, 54738; 2 km Foot thurloo Dawns Hstd, AM

RIO2KN7) 20 km W of Byrock, AM RS8163-72; The

Plains, Nyogan, AM RI782, 11789, 58173; Booligal AM

R71912-22; 2 km LE of Thurtow Downs Hstd, AM

RIGIER7; Namoi K., Nurrabri, AM R4638; Goanera vr

Widleett. AM R7343; Maslond, Mungindi, AM RI4918;

490 km Woof Byrock, AM R15239; Brewarinna, AM

RIS?TT1, 15775, 1608%-93; 10 km W oof Byrovk, AM

RI8338-53; Quambone, AM RIS7LO; Merri Merri Ck, ar

Caringda, AM R2KW6; Sturt NP. Tibooburra, SAM

RI4OKO, AM R42142-02: 16-22 ko Sof Condabolin on

West Wyalong Ral, AM R51221-31; Nacoleche Nature Res,

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF CYCLORANA PLATYCEPHALA 85

ANWC A1633; 40 km S of Walgett, ANWC A1266; Sandy

Camp, Macquarié Marshes, ANWC. A1326; Boolka L.,

via Torrowangie via Broken Lill, SAM R2063; 80 km N

of Brokem Hill, SAM R12534-40; 22 km E of Hay, SAM

RI3501A-B, 16 km W of Hay, SAM R13502, 50 km E of

Hay, SAM R13503; Fowlers Gap Stn, 110 km N of Broken

Hill, SAM R24350-51,

Methods of measurements and abbreviations

used in Table 1 follow Tyler (1968).

Results

The distribution map prepared [rom the

preceding records is presented as Fig. 2. It reveals

that, contrary to the suggestion of Tyler (1978), there

is probably no geographic discontinuity between the

southwestern and the southeastern populations, but

that the area of contact is tenuous. In addition it

shows that the longitudinal and latitudinal

assumptions of Cogger (1975) are exaggerated (Fiz.

1). Morphomeiric data of various samples are

presented in Table 1.

Western

Australia °

Northern

Territory

Australia

The western component of the species extends

from the Hammersley Ranges south and east to the

Great Victorian Desert. The eastern component

clearly is associated with the Lake Eyre Basin and

with the Darling and Murrumbidgee drainage

systems, exccpt for extreme southeast Queensland

where the species extends to the cast of the Great

Dividing Range,

Three N.T. records extend far beyond the overall

range: No. 26 Bore at Alroy Downs on the Barkly

Tablelands, Dunmarra and 8 km S of Dunmarra

on the Stuart Highway (Fig. l). The drainage of

Alroy Downs is liked to the Ranken River to the

west, a tributary of (he Georgina River which flows

into the Lake Eyre Basin, There has been very little

collecting along the Georgina River (access is

difficult, particularly in the wet season) and it is

quite possible that C, platycephala occurs along its

length.

Cyclorana slevinj Loveridge (1950) was described

from (wo specimens from Noondoo (Fig. 2) in

Fig. 2, Geographic distribution of Cycferane Platyeephata based on specimens in Australian muscums. A = No.

26 Bore, Alroy Downs; B = Dunmarra; C = Naondoo (type locality of C, s/evini); D = Fort Bourke (type locality

af C platycephaia),

84 M. 1. TYLER

southeast Queensland. A photograph of the

preserved holotype, 2 diagnosis and notes on the

collection of the specimens were provided by Slevin

(1955}, In his paper Loveridge stated that, in

accordance with Australian law, the holotypes of

this and cwo other species were being presented to

the Australian Museum. A footnote, evidently

added in galley proof, indicated that, whereas the

holotypes of two other species had been transferred,

the paratype of C sleviii had been substituted for

the holotype. Why this action was taken is unclear.

Moore (1961), presumably with access to the

paratype, considered C. stevini a valid species, and

included it in a series of species known only from

southeast Queensland, but which he considered

would alse be found in northeast New South Wales.

Dr H.G. Cogger showed me the paratype in 1965,

and [ aareed with his opinion that if was 4 junior

synronyii of C platycephaly. Hence | omitted C

stevin’ from a list of che frog fauna of Queensland

(Tyler 1976).

Cogger, Cameron & Cogger (1983) listed C

slevini a3 jumir synonym of C. platyecephala, but

the action was net supported by Frost (1985)

because it had not been substantiated by dala.

Accordingly [ havé fé-cxamined hoth types to

provide data and to formalise the suppression of

C slevini because that action appears (Oo be required,

The types of @ sfevird are dehydrated, sub-adult

specimens. In both specimens the broad, flattened

lead, small eyes, extensively webbed toes and grey

coloradion are features characteristic of C

plarveephala,

The type locality of C. sleviniis close fo the type

locality of C platyeephata (Fort Bourke, N.SMW.).

1 have no hesitation in confirming that € . sleviné

showld be referred to the synonymy of C

platycephala.

Discussion

The data indicate that C, platvegpigla does

indeed have an extensive geographic distribution,

involving a patiern that is unlike that of any other

Australian anutan. Historically one significant

factor is that the process of speciation in southern

Australia has been 4 consequence of the separation

of former transcontinental distributions into easlern

and western isolates, The distribution. of ©

platvcephala presented by Tyler (1978) questioned

whether geographic separation had occurred. Lt

would seem thar that is mot the case, bul thal

continuity is maintained.

Several interpretations of the distribution pattern

could be postulated, and 1 suggest that an

understanding of the history of the species in the

northern portion of the N.T, is particularly relevant

in that regard.

The records atand near Dunmarra appear to be

geographically isolated. With my colleagues

M. Davies, G F, Watson, A. A. Martin and D. J.

Williams | have visited these sites on several

occasions without locating the species; but our visils

have not coincided with favourable wet conditions,

We have noted that the area from Dunmarra to

about 13 km south is a plain of cracking <lays

isolated from the adjacent areca and from similar

soils on Alroy Downs and other sites on the Barkly

Tableland to the east where the species occurs. That

area is virtually unexplored zoologically but our

observations at ils periphery indicate that C

pleivcephala docs not occur there, Thus the

distribution of the species may have heen mare

extensive in the past. Further biochemical and

biological data are required (o determine whether

significant intraspecitic divergence can be detected

within the current geographic ratige.

Acknowledgments

For information upon and the loan of specimens

Erhank HG, Cogger, J. Coventry, A. Edwards, P:

Horner, G.J, Ingram, A- Leviton, M_ King, KR.

MeDonald, R.A. Sadlicr, L.A. Smith, GM. Stor!

and J. Wombey.

‘The investigation was supported by the University

of Adelaide. 1 thank Veronica Waid for technical

assistance and tor preparing the figures, and Larna

fucas for typing the manuscript

Taste I: Dimensions und proportions af sélected saiiples of aduli Cyclotana platycephala-

Locality n or SV

Dunmarra, N.1. & 52-57

Alroy Downs, N.T, & 3456

Charlotre Waters, Sit, 8 55-4

nr Condobotin, N.S, iT) 42-56

Boulizal, NSW. 1d 41-55

Prairie Downs Stn, W.A- i] -

Leonora aru, WA, 6 Sik S4

Wilkie Ck, Qld 4 39-49

Windorah, Old 7 34-03

Hynevor Downs Sta, Qid 5 47-34

Nappa Merrie Sin, Qld 5S 437

oS5NV PL/SeV HLSHW HL/S-V¥ OE-N/ES

54-08 Al-,39 -TH=84 32538 H7-itl

60-66 34-39 77-80 34-37 3-112

63-68 33-40 - - -

§2 35-40 74-83 33-37 1, M-1,29

51)-0t) 33-.3k 73-82 32-37, L.M=1,29

Ss-Atl 35—alh B2A5E 32-34 [.21-1,37

ST-65 38-34 80-86 42-48 [10-4 29

= 44-40 77-80 35-4) L.0e- 113

6i-72 AG-37 76-8) 32-35 {U7eL Jl

ob 34-40 79-84 2-47 119-138

- AG-SE RI-.8S 37-39 1.J4-1.28

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF CYCLORANA PLATYCEPHALA 85

References

Cocoer, H. G. (1975) “Reptiles and amphibians of

Australia.” (A.H. & AW. Reed, Sydney.)

; CAMERON, E.E, & Coccer, H. M. (1983)

“Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 1. Amphibia

and Reptilia.” (Aust. Govt Publ. Serv., Canberra.)

Fietcuer, J.J. (1890) Contributions to a more exact

knowledge of the geographical distribution of

Australian Batrachia, No. !. Proc, Linn, Soc, N.S.W.,

ser. 2, 5, 667-676.

_____ (1891) Contributions to a more exact knowledge

of the geographical distribution of Australian Batrachia,

No. 2. fbid., ser. 2, 6, 263-274.

(1892) Contributions to a more exact knowledge

of the geographical distribution of Australian Batrachia.

No. 3. /bid., ser. 2, 7, 7-19.

(1894) Contributions to a more exact knowledge

of the geographical distribution of Australian Batrachia.

No. 4. [bid., ser. 2, 8, 524-533.

(1898) Contributions to a more exact knowledge

of the geographical distribution of Australian Batrachia.

No, 5. a, Batrachia of Tasmania, b. Batrachia of West

Australia. Zbid., ser. 2, 12, 660-684,

Frost, D.R. (Ed,) (1985) “Amphibian species of the

World,” (Allen Press & Association of Systematic

Collections, Lawrence, Kansas.)

LITTLEJOHN, M.J. (1959) Call differentiation in a complex

of seven species of Crinia (Anura, Leptodactytidae).

Evolution 13, 452-468.

(1981) The Amphibia of mesic southern Australia:

a zoogeographic perspective. Jz A, Keast (Ed.)

“Ecological biogeagraphy of Australia”. (W. Junk, The

Hague).

Loveripce, A. (1950) New frogs of the genera Cyclorana

and Hy/a from southeastern Australia. Proc. biol, Soc.

Wash. 63, 131-138.

Moorr, J.A. (1961) The frogs of eastern New South

Wales. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 121(3), 149-386.

SLEvin, J.R. (1955) Notes on Australian amphibians.

Proce, Cal. Acad. Sci. 4th Ser., 28(8), 355-392.

Tycer, M.J, (1968) Papuan hylid frogs of the genus Hyla.

Zool. Verhand., Leiden (96), 1-203.

—_— , (1976) “Frogs.” (Collins, Sydney.)

: : (1978) “Amphibians of South Australia.”

(Handbooks Committee, Govt Printer, Adelaide.)

. Davies, M. & Martin, A.A. (1983) The frog fauna

of the Barkly Tableland, Northern Territory. Trans. R.

Sue. S. Aust. 107, 237-242.

, Watson, G.F. & Marlin, A.A. (1981) The

Amphibia: diversity and distribution. / A. Keast (Ed.)

“Ecological biogeography of Australia”. (W. Junk, The

Hague.)

Waite, E.R. (1931) “The reptiles and amphibians of

South Australia,” (British Science Guild, Adelaide.)

THE NEW GUINEA GENUS COPIULA MEHELY

(ANURA: MICROHYLIDAE): A NEW DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTER AND

A NEW SPECIES

BY THOMAS C. BURTON

Summary

Copiula Méhel¥ possesses a unique condition of the deltoid musculature. The nature of the throat

musculature of Copiula suggests a phylogenetic affinity to Sphenophryne. Copiula tyleri sp. nov. a

widespread species, occurring in the north of the New Guinea mainland, is characterized by an

unpigmented tympanum, strong contrast between the mid-dorsal and latero-dorsal ground colour, a

broad, short truncate snout, and nostrils that open laterally rather than anterolaterally. There remains

a number of specimens of Copiula that cannot be associated confidently with any of the named

species.

KEY WORDS: frog, microhylid, Copiula, pectoral muscles, deltoid, new species, morphology.

Hianue tions Whore Ravel Sorfedy oS. cane, (MMO, Pa) AF ud

THE NEW GUINEA GENUS COPIULA MEHELY (ANURA: MICROHYLIDAE):

A NEW DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTER AND A NEW SPECIES

by THOMAS. C. BURTON*®

Summary

Korton, T.C. 990) The New Guinea genus Copiilu Méhely (Anura; Microhylidae ): a new diagnostic

vharacter and a new species, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 114(2), 87-93, 31 May, 1990.

Copiula Méhel) possesses a unique condition of the delroid musculature, Phe navure of tlre throat

musculature of Copiulasuppests a phylogenetic alfinity to Sphenoplicyne, Copiula qwiert sp, nov, 2 widespread

species, occuring in the north of the New Guinea mainland, is characterized by an unpiemented ryaypanum,

strong contrast between the mid-dorsal and latero-dorsal ground colour, a broad, share Lruncale snout,

and nostrils that open laserally rather (han anterolaterally, There remains.a nuniber of specimens of Copiute

that vannot be associated confidently with any ot the named species.

Key Woros: frog, microhylid, Copivia, pectoral muscles, deltoid, new species, morphalagy.

Introduction

Copiula Mehel¥ (1901) was erected) Lo accom-

modate Pirinixalus oxprhinus Boulenger (1898).

Parker (1934) referred Copivia Lo |e synonymy of

Cophixaias, where it remained until Menzies & Tyler

41977), with access to newly available specimens,

resurrected it for C. axvrhing and lwo new species.

C. fistutans and G miner, Burton & Stocks (1986)

described a fourth species (pipiens) from

specimens collected in 1983, In ther account of the

aystentalics Of Cepinda, Menzies & Tyler (1977)

emphasized three features that distinguish it from

Copkivalus. Boetiger, the other genyaplirynine

penus then consisting of frogs lucking clavicles and

procoracoids: (a) rostral glands and an assaciated

Irunstucent while tip to the snout; (b) premaxitlae

with broad-based alary processes; and (ce) finger

dises less expanded than toe discs,

There are problems with the above diagnosis. R,

G. Zweite! (in litt) points oul that Coplrisatis

pénses and © sphagaieola lack expanded finger

dises $0 that rhe toe discs are broader at their fips

than the fingers (Zweifel & Allison 1982). Moreover,

Zweifcl points oui That some species of Sphencr

phryre [among then_S. seh/aginkau/eni (pers. obs.)]

possess Translucent, glandular tips to their snouts,

Finally, | have heen nnuble fo confirm the difference

in the morphology of the premuxillae: the ulary

processes of specimens of Cophixalus riparius and

and oppear similar in structure ro those of Copinla

Jisailons, Paradoxically, species of Coputla are

probably easier (0 assign to genus [han any other

cenyophrynine species, bul ueither external mor-

phology nor skeletal structuces vieldl unequivocal

elargelers to support the genus.

* Dept af iological | & Chentical Sciences, Bendigo

CLA,E.,, PQ How 199, Bendiga, Vic, 35350.

lt is clear, however, that charavters uf the

musculature are useful at all levels, including

peneric, in the systematics of microhylid (rogs.

Burton (1986) based much of his revision of the

Asterophryinae on characters of the musculature.

In the present study, muscles of the throat, pectoral

girdle and foot provide useful information and are

introduced here,

Frogs possess three transversely directed muscles

between the mandibles: the Af submentatis (the

most anterior), the M. iermandibularis and the

M. infterkvaidens., In addition, the microhylids

possess One or more supplementary slips to the M7

tnermandibularts (Tyler, 1974'; Emerson 1976).

All of the genyophrynines possess one

supplementary slip (Burton 1986), but exhibis

diversity in its Origin and orientation. This diversity

has proven jaxonomically useful at various. levels

(Tier (974'; Burton 1984, 1986).

Burton (1983a-> showed chat the condition

shured by some members of all of the micrahylid

subfamilies that he examiltied was a single narrow

supplementary slip arting via a tendon from

posteriorly on the mandible aad passing

anteroniedially, parallel with the mandible, to insert

on # median tendinous mass underlying the

junction of the mentomeckelians. {his condition

is figured for Cuphixalas ornatuy by Burton (1984)

and €. kaindiensis (Burton 1986). Its distribution

through several subfamilies (Asterophryinae,

Brevicipitinae. Dyscophinae, Genyophryninae and

Microhylinae) suggests that it is the primitive

condition, using the eriterion of Kluge (1976) that

a character state widespread among taxa related at

Tyler, M, J. (1974) Superficial mandibular musculature

and wocal sac structure of (he Anura. M.Sc. Lhesis,

_ University of Adelaide, Unpubl,

- Rorton, fC U9R Iu) The phylogeny of phe Papuan

subfamily Asterephryinae (Anura: Mierohylidacl. Ph.D

(esis, Universiry of Adctaide. Unpubi.

BE THOMAS C XURTON

the next higher taxonomic level that ocherwise have

little in common is pleseiomarphic.

The deltoid muscle of frogs usually consists of

two or three slips inserting on the humerus, the

number of slips depending im parr on the

completeness of the pectoral girdle (Jones 1933),

The M_ episternohumeralis, a ising from medially

on the ventral surface of the sternum and/or

episternum (depending on che presence of an

eplstermuin), afd the M. acromiostumteralis, arising

from the scapula, are apparently always. present,

however mouct the pectoral girdle may be reduced

QVenes 1933; Burton 19832"), Vrogs with a

‘somplete” pectoral girdic, 1c, including a fully

developed clavicle, usually possess a small slip, che

M. cleidohumeraks, arising from the ventral surface

ol the eclaviele No genyophrynine, ever if it

possesses a clavicle, possesses this slip (Burlon

19838"),

The M. acroniohumeralis is generally (e.g., Rang

teripevariu, Ecker 1889; personal observations) a

broad muscle consisting of (41 short fibres from the

amerior margin of the scapula which Insert along

the ventral surface of the humerus, and (b) a lone

superficial straptike portion which consists of

parallel sers of fibres arising from two origins. The

more medial fibres arise from laterally on the

anterior margih of the acromion; the more lateral

fihres arise from the medial surface of the scapula,

pass laterally, curving around the dorsal surface of

the acromion, and run alongside the more lateral

fibres from the anterioe margin of the acrormion,

This strap-like component of the deltoid mus-

culatute runs the length of the humerus, and inserts

on the ulnar epicondyle of the humerus. In

genyuphrytiines of the geneta Cophixalus and

Sphenogarvne examined inthis sturdy, these fibres

arise distally on the posterior surface of the

corucoid instead Of the medial margin of the

scapula,

Burtan {1983a°) demonstrated that the foot and

hand aiuscalarure of the New Guinea microhylids

is Very Gonservative and, therefore, useful taxo-

nomically. In genyoplirynines a foot muscle, the Wf

flexor ossis diguté IV, typically arises From the

fibulare and inserts along the Whole length of the

Jateroplantar surface of metatarsus 1'Y-

When Menzies & Tyler (1977) tesurrected Copiula

they dealt only with species from eastern New

Guinea, while acknowledging the existence of

specimens from the Cyclops Range in Iran Jaya,

800 km west of their most westerly site for C

fistetans. Copiula pipiens was subsequently

described from Wewak, 500 km north-west of the

species discussed by Menzies & Tyler (Burton &

Stocks 1986), In the course of # broader study of

Copiula, a series Of morphologically distinctive

frogs wee found to have been collected from a

number of sites rangiug from che Cyclops Range

eastwards to Within about 2X kn northewest of the

known range of C fisrulans.

Materials and Methods

The following specimens were examimed for

ctumpartson with the new species, and are lodged

in collections. abbreviated as [ollows: AMNH -

Anéricah Museum of Natural History, New York;

AU?, — Department of Zoology, University of

Adelaide (unregistered); BMNH - British Museum

(Natural History, London); RMINH - Rijksmuseum

van Natuurlijke Histone, Leiden; SAM - South

Australian Museum, Adelaide; UPNG - Depart

ment of Biology, University of Papua New Cuinea,

Perl Moresby.

Copinla fistulans Menzies & , Tyler AMNH

59894-6, S1128-31, 82951-2: AUZ A723, D7425 SAM

R5852, RSS79, RG282-3, RId43-8, RL4239-50,

R1l4497 (holotype), RISOR1, R23836-7; C minor

Menzies & Tyler AMNH 36908, 56939-40), 56958,

56960, 56971-2, 56986, 56997-8, $7046-7, §7050-4;

SAM R15245 (paratype); C, wacprAiae (Boulenger)

AMNH 59894-8, £9957-60, 39992-60000, 60013,

60018-9, A0U36-46; BMNH 1947.2.11.99, 1947.2.12.4

(syntypesy; SAM R 10647, RK 14237-3, RIEOSD;

UPNG 1371, 2612, 4311, 5204-5; C. pipiens Burton

& Stocks ype series AMNH 123698; SAM R 29779

(hotovypel-82; UPN 7025-8 (incorrectly cited by:

Burton & Stocks (1986) as 7205-8); unidentified

Copiila; AMNH 49514, 49554, 79961. BMNH

1928.6.6.2,3; RMNH 5256, 5269.

Olher Genyophryninae:! Coplixalus orialis

SAM R12321; & porkeri SAM RSSTSA, RSSISA,

RSSI3A; C. rigarius SAM Rol4s, RO2SA:

Sphesophryne macrorkynoha SAM R695; S.

patimipes SAM Rti157,

Otter Microhytidae: Aylopherbus rufescens

SAM R6285B; Naloula pictw SAM R13603B;

Mantephryne lateralis SAM RARBTA, R934;

Phonomanis humicola compra SAM RS8254: P

stitiozaster SAM RS202.

Other families: Hylidae; Litorie cnerulee SAM

R23974; Leptodacrylidac! Limnodynastes perant

SAM R24273; J. dumerili SAM RISUM: Ranidac:

Rana grisea SAM R8294B: RF. paepee SAM R7695,

Specimens were preserved in 65% oT 70%

ethanol, The folknwing measurements were laken:

Snout-veart leneth (S-V1, head width (HW), head

Jength (HL), tibial length {TL}, Eye diameter (EB),

Eye-nari§ distance (E-N), internarial distance (1N),

diameter of tympanum (T), and snout length (SN).

Measurements were carried oul using Mitutoyo disal

cahpers, and follow the methods of Burton &

Stocks (9861, Myological dissections were Facill-

NEW COPIULA SPECIES 8Y

tiated by use of the iodine-potassium indide solution

of Bock & Shear (1972).

Specimens were, or had been, cleared and double-

stained for skeletal examination acvarding to the

method of Dingerkus & Ubler (1977). Some

specimens were [lensed and cleared of soft tissue

by application of sodium hypochlorite solution and

allowed to dry slowly. Nomenclature.of muscles and

skeletal structures follows Burton (1986),

Myological Characters of Copia

The superficial throat musculature af Copiufe

includes a single supplementary slip of the Af.

Infermandibylaris: & broad sheet arising from the

anterior part of the ventral margin of the

angulosplenial, and passing madially and only

slightly anteriorly to insert on the ventral epimysium

of the M. submentalis and the adjacent median

aponeurosis of the anterior portion of the Af,

intermandibularis, This slip was Illustrated by

Burton (1986), and resembles closely that of

Sphenophryne described and figured by Burton

(1984),

The lack of clavicles and procoracoids led Parker

(1934) to associate Copinia with Cophixalus but the

nature of the throat musculature is stronger

evidence of the phylogenetic relationships of

Copuda with Sphenophryne, as it is clearly a

synapomorphy (Burton (986). TL is likely that

clavicles and procoracoids have been lost several

umes in the evolution of the New Guinea

microhylids (Burton (986) and chat reduction of the

pectoral girdle, vhercfore, is not_a reliable phylo-

Senetic character.

The deltoid musculature of Copied (Fig, 1)

resembles that of other genyophrynines, except that

the portion of the AZ acromiohumeralis which

arises from the coracoid of Copixla differs fram

thal of other genyophrynines in origin, course and

insertion, In Copinla this portion has a broad origin

occupying the middle one-half approximately of the

anterior margin of the coracoid. The fibres of this

Portion converge as they pass anterolaterally across

the anterior margin of the acromian (dorsal ro che

acromian in other frogs), before passing atong the

lateral surface of the humerus, Instead af merging

with the strap-like portion from the acromion, as

in other Frogs, it passes mediatly, deep to the Strap

like portion, and inserts on the crista ventralis and

the adjacent lateroventral surface of the humerus.

This condition is not found in other New Guinea

niicrohylid genera, or in the other 22 microhylid

genera examined by Burton (1986), und has tut been

reported for any other genus,

his unique muscle sip is found easily in

dissection of the pectoral girdle, and in sorne spirit

specimens with translucent ventral skin it can be

seen clearly through a dissecting microscope

sometimes without making an incision, In thar rhe

condition described here is found in all frogs

referred to Copiula by the combination of

characlers presented by Menzies & Tyler (1977), and

in that this slip is unique to Copiula and is relatively

easy to find, possession of this condition of the

delioic! musculature is diagnostic for Copiula and

taxonomically useful.

The M. flexor ossi digiti 1V of Copiula inserts

only on the proximal one-hal! at the lateroplantar

surface of metatarsus IV, This. is the condition

shared by most of the asterophryine genera but no

ather genyophrynine, and is described and figured

by Burton (1983 b), As it is a difficult muscle to

Fig. t. Ventral views of the pectoral mvisculature of the

left side of Copiula tyleri, sp. nov, showing the

components af the Af. wcrorriohumeralis A, with all

muscles intact, and B, stter removal of superficial

muscles and severing of strap-like portion, a, shart {Whites

from acromion; b, straptike portion: ¢, portion

originating from coracgid.

90 THOMAS. C, BURTON

dissect, it is of usc in phylogenetic studies rather

than of taxonomic value:

Copiuli tyleri sp. nov.

FIGS 2-5

Holotype: AMNH 77542, an adult male collected

at Mt Hunstein, 1220 m, 142°39'E, 4°31'S, East

Sepik Province, Papua New guinea on {3.viii.1966

by R. Hoogland.

Definition: A small species with a conspicuously

unpigmented tympanum; dorsum distinctly more

heavily pigmented medially than laterally; snout

relatively short (SN/E<1.40) and broad; the nostrils

opening laterally.

Description of holotype: Head roughly tnan-

gular, longer than broad (HL/HW 1.06) (Fig. 2).

Head width more than ! snout to vent length

(AW/S-V 0.36). Snout relatively shore (SNE 1,31),

with rounded, translucent white tip projecting well

beyond maxillae. Nostrils lateral; internarial

distance much greater than-eye Lo haris distance (E-

NVIN 0.61). Canthus rostralis well defined and

curved when seen from above; loreal region almost

vertical, Eye small (E/S-V 0,106), bur larger than

cye-to-naris distance. Tympanum small (1.6 mm)

and conspicuously unpigmented in constrast to dark

pignient of side of head and scapula area; no

supratympanic fold.

Tongue more than half free posteriorly, ‘Single

transverse prepharyngeal ridge present, denticulate.

Fingers and twes.unwebbed (Fig. 3); terminal discs

with marginal grooves: discs of toes broader than

dises of fingers; order of lengths of fingers

J>4>2>1; order of lengths of toes

4>3>5>2>1; inner metatarsal tubercle small and

oval: ourer metatarsal tubercle absent.

Skin of dorsal and ventral surfaces smooth,

Colour in preservative: dorsum mid purplish-brown

medially, with indistinct dark brown to black

blotches, grading laterally to a pale grey contrasting

stronaly with dark postorbital strips. Tip af snout

unpigmented. Postorbital stripe broad and irregular,

extending beyond arm. Flanks dark brown blotched

pale grey. Tympanum golden-brown contrasting

with dark postorhital stripe. Ventral surfaces pale

Fig 3. A, palmar surface on the left hand and B, planiar

surface of the left foot of the holotype of Copitla tyler!

sp, nov.

Fig. 2. A, dorsal and B, lateral views of the head af the holotype of Copuela alert sp. bs

NEW COPIULA SPECIBS

cream-grey, suffused with brown in submandibular

fegion and on undersurlace of tibia and foor.

Hiosacral articulation direct and ligamentous.

There is no information on the call of this species.

Dimensions of holotype: SV 24,5 mm: HW 8.7

mm, HL 9.2 mm) TL 12.1 mm; E 2.6 mm: G-N 1.7

mm; IN 2.8 mm; T 1,6 mm; SN 3.4 nm,

Etymology: The species is named in honour of

Michael J, Tyler, whose contribution to the

laxonamy of Australian and New Guinean frogs ts

immense, who, with Menzies, resurrected Copiutla,

and to whom the author is deeply indebted

personally and professionally. It is evidence of the

perversity of nature that the legs of Copiula uteri

are a8 moderate in length a Tyler’s aren't,

Variation

There are 13 paratypes: AMNH 781(3 (gravid 9),

Mt Nebo, 70)-1550.m, 20 km NE of Lumi, 142°2"R,

3°25'S, West Sepik Province, J. Diamond 14.1966:

AMNH 78114 (gravid 9), Mt Menawa, Bewani

Mins, 15 km NE of Utai, 141°33’E, 3°22°S West

Sepil Province, J. Diamond 2-¥.viii.1966; AMNH

77543 (gravid 9) collecred with the holotype;

AMNH 82949 (adult cr), Wanuma, 145°20'E,

4°50°S, 670m Adelbert Mtns, Madang Province,

R. G. Zweifel 3.viii1969; BMINH 1938.6.5.93-96,98

{adult oor), 1938,6,5,97, 99 fiimmature 9 9),

Cyclops Range, 910-1220 m, Ifian Jaya ca 140°40'R,

2°30'S,E. Cheesman; SAM R33774 (adult ory

collected with the holotype. More precise data of

sites and dates of capture are unavailable for the

Cyclops Range specimens,

The adult males measure 19.6-24.5 SV, and the

females 24,2-25.5 min S-V. The diameter af the

Jargest unpigmented mature ovum observed is 2.9

mm. Hind limbs are moderately long (TL/S-¥

0.45-0.49}, HE¢HW varies widely (0.93-1.13), SN/E

is very low (1,201.31). E-N/IN. varies between

6,60-0,79,

Coloration in preservative varies. Im general

specunens from the Cyclops Range are browner,

sometimes honey-coloured, whereas specimens from

elsewhere are grey-purple, Whether this reflects

different length of preservation (the Cyclops Range

specimens were collected approximately 30 years

before che others), or the preservative practives

adopted by collectors or museums. or any real

dilterence is uaclear, The postorbital stripe varies

in breadth and extent, bur it is broad and extends

beyond the arnotin all specimens,

Ventral colour ranges from pale mauve through

pale cteam, and §n Some specimens the ventral

colour af the thigh is pale orange. Density of the

mottling of the submandibular region varies from

slight peppering to heavy «mottling,

Pig, 4, Distribution of Copiula tyleri sp. nov. in Eastern

New Guinea, C pipiens and an unidenufied Copitla.

C. tyleti; squares, 1, Cyclops Ra; 2, Mt Bewani: 3, Mt

Nebo, 4, Mt Hunstein; 5, Wanuma. C. pipiens: triangle

Wewak district, Unidentified Cupiu/g) diamond

Soliabeda,

Habitat and Distribution

In his ficld holes on AMNH 82949, R. G, Zweifel

states, “I found this one hiding beneath a broad leaf

on the forest floor inthe daytime. When uncovered,

it tried to hide in a hole in the ground”. The Cyclops

Range specimens were collected from “dense forest”.

Information regarding the altitudes of collecting

sites is sketchy, but the minimum range of altitudes

is 670 m (Wanuma) to 1220 m (Mt Hunstein and

Cyclops Ra), Collecting sites are marked on Fig.

4, All sites are to the north of the central highlands.

Colour in Life

R. G. Zweifel has supplied ficld notes of one of

the paratypes (AMNH $2949) “Mid-dorsal area

from snout to cloaca moderately dark brown edged

laterally with lighter, more golden brown. There is

a dark lateral band from the snoutto mid-flank that

is much darker brown than the middle of the back.

A light yellow line separates this dark brown from

the lighter brown of the snout along the canthus

rostralis, and this line continues. up aver the edge

of the evelid. The upper surlaces of the limbs are

much the same colour as the middle of the back

but have a few lighter and darker speckles oni them,

The tinder surfaces ave grayish white with a faint

yellowish tinge in the groin and in the: axillary

regions, There is a general grey mottling on the chin

which is much weaker on the chest and entirely

absent on the lower abdomen. Similar mottling

42 THOMAS C. BURTON

Fig. 5, Oudlines of dorsal views of heads of A, Copiula

iyleri sp. nov; B, C. pipiens Button & Stocks, C,C.

minor Menzies & Tyler.

reappears on the utider surfaces of the hind limbs;

The iris is dark brown, almost black, with tiny

golden flecks. The horizontal pupil is conspicuously

margined with a reddish gold line”.

Comparison with other species

Copiula rleri sp, nov. is a small species

(maximum size of adult males 24.5 mm, females

25.5 mm §-V), distiner on this account from C-

fistulans adult males (25.1-29.2 mm, females

29,4-33.5 S-V), Unlike the other small species (CC

minor, C. oxyrhina. C. pipiens) there is strong

contrast between the dark mid-dorsum and paler

lateral dorsum, the tympanum is generally

conspicuously unpigmented (Fig. 2) (dark and

indistinct in other species), and the snout is truncate

and broad, the nostrils opening laterally (Fig, 2)

(anterolateral opening im other species), Fig, 5 shows

a comparison between the shapes of the snouts of

C tyleri sp, nov, C minor and C, pipiens. ©.

axyrhind is so variable as to preclude its

representation by a single morphotypy (Burton &

Stocks: 1986).

Copiula wieri sp. nov. differs from C, fistulans,

C miner and C. oxvrhina in having a direct

ligamentous. attachment between the ilium and

sacrum. ©. pipiens shaves the C. tyleri condition,

wut can be distinguished by characters of the

dorsum, tympanum and snout noted above, and

probably. by colour in life, as C. pipiens is tinged

orange-pink in areas of the back and vent,

compared with Zweafel's accaunt of C. tvleri above.

The snout of C pipiens is relatively long (min,

SN/E 145 compared with C ivlert max. SN/E

1.31)(Fig. 5).

The shared possession of.a direct ligamentous

attachment between the ilium and sacrum may

suggest that the closest relation of C. (weri sp. nov.

is C. pipiens, but the polarity and hence utility of

this character is unknown (Burton 1986), The range

of C. pipiens is poorly known: the only specimens

were obtained from the Wewak area (Fig. 4). The

range of C. tylerapparently surrotinds that of C

pipiens, but there is no information to sugyest thar

the ranges of the two species abut or overlap.

Unidentified mainland specimens

Two specimens from Mt Nomio, Irian Jaya (BM

NH 1938.6.6.2-3) probably represent a further

undescribed species. Both are small (S-V 19,1, 18.3),

slender and little pigmented, and BMNH 1938.6.6.2

possesses a very long snout. Unfortunately, these

specimens are in poor condition because of previous

exploratory dissection and it is impossrble to sex

or age them, or to determine the relationship

between the ilium and sacrum.

AMNH 49536 and 49554 (juvenile) from

Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, Irian Jaya cannot

be referred to the species closest geographically, C.

pipiens and C. tvleri, as they lack the direct

ligamentous attachment between ilium and sacrum,

They resemble most closely the geographivally

distant . oxyrhine. Similarly, AMNH 79961 (S-V

27.4 mm) from Soliabeda, Chimby Province (Fiz,

4) falls into the size range of C. fisru/ans, but the

site is 250 km to the west of the known range of

that species. Bach instance may represent either a

Tange extension or 2 new species, but either nrore

specimens to allow-a study of variation or call data

are needed before their {dentity can be resolved.

RMNH 5256 and $269 from Timena River, {rian

Jaya are tiny (S-V 15.3 mm, 15.7 mm), and appear

juvenile, Ii is therefore impossible to determine their

specific identity.

Acknowledgments

Specimens were provided by the following

jnstitulions and their curators of agsdciates:

NEW COPIULA SPECIES 93

American Museum of Natural History (R. G.

Zweifel); British Museum (Natural History)(B.

Clark); Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie (M.

Hoogmoed) South Australian Museum .(M. JI. Tyler,

A, Edwards) and University of Papua New Guinea

(P. Lambley). R. G. Zweifel provided encourage-

ment, distribution maps and field notes as well as

specimens, and to him my debt is incalculable.

Zweifel also provided the map on which Fig. 4 is

based. M. J. Tyler and M. Davies read the manu-

script and provided valuable criticisms, Much of the

work was undertaken whilst 1 was a Visiting

Research Fellow in the Department of Zoology,

University of Adelaide.

References

Bock, W. J. & SHiiar C. R_ (1972) A staining method for

gross dissection of vertebrate muscles. Anat, Anz, 130,

220-227.

Bouvencer, G, A, (1898) Fourth report on additions to

the batrachian collection in the Natural History

Museum. Prac. zool. Suc. London 3, 473-482,

Burton, T. C. (1983b) The musculature of the Papuan

frog Phrynomaniis stictogaster (Anura: Microhylidae).

J. Morphol. 175, 307-323.

(1984) A new character to distinguish the

Australian microhylid genera Cophixalus and Spheno-

phryne, J. Herpetol 18, 205-207.

(1986) A reassessment of the Papuan subfamily

Asterophryinae (Anura: Microhylidae). Rec. S. Aust.

Mus, 19, 405-450.

& Stocks, R. (1986) A new species of terrestrial

microhylid frog from Papua New Guinea, Trans, R. Sac.

S. Aust, 110(4), 155-158.

Dincerkus, G. & User, L, D. (1977) Enzyme clearing

of alcian bluc stained whole small vertebrates for

demonstration of cartilage. Svain Technology 52,

229-232.

Ecker, A. (1889) “The Anatomy of the Frog” (G. Haslam

translation), (Clarendon Press, Oxford),

Emerson, S. B. (1976) A preliminary report on the

superficial throat musculature of the Microhylidae and

its possible role in tongue action. Cepeia 1976, 546-551,

Jones, E. [. (1933) Observations on the pectoral

musculature of Amphibia Salientia. Ann. Mag, Nat.

fist. 12, 403-420.

Kuuce, A. G, (1976) Phylogenctic relationships in the

lizard family Pygopodidae, an evaluation of theory,

methods and data. Misc, Publ, Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich.

152, 1-72,

MEHELY, L, y. (1901) Beitrage zur kenntniss der Engy-

stomatiden von Neu-Guinea, Jermesz. Fiizetek. 24,

169-271.

Menzies, J. 1. & Tyer, M. J. (1977) The systematics and

adaptations of some Papuan microhylid frogs which live

underground. 4, Zoo/, 183, 431-464.

Parker, H. W. (1934) “A Monograph of the Frogs of the

Family Microhylidae”. (British Museum (Natural

History), London),

ZWEIFEL, R, G. & ALiison, A, (1982) A new montane

microhylid frog from Papua New Guinea, and

comments On the status of the genus Aphantophryne.

Amer, Mus. Noyit. (2723), 1-14.

ON THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHITON

PARACHITON VERCONIS (COTTON & WEEDING, 1939)

(MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA: LEPTOCHITONIDAE)

BY K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES

Summary

Transactions of the Royal Society af S. Aust., (1990), 114(2), 95-97,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

ON THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHITON

PARACHITON VERCONIS (COTTON & WEEDING, 1939)

(MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA: LEPTOCHITONIDAE)

Cotton & Weeding (1939)' described the chiton,

Parachiton yerconis, from a single posterior valve dredged

in 1909 off St Francis Island, South Australia. No complete

specimen of this form has been recorded and, although

the name has been adopted by various authors” ", they

note its close resemblance to the eastern Australian species

Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis Hull, 1923, and Kaas &

Van Belle" suggest that it may be a subspecies of it. Two

complete specimens of P verconis collected in South

Australia have been located recently, providing the

opportunily to compare it with L. (P) puppis; it is

apparent that the two forms are conspecific.

The material reported here is deposited in the Australian

Museum, Sydney (AM), and the South Australian

Museum, Adelaide (SAM), Spirit material is preserved in

2% tormaldehyde/propylene glycol solution. The radula

was prepared for examination under a scanning electron

microscope (SEM) after the method of Bandel’.

Systematics

Family Leptochitonidae Dall, 1889

Genus Leptochiton Gray, 1847

Subgenus Parachiton Thiele, 1909

Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis (Hull, 1923)

FIGS 1-3

Parachiton puppis Hull, 1923*, p. 158, pl. 24, figs 1-5;

Iredale & Hull, 1925", p. 344, pl. 39, figs 15-19: [redale

& Hull, 1927"), p..46, pl. 6, figs 15-19.

Lepidopleurus puppis: Ashby, 1924!', p. 322.

Fig. 1, Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis (SAM DI8415). A. whole specimen, x 8.5; B. detail of girdle, x 30.

Parachiton verconis Cotton & Weeditig, 1939!, p. 183, pl.

7, tig. 2; Cotton & Godfrey, 1940°, p, 482, fig. 464;

Cotton & Godfrey, 1940", p. 22; Cotton, 1964', p, 21, fig.

12.

Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis: Kaas, 1977", p. 85;

Kaas & Van Belle, 1980", p. 107; Kaas & Van Belle, 1985",

p. 169, fig. 78, map 25,

Leptochiton (Parachiton) verconis: Kaas, 1977!" p. 85;

Kaas & Van Belle, 1980", p. 139; Kaas & Van Belle, Oss",

p. 177, fig, 83, map 25, »

Leptochiton verconis: Zeidler & Gowlett, 1986"', p. TIL,

Material examined: Types: Parachiton puppis: Holotype

(AM C49540) and paratype (AM C149663), Bottle and

Glass Point, Vaucluse, N.SW., coll, A.F.B, Hull & W.

Barnes. Purechiton verconis: Holotype (SAM D11689)

(single posterior valve), St Francis Id, Nuyts Archipelago,

S, Aust., dredged in 27-37 m (15-20 fm), coll, J. C. Vereo,

1909,

Ovher material: SAM 110670 (1) from Bottle and Glass

Rocks, Vauclise, N.SMW., coll. E, Ashby, 25.ix.1923; SAM

114929 (1) from off Brighton, S. Aust., dredged in 18 m,

coll. M. Tilbrook, 8.vi.1968; SAM DI18415 (1) from off

Monument Hill, northern Spencer Gulf, 5. Aust.,

(32°50'00"S, 137°50'52"E), using Smith-McIntyre Grab

dredge in 11 m, coll. E. Oks, ix.1987,

Description: A specimen from Bottle and Glass Rocks,

Vaucluse, N.SW., was described in detail”. Supplementary

datai-

Small chiton to 18 mm (Fig. 1A), Tegmentum with

aesthetes arranged in semicircular groups, usually of five

aesthetes, on each of the coalescing pustules of the lirae,

with the semicircles opening anteriorly (Figs 2A, 2B).

Posterior yalve with postmucronal slope steep, Straight to

slightly concave (Fig. 3).

On the dorsal girdle, the “gothic candle-like™ spicules

of Kaas & Van Belle" are random, close-set, becoming

larger and denser toward valves in fresh specimens (Fig,

IB). These spicules are easily dislodged, and usually are

missing from specimens from older collections.

Radula (Pig. 2C) with narrow, very elongate central

tveth, each with median longitudinal ridge, apical edge

of head irregular; first lateral teeth narrow, very elongate,

strongly curved; major lateral teeth elongate, narrow

basally, with wide, bluntly tricuspidate heads, central cusp

longest,

Ctenidia large, merobranchial, adanal without

interspace, with 10-17 on each side.

Habiiat On and under stones, pebbles and shell

fragments in sand, intertidal to at least 27 m depth.

Runge South-eastern Australia, from Vaucluse, central

N.SW. to Nuyts Archipelago, western S, Aust, not

recorded [rom Vic, or Tas.

Fig. 2. Leptochiton (Paraehitan) puppis. A. tegmentlum

surface showing coalescing pustules and aesthetes,

paratype, scale bar = 100 um (AM C149663); B. detail

of tegmentum surface showing aesthetes, paratype, scale

bar = 20 pm (AM €149663); C, radula, scale bar =

100 pm (SAM DI8415),

Fig. 3. Leptuchiton (Parachiton) puppis. Posterior valve lateral profiles. A. holotype (AM C49540); B, paratype (AM

149663); C, Parachiton verconis holatype (SAM D11689); D. (SAM D10670); E. (SAM D14929); FE. (SAM D18415);

scale bar = 1 mm.

Remarks The main difference between verconis and

puppis!' is fewer granulose lirae on the posterior valve in

verconis, which was shown to be incorrect by Kaas & Van

Belle”. The only other difference given between the two

forms was the shape of the posterior valve postmucronal

slope: concave in verconis, straight in Puppis. An

examination of the available specimens has shown

intergrading between the two extremes (Fig. 3), so this

feature is not a consistent difference. Accordingly,

Parachiton verconis Cotton & Weeding, 1939, is

‘Cotton, B. C. & Weeding, B. J. (1939) Trans. R. Soc.

S. Aust. 63(2), 180-99. pl. 7.

“Cotton, B. C. & Godfrey, F. K, (1940) “The Molluscs

of South Australia, Part II: Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda,

Aplacophora and Crepipoda.” (S. Aust. Govt Printer,

Adelaide).

‘Cotton, B. C. & Godfrey, F. K. (1940) Malac, Soc.

S. Aust, 2, 1-32.

‘Cotton, B. C. (1964) “South Australian Mollusca:

-Chitons.” (S, Aust. Govt Printer, Adelaide).

“Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R, A. (1980) “Catalogue of Living

Chitons (Mollusca; Polyplacophora)", (W. Back huys,

Rotterdam),

"Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R. A, (1985) “Monograph of

considered a synonym of Leptochiron (Parachiton) puppis

(Hull, 1923).

Kaas & Van Belle" record L. (P) puppis from Port

Stephens, N.SW., citing a record in Ashby". However, the

specimen referred to there (prabably SAM D10670) is

stated to-have been collected at Bottle and Glass Rocks,

Vaucluse, so thal record is in error.

1 thank Mr 1. Loch (AM) for the loan of the type

specimens of Pyrachitan puppis. The photographs were

taken by Mrs J. Forrest and Ms A, Renfrey (SEM).

living chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Vol. 1. Order

Neoloricata: Lepidopleurina", (Brill, Leiden).

‘Bandel, K. (1984) Zool. Verhandl.; Leiden 214, 1-188.

"Hull, A. F. B, (1923) Aust, Zool. 3, 157-166, pls 24-26.

“Iredale, T. & Hull, A, FB. (1925) Aust. Zool. 4(2),

75-111, pls 9-12.

“Iredale, T, & Hull, A. FB, (1927) “A Monograph of

the Australian Loricates (Phylum Mollusca-Order

_ Loricata).” (R. Soc. N,SW., Sydney).

‘Ashby, E, (1924) Trans, R, Soc, S. Aust, 48, 313-22, pl.

31.

“Kaas, P, (1977) Basteria 41, 81-86,

"Zeidler, W. & Gowlett, K. L. (1986) Rec, 5. Aust, Mus.

19(8), 97-115.

K. I, GOWLETT-HOLMES, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S, Aust. 5000,

LEIOLOPISMA TRILINEATUM (GRAY, 1838), AN ADDITION TO THE

HERPETOFAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY MARK N. HUTCHINSON

Summary

Frrciarions af the Boyt Society af § Ausi (M90), L402) 99 IM,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

LEIOLOPISMA TRILINEATUM (GRAY, 1838), AN ADDITION TO THE

HERPETOFAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Two scincid lisandy, Leiafopism tritineatium (Gray,

1838) from sauthwesteri and southeastern Australia and

Tasmania, and L. plotenotunr (Peters. R81) from

feiperale eastern Australia (Fig, 1), have been recognised

as close relatives, Whilled as the 2, frilimegnunt specics

group', The southern Australian taxon, L fridinewtus,

was subsequently divided ita wo species’. The name L.

{rilireatum was restricted to the southwest, and

Populations from sautheastern Aysttalia were assigned eo

f, dheperreyi (Gray, 1838), The @, iriliavatnme species group

helongs to the 4, bdMdini group, one of two assemblages

within Ausialia's Leiclopisma radiation’, and has also

been regarded as the sister lineage 10 Progblephartus and

Morethia'-

Sourh Australian populations, distributed in coastal and

lemperale habitats from Kangaroo Island ta the Victorian

border, all conform (o £. duperrey) in having well

developed lateral siriped patterning, including a white

midlaleral stripe etived below by a hlack line, and a pantow

but prominent white dorsolateral line along the middle

of scale raw 3 from the level of the car ta the base of the

tail, These populailoms represent the western limil of £-

duperrévi, while the eastern limit of £. trilineatwm is at

the western end of the Great Australian Bight (Western

Australian Moscum (WAM] R91637, Biltbunva Dunes,

west oF Point Culver), Na records of either species had

bees made from the iilervening, arid certain of the

Bight!’ Aa

During April-May 1988, Iwo specimens of the <

frilineatum spesey gtOup were callected on he Jussicu

Peninsula, atthe tin of the Eyre Peninsula, The firsi,

(Museum of Victoria) NMV D60954, a female of §2 mm

SVL, from Wanna, at jhe eastern end of Steaforu Bay,

was collected hy S Dounellan and G, Armstrong. The

second, NMV D30955, male of 63 min SVL, from just

south of Taylor's Landing on te asl coasr of the Jussieu

Peiluisula, was collected by jhe author and D, Pollock,

Both specimens were collected fram clumps of 4 coastal

shrub, Calocephnles tevwai! (Asteraceae), growing on

focky graund a few metres from coaslal cliff edees.

Calocephalus forms raided hummocks up) to 80em high

and 0 mm or more in diameter and, i This area, provides

4 humid, shaded refuge for a variety ot reptiles,

fn colour pattern, the rwo specimens confor lo 4.

sedlineatum, not ihe nearby Kangaroo Island £. diypertevi,

and thus represent the first S, Ausl tecords for 2,

Jrifineadum sense stricta, The tateral pattern ts diffuse with

no dark-edged white ntidlateral stripe, and a relatively

poorly contrasting pale brown dorsolateral siripe which

is broad (running along the otter half uf scale reaw 3 and

the Upper third of scale row 4) and fades posteriorly. The

dorsal scale rows have dark pigiiient al cheir comers,

forming a series of narrow dark dorsal lines, but (Here

is no strongly developed vertebral black stripe (typical of

L. dteperreys).

In scalatian, the two spceimens diverge from the

fedeseriplion® if the number af paravertehtal scales

Snecimens of £, trilimeorurn from between Augusta and

Esperance ((he centre of the species’ range} examined by

Cireer differed from L. wuperreyt in thas paravertebral scale

counts within sexes showed mitimal overlap. Male 1

rifimenturn ranged 54-59 {X 56.3) paravertebrals, compared

with 5762 (x S96) for maleL. dugerreyi, white in females

the counts were 56-61 (¥ 59.8) and G2-66 (x 63,1),

respectively, Greer standardized (he method of counting

paravertebral scales, starting at the first scale behind

a line joining the hack of the thighs and finishing with

the enlarged nuchal adjaining the parietal. Using this

metbod, the Eyre Peninsula male has & parayertebrals

and the female 61, so thal the male falls in Greer's

duperrey! range of values However, examination of

Specimens from the most seographically proximate WA,

Populations of L. trilineatuen (east of Esperance) shows

thal males can range as high as 60 paravertcorals (WAM

R68223, Mondrain Ts, Recherche Archipelago), ant

females a5 high as 63 (WAM R41927, Base of Me L4

Grand).

The observation thal Ue paravertebral scale coun

differences are not as absolute as rst thought does not

diminish the likelihood that the eastern and western

populations represent (wo dislincl species The areac

consistency in colour pattern along more than 1,440) kin

af the Bight coastline, followed by the abrupt switch

between the Eyre Peninsula and the Kangaroo fsfand

population, plus the fact that paravertebral courLs are suill

significantly different b-rween the two, argues for their

genetic independence.

In life, neither specimen had red throat colouring. The

presence of bright calour patches in Ewgongy/us. group

skinks may or may not be sexually significant, and the

status of this character in the & tvitinewturn species eroup

is confused, Greer! reported that red colouring occurs in

“both sexes and all age groups” in the species of ihe L.

Icilinewtum group, and later? noted that L. trifineatuen

he collected appeared ta vary seasonally or geagraphically-

specimens collected in mid Octaber from Esperance lacked

red colouring, while the colour was present in all specimens

(t) = 9, sex nat specified) collected four days later [ram

Augusta. In my experience, however, red throat colouring

is found only in mature males, not females, of all three

species of the f. trifineatnm group, and immatures of at

leayt one species also have red colouring on the aides af

the jaws and neck, The distribution of red throat colouring

ik neq only of intrinsic interest, but may also have a bearing

On the relationships of the £, inhineatunt species group.

Table I summarizes the known occurrence of red colaur

Patches in the members of the Z. trilimeatury species group.

In £, duperreyi, at least in Victoria and Tasmania, all

juveniles of hoth sexes hatch with pink to orange-red

patches on each side of the neck andaver the ear opening

(Rounsevell® and pets.obs,} This colour is last at sevual

fmaalurity, which occurs at about 50-55 mm snaut-vent

lenath’, Breeding males (late spring-sumimer) develop

bright scartet throat colouring onthe chin and gulsr scales,

100

lig, 1. Distributions of Le/olopisma trilineatuemt (solid circles) and 1. duperreyi (triangles), Arrow indicates

‘lugsie Peninsula area where S\A. L. irilineatum were collected (after Greer 19801).

but not extending to the “juvenile” position around the

ears. Females do not redevelop red colouring. Observations

on the presence or absence of red colouring are not

available for juveniles of L. srifineatum and L.

plaiynotum, breeding female L, frilijéatum and non-

breeding male L. platyno/um.

A gradient in the timing of reproductive activity (and

the development of red throat colouring) in L.. (rilineatum

has been noved’, with populations in warmer parts of the

species range (around Perth) breeding carlier (mid to late

spring) than more southerly populations (summer), This

suggests. that the observation of variation in. L. trilineatum

throat colouring may be due to climatic differences across

the area, such that specimens from the cooler grea

(Esperance) were not yet in breeding condition and so

lacked red colouring.

Thus the evidence available tc) me strengthens. the

hypothesis of a close relationship between the J.

trilineatiém species group and Morerhia', since in both

taxa, red pigmentation is limited in adults to males.

Another point helping to reinforce this relationship is the

presence of occasional scale anomalies that link the two

groups. In the female L. trilineatum from Wanna (NMV

150954), the postnasal scales are distinct and there is a

partial posterior separalion of the supranasals, chatacter

states retained in most Morethia but usually absent.in the

L. trilineatum-species group. As Greer suggested, based

on a similarly aberrant specimen of L, platynotum, the

supranasal and postnasal scales have apparently been lost

via fusion with the nasal. In-one of the W.A. L. trilinearum

examined (WAM R77956, 13 km W of Point Dempster),

the interparietal shield, which is usually distinct in the L.

trilineatum group, has fused with the single frontoparietal,

forming the single large plate typical of Marethta.

The presence of L. (rilineutury on the tip of the Fyre

Peninsula adds 10 @ group of reptiles apparently wide-

spread during glacial times actoss the cool, semi-arid plain

exposed along the southern margin of the Australian

continent, but reduced to disjunct or relictual near-coastal

pockets since the post-glacial rise in sea level, This group

of species includes Egernia mulriscutata, Hemiveryis

peronli, Leiolopisma trilineatum, L, baudini, Lerista

arenicola, £. dorsalis, L. terdigitata, Gemmatophora (=

Amphibolurus) norrisi, Notechis ater, Drysdalia mastersi,

TABLE |. Distribution of red colour markings in members of the 1, trilineatum species group.

{-): absent; (7); not known,

Species males

breeding non-breeding

L, duperreyi throat =

L. platynetum throat and ?

sides of neck

throat and _

sides of neck

L. trilineatum

~ females

breeding

juveniles

non-breeding

sides of

neck and jaws

— = 2

and possibly others such as Aprasia striolata and some

species pairs like Zympanocryptis adelaidensis — T.

diemensis and Egernia tuctuosa — E. conveniryt. L. trilin-

eaturm is like several of these species in that it was first

believed to be restricted to W.A. but has since proven to

be patchily distributed well to the east, In most biogeo-

graphic schemes for southern Australia, a southwestern

region encompassing the higher rainfall areas is usually

shown terminating at the beginning of the Great Australian

‘Greer, A. E, (1980) Rec. Aust. Mus. 33, 89-122,

“Greer, A. E, (1982) Ibid. 34, 549—573.

*Rawlinson, P, A. (1974) Biogeography and ecology of

the reptiles of Tasmania and the Bass Strait area. [7

Williams, W. D. (Ed.), “Biogeography and Ecology in

Tasmania”, (W, Junk, The Hague),

*Schwaner, T. D., Miller, B. & Tyler, M. J. (1985) Reptiles

and amphibians. Jn Twidale, C. R., Tyler, M. J. & Davies,

M. (Eds), “Natural History of Eyre Peninsula” (Royal

Society of South Australia, Inc, Adelaide).

‘Storr, G. M., Hanlon, T, M.S, & Harold, G. (1981) Rec.

West. Aust. Mus. 9, 23-39,

"Rounsevell, D. (1978) Tasmanian Nat. (52), 1-2.

“Pengilley, R. K. (1972) Systematic relationships and

ecology of some lygosomine lizards from southeastern

101

Bight (Israelite Bay area), while a southeastern (Bassian)

region extends west to Kangaroo Island or the southern

tip of the Eyre Peninsula’"!', In fact the pattern of

reptile distributions along the southern coast now suggests

that the Eyre Peninsula area, rather than the western end

of the Bight, represents the major point of changeover

from a southwestern to a southeastern reptile fauna.

Australia. Unpubl. PhD thesis, Dept of Zoology, A.N.U.,

Canberra.

*Hudson, S. C. (1988) Phalangeal growth rings as a

method of aging for scincid lizards, and its application

to the study of life history in Leiolopisma entrecasteauxii

and 1. duperreyi. Unpubl, B.Sc.(Hons) thesis, Dept of

Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora.

*Dell, J., pers. comm., January, 1989.

“Keast, A. (1959) The reptiles of Australia. In Keast, A.,

Crocker, R. L. & Christian, C. S. (Eds), “Biogeography

and Ecology in Australia”, (W, Junk, The Hague).

"'Heatwole, H. (1987) Major components and distri-

butions of the terrestrial fauna, Jn Dyne, G. R. & Walton,

D. W. (Eds), “Fauna of Australia, Vol. 1A, General

Articles”, (Aust. Govt Pub}, Sery., Canberra).

MARK N. HUTCHINSON, School of Biological Sciences, La Trobe University, Bundoora Vic. 30¥3. Present

address; South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000,

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE SEA URCHIN PERONELLA LESUEURI

FROM THE QUATERNARY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY N. S. PLEDGE & T. SADLER

Summary

Transuctions of the Raval Suvwey uf S tse, (99D), VED, 108-104,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE SEA URCHIN PERONELLA LESUEURI

FROM THE QUATERNARY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

The laganid sea urchin, Peranelly lesueuri, currently

lives in the seas from the Maldives to New Zealand and

north to Hong Kong. Ow (he Australian coastline it occurs

from Albany in Western Australia, jorth around the

tropical coast lo Port Denison (Bowen, Queensland) in

the east’. IL is known front (he Miocene of Java and occurs

in several places from the Pliocene in the fndo-Australian

area It has not been recorded previously, extant or fossil,

i Sourh Australia.

Over the past few years, excavations for foundations

and site works for the new Northern Power Station at Part

Augusta have resulted in a variety of Quatertiary fossils

heiie brought to the South Australian Museum for

identification, Arhongst them have been a number of large

sand dollar sea urchins, which have been acquired trom

several sources, Most notably Messrs Joho Turner anc Des

Pape.

‘These echinaids Were derived [rom i creamy yellow-grey

silly clay dredged cluriny excavation of the large cooling

water channel“ ,, from a depth of about 78m in

yellowish niuid, below a black mud, and abovea clean sand

and fiird, brow clay. The bottom of the ¢hannel is

limestone al about 14m"2 To determine more avcuralely

the stratigraphic position of the echinaids, access was

#ained fo the study reports’ on the peology of the new

power station site and to the core held in the SA, Dept

Mines and Fnerey Core Library,

The sequence can be matelied in some of the bores

Unilled, though not all because of rather rapid lateral

changes concommitant with ils nearshore estuarine Setting.

The matrix matches those sexinents of the bore-corcs

interpreted as Bakara Calerete although no direct evidence

of echinoid remains Was present. [tis probably equivalerir

to [he “soft moried sandy clay’ just below the Glanville

Formation.

Shells af the Sydney blood cockle Anadara trupesia

occur in wie sund dredged with the eehinoidy.

Unlortunalely they are ner found togerhier in the same

Jump of matrix and their (rue relationship has been

obscured by excavation. 4. rrapezie is abundant in the

Glanville Formarion elsewhere, equivalent of (he Bakara

Culerete” The age of the echinoids is therefore considered

(o be Lute Pleistocene, possibly of (he last Pleistocene high

sta level

Nine mostly complete specimens and \jumerous

scgments have heen collected (Table 4).

SYSTEMATICS

Class Echinoidea

Order Clypeasteroidea A, Agassiz

Family Layanidae A, Agassiz

Genus Peronellu Gray

Peronella leyueuri (1. Awassie, 1841)

Peranella lesueur? dugusia subsp, nov

Laganum lesueuri L. Ayassiz, 18417 116, pl 24, figs 307

Peronella lesueuri A. Agassiz, 1872: (48.8

Holotype: P24854, South Australian Museum,

comprising a complete test.

Diagnosis: Medium to large size, thin, elongate, oval;

broadest just anterior of the apical disc, tapered behind,

orally slightly concave. Notched or tangentially flattened

at marginal ends of ambulavra. Apical area raised, almost

central; petals narrow elongate, open, length 0.5-0.7 of

radius, petals reduced to single pores apically and end

some distance from the genital pores, betwee) paired pores

miliary tubercules only; four geniral pores all within the

madreporite, the posterior Iwo placed wider apart.

Perisiome anterior of centre; ambulacral food gooves

short, With he anterior groove 10% of length on the

holotype. Periproct 6% of length from posterior murgin..

TWbular Ornamentation fine, regular, (Wiee ay dense

dorsally as ventrally.

Comment: Morphologically, Peronella lesueuri appears

(uy be quite variable and although two varieties have been

described’ (he species is clearly in need of revision, The

specimens described here differ consistently fram

lesweurt lesueurt in (hal they are concave orally, rapered

behind, have a test margio that borders on the {hin

extreme, and the petals reduce (o single pares apically.

These specimens differ from P lesueuri var, rostrata,

extant in the Philippines, in that they are broader relative

10 length, the tapering of the test posteriorly doey not react

the extremes of this variety, bor do the series af pare pairs

reach the genital pores and the genital pores are within

the madreporite rather (han on the margin.

TABLE 1. Measurements bf Peronella lesucuri ansusta subsp. HOLM, collection number, South Australian Museumy

L. loneitudinal diameter; T, transverse diameter; H, height All measurements in millimetres.

N 1 7 H

P24454 (Lype) 80.0 70.9 W2

P24852 ORS 58.1 a0

P24562 RS. 75.5 (1.3 (est)

P24659 74 722 7

P24664 396 35.7 (est)

P24850 51.8 45.7 wR

P9851 40.3 31.6 53

P24853 86,2 78. ILB

P24855 71,3 0.5 73

104

Fig. 1. Peronella lesueuri augusta subsp. nav. (a) apical view SAM P24854, (b) adapical view SAM P24852, Scale = lcm.

The specimens differ from P Jesueuri yar gadiana,

extant in Singapore and the Strait of Malacca, in that the

shape of the test is elongate rather than rounded, the

1 Mortensen, T.H. (1948) *A Monograph of the

Echinoidea.” Part [V(2), Clypeastroida, (Reitzel,

London.)

2? Durham, J.W. (1955) Univ. Calif. Public. Geol. Sci., 31,

73-198.

3 Turner, J. (1984) Pers. comm. 21.vi.1984.

4 Selby, J., Waterhouse, J.D. & Jones, G. (1976) Proposed

Northern Power Station, Playford South site, Port

Augusta, Preliminary geological and botanical

investigations. Unpub. Report. S. Aust, Dept Mines.

Rept. Bk. 76/69.

margin being thin, the shape of the pore pairs and that

they are separated only by miliary tubercules rather than

interrupted by primary tubercules.

5 Selby, J. & Milner, G. (1981) Q, Geol. Notes, Geol. Surv.

S. Aust. 77, 1-7.

6 Firman, J. (1969) Quaternary Period, /n Parkin, LW.

(ed. “Handbook of South Australian Geology,” (Geol.

Surv, S. Aust., Adelaide.)

7 Agassiz, L. (1841) “Monographies d’echinodermes: des

Scutelles.” (Neuchatel en Suisse.)

8 Agassiz, A. (1872) “Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum

of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, No. 7.

Revision of the Echini.” (Uniy. Press, Cambridge.)

N.S. PLEDGE & T. SADLER, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000.

TWO REPLACEMENT NAMES IN CASTIARINA

(BUPRESTIDAE: COLEOPTERA)

BY MARK N. HUTCHINSON

Summary

Transactions of the Royal Society of S. Aust, (1990), 114(2), 105,

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

TWO REPLACEMENT NAMES IN CASTIARINA (BUPRESTIDAE: COLEOPTERA).

The elevation of Castiarina to genus! and the transfer

of Hypostigmodera variegata Blackburn (1892)? to it, has

created the need of a replacement name for one species.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) variegata Barker (1983)*

becomes a secondary homonym. | propose that the latter

taxon be replaced with C. interstincta, derived from

interstinctus L. “variegated”.

'Gardner, J. (1990) Invert, Taxon. 3, 291-361.

“Blackburn, T. (1892) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 15,

207-291.

‘Barker, S. (1983) Trans. R. Sac. S. Aust. 107, 139-169,

In addition Stigmodera (Castiarina) deliciosa Barker

(1988)* is a primary homonym of Stigmodera deliciosa

Kerremans (1898)° and I propose the younger name be

replaced with C. beatrix, derived from heatrix L. “she that

makes happy”.

“Barker, S. (1988) Trans. R. Soc. §. Aust. 112, 133~142.

*Kerremans, C. (1898) Annis Soc. ent. Belg, 42, 113-182.

S. BARKER, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, Box 498, G.P.O., Adelaide, S. Aust, 5001.

VOL. 114, PARTS 3 & 4

30 NOVEMBER, 1990

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Contents

Wells, A. New species and a new genus of micro-caddisfly from northern Australia,

including the first Australian record of the tribe Stactobiini

(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae)- - - _ 4 2 >

Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters. VI. Proalidae, Lindiidae

(Rotifera: Monogononta) - - = = : z i

McDonald, K. R. & Davies, M. Morphology and biology of the Australian tree tog

Litoria pearsoniana (Copland) (Anura: Hylidae) - -

Twidale, C. R., Parkin, L. W. & Rudd, E. A. C. T. Madigan’s contributions to pet

in South and Central Australia - - - - =

Barker, S. New species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and redescriptions o

C. diversa (Kerremans) and C. elderi (Blackburn) —- -

Lee, D. CG. & Shepherd, K. J. Magnobates (Acarida: SCepios amas bg age

from South Australian soils - - -

)

McDonald, K. R. Rheobatrachus Liem and Taudactylus Straughan & Lee (Anura:

Leptodactylidae) in Eungella National Park, Queensland:

distribution and decline - = os s fs = z

Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Parker, S. A. First Australian records of the family

Pisionidae (Polychaeta), with the description of a new species -

Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Parker, S. A. First Australian record of Hesionura

(Polychaeta: Phyllodocidae), with the description of a new species

Davies, M. & Richards, S. J. Developmental biology of the Australian hylid frog

Nyctimystes dayi (Gunther) - - - - - -

Read, J. L. & Tyler, M. J. The nature and incidence of post-axial, skeletal abnormalities

in the frog Neobatrachus centralis Parker at Olympic Dam, South

Australia - = = > = z . J nf

Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Pseudochristianella (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha), a

new genus for Ventacularia minuta (Van Beneden, 1849) sensu

Southwell, 1929 and its relationships with the family

Eutetrarhynchidae - - = = 5 “ z

Brief Communications:

Bird, P. & Tyler, M. J. First South Australian record of the fossorial leptodactylid

frog genus Uperoleia Gray - - - - - -

Twidale, C. R. & Bourne, J. A. Comment: Preliminary investigations of beach ridge

progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island -

Short, A. D., Buckley, R. C. & Fotheringham, D. G. Reply: Preliminary investigation

of beach ridge progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island

Johnston, G. R. Cyclorana maini and Notaden sp: additions to the frog fauna of South

Australia - > 7 = Z * . © az

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

107

129

145

157

169

179

187

195

203

207

213

219

223

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 114, PART 3

NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF MICRO-CADDISFLY FROM

NORTHERN AUSTRALIA, INCLUDING THE FIRST AUSTRALIAN

RECORD OF THE TRIBE STACTOBIINI (TRICHOPTERA:

HYDROPTILIDAE)

BY A. WELLS*

Summary

Twenty-two further species are recognised in the Australian Hydroptilidae, all from northern

Australia and, with the exception of Oxyethira bogambara, all newly described. For the first time a

stactobiine species (in Chrysotrichia) is recorded and also a new monotypic genus, Jabitrichia gen.

nov., probable sister group to Oxyethira. Other new species include two in Oxyethira, six in

Hellyethira, two in Acritoptila, one in Orphninotrichia and eight in Orthotrichia. Information is

given on immatures of several species, some new and others established. For the latter, new data on

ranges also are supplied.

KEY WORDS: Taxonomy, Trichoptera, Hydroptilidae, Stactobiini, Northern Australia, new genus.

Transactions of the Royal Soctery of §, Aust. (1990), 114(3), 107

NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF MICRO-CADDISFLY FROM NORTHERN

AUSTRALIA, INCLUDING THE FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF THE TRIBF.

STACTOBIINI (TRICHOPTERA; HYDROPTILIDAE)

hy A. WELLS*

Summary

Wars, A. (1990) New species and a new genns of micro-caddistly trom northern Australia, including

the first Australian recard of the tribe Stactobiini. Trams. R. Soc, 8, Aust 114(3), 107-128, 30 November, 1990.

Twenty-livo farther species are recognised in the Australian Hvdroprilidae, all trom northern Australia,

and, with the exceprion of GQayenre bogamoara, all newly desembed. Bor the first med slactubiine species

din Chrysemichi@) is recorded and also a new monotypic eenus, Jabitrichia gen. noy., prabable sister group

ty Oxyethira, Other new species include two in Oxyethira, six in Hellverhiro, two in Acnteptilo. ane lm

Orphninarrichia and sight in Orthomehia. Information is given on immatores al several species, same

mew and others established, For the falter, new dala

On minges also are supplied,

Key Worpbs: Taxonomy, Trichoptera, Hydroprilidac, Sracrobiini, Northern Australia, new genus

Introduction

The basic composition of the Australian

Hsdroptilidae (Trichoptera) appeared to be known

until recent intensive collecting in northern Australia

revealed several new clements, as well as more

species in established groups, Now, an Oriental-New

Guinean genus in a tribe hitherto unknown in

Australia and a new monotypic genus are reported.

Both represent significant additions to jhe fauna,

Wells (1946') conmmmented on the relatively

restricted nature of Australian Hydroptilidae,

apparently comprising only two Hydroptilinae

tnbes, Hydroptilini and Orthotrichiini. Several

genera in the tribe Stactobiini were known from SE

Asia, but none from Australia or New Guinea.

More recently, three stactobiine genera have been

reported fram New Guinea (Wells 1990b), and now

a species in Chresorercdve Schmid is deseribed from

NE Australia,

Another new species from northern Australia

keys tu Hydroptila Dalman with which it shares the

derived features (Wells 1986‘) of tibial spur

formula 0,2.4, and acelli absent, Yet in veneral wing

shape and venation, form of male and female

venitalia, and presence of ubundant sensilla

auricillica on antennal segments of niales, it more

closely resembles members of Oxvethine Eaton,

which has three ocelh and usually tibial spurs 0.34.

Arguments are given for the establishinent ot a new

enus, perceived as the sister group of Oxverhira,

and the presence of this taxon is discussed in

* Deparment of Zoglowy, University of Adelaide. t1,.P0

_ Bow $98, Adelaide, 8. Aust. S00)

" Wells, A. (1986) The systematics and biogeouraphy of

the Australian Hydroprilidae (Trichoptera). Ph.D: thesis,

University of Adelaide (unpubl.).

relation to representation of GxpvelAire subgenera

in Australia.

Among others described in this paper, 15 4 species

in Orphninomechia Mosely, an endemic genus

previnusly unknown Io the northwes1 of the Greal

Dividing Range, although common and diverse in

the southeast and occurring in the south-central

region. A torrenticolous group, it i probably not

surprising to find a member, possibly a component

of a relictual Gondwanan fauna, in a small

monsoon forest stream at the foot af the Kakadu

Escarpment, From this same locality, a species is

velerred 19 Oxyethira (Trichogiene), the most

primitive of the Oxve/hira subgenera; it most clusely

resembles a New Caledonian species, Oxverhira

insuluris Kelley,

Additional to the above, are a sceond and highly

regular new species i Oavertine, and the firat

Aus{ralian records of the widespread Oriental 0,

bogambara Schmid. Descriptions are given alse of

new species in the almost-cosmopolitan

Orthotrichia Eaton, and in the Australian-E Asian

Hellyethira Neboiss, genera which together

comprise more than hall the Australian hydroptilid

fauna; and two new species are referred to the

Australian-New Caledonian genus, Acritoprila

Wells. Information on immatures is supplied when

available, and is included for several established

species, previously unknown from larvae and/or

Plipas, Ranges of these species are extended,

Twenty-one new species are described, and with

QO, bogambara, they taise the Australian

Hydroprilidae to 121; wibal representation increases

to three, all in the subfamily Hydroptilinae.

Compared with about 340 species tm all other

trichopteran families in Australia (Neboiss 1988),

hydeoptilids appear extracnd|nanly well represented,

However, work in progress on other tamilies (eg,

1cx A, WELLS

Eenomidae, Leptoceridae, and Hydropsychidac:

Carrwrleghit. Neboiss, St Clair & Dean in prep.) will

shift the emphasis and result in a more realistic

piceute of the fauna

Materials and Methods

Methods follow those of Wells (1979a, 1990a), All

holotypes and some paratypes were prepared as

pennanent slide mounts in Canada balsam:

Material sludied includes light trap collections

from Yuucabine Creek, NE Queensland (Benson &

Pearson 1988), and Alligator Rivers mgion,

Northern Territory, collected from 1985-1989

Samples of immatures were collected [rom the laner

area, and for several species laryae have heen

associated with adulls using pharate adults, larval

cxuviae and cases. Reappraisal af Benson &

Pearson's (1988) material has resulted in changes

to several identifications and these are indicated Fur

jhe species involved, One new species from NW

Western Australia is described.

No keys to genera or species are given as this as

essentially a miscellaneous ser of species.

Depositories are abhreviated as follows:

Museur of Victoria, Melbourne (NM'V); Museunt

and Art Cialleries of the Northern Territory, Darwin

(NTM), Natienal Muscum of Natural Histary,

Washingion, DC, (USNM); West Australian

Museum (WAM),

Systematics

Chryseatrichia Schmid

Chrysairichia Schmid, (958. p. 34, Type species:

Chersatachia hatnagata Schmid, by original designation,

Cheysorrichia ranges from Pakistan to New

Guinea (Wells 1990b) and has been collected from

beside slow, lowland streams (Schmid 1958) and

faster first order streams (Wells 1990a, 1990h);

lanvaé have been collected from rocks in streams.

Chrysolrichia australis sp. nov, closely resembles C

fomera Wells from the Central and Fast Highlands

provinces of New Guinea (Wells TY90b) and

probably evolved trom relatively recent cmigrants

to Australia.

Chrysotrichia australis sp, nav.

FlG. |

Holowpe: NMV, co, NE Qld, Yuceabine Creek,

11986, R. G. Pearson & L. J. Benson.

Diagnasis: Closely resembling C. somera in furm

of male genitalia, but distinguished by inferior

appendages more allenuale apically, and dorsal

plate wih a V-shaped apical clefl,

Descriprion: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.3 mm,

Genitalia, Fig. 1. Segment LX short. Dorsal plate

elongate, longer than interior appendages, a V-

shaped cleft apically, Aedeagus slender, with paired

spines apico-larerally. Inferior appendages broad-

based, attenuate apically, Female and immatures

unknown.

Distribution: Knowa only fromi the type locality,

northeastern Qld.

£tymoalogy: Tram the Latin = eusira@lis — southern,

being the southern-most cocurrence of ihe venus.

Jabitrichia gen, nov,

Type species: Jautrichia dostinel gen. et sp. noy.

A new genus is erected 19 acoommodate a species

otherwise requiring considerable modification of

the generic definitions of Hydropltifa or Oxvelhira,

with cach of which ir shares some derived

characters.

Jehitrichia gen. nov. shares with Hydrayptila the

apomorphous states of ocelli absent and tibial spur

formula 0,2,4, as well as pattern of Wing colour and

form of thoracic scutellae, The long antero-lateral

apodemes on abdominal seement [X, seen in male

Jabitrichia gen, nov., are found in the Holarctic

Hneoides group in Hydroptila (Marshall 1979),

allhough not in olher groups, Yel, wings strongly

attenuated, forewing without jugal lobe, antennal

segments with dense seasil/a auriciliica, lemale

genitalia in form of a modified aviscapt, and

particular reductions of male genitalic structures are

apomorphies uniting the new venus with Oxyerhira;

spur formula 0,2,4 and acdeagus without titillater

occur in some Oxperhira, although not together.

‘The rounded or iriangular forward projection of

the antero-ventral margin of abdominal segment IX

of males and the uniquely (lask-shaped case of larva

and pupa are autapamorphies of Oxve/Aira — as yet

immatures of the new genus are unknown,

Spur number and presence of oeelliscem to be

labile characters in Hydroptilidae, and in a

somewhat different situation, with an acelli-less

New Guinean species which otherwise conforms

with Scelofrichie Ulmer 1 argucd against

establishing a separate genus (Wells 1990b), With

this present species and Aydruptile, however, the

synapomorphies are probably homoplasti¢, The

closer association, indicated by sharing of derived

states of more cunservalive characters, is (hus with

Oxyelhira, and since several autapomerphous

conditions can be recognised in cach taxon, a new

genus is erected.

Examination of characteristics of suh-genera in

Oxyethira (see Kelley 1984) reveals resemblances

between members of (A fiichpglenes and

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES 1”

Jeditcichia dostinei fen, esp, nev, ih general Jorm

of male genitalia. in lateral view, abdominal

segment IX of each is similar in shape, although

in ventral view the anterior margin of the segmeur

is modified in Quverhire while Jebirrecéia is vloser

to the primitive form for the family, According to

Kelley (1984), some members of C1 (Trichoglede)

have lost the titillator on the aedeagus and in others

it is present asa vestigial rod, The elaborately curved

spine associated with the aedeagus of Jaitinehia

gen, gov, may be derived from rhe miillator.

O7/ (Trichoglene), the mast primitive sub-genus

in Oxyethire (Kelley 984), is Australasian,

occurring mainly in southern and eastern Australia,

and in New Zealand and New Caledonia (Kelley

1989). A neW species in this subgenus, O. corautara

sp. nov, described here from the Alligator Rivers

Region in the north, mose closely resembles a

species rom New Caledonia; this is the species in

what | believe is a relictual fauna in the small

monsoon forest stream. All other Oxvethira to the

west of the dividing range in northern Australia are

iv the relatively highly derived -O. (Darnp/irrichia),

several ranging from SE Asia through New Guinca

fo Ausiralia. | have suggested previously (Wells

1987) that OG. ¢Thichoglene) probably evolved in

Gondwanaland and that in Australia O.

(Oumpsitrichia) represents a relatively recent arrival

from the Oriental region. Jafisichia gen. nov,

appears to be the sister group of Oxverhira,

surviving in northern Australia in what could well

have been the habitat (Wells 1987) of their common

ancestor — ihe warm, macrophyte-rich billabong

that seasonally becomes a slow-flowing, warm

stream. With the initial dichotomy, the ancestor of

Oxpethira may have invaded cooler, faster-lowing

systems,

Diagnosis: A sister group to Oxyerhira, bur differing

in absence of ocelli, and in the male having slender

anrerior apodemes on segment IX.

Description; Adults. Head (Fig. 3) without ocelli,

tentorium complete, tentorial arms reduced to fine

threads medially, antennae of male with basal whorl

of fimbriate hair and dense sensilla wurieiiicva on

flagellar segments. Thorax (Fig, 3) with

mesoscutellum convex anteriorly, metaseutellum

Mmangoular; libial spur formula 0,2,4; wings narrow,

attenuate apically, yestituire Puscous anteriorly, pale

cream posteriorly, anterior wing withoul jugal lobe,

with lork 2 only (Fig. 2), Male genitalia: no mesal

process on segment VII; segment 1X short dorsally,

with slender antero-lateral apodemes produced

Forwards (of form seen in Stactobiini), posterior

margin forming stout lateral processes; dorsal plate

(tergite X) and subgenital plates absent; aedeagus

withoul litillatoc (may be represented hy vurved,

elongate spine). Female genitalia a modified

Wuscapt (asin Oxyeritira) bursa copulatrix sloully

rounded,

Innmatores amnknown,

Comments: Known only trom a single species

collected at lights beside the slow-flowing inlet ta

u large, shallow billabong that supports a fich

growth of macrophytes, northeastern Nw

Etymology: Derived trom Jabiru, the name of the

township near the collecting lovality.

Jabitrichia dostines gen, et sp. nov,

FIGS 2-7

Halotype: NTM, of, NT, Guluneul Creek at inlet

to Gulungul Billabong, 12°38'S, |32°53'E,

19.47.1988, Lt Tr, A. Wells & P. Suter.

Paratypes, NT: NTM, @ (allotype), volleered with

holo|ype; NTM, NMV_6 oo. same lov., ILiv.89,

Wells & Suter, NM, | co, Jabiru, Ranger Retention

Pond |, 20¥.88, Wells & Suter.

Diagnosis; As for the senus,

Description: Medium sized; pale, fuscous and

cream. Male (Figs 2,3, 5-7). Anterior wing length,

L&8 mm. Aniennac 32-segmenred, segments

clongate. Genitalia, Figs 5-7. Sternite 1X about as

long as wide tetracted within segment VU

postero-latcral processes om segment 1X stout,

curved jnwards, trumeate apically; antero-lateral

apodemes elongate, produced forwards into

seyment VI, Paired sinall sub-nangular ventro-

lateral structures probably represent inferior

appendages, Aedeagus swollen basally, constricted

medially and expanded in distal half, a complex

spine arises mesally, catends beyond apex tocurve

sharply anteriorly, Temale, Length of anterior wing,

2,J mm. Antennae 2)-segmented, segments without

x auricillicae. Genitalia, Fig, 4, Terminalla stout,

Stermite IX broadly rounded posteriorly, Bursa

copulatrix stout,

Immatures unknown.

Distribution: Kavwn only from the type locality and

& Macrophyte-rich settling pond, Alligator Rivers

region, N-T.

Etymology; Named for P. Dostine who collected

lives Of other caddis Mes,

Orphinimatrictia Mosely

Orphninatrivkia Mosely, 1934, — 138; Mosely &

Kimmins 1953, p, $10; Wells 1980, 7, 62H, I9H#Sb, p, 4,

Type species: Orphninotrichia muculara Mosely. by

Original designation,

Nine species iw this endemic genus have been

described previuusly. The type species,

Orphiinotriehia meculala, is Widespread from

south-central SA., Tas., E Vie. to SE Qld, All others

appear to be nartowly distributed although their

NORTHERN ‘AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFT IES ut

lack of attraction to light may have led to a false

impression of their distributions. One species is

recorded from Atherton Tableland in NE Qld (Wells

1980) but none from W.A, The new species is (he

First found west of the Grear Dividing Range, and

is probably pact of a relictual Gondwanan fauna

in the small, spring-fed stream at the base of the

Kakadu Escarpment, No larvae have been collected,

bul as all others conform with that of O, maculata

this new species is expected tw be similar,

Orphninvtrichia ariginis sp. nov.

FIGS 8&9

Holotype: NTM, of, N-T., Kakadu National Park,

Radon Springs, 12°45°S. 132°55'E, t8-19.v.1988, Le

Tr, A. Wells & P. Buen

Pararvpes, NTM, g fallotype), collected with

holotype; NTM, NMV, 2 oor, 4 9 @, same loc,

14,iv.89, Suter & Wells.

Diagnosis: Quite dissimilar to congeners; male

distinguished by dorsal plate deeply cleft apically,

females lack the ventral abdonjinal glands seen an

other spectes.

Descriptions Adults. Uniformly dark grey, small.

Male Anterior wing length, 1.6 mm. Antennac

1S-segmented, terminal seyments pale, rest dark.

Genitaha, Fig, 8. Segment IX produced postero-

taterally co form lobes, cach with a shert inner

ventral process; slernite deeply excavated. Dorsal

plate membranous, deeply cleft apically. Subgenital

plate tapered, apex rounded, sclerotised, Inferior

appendages sub-(riangular, bases scpatated widely

by paired sclerotised processes, apices converging.

Acdeagus of usual shape: elongate, slender, ditated

towards rounded apex, tirillaton near base, Female.

Anterior wing Jength, |S mm. Antennae

17-segmented. Genitalia, Fig. % Seement VIII

elongale, lapered distally. Terminal segments

narrow, ne prominent gland on abdominal sternile

VIL immatures unknown

Distribytion: Known from type lacality only,

Kakadu National Park, northern NT.

E1ymolagy: From the Latin — argues — soured, in

reference Lo the likely rehctual najure of this and

ather conponents of the fauna of the type locality,

Hellvethira Nebotss

Helliwerhira Neboiss, 1977, 9, 42: Wells 1979b, p. 3/2;

1983, p..632. Type species: Xuthotrichiasimpler Mosely,

by wriginal designation,

Six new species are described, two (vor the

Alligator Rivers region, three from Yuccabine Creek

and one from northwestern WA. Males of 4.

radonensis sp. nov, H. forfieaia sp. nov., and H,

Hauriona sp. nov, tesemble members of the

exkensis group, 2& distinct lineage amongst

Australian Heltlyethira (Wells 1979b), and #7,

imparilohata sp, nov. and possibly A, guadrata sp.

nov, are in the malleoforma group. | am usable to

place the highly irregular A). spinesa sp. nov. (here

tentarively placed in Hel/yethira), in any of the

existing species groups, Its male genitalic parts are

modified to form) a set of complex and irregular

spines and lobes. Three strongly asymmetric species

occur in New Guinea (Wells in prep.}, bur all are

distinct from spinosa sp. nov; its immatures are

unknown.

These six new species increase to 23 the number

of Australian Helfverhira. In addinon, four are

known from New Guinea, one each from Sulawesi

and Japan; one Australian species has been

collected in New Caledonia.

Hellyethira forfitata sp, nov,

FIGS 10, 45

Holotype: NTM, &, N-T., Kakadu National Park,

Radon Springs, 12°45°S, 132°55'E, [8.v.1988, A,

Wells & P. Suter.

Paratypes, NT: NTM, 1 ct. same loc. as holotype,

18-19.v.88, Wells & Suter; NUM, 4+ oo, Graveside

Creck, t8.vii-88 P. Dostine.

Other tnaierial examined, NT NTM, larvae, pupae,

Radon Springs, 18.88, Suter & Wells; larvae and

pupae, Koalpin Creek, 13°29°S, [32°33 EL 25.488,

Suter & Wells, OSS voucher set.

Diagnosis: In the eskensis group and most closely

similar to H. radonensis ap. nov. Differing in

parameres hooked sub-apically, apices acute; dorsal

plate without spines or spinules.

Description: Male. Vestiture nvottled, fawn-brown.

Anterior wing length, 1.8 mm. Antennae

A2-sepmented. Genitalia, Fig. 10. A slender,

apically-acule mesal process on sternite VIT-

Segment 1X broadly rounded anteriorly in ventral

view, postero-lareral margins produved in shert

triangular lobes, apical margin concave Dorsal

plate stout throughout length, membranous,

without spines or spinules. Subgenital plate not

seen. Inferior appendages with a bread, irregularly

Fig. 1, Chrvxotriéhle dustradis sp, mov, 1, male genitalia, veritral view,

Figs 2-6. Jabitrichia dostine! sp. nov. 2, male wings: 3, male, dorsal head and thoras; 4. female genitalia, ventral

view; 5,6, male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views,

Abbreviations: ae, uleagus; ant. ap, anterior apodome; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages: lat, 1.

1X, laigral lohe of segment 1X; mes. sc, mesoseutellum; met.se., metascurelluum: s,1,, setal lobe; WIL, ahdaminal

segment Vil, VILL, abdominal segment VIL, 1X, abdominal segment IX.

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES ui

shaped ventral tobe and four slender lobes

posteriorly, Paranieres Seissor-like, hooked sub-

apleally, apices acute. Aedenvus slender, elongate,

constricted slightly at about *4 Jength. Female

unknown. Mature larva pale. Case (Fig, 45) purse-

shaped, valves constructed of fine sand with disuinet

dorsal and yentral margins, ends rounded, a shallow

concavity dorsally in which a large sand grain is

attached.

Distribudion Norther: NT, larvac collected from

sircars.

Fiymolvgy; From the Latin — farfioatees — scigsors-

shaped, deseribing the parameres,

Hellyethira radorensis sp. nov.

Holotype; NT, &, N.T., Kakadu National Park,

Rutlon Springs, 12°45'S, 132°55'E, 18-19,v.1988, Lt

Ty, A. Wells & P. Surer.

Paratypes, NT. NTM, 2 co, same loc, 14.14.89,

Suter & Wells; NMYV, 1 ot, same lac, [3=I4,iv.89,

Suter & Wells; NMV,.1 oO, Magela Creck, at Ranger

outlet pine, 23.88. Wells & Surery NTM, 1 oy,

Bower Bird Billabong al outlet, 12°47°S, 133°02'B,

1.x.88, Duostine.

Diegnasis; Closely resembling A. verute (Wells

1985a) but males distinguished by the form of whe

base of the parameres which alien with che body,

rather thar luterally: the digiziform, seiate processes

above the inferior appendages; and the additignal

upper lobe.on inferiot appendages with long setae

on inner mafein.

Description: Adulls. Male. Anterior wing length,

1.9-2.0 mm. Antennae 33-segmenred. Genitaha,

Fig. 11.4 slender, clongate mesal process on slernple

VILL. Stermte 1X roundly excavated apically, Dorsal

plate broad throyghout length, expanded distally,

apical margin rounded, withoul spines or spinules,

Subgenital plate not apparent. Infetior appendages

multi-lobed: ventral lobe with outer matgin broadly

rounded, inner murgin crenulate; dorsal lobe

narrower, with a tull of long setae sub-apically.on

inner margin; laterally a long, slender lobe without

apical seta, and a shorter slender lobe with an apical

seta, Parameres slender, loosely S-shaped, not

overlapping, apices rounded, Acdeagus with a

swollen membrane apicallyand twisted sclerotised

process.

Female and immatures unknown,

Distribution: N.V., Kakadu National Park, Raden

Springs and upper Magela Creek,

£tvmolagy; Named for the type laeality.

Hellyethira naumanni sp, nav,

WIGS 12-13, 17

Holotype: NMY, o, W.A., Charnicy River, Zkm

SW Roly Hill, CALM Site 25/2, 16<20.v1.1988,

1, D. Naumann.

Paratypes, NMV,7 oo, 1 2 (allotype), collected

with holotype,

Diagnosis: An eskensis-group species differing from

others in having all male genitalic parts slender and

elongate distally; female resembles H. vernoni Wells.

Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.9-2.0

mm, Antennae 32-segmented, An elongate, slender

mesal process on sternite VI, Segment IX short,

Dorsal plate membranous, rounded distally.

Subgenital plale sub-iriangular, narrowly rounded

apically, Inferior appendages in ventral yiew tri-

lobed: ventral lobe broad-based, constricted mesally,

narrow in distal half; above, two slender processes.

the uppermost setate apically. In lateral view, these

Two dorsal processes can be seen as two lobes of

a bifid branch, Parameres slender, overlying each

other, inserted laterally. Aedeagus narrow, with an

apical 1wist.

Female. Anterior wing length, 2.3 mm. Antennae

27-scgmented, Sternite VIII with apical margin

slightly notched medially, # pair of setae on each

side of notch,

Immatures unknown.

Distribution: Collected from the type locality only.

Etymology: Named for 1], DB. Naumann who

collected rhe specimens.

Hellyethira iniparalobata sp, nov,

FIGS 14-16

Holotype: NMV, o, NE Qld, Yuccabine Creek,

1,1985, R, G, Pearson & L. J. Benson.

Other material exwmined? NMV, 1 of, WA,

Chariley River, 2 kn SW of Roly Hill, CALM site

25/2, 16°22°S, 128°I2°E, 16-20vi88, f. DB

Naumann,

Diegnasie A close sister spevies to A. vernenti Wells,

distinguished by asymmetrical inferior appendages

and dorsal plate narrowly quadrate in distal halt.

Figs 7~12. Jabitrichia dostinei sp. nov, 7, male genitalia, lateral view, Orphninotrichia originis sp, nov, 8,9, male

and female genitalia, ventral views, Mellyethira forficata sp, nav, 10, male genitalia, ventral view, Hellye(iira radunensis

sy. nov. 11. male wenisalia, venteal view, Hellyethira ranmarné sp. nov. 12, male genitalia, ventral view. Abbreviations:

ac, aed¢agus; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages: lar. §. 1X, lateral lobe of segmen| 1X; pr, paramere;

VIN, abdominal segmem VIL; EX, abdominal segment IX.

114 A, WELLS

Figs 13-17, Hellyethira naumanni sp, nov, 13, male genitalia, lateral view. Hellyethira imparalobata sp. nov. 14-16,

male genitalia, dorsal, ventral and lateral views. Hellyethira naumanni sp. nov. 17, female genitalia, ventral view.

Abbreviations: ae., aedeagus; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages; pr., paramere; VIE, abdominal segment

VIII; LX, abdominal segment IX.

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISF] TES Ns

Description: Male. Anterior Wing length, 1.8 mm,

Antennae damaged, Genitalia, Fizs 14-16.

Abdominal sternite VET with slender, elongate mesal

process, Dorsal plate broad-based, in distal hall

narrowly sub-quadrate with margins dark and

patred scleratised spines laterally, Subgenital plate

not evident. Inferlor appendages unequal, ventrally

With a broad lobe, several narrower processes

distally and paired styliform processes laterally.

Broad, sclerotised structures laterally above inferior

appendages may represent parameres, Aedeagus

twisted in distal half.

Female and dmatures unknown,

Distributions Known from. the type locality,

northeastern Qld, and from Charnley River,

northwestern W.A.

Ewmeology: From the Latin — unpar, fobains —

unequal, lobed, in reference to the labes of inferior

apprndages.

Hellyethira quadrata sp, nov.

TIGS 18-19

Holotype: NMY, o, NE Qld, Yuccabine Creek, xii,

1985, KR. G. Pearson & £., J, Benson

Pararypes, NMY, sanic lov. and vellectors as

holorype: Foc, 5 | 9 (incloding allotype), iL.85;

lZoeu v85;4 70,5 OD ix.85.

Other indterial examined, NMY, same loc and

collectors: IL a@ ol x.84) 4 oor, xL.84) 8 oor, 1.85;

1 oo, vui.B5; 4 chor, ix.85; lor, xiBS; | or, i184; 3

oor, 1.86, Loo. iv.86,

Diggnosis: Most closely resembling A. rarrosa

Wells, bul male with inferior appendages wider than

tong, almost truncate distally, buc with a pais of

digitiform processes inedially.

Desecipsion: Males, Anterior wing length, 2.0-2.2

mm. Antennac 3i-segmented. Genitalia (Pigs 18,

1Y). A slender, elongate mesal pracess on sternite

VOL. Segment IX sub-quadrate. Dorsal plare

membranous, rounded distally. Subgenital plate not

apparent. Inferior appendages together as wide, in

ventral view, as sternite DX, length about half width,

inner apical margins produced posteriorly in a small

lobe, a setate, digitiforns process mesally, Aedeagus

with several constricrions distally, hooked apically.

Females and immatures unknown.

Uistributions From the type locality onfy,

northeastern Qld,

Enyrroloey bron) the Latin — ywadres— square, for

the general shape of male terminalia.

HNoellyethira spinesa sp. nov.

FIGS 20-22

Holotype: NMV, o, NE Qld, Yuecubine Creek,

R, G. Pearson & 1, J. Benson,

Paratypes, NMV, o, collected with holotype,

A curious species, originally believed to represent

a new genus (Benson & Pearson 1988 —-

“unidentified genus A”), but here referred 10

Hellyethira with which it contorms in general

respects, although the aedeagus more closely

resembles ihose of the new species in Acrilopitita.

Diagnosis: Males readily recugnised by the array of

digitiform processes. and irregular spines which

replace the more usual genitalic structures; affinities

obscure,

Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 16-18

Mn. Antennae 28-segmented. Genitalia, Figs

20-22. Abdominal sternite VII with slender

elongate mesal process. Dorsal plate membranous,

rounded apically, Subgenital plate probably

represented by the two setale, digitiform processes,

fused basally (Fig. 22b). The homologies of a

second pair of similar processes (Pig. 22c) are

unknown. Inferior appendages (Fig. 22d) broad-

based, consiricted! medially, finger-like distally, with

paired apical setae. Parameres forming a set of

irregular spines (Fig. 22a). Aedeagas slender,

elongate, hooked apically,

Female and immatures unknown

Distribution: Known only from the Lype locality,

Yuecahine Creck, northeastern Qld,

Etvmology- Fram the Latin - spina - thom,

describing the spiny form of the male genitalia,

Acritoptila Wells

Acrituptila Wells, 1982, p, 262) Kelley L989. p. LUO. Type

specics, deviiaprifa globosa Wells, by original designation.

A small genus closely resembling Hed/yerhira in

general body features, but with male genitalic

structures simpler and tending to be fused, Larvae

known for Western Australian species are

distinguished from Hell/perhira by the less

Pronounced constriction of the first twa abdominal

seements (Wells 1985b), Two new species from

Yuccabine Creek (originally identified as Helfyethira

sp. C and D for Benson & Pearson 1988) raise

Australian representation to five; six are known

trom New Caledonia (Kelley 1989).

Acritoptila pearsani sp. nov,

FIGS 23-24

Holotype: NMYV, co, NE Qld, Yueeabine Creek,

1.1986, R. G: Pearson & L. fy Benson.

Parutypes, NM, | oo, collected with holotypey

NMV¥, 1 o, same toc. and collectors, ii,95,

Diagnosis! Resembling A. Agmata Wells in the

clongale postera-lateral processes on abdominal

sezmen| IX and paired spines on lateral margins

of dorsal plate, but wilh distinctive ventral penitalic

processes,

116 A. WELLS

Figs 18-22. Hellpethira quadrata sp. nov. 18,19, male genitalia, lateral and ventral views. Hellyethira spinosa sp, nov.

20-22, male genitalia, lateral, dorsal and ventral views. Abbreviations: a, b, c, d, displaced genitalic structures;

ae., aedeagus; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages; IX, abdominal segment IX.

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDIS#LLES wr

Peseriptien: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.7-1.9

mm. Antennae 37-segmented. Genitalia, Figs 23,

34. Abdominal sternite VIII with a slender, elongate

mesal provess, Segment IX with selose fpostero-

lateral lobes. Dorsal plate membranous, rounded

apically, overlaid by a short, triangular, sclerorised

Jobe antero-mesally, and bordered by irregular stout,

dark spines inflected at right-angles. sub-apically.

Inferior appendages fused, with a-small ¥-shaped

process apico-mesally, and stout, divergent lobes

laterally, each tipped with a hair. A small process

dorsal to inferior appendages may represent the

subgenital plate. Aedeagus slender mesally,

expanded distally, a long, sclerotised spur apically.

Female and immatures unknown.

Distribution: Known only from the type locality,

northeastern Qld,

Etymology: Named for R. G. Pearson who collected

niuweh of the material osed in this siualy.

Avrifoptila capisira sp, nov,

FIGS 25-26

Holotype NMY, of, NE Qid, Yuccabine Creek, xi.

1984, R, Gy, Pearson & L. J. Benson.

Paraiypes, NMV, same toc. and collectors: | or,

collected with holotype; | ot, 7,85; | male, ii.85; |

mile, ii-86; | , v. 86,

Diagnesis; Males recognised by (he broad, strap-

like spines wrapping around the dorsal plate.

Description: Male. Anterior wing lengrh, 1.9-22

mm. Antennae 31~segmented. Genitalia, Figs 25,

26, Abdominal sternite VIE with a slender, elongate

Mmegsal process. Segment LX not produced postero-

laterally, although dorso-lateral spines are present,

twisting sharply and wrapping around the dorsal

plate, Dorsal plate membranous, cons|riyted in

basal halt, expanded distally, then tapered towards

apex, No subgenital plate evident. Inferior

appendages fused act bases, forming stout lobes

distally, Aedeagus elongate, slender throughout

length, slightly hooked sub-apically, apex acute.

Females. and immatures unknown,

Distribution’ Known only from the type locality,

northeastern Qld.

Etymalogy; From the Latin — cupistruinr — halter,

to describe the twisting strap-like spines wrapping

about the dorsal plate.

Oxyeihira Eaton

Oxvethira Eaton, 1873, p. 143; Kelley 1984, p. 435. Type

species: Hydropitile costalis Curis sis Bait, by oyigingl

Jesignation,

Trichoglene Nebuiss, 1977, p, 43, Wpe species:

Tnicheglene columha WNebotss, by original

designation,

Previously, only two of the 10 subgenera

comprising Gxpethira (Kelley 1984) were recorded

from Australia: the most primitlye sub-genus, O,

(Trichoglene) Neboiss, from the south and east, and

a more highly derived group, O. (Damp/itrichia)

Mosely, [rom the north, Now a third, O. (Oxperhira)

Eaton, is added, with the discovery of the Orienta!

O. (Oxyethira) hogambaru in the north-east.

Of particular interest is the new species O.

(Trichoglene) cornutata sp. nov, from the Alligator

Rivers region, again from the small monsoon forest

siream, Radon Springs. (ts closest associations are

with a New Caledonian species, tending to support

the thesis that this stream. harbours components of

a relictual Fawna.

Originally, 1 considered that the third species

reported here, O. camplicata sp. nov., represented

another new genus (Benson & Pearson 1988,

“unidentified gerius sp, A,"), More cautiously, it is

now placed in Oxpefitira with which It shares

general features such as shape of wings and

venalion, antennal form, ocelli 3 and in males

lilillator present on aedeagus and anterior margin

of abdominal segment 1X rounded, But it has a

tibial spur formula of 0,2,4, which occurs only in

members of the niinima group in O. (Dampfitrichia)

and, in the male, abdominal segment 1X not

retracted in VIIL and genitalic structures highly

asymmetric. It is not assigned to any sub-genus, |

am unawate of any other Oxyerhira species with

highly asymmetrical genitalia — a state which is

usually considered ta be derived,

Oxyething (Oxyethira) bogambara Schmid

Oxyethira bogambara Setmid, 1958,, p. 67.

Holotype: male, Ceylon, Kandapola, USNM.

New Records, NMV: 1 o, NE Qld, Yuveahine

Creck, x.84, Benson & Pearson; 1 &, same loc,

IO.iy.88; 2 oo, 2 9 G_ same loc., v.85; | or, same

loc,, 1.86; | co, same loc, iL&6.

{n the Oriental ramosa group, GQ (Oxyertira)

(Kelley 1984), and, like Oxperhira ineana Ulmer,

probably a species that has dispersed recently to

Australia via New Guinea.

Males readily recognised by the titillater twisted

2 to 3 times around the aedeagus (Schmid 1958),

females by the stout terminalia and V-shaped

structure on stemiite VIET (Wells & Dadgeon 1990),

Distribution; SJE. Asia, New Guittea, notthern

Aust,

Oxyethira contplicata yp. wov.

FIGS 27-29

OCriginally destgnated “New gesus sp, B” for

Benson & Pearson (1988) this unusual species is now

placed Icntalively in OxvelAira, bul left in incertae

sedis,as i! cannot be assigned to. any of the existing

sub-genera.

Hodlotypes NMY, o, NE Qld, Yuvcabine Creck,

iL 1986, R, G, Pearson & L. SJ. Benson.

Porarynes, NMYV, same loc and collectors as

holotype: 2 oc, collected with holotype, 1 &,

xi.85; 1 of, v.86,

Diagnosis Males tecognised by the combination of

presence ol ocelli, spur formula 0,2,4, and highly

asymmetric genilalic appendages.

Description: Male. Anterior wing Jength, 1.7-1.8

mm. Aniennac 27-segmented, (lavellar segments

with abundant sensilla auricilica, Genttalia, Figs

27-29, Abdominal segment VII with a small acute

spur apico-mesally, Segment [X well prorruded

fram VIL, anterior margin broadly rounded,

postero-laleral lobes rounded distally; sternite with

apical margin deeply excavated. Subgenital plate not

evident. Interior appendages asymmetrical,

sclerotived, complexly multilobed, with paired,

irregularly-cwisted, Setate, digitiform processes

dorsally, Aedeagus straight, with a slender titillaror,

and stronely recurved apical spine.

Femate and immaturcs unknown.

Orstributions Known only from the type locality,

northeastern Old.

£tvmalogy: Vrom the Latin — corplicetus -

complicated, for the genitalic structures thal defy

interpretation.

Oxyethira (Trichoglene) cormutata sp, nov,

FIGS 30-3]

Holotype: NTM, &, NI, Kakadu Natiunal Park,

Radon Springs, 12°45°S, 132°55’E, t4.iv. 989, A.

Wells & PF Suter.

Diagnosis: Referred 10 O, (Trichoglene) and most

closely resembling the New Caledonian Q. insularis

Kelley (1989) with which it shares the form of ibe

inferior appendages, but also showing some

resenivlance to O. brevis Wells from SW W. Aust,

and ©. caledonensis Kelley from: New Caledonia.

Deseriprion: Male, Unitormly dark grey, Anterior

wing length, 1.3 mm. Anténnae 26-segmented, with

alternating bands of light and dark segments.

Genitalia, Figs 30, 31, Abdominal segment IX

narrow, elongate, anterior margin rounded, reaching

into segment VIL. Dorsal plate short, rounded, with

a selerotised process on cach side, Subgenital plate

membranous, divided into twa lobes by rounded

median excision, Bilobed process slightly longer

than other genitalic parts. Uiferior appendages

forming a pair of widely divergent arms. Aedeagus

broadly hooked apically,

Female and immatures. unknowu.

Distributions Knowa only trom ane male from a

small monsoon forest stream, Kakadu National

Park, NvT.

Etymology: From the Latin — carnulus —horn-tke.

describing the form of the inferior appendages.

Orthotrichia Baton

Ortholrichia Eaton, 1873, mp. J44, Type species:

Hydroptitaangusrella Me Lachlan, by original desiynation

Eight new species referred to Orrhotrichia raise

to 43 the Australian representation. Four are in the

gracilis group (Wells 1979c), three in the more

diverse adornata/kokadana groujy (Wells 1984), andl

one in the aberrans group. Additional records of

established species extend their Wistribucions, and

cases of several of these are figured.

Orthotrichiz amnica sp, nuy,

FIGS 32-33, 47

Hoaiotper NTM, co. NA., Kambolgic Creek,

13°32’S, 132°23'F, 25vA98R, La Tr, A, Wells & P,

Suter.

Paratypes NTM, NMV, @ ocr, same loc, as

holotype, 25.v.88, UV Lr, Suter & Wells.

Orher material examined: NTM, pupae, same lac

as holotype, 25.v.88, Wellss NTM, co pupa and

cases, N-T,, South Alligator River at Gimbat OSS

Station, 13°35'S, 132°36'E, Wells.

Diagnosis: In ihe grecilis group and closely

resembling Q kholoensis Wells and QO. pararga

Wells from which it differs in shape of inferior

appendages and presence of a small, pale spur

distally on dorsal plate,

Deseriprion: Male. Anterior wing Jength, 1.7 men,

Antennae 26-segmented. Genitalia, Figs 32, 33.

‘Tergite VII with a pair of strong, black, spiny setae

on apico-mesal margin. Tergite 1X with let lateral

spine broad, blade-like, Dorsal plate elongate,

membranous except for left ventral margity a small

laterally-directed spur distally; apex truncate, about

one third width of base. Inferior appendages in

ventral view with a concavity apico-mesally, dorsal

provess slender, undivided.

Female unknown,

Figs 23-29, Acvitoptila pearsoni sp, nov, 23,24, male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views, Acrifeptila capistra sp. nav.

25,26, male genitalia, dorsal and yeniral views, OxverAirs complicate sp, nov. 27-29, male genitalia, lateral, vernteat

and dorsal views.

Abbreviatians; ge, aedeagus; dpl,, dorsal plate; inf, app. inferior appendages; sp. spime; 1X, abdominal segment IX.

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICROADDISELIES 121

Pupal case (Fig. 47). OF characteristic form, dark

with short ribs dorsally,

Mstribution: Collected from the upper reaches of

the South Alligator River, and one of its small

tributaries, N.T.

Etymology: From. the Latin — aninicus — of a

slreain. pertuining to type locality,a small stream:

Orthotrichia fontinata sp. ov.

FIGS 34-45

Hofotype- NTM, o, NT, Kakadu National Park,

Radon Springs, 12°45'S, 132955’ EB, 18-19.v.1988, Ls.

‘tn, P. Suter & A, Wells.

Puratypes, NTM, NMV, 10 corer, collected with

holotype; NMV, 1 o, same loc, 13-I4.iv.89, Wells

& Suter; NTM, | oo, NAT., Kakadu National Park,

Rowerbird Billabong, 12°47'S, 133°02°E, 1.x.88,

Dostine.

Diagnosis: Another gracilis group member, with

male genitalia similar to Q altenuuwia Wells but

distinguished by asymmetry of inferior appendages

and their dorsal process,

Pescriprions Male. Anterior wing length, 1.2 mm.

Antennae 24-segmented. Genilalia, Figs 34, 35.

Paired, black, spiny setae apicomesally on terpite

VIL. Right dorsal spine only on tergite IX. Dorsal

plale irregularly bilobed distally, left lobe stiehrly

hooked apically, Paramere clongate, slendet,

Inferior appendages asymmetrical; in ventral view,

separated basally, converging distally, left sub-

triangular, ight almost avoid; dorsal process

undivided, arising on right, curving 10 left.

Female and immatures unknown.

Distrihution: Known only from two localities in

Kakadt! National Park, N-T-

Etyrolegys From jhe Latin — fonsinalixy — af a

spring, pertaining to the collecting site,

Orthotrichia tomentosa sp. ao.

FIGS 36-37

Holotype; NTM, ov, NT, Kakadu National Park,

Radon Springs, 12°45°S, 132°55'E, Le Tr.,

18-19.1v.1988, P. Suter & A, Wells,

Prratypes, NT NTM, NMV, 6 oe, collected with

holotype; 1c, Gulungul Creek at infet to Gulungul

Hillaborig, 20,iv.89, Wells de Suter,

Diagnosis; \n the greilis group, with malesclosely

resembling O, aculeafe in form ofl interior

apnendages and (their dorsal process bur

distinguished by the dark, curved spine to the lef

of the dorsal plate.

Description; Anterior wing length, 1.4 mm.

Antennae damiuged. Genitalia (Figs 36, 37). A pair

of stout black, spinose setac offset from posterior

margin of terete VIL. Abdominal segment 1X with

obliquely Iniuncate anterior margin, a strongly

curved, dark spine arising apically on felt and

piressinig against dorsal plate, Dorsal plate narrowly

rounded apically. Inferior appendages ovoid, sctose,

separated at bases, converging apically; process of

inferior appendages short, undivided, lying on

right, Paramere slender, elongate.

Female and immatures unknown.

Distribution: Collected from two sites in Kakadu

National Park, NT,

Fipmology: From the Latin — tommeatum = hairy,

describing the appearance of che inferior

appendages.

Orthotrichiat serrata sp. n0¥.

PIGS 39-40

Holotype: NTM, c, NIT. Kakadu National Park,

Radon Springs, 12°45’S, 132°58'E, Lt Tr,

I8-19.v,1988, P. Suter & A, Wells.

Paratype, NTM, 1 o. same data as holotype.

Diagnosis: & gracilis group member, with close

similarities to O. parenga, but differing in the shape

of interior appendages and their process, and the

irregular-shaped sclerotised spine along left of

dorsal plate,

Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.5 mim

Antennae damaged, Genitalia, Figs 39, 40. Paired

black spiny setae subapical on tergite VILL. Right

lateral spine on segment LX blade-like, lett irregular

in shape, broad in proximal 34, slender distally, apes

slightly expanded. Dorsal plate about same widih

throughout Jength. Inferior appendages’ discrete,

inner margins dark. toorhed; dorsal process

asymmetric, slendes, atising, on right, arching

towards let'l. Paramere slender, elongate,

Female and immatures unknown,

Distribution; Known only trom the type locality,

Kakadu National Park, NT,

Erymology: Prom the Latin — serra/us — notched.

to describe the inner marzin of inferior appendages.

Figs 30-35. Oxyethira cornutate sp nov. 71,31, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views. Oriberrichia amemea sp

hav, 32,33, male genitalia, venrral and dorsal views, Ortforrichia Jonfinata sp. noy. 34,35, male genitalia, dorsal

and ventral views,

Abbreviations: ac, aedeagus; b.pr, bilobed process; dpr. inf. anp,, dorsal process of inferior a phendages; dpl., dorsal

plate; inf. apn., inferior appendages; pr., paramere; sub.g,, subgenital plore: VIL, abdominal segment VAL; LX,

ahdaminal scemens 1X,

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFI [ES 123

Orthotrichia paranga Wells

FIG, 46

Orthotrichia paranga Wells, 1YT9e, po Bld.

Holotype: o, W.A., Ord River Dar, 21.11.1977,

WAM,

New recards, NT: NTM, | co, Magela Creek at

Rum Pipe, | 711,88, Dostine; NTM, | o, Kambolgie

Creek, $3°32'S, 132923'E, Lt Tr., 25-26..88, Wells

& Suter} | o pupa and case, Fisher Creek above

South Alligator River junction, (3°34'S, 132°34' EL

Wells & Suter, OSS voucher set.

Originally described from NW W.Aust., O.

paranga closely resembles O. stipa Wells, ©.

Kholoensis Wells and O. fontinala, but differs in

shape of inferior appendages and their dorsal

process. The pupa has been associated,

Pupal case (Fig. 46). Length, 2.2 mm. Darkly

pigmented, dorso-ventrally flattened, with finely

setrate ribs extending full length,

Distribution, Eastern Qld, northern NT.

Orthotrivhia tvleri Wells

FIGS 5)-52

Orthorrichia tyleri Wells, 1979c, p. 637.

Holotype: of, W. Aust, Mitchell Plateau, Camp

Creek, 20.vii.1978, WAM,

New records: Cased pupae, NT, Yellowwaters

Billabong, 21.v.88, Dostitve, OSS voucher set.

Males are distinguished by widcly separated,

strong, black, spiny setac on abdominal tergite VILL;

a gracilis group member,

Pupal case (Figs 51, 52). Length, 2.4 mm. Pale,

trattsparent; long, slender, tapering at each end,

without ribs, a pair of vents opening on the dorsal

margin as in O. turrita Wells (Wells 1985b).

Distribution; Northwestern W.A., northern NT,

This is a common species in lentic and lotic systems;

immatures collected from stems of an aquatic

macrophyte, Hydrilla sp.

Orthotrichia furcata sp, nov,

FIG, 38

Holotype: NTM, o, NU, South Alligator River

above Fisher Creek juttction, 11 Tr, 19~20.1v.1989,

P. Suter & A. Wells,

Paratype: NTM, 1 o, NUT, Kakadu National Park,

Magcla Creek al outlet lo Bowerbird Billabong,

1.2.88, Dostine.

Diagnosis: Av adornata group species with elongate

inferior appendages fused medially, and paramere

bifid apically.

Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 2,1-2,3

mm. Antennae 27-segmented, Genitalia, Fig. 38.

Abdominal sternite V1 with brush of blunt, black

selae mesally, Segment JX short. Dorsal plate

broad, rounded apically, a small spur on margin.

Inferior appendages elongate, widely separated

distally, bases fused; dorsal process. Y-shaped.

Paramere stout, dark, distally bifid, apices acute.

Female and immatures unknown,

Distribution: Known ooly from two locatities,

Kakadu National Park, NT,

Etymology; From the Latin -—furcafus — forked, to

describe the forked paramere,

Orthatrichia alata sp, nov,

FIGS 4)|-42, 48-49

Heforpue: NTM, &, NT, Kambalgie Creek,

13°32'S, 132°23'R, Lt Tr, 25-26v,1988, A. Wells

& P. Suter.

Paratypes; NTM, 2 oo, Ni, Kakadu National

Park, Radon Springs, 12°45'S, 132°55'E,

18-194.88, Suter & Wells; NMV, 5 o o', same loc,,

13-14.6¥,.89, Suter & Wells; NTM, | of, South

Alligator River, Gimbar Station, 26.iv.88, Dosrine:

NTM, 10 oo, Graveside Creek, 18.vii.88, Dostine:

NMY, 1 o, Creek 5 km W of OSS Gimbat station,

19.iv.89, Wells & Suter.

Other material examined: NTM, NMV, larvae,

pupac, cases, N-T., Kakadu National Park, Baroalba

Springs, 12°49'S, 132°52'E 22.88, Wells & Suter:

NTM, immatures, South Alligator River, numerous

records, Dostine.

Diagnosis: In the gdornata group; males wih

irregular and strongly asymmetric inferior

appendages resembling those of ©. tyler? Wells;

cases recognised by distinctive lateral flanges.

Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.7 mm.

Antennae 25-segmented, Genitalia, Figs 41, 42.

Tergite VIII without black setae. Sternite IX

rounded anteriorly; tergite with right lateral spine

only, stour, curving towards left distally, Dorsal

plate irregularly rounded apically, a deep notch in

right lateral margin, sclerotised spur subapically.

Inferior appendages comprised of irregular lobes,

sclerotised distally; dorsal process small, slightly

divided subapically, lobes divergent.

Female unknown,

Figs 36-40. Orthotrichia, tomentosa-sp. quv 36,37. male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views. Orthotrichia furcare

Sp, Nov, 38, male genitalia, ventral view. Oriharrichia serrata sp. noy, 39,40, male genital, ventral and dorsal views.

NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES 125

Larval and pupal cases (l'igs 48, 49). Length of

pupal case, 18-21 mm. Black, without usual dorsal

ribs but with lateral margins expanded and raised

to form “wings” or Manges, a furrow mid-dorsally.

Distribution: Alligator Rivers region, N.T., where

it occurs in small slreams on the edge of the

escarpment and in the higher reaches of the Sourh

Alligator Riven

Etymalogy: The Latin ~ alatus = lurnished with

wings, describing the Manges on (he cases,

Orthotrichia sevlata Wells

FIG, 55

Ortkorcichia scutata Wells, (979e, p. 599.

Hotetype: o, W. Aust., Spillway Creek, Ord River

Dam, 20.11.1977, WAM,

New Records, N.L: NTM, | &, South Alligator

River at Gimbat OSS Station, 13°35'S, 132°36°E.

28,iv,88, Dostine; NTM, larvae, pupae, same lov.,

24.v.88, Wells & Suter.

In samples of congeners, Q seutafa can be

recognised by its large size and dark colour; males

have cight lateral spine on abdominal tergite 1X

broadly bilobed and visible in ventral view as a

“bract” about the left margin of the dorsal plate

Larval and pupal cases. Pupal case length, 2.3-2,7

mm, Case (Fig. 55) dark brown, larger than other

Orthotrichia except wberrans group members,

relatively stout, with short ribs dorso-mesally, pupal

case with posterior end longer than anterior end,

D&tribution: Northwestern W.A., northern NT,

Immarures collected from undersides of rocks in

flowing water,

Orthotrichia bensoni sp. wov-

FIG. 44

Holetype NMY, o, NE Qi, Yuceubine Creek,

xi.I984, L. J, Benson & R. G, Pearson.

Paratypes; NMV, 3 & om, same loc. and collectors,

ii.85.

Diagnosis: 1n the adornata zroup, and distinguished

hy the slender lateral spine projecting posteriorly

on the right side, well away from other genitalic

Structures,

Description: Male. Antetior Wing length, 1.4-1.6

mm, Antennae 22-segmented, Genitalia, Fig. 44.

Abdominal segment [X rounded distally, with a

strong, dark, slendev right lateral spine. Dorsal plate

in form of two stout spines, one 2x length of other,

each with apex curving inwards. Inferior

appendages rounded laterally, fused basally, divided

distally, with slender tapered projections apico-

laterally; dorsal process asymmetrical, arching from

tight ro left, left arm produced and notched,

Paramere clongate,

Female und immatures unknown,

Distribuccorw Northeastern Old, Yuccabine Creek.

Etyaielogy; Named tor one of the collectors, L. 1

Benson,

Orthotrichia stureri Wells

FIGS 54, 56

Orthorrich! setert Wells 1979. p, 605,

Hofoiype; of, W. Aust. Mitchell Plateau, Camp

Creek, 3.viil978, WAM.

New Records, NT; NTM; Jabiru, Ranger Retention

Pond 1, I6,iv.89, A. Wells,

A tiny caddisfly deseribed from northwestern

W.A., male recognised by long, widely divergent

lobes.on the dorsal process of Inferior appendages,

Larval and pupal cases (Figs 54, 56), Small stender,

transparent, without ribs, larval case tubular, pupal

case bluntly rounded anteriorly, tapered posteriorly.

Distribution: Northwestern W,A,, northern NT.

Collected from beneath Nymphaea and

Nymphoides leaves in still water.

Orthotrichia velata Wells

FIG. 50

Orthotrichia velata Wells 1983, p, 641,

Holotype: &, Old, Upper Ross River, below. weir,

8.1979, NMY.

New Records, NT: NTM: 1 o, Magela Creek sat

Modginberri Billabong inlet, 18.¥.88, Wells & Suter;

4 co", Radon Springs, 18-19¥.88, Suter & Wells:

9 oro, same data, 14,/v,89; 2 o or, Magela Creck

at Ranger outlet pipe, 20,v.88; 8 of oO, pupae, South

Alligator River at Fisher Creek confluence, 24.v.88,

Wells & Suter; 7 oo, same data, 19-20.iv.8% $

oc, South Alligator River at Gimbat Station,

284.88, Dostine.

Male of this species can be recognised by the

broad, sheathing dorsal plate with V-shaped apico-

ventral excision, larvae by the spines on the anal

prolegs,. The pupal case is figured for the first time.

Pupal case (Fig. 50). Length, 14-1.9 mm, Rounded,

with short medial ribs, grey,

Distribution: Northern Australia.

Orthotrickia musceri Wells

FIG, 33

Orthotrichia musoari Wells, 1983, p. 638.

Holotype: co, Qld, Iron range, Middle Claudie

River, 2+9,x. 1974. NMV.

New Records, NT. NTM, | o, | 9, Radon

Springs, [4.iv.89, Suter & Wells; f o pupa and case,

Kakadu National Park, Baroalba Springs, 12°49’S,

Figs 41-44, Crthoirichia alata sp. nov, 41,32, male genitalia, docsal and ventral views. Ortfarrichia constricta sp.

nov 43, male gemialia, ventral view, Orrhorrodhia bensani sp, nov, 44, male genitalia, ventral view,

126 A. WELLS

Figs 45-56. Hellyethira forficata sp. noy. 45, larval case. Orthotrichia paranga Wells. 46, pupal case. Orthotrichia

amnica sp. nov. 47, pupal case. Orrhotrichia alata sp. noy, 48,49, larval and pupal cases. Orthotrichia velata Wells.

50, pupal case. Orfhotrichia tvleri Wells. 51, 52, pupal case, lateral and dorsal views, Orthotrichia muscari Wells,

§3, pupal case. Orthatrichia scutata Wells, 54, larva and case, OrtHorrichia sureri Wells. 55,56, larval and pupal

cases. Scale bars = | mm.

132°§2'E, 22.y,88, Wells & Suter, OSS voucher set;

1 karvas } pupa, Magela Creed below fails, 21iv.89,

Wells & Suntery | pupa, Batoalba Creek, 17iv.8¢

Suter & Wells.

An unusual ember of the ahernmnis group of

large hydroptilids, with elongate inferior

appendages and a brush-like structure arising above

the right inferior appendage. Several cased pupae

have been collected and conform with othersin the

group.

Pupa and case, Pupal case length, 4.6 mm. Case

large, smooth, transparent, constructed of secretion.

In ane specimen, one of the two tiny valves of the

early final instar larva is incorporated into the later

Stage case (Fig. 53), others lack the small valves.

Pupal cases are covered looscly with coarse sand;

pupal hook plates with only one large hook each,

anterior margin of the head is produced as in other

members of the group (Wells 1985b),

Distribution: Northeastern Qld, northern NT.

Pupae were collected from undersides of rocks in

asmail, spring-fed strcam at the toot of the Kakadu

Escarpment.

Orthotrichia constricia sp. nav.

FIG. 43

Holotype: NMV, C, NE Qld, Yuccabine Creek, i.

1985, R. G. Pearson & L. 4. Benson.

Diagnosis; A new aberrans group species.

distinguished by rhe form of its inferior appendages

und their dorsal process, and by the narrow sub-

apical constriction on the aedeagus which results

in a sharp twist at about 4 length,

127

Description; Male. Anterior wing length, 2.6 mm.

Aileanae 2S-segmented. Genitalla, Pig. <2.

Abdominal segment VIII short, broad, sternite

produced apico-miesally to form 4 triangular lobe,

tipped with blunt setae. Segment IX narrow,

laterally on right produced posteriorly to form a

stout spine. Dorsal plate membranous, a broad,

blunt, marginal spine on lett. Inferior appendages

fused, bulbous, slightly cleft mesally: dorsal

process undivided, irregular in shape, slightly

produced apico-mesally, Aedeagus elongate, tightly

constricied ard twisted at about 44 length.

Paramere a short, cwisted spite.

Fentiale and immatures unknown.

Distribution; Known only From the type locality,

northeastern Qid.

Etymoejogy; From the Latin — constrictus =

contracted, describing the shape of the aedeagus.

Acknowledgments

R. G. Pearson and L: §, Benson kindly allowed

me to study their hydroptilid collection from

Yuocabine Creek, NE Queensland.

The office of the Supervising Sciemist, Alligators

Rivers Region Research Institute funded the project

which gave rise to mast-of the other material used

in (his work, I wish to thank particularly P, Dustine

and C, Humphrey who encouraged me to become

involved in work in the Alligator Rivers region, and

who, together with P. Suter and P. Cranston, helped

with much of the collecting; P. Dostine also made

other extensive collections.

References

Benson, L. J. & Poarsow, R, G, (1988) Diversity and

seasonality of adult Trichuptera captured in a light-trap

at Yuceabine Creek, a tropical Australian rainforest

stream. Aust, £ Fool 13, 337-344,

Earon, A. E. (1873) On the Hydroptilidae, a family of

the Trichoptera. Trams. ent. Soc. Lond. W873, 125-150,

Keitey, R. W. (1984) Phylogeny, morphology and

olassifiganion of the micro-caddisfly genus Qaererhire

Eaton (Trichopterar Hydroptilidae), Tras. Alm. Ent.

Soe. (10, 435-463.

(1989) New species of micra-caddisflics

(Trichopreta, Hydvoptilidae) froin New Caledonia,

Vanuatu and Fuji, Pree, Entomol. Sac. Kush. $1,

190-202.

MarsHain, J E. (1979) A review ul the genera uf the

Hydroptilidwe (Trichupters). ull Se Mus. nat. Hise,

(Ent.) 39, 135-239.

Moseiy, M. BE. (1934) New exotic Hydroptilidag, Thans.

R. wal, Soc, Loe, 82, 137-163.

& Kimoins, DL: EB, (1953) “The Trichoptera of

Australia and New Zealand". 550 pp. (British Museum

(Natural History), london.)

Neweorss, A, (1977) A taxonormme and zoogeographic

siudy of Tasmanian caddisflies (Insecta: lyichapient),

Atom, Natl Mus, View 38, 1-208.

______ (1988) Trichoprera. 7 Walton, D. W, & Housion,

WW. K, (Eds) “Zoological Catalogue of Austratia, Vol,

6." (Aust. Govt Printing Service, Canberra).

Scnsin, WW (1958) Trichoptéres de Ceylon. Arch.

Hydreblol, 54, 1-173,

Werrs, A. (1979a) A review of the Ausitalian species of

Hydropiita Dalman (Trichoptera; Hydroptilidae) with

descriptions of new species, Aus?, J Zool, 26, (1978),

745-762,

______ (1979b) A review of the Australian genera

Xuthatrichia Mosely and H¢éilyetkira Neboiss

(lrichoptera: Hydropailidac), with descriptions of new

species. (bid 27, 311-329.

~—— (1979c) The Australian species of Orthotrichia

Eaton (Irichoptera: Hydroptitidae). {bid 27, 385-622.

—— (1980) A review of the Australian genery

Orphninatrichia Mosely and Mapdenaptila Nevoiss

(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae), with descriptions of new

species. Ibid 28, 627-645.

(1982) Trichalerochiion Kloet & Hineks and new

gener in the Australian Hydroptilidae (Trichopterap.

Ibid 30, 251-270,

(193) New species in the Australiag Hydroptilidac

(Trichoptera), with observations un celasionsttips and

distributions. Sofa $f, 629-649,

128 NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES

(1984) Hydroptila Dalman and Orthotrichia

Eaton (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) from the islands of

New Guinea and New Britain, with observations on

relationships. /bid 32, 261-82.

(1985a) Four new species of Hydroptilidae

(Trichoptera) from the Alligator Rivers Region,

Northern Territory. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust, 109, 97-102.

_____(1985b) Larvae and pupae of Australian

Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera), with observations on

general biology and relationships. Aust, 4. Zool Suppl.

Ser, No. 113, 1-69.

7 (1987) On the biogeography of the Oxvpethira

group, tribe Hydroptilini (Hydroptilinae, Hydroptilidae,

Trichoptera). 4m Bournaud, M. & Tachet, H. (Eds), Proc.

Sth Int. Symp. Trichoptera. (Junk, Dortrecht, The

Netherlands).

_______ (1990a) The micro-caddisflies (Trichoptera) of

North Sulawesi. Invert. Taxon. 3, (1989), 363-406,

_____—-(1990b) ~The hydroptilid tribe Stactobiini

(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) in New Guinea. /bid 3,

817-849.

DupGEON, D. (1990) Hydroptilidae (Insecta:

Trichoptera) from Hong Kong. Aquatic Insects 12.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS.

VI. PROALIDAE, LINDITIDAE (ROTIFERA: MONOGONONTA)

BY W. KOSTA* & R. J. SHIELT

Summary

Keys are given to the genera and species of the Rotifera: Monogononta of the families Proalidae

(four genera) and Lindiidae (one genus). The proalid genus Wulfertia is not known from Australia,

and a single record of Bryceella is doubtful. Two species of Proalinopsis and ten species of Proales

are known from Australian inland waters. Proales similis exoculis (Berzins, 1953) is suppressed.

Five species of the lindiid genus Lindia are confirmed, with a sixth, known from New Zealand,

doubtful. All species of these genera recorded from Australian waters are described and figured

with known distribution data and ecological information. Brief comments are included on current

rotifer taxonomy and biogeography.

KEY WORDS: Rotifera, Proalidae, Lindiidae, Australia, taxonomic revision, biogeography.

Trartartionsof the Royal Society of 8, Ausy.. 44990), 174(3), 129 Ja),

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS.

VIL PROALIDAE, LINDIIDAE (ROTIFERA: MONOGONONTA)

by W. KosTe* & R, J, SHIELT

Summary

Kosre, W. & SHier, R. J, (1990) Rotifera from Australian inland waters VI. Proalidae, Lindiidae (Ratifera:

Monogononta) Trans. R. Soc. §. Aust, 114(3), 129-143, 30 November, 1990.

Keys are given to the yenera and species of the Rotifera! Monogononta of the tamilies Proalidae (four

genera) and Lindtidae (one genus), The proalid genus Wudfertia is not Kaown from Australia, and a single

record of Srpceella is doubtlul. Two species ef Provlinapsis and ten species of Proales are known from

Australian inland waters. Proales similis exeeulis (Herzins, 1953) is suppressed, Five species of the lindiid

genus Linala are confirmed, with a sixth, known from New Zealand, doubtful, All species of these genera

tecorded trom Australian Waters are described and figured with known distribution data and ecological

information. Brief comments are included. on current rotifer taxonomy and biogeoaraphy.

Key Woros: Rotitera, Proalidac, Lindiidae, Australia, taxonomic revision, biogeography.

Introduction

This. paper is the sixth of a series reviewing the

Reifera recorded from Australia, The initial

purpose of the series was Lo collate a century of

records (much early survey work was done by

visitors, and their publications were widely

dispersed), bring nomenclature to accepted world

standard, and provide usable keys to the known

Australian rotifer fauna, A& the series has

progressed, so too has methodology; advances in

light and electron microscopy, biochemical

techniques and computing used in studies of Lhe

Rotiféra worldwide have provided much. better

reslution of a number of problem areas, incliding

systematics. Some of these advances are

documented in the proceedings of triennial

symposia on the Rotifera (eg, Ricci et a/. 1989), of

which there have now been five.

Increasing attendances al these symposia suggest

Unat more researchers are studying rotifers, Some

imnpetus has been provided by the environmental

crisis; Microscopic aquatic organisms such as

Protozoa and Rotifera have been seen as ‘carly

warning sysiems’ for deterioratity waler quality, and

their morphology, physiology, behaviour, or

poputation characteristics, have been more closcly

exarnined. Whatever [he reasons, interest in rotifers

has expanded, and with it, requests for our revision

papers from outside Australia. In view of this more

widespread interest, and as a cautionary note to the

use of our keys elsewhere, we felt it appropriate to

hriefly review present rotifer blogeagraphy. At the

* Ludwig-Brill-Stragse 3, Quakenbrick D-4570, Federal

Republic of Germany,

| Murray-Darling Freshwater Research Centre, POL Box

421, Albury, N.SAV. 2640.

suggestion of an anonymous referee, to facilitate

comparative studies, we also have sicluded more

formal taxonomic details than in the earlier parts,

Biogeography

Global rotifer biogeography and the evidence for

vicariance were reviewed by Dumont (1983), He

noted that each continent has a distinctive endemic

faunule among more widely distributed taxa. Until

relatively recently, cosmopolitanism has been

promoted by the global use of authoritative

taxonoimle references (e.g. Ward & Whipple, revised

by Edmondson 1963) or the use of figures from the

work of respected taxonomists for taxa superficially

similar (or not!) but geographically separated. In

the Australian context, much of the earlier work

was done elsewhere, by workers more Familiar with

the Rotifera of the northern hemisphere, at a time

when rotifers, aniong others, were widely accepted

as cosmopolitan. When competent local workers tn

Australia began to describe the indigenous species

early this century, European reviewers ‘cosmeo-

politanized’ these species by synonymy with familiar

northern hemisphere taxa.

lt has become increasingly evident in our studies

of Australian rotifer taxonomy, ecology and

distribution that a high degrce of endemicity

prevails (cI. Koste & Shiel 1987). Methods now exist

by which superficially similar taxa can be resolved

(cl. Koste & Shiel 1989). These include SEM, as

used by Frey (in press) for chydorid cladocverans,

and electrophoretic methods, as used by Benzic

(1988) tor Dapénia, Until such methods are applied

to the Australasian Rotifera, caution should be ysed

in identification below family, particularly where

evaluation of environmental impacts or

0 W. KOSTE & R. J. SHIBL

perturbations is involved. Similar caution should

be exercised in use of out keys and Ngures co identify

non-Australian rotifers.

Systematics

The families of Rolifera: Monogononta

considered in this part of our revision are

predominantly littoral (epiphytic or epibenthic) in

affinity, collected in and around vegetation in

shallow waters, 2g, billabongs, or at lake margins,

where they graze on detricus, bacteria or algae. The

Proalidae and Lindiidae are illoricate rotifers, Le,

they lack the firm, sometimes facetted cuticle

(lorica) characteristic of most of the rotifer Families

we have reviewed (cf. Koste & Shiel 1990). On

preservation, most iloricate taxa contract into

indeterminate spherical ‘blobs’, and identification

is difficult. Specific determination from preserved

miaterial therefore relics heavily on comparative

morphology of the sclerotized masiax elements

({trophi), which appear to be species-specific.

There are difficulties in detailed examination of

trophi structure: the trophi of some rotifer genera

are minute {(< 20 jn), with correspondingly tiny

components. Bleaching the body tissue away

generally leaves the trophi, bul delicate parts may

be lost|, and the three-dimensional onentation of

the trophi is disrupted. In view of these difficulties,

the details of rrophi structure given in previously

published works may be only partially accurate, or

at worst, useless to interpret trophi morphology.

Inadequate descriptions and figures may have

passed through several generations of revisions. The

recent application of scanning electran microscopy

(SEM) to trophi structure (Markevich 1987;

Markevich & Kutikova 1989) has improved

resolution of components, but the problems of

dissociation and disorientation remain.

In the systematic section below we have followed

the format of earlier parts. Formal descriptions are

modified (generally abbreviated in translation fran

the orginal author) with additions in some cases

after the most recent reviser's comments (Koste

1978). Keys to families are included in Keste & Shiel

(1987), and details of Rotifera outside Australia,

including other species of the two families reviewed

here, are found in Koste (1978). Information, where

available, on type localities and known distribution,

is included. Type material per se is very limited;

some early taxonomists did not make type slides

at all, and many extant collections were lost during

the destruction in Europe during WWJ). Our

Australian type material has been or will be lodged

in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM),

and our collections, presently housed ac the Murray-

Darlittg Freshwater Research Centfe, or as

subsamples in the Koste collection, Quakentintick,

ultimately will be deposiled ac the SAM.

Family Proalidae Bartos

Proalidae Bartos, 1959, 515. (— sub-family Prealinae

Remane, 1933 partim).

Moricate, body swollen, fusiform or vermiforns;

head and foot clearly defined; corona mostly

supraoral; buccal field with rudiments of lateral cilia

(Bryceella with two long cirri); mastax resembles

malleate with different number of unci teeth (1+8),

however is used like virgate mastax, with epipharynx

present; hypopharynx muscle inserted on miastax

wall, net fulcrum; eyespot on brain, sometimes

lateral in Praales, OF Four geneta, Proalinapsis

(2 spp.) and Proales (10 spp.) are Known [rem

Australia, Bryceella (1 sp.) is a doubtful recosd, and

Wulfertia has not been recorded here.

Key to genera of the Family Proalidae

1, Corona willt stout cirri with which the anymal moves

rapidly in a jerky motion; head with rostrum; body

fusiform of fear-shaped with transverse

pseudosegimentation; uncus 5-7 toothed, re

St tas, As Se aes a oe Bryceeiie Remane.

Corona without clrrh.,,.. 0. e ec cee ee ene 2

Yl). Head jong, with sulci; corona reduced, without

lateral ciliary Cults; toes short, wide and acuie; body

fusiform, widening at beginning of posterior \4;

cuticle with longitudinal pleats; uncus 5-toothed;

large epipharyngeal plate...... Wulferti¢ Donner

Corona with lateral ciligfy qufts.,.j).cc.ecer ee 3

3(2). Spioulare papilla above cloaca; unci B-9 toothed

Bie Proalinapsis Weber

cloaca; unci 1-6 toothed... ..,

cote eeee ess. Progles Gosse

Genus Sryceella Remane

Gryceelfa Remane, (929, p 15

Type: Stophanops srplatus Milne, 1886 = Aryceelta

styleta (Milne).

Dye locality: Moss, neat Glasgow, Scotland.

Bryceella is isolated systematically by the

possession of peculiar cirri assemblages on (he

corona. Body slender; anterior end oval, with neck

clearly defined, head extended anteriorly (rostrum):

abdomen oval, with narrow preanal section and

short, squat taik foot slender, with 2-3

pseudosegments; toes blunt, slender, curved

ventrally; integament relatively stiff; abdomen with

lateral longitudinal sulci; trophi small, of modified

malleate type; manubria with lateral lamellae; unci

with 5-7 teeth; rami with teeth on inner margin as

well as basalapophysis; cirrt of corona stand in

several iransverse rows and serve in locomotion

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 131

(reminiscent of the ciliate £up/odes}; animal

proceeds jerkily, with longest cirri to the front;

laterally, a pair of extremely long sensory setae

project from the head.

Distribution; B. stplata (Milne, 1886) (Fig. ib

is known from the Palaearcti, and & tenela (Bryce,

1897) (Fig. 1:2) is known more widely from acid

waters of North and South America, Europe, Asia

and New Zealand, B vaigii was described from

Romania by Rodewald (1935), however the figures

and descriplion were unsalisfactory, and rhe status

of this taxon was queried by Koste (1978), The

singleoothed uncus, lack of inner-margin teeth of

the rami, apparent absence of long lateral setae and

differences in the morphology as figured. make

placement of & vaigi/ doubtful.

Australian record: The only record is of Brvceelig

voigtt by Berzins (1982) from two localities at

Bombala, N.SW, (28.xi1,49 and 8.1.50), both fram

moss on Exealyptus trunks, No figures or

description were given, hence we regard it as an

unverified record of un indeterminate taxan.

Genus Proalinopsis Weber

Proalinopsis Weber in Weber & Monict, 1918, p, 98.

Teper Notonimata caudata Collins, 1872 =

Proatinopsis caudatus (Collins)

Tipe Jocality; pools, Sandhurst, Berksture, England.

Body elongated, illoricate, cuticle very

transparent, adult sometimes with filamentous

gelatinous envelope; head and fool clearly

demarcated; body cross-section hemispherical;

dorsal] antennae on cuplike-cylindrical papillae:

gibbous rump protrudes as a rim over foot; foot

iwosegmented, proximal segment longest, with

dorsal] knob bearing a long spine or setal tuft;

corona an oblique dise with short marginal cilia and

two lateral areas with long cilia: lateral antennae

with long sensillae, on small protuberances, at level

of upper imestine; long pointed toes, elongated foot

glands; masiax intermediate between malleate and

virgale trophi; fulcrum slender, laterally dagger-tike;

rami symmetrical, large and triangular, without

teeth or alulae; uncus with ca, eight long, thin teeth,

clubbed at tips; epipharynx absent; eyespot, if

present, cervical. Seven species are Known (Koste

1978), two of which have been recorded from

Auseralia.

Key to species of the genus Proalinopsis known

from Australia

Fine needle-like spinules on posteriot dorsal papiliq.

seven 0? Gtaudatis (Collins)

Papitla with robust spine. . sels emesis iochre'ne|- yee spits

wae ue stawus Harring & Myers

eee ey

Proalinapsis caudatus (Collins)

FIG, 1:3

Notammata caudaia Collins, 1872, p, 11, Fig. 8

Proalinopsis caudatus: Weher & Montet 1918, 7, 93

Tepe locality: Pools, Sandhurst, Berkshire, England,

Holotype: Not designated.

Description: Body slender, bulging posteriorly,

width <4 length; head narrow, separated from

neck by transverse fold; bright red cervical eyespot;

abdomen-ends in short tail projecting over foot; foot

two-segmented,. fusiform; proximal segment with

dorsal knob bearing long deflexed serae; toes long,

acute, slightly curved; foot glands small and slender;

mastax virgate, resembles malleate; eight teeth on

lef, seven on right wncus, ventral tooth in each case

largest and clubbed, remaining teeth decreasing

dorsally.

Length: 125-268 pm; Width 10 77 wm; toes

16-22 am; trophi (8 pm wide, 25 ym tong:

manubrium {8 ym; fulcrum 7am} unci IL am;

subitaneous ege 60 « 3) xin,

Ecology; Widely distribuled, probably

cosmopolitan in slightly acid waters (pH 4.5-6.5),

Sphagnum pools. Rare, N.SW., WA,

Literatures Koste (1978).

Proalinopsis staurus Harting & Myers

FIG 1:4

Proalinepsis stmunes Hatring & Myers, 1924, p, 439-40

Fig. 20: 5-9,

Type facality: No single locality specified; In

‘Noating and submerged Sphagnucri in soft water

lakes and ponds’, Mamie Lake, Eagle River and Lac

Vieux Desert, Vilas County, Wisconsin, also New

Jersey and Florida, U.S.A,

Holotype: Myers Coll, USNMNH, New York.

Description; Body fusiform; deep constriction

separates Nead from abdomen; no red cervical

evespot; abdomen tapers gradually to tail; foot two-

segmented, proximal segment with dorsal knob

bearing single stout spine; toes stout at base, acute;

foot glands large, pyriform; mastax virgate,

resembles malleate; unci with eight or nine clubbed

teeth, decreasing dorsally.

Length: 100 pm; toes 18 ym; trophi 15 ym,

E¢ology: Only known previously [rom Sphagnum

in North America. Two Australian records; L. Tidler

(Gordon R.) and a stock dam at Golden Valley, Tas.

18.0-25.0°C:, pH 5.87.8, 40.8=46.6 wS cm ~, TDS

26.1 mg | ', 19 NTU.

Literature: Koste (1978), Koste ef af. (1988).

Nat recorded from Australia:

P gracilis Myers, 1933, US.A; 7 fobotus Radewaid,

1935, Europe; & phagus Myers, 1933 U.S.A. P

132 W. KOSTE & R, J, SHIEI,

Fig. |: 1, Aryceella stylata (Milne): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; {c) trophi, 2, B. tenela (Bryce): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c}

trophi. 3, Proalinopsis caudatus (Collins): (a) dorsal; (b) faot and toes, lateral; (c) irophi, dorsaly (d) trophi, ventral:

(e) trophi, lateral, 4, P st@urus Harring & Myers: (a) lateral; (b) trophi, lateral. 5, Progles daphnicola Thompson:

(a) lateral; (b) dorsal;, (c) trophi, ventral; (d) trophi, lateral. 1 after Wulfert (1940); 2 after Kutikova (1970); 3-5

afwr Harring & Myers (1924). Scale lines; adult 50 wm, trophi 10 ym.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 133

selene Myers, 1933. U.S.A. P squamipes Hauer,

1934. Europe

Genus Pracies Gosse

Fmales Gosse in Hudson & Gosse, 1866, 2, p 36.

Type Notommata decipiens Ehrenberg, 1832 =

Proales decipiens (Ehrenberg),

Type locality; near Berlin, FRG,

A diverse series of taxa, From [free-living to

parasitic, freshwater o halophile Fusiform iloricate

body in free-living species, more swollen in parasitic

taxa (also considerable distortion of the body jn

fermales bearing resting eggs); head separated from

abdomen by slight constriction behind mastax; foot

indistinct, very short to long and articulated; two

toes; corona generally oblique, ciliary disc with

short marginal cilia and two lateral tults of long

cilia (not contractile auricles as in Lindia or

Notonvnata species); mastax modified malleare-

Virgate type; trophi very small.

Comment: Proaies requires thorough revision; the

cliversity of Laxa presently included in the genus

undoubtedly will separate into more uniform groups

with improvements in taxonomy, eg. SEM study

of trophi morphology as by Markevich (1987). OF

30 species recorded globally, 10 are known front

Australia,

Key to species of the genus Proales known from

Australia

|, Foot with single toe... ..F dataris Mower}

Foor with two-tues... 02020. oe eee

2(1), Eyespot below base of brain; body bulbaus, =

coniform; commonly epizaic on Daphnia... ,

.P daphiicala Thompson

Eyespot, body and toes nol ag above; nol epiztic on

DAPhnid vii vvevrn ens een ener yee ane ees ene |

3(2), Parasitic in colanies ‘of Votvax on in Faweherio pelle

Free-swimming, not parasitic.. .... a)

in Volvox colonies (not to be confused with

Ascomorphella volvacicofay: ophi small (09 15 pnt)

Sor oe ong cteceen ste as & paresita (Ehrenberg)

In Vaweherte filaments P werneeki Qehrenbery)

5(3). Toetbody ratio >18...-2, 2.22 eee

Toe:boudy ratio <17....2 0. eee ,

f(5). Trophi <30pm; small dorsal knob beiween toes -

& Jatiaciasa Wultert

Trovhi >3um; pointed spine on dorsal margin of

RAG gs ctitroelesjeeesackeé & gig papiee (Glasscoit)

(5), Foat long (2-3 tne tengthl,, & sardtida Gosse

Foot short (<2® toe length)........20....-.. 5

R(7). Eyespot absent; body vermiform......-.....-.

miceopus (Goss)

Byespot present, (nedian or laterally displaced; body

FUSHLOT Ts ts pot shea it foe ee elect Se's 9

98). Median eyespot, ventral 3 base of brain. no lens,

6 unel teeth P similis De Beauchamp

Eyespor displaced to right, ‘crystalline lens; 4/5 onci

teeth, ...------- eee & decipiens (Ehrenberg)

43).

Proales daphnicate Thompson

FIG, 1:5

FP dephaicola Thompson, 1892, p, 220, Fig. 124.

Type lecality: (England)

Holotype: Not designated,

Description: Body short, stout, Wides! medially with

marked constriction behind head, fusiform

thereafter; corona slightly oblique, with two lateral

strongly-ciliated areas corresponding to auricles in

notomimatids; integument soft, flexible; foot show,

stoul, two-segmented, with two short coniform toes,

swollen at the base, with tubular spinules; reddish

eyespot at underside of brain; trophi malleate with

five clubbed unci teeth, rami with unusual doubled

hornlike, conical, elongated spikes; oesophagus

long, slender, gastric glands large: foot glands large,

pyriform, with reservairs in distal and proximal foot

segments, subitaneous ege smooth; resting eee light-

brown, covered in hacks. Male similar in form ta

female, slightly smaller.

Length 275-400 pin, toes 25-30 pum, trophi 36-40

wim, unc: to [8 wm, subitaneous egg 9630 pm,

resling egg 105-109 » 76-80 pum

Ecology: Widely distributed epizoite on Daphnia

spp., where il feeds on flagellates and ciliates living

on the carapace. Regarded in early literature as

‘entozoically parasitic’ (Hudson & Gosse 18864).

Eggs generally are attached 1o the bases of the

cladoceran’s antenitae (Koste 1978), Europe, Asia,

N. America, Africa, Only known localities in

Australia are from R. Murray billabongs near

Albury-Wodonga on D, carinata and D, cephatata,

10.2-15,3°C, pH 69-7.9, DO 71-124 meg I,

78-170 pS om ', 4.0-39.0 NTU,

Lilerafirres Harring & Myers 1924; Koste (978.

Proates decipiens (Bhrenberg)

FIG, 2:1

Notommata decipiens Ehrenberg, 1832, p, 132.

Proales desipiens! Hudson. & Gosse 1886, 2, p\ 36

Tepe Jocalirys near Berlin, FRG,

Holotype: Not designated.

Description: Body elongate, slender, transpatent;

trunk widest in posterior third, lapers to twa-

segmented foot bearing two toes with acute points;

integument with longitudinal folds; transverse folds

demarcate head und neck from trunk; corona

oblique with lateral ciliary fields; eyespot small, red,

mostly displaced to right; distinct bubble-like

retrocerebral sac; gastric glands oval or lobate;

Mastax with virgate trophi, but resembling maleate

type; ram with large basal apophysis, on which are

asymmetric teeth medially; no alulae; unci with 5/5

and 4/5 webbed teeth, the largest bifurcate,

decreasing in size dorsally: epipharynx two hammer-

134 W. KOSTE & R. J. SHIEL

Fig. 2: 1, Proales decipiens (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; {c-e) trophi, various aspects. 2, P doliaris (Rousselet):

{a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c-d) trophi, 3, P Jallaciose Wulfert: (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c-d) trophi.4, P gigantea (Glasscott):

(a) dorsal; (b) juvenile; (c) postenior showing tail and toes; (d) trophi; (2) manubrium and uncus, lateral. 5, P mtieropus

{Gosse): (a) darsal;, (b) lateral; (c) 2nd individual, lateral; (d-e) trophi. 1, 2 after Harring & Myers (1924); 3 after

Wulfert (1939); 4 after Koste (1978); 5 after Hudson & Gasse (1886), as figured by Kuukovg (1970). Scale lines: adult

50 pr, trophi 10 wim.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 13s

like structifres; manubrium long, broadly eriangular

ribbed plates, Male known,

Length: 120-270 am, toes 10-16 wm trophi 15-21

urn.

fcology; Cosmopolitan among vegetation, in small

water bodies, billabongs, ponds. Rare; Tas, Vic.

10.2-21,0°C, pH 7,2-7,6, 11.8-57.3 »S cm-', DO

9.0 mz | |, 4.0-5.0 NTU

Literature: Harring & Myers (1922); Koste (1978).

Proales godliaris (Rousselet)

FIG, 2;2

Microcodides doliaris Rousselet, 1895, p. 120, Fig. 74

P doliaris: Harring & Myers 1924, p. 439, Fig. 19:37.

Type locality: U.K,

Holotype: Not designated.

Description: Cuticle soft and transparent; trunk

oval to round in section; foot two- or three-

segmented; two foot glands; indistinct reddish

cerebral eyespot; corona oblique with supraoral

buccal field; complete circumapical cillation and

lateral ciliary bundles; right uncus with seven, left

uncus with six teeth; inner margin of rami with

asymmetric hooklike denticles, externally with wide

lamellae; retrocerebral organ absent,

Length: 170=300 pm; toes 20-25 wm; trophi 20-25

em.

Ecology; Widespread (Europe, North America, New

Zealand, Asia); Not secn in our material. Berzins

(1982) recorded it from Sunbury, Vic.

Literature; Koste (1978),

Progles fallaciosa Wulfert

FIG. 2:3

Progles fallaciosa Walfert, 1937, p, 65, Fig. 4; 1939,

p. £97, Fig. 12.

Type tocality: Bad Lauchstadt, FRG,

Holetype; Not designated.

Description: Variable morphology, body cylindrical

with medial bulge, tapers to truncated two

tepmented foot with two conical toes; small

rounded knob projecting dorsally between toes;

culicle generally with longitudinal folds; corona

oblique, laterally with strong ciliary tufts rather than

auricles; small rostrum) present; hemispherical

retrocerebral sac and red eyespot displaced to right;

trophi primitive virgate type resembling malleate:

left uncus with seven teeth, right with 5—6 teeth; fine

denticles directed inwards along tooth-plate margin

(Fig. 2:3c), rari with basal apophysis drawn into

2-3 points; no alulae; manubrium with shorter

inner lamella and outer inwardly curving wider

lamella: gastric glands round to elongated; foot

glands with reservoirs,

Tatal length 200-320 ym; toes 9-15 am; trophi

25-28 um; fulcrum 6-1) om; rami 9-12 xm; unci

9-15 um.

Exology; Cosmopolitan in alkaline to slightly acid

water, particularly decomposing macrophytes,

where it feeds on detritus, bacteria and algae, also

on decomposing rmicrocrustaceans and

macroinvertebrates. Often confused with &

decipiens or P. sordida (Koste 1978). Only known

from Tasmania: stock dam near Huronville,

9.0-16,0°C, pH 5,7-7.6, 134445 2S cm —!, 0.6-1.7

NTU.

Literature: Koste (1978); Koste & Shiel (1986),

Progies gigantea {(Glasscoit)

FIG. 2:4

Notomunata gigantea Glasscott, 1893, p. 80, Fig. 7.

Proales gigantea; Stevens 1912, p. 481, Fig. 241-5.

Type locality; (reland),

Holotype: Not designated.

Description: Body cylindrical, very flexible in living

animal; clearly defined constriction behind mastax:

trunk dilates distally to wide, short foot terminating

in two short, conical toes; pointed spur on posterior

dorsal margin of foot; mastax with asymmetric

malleate-type trophi: incus straight; fulcrum long,

with slight terminal curvature; manubrium with

short lamella at head; rami broad, triangular, right

ramus only with broad denticulate blade opposing

first Llooth of left uncus; right uncus 5-6 toothed,

heft 4-5 toothed; no alulae; gastric and foot glands

elongated, fusiform.

Length; 140-510 wm toes 8-12 ym, trophi length

30-35 wm, unci to 19 pm, tmanubrium 18 ym,

subitanedus egg 150650 pm.

Ecology: Europe, N. America, N.Z. Parasitic in

pond snail eges (eg. Lymnaea, Radix). Young

female pierces egg shell, Jays eggs, juvenile ?

giganieo eat the snail embrya, A 140 um juvenile

Icaving an eggshell can reach 510 win in 5-6 days

(Kosie 1978), We have not encountered this animal

in our Australian material, however Laird (1956,

verified by Russell 1957) recorded it free-swimming

from a ponded stream near Rollingstone,

Queensland (19°03'S/146°24'B),

Literature: Harring & Myers (1924).

Proales micropus (Gosse)

FIG, 2:5

Fureularia micropes Goase in Hudson & Gosse, 1886,

2, p. 46, Fig. 19:12.

Proales micropus: Jennings 1901, p. 743, Fig. 5:82

Type locality: A ditch near Birmingham, England.

136

Haloltype: Not designated.

Description: Small cylindrical vermitorm body,

colourless, illoricate, very pliable and variable in

living. animal; trunk tapers to minute conical toes

almost as wide as Jong; toes with inner convexity,

commonly deflected ventrally; corowa oblique;

eyespor occasionally present; small rostrum may be

extended; uncus with three teeth; epipharynx with

two small plates.

Length; 100-150 jim, toes 6=9 wm, trophi 14-16

wim.

Ecology: Rare in periphyton, an Chara in ponds and

lakes, Exirope, N, America, Not seen in our

material. Single unconfirmed record from

Queensland by Colledge (}911).

Literature: Koste (1978).

Proules perasita (Ehrenberg)

FIG. 3:1

Notommata parasisa Ehrenberg, 1838, p. 426, Fig. 50:1.

Proales parasita: Rousselet. 1911, p. 8.

THe locality: Near Berlin, FRG.

Holotype: Not designated,

Description: Body short and stoul, integument

Flexible; head and neck marked by transverse folds;

trunk dilated posteriorly, tapering ta foot; rail a

rounded median Jobe; foot broad, indistinctly two-

scemented; toes wide at base, coniform to acute

points; Corona wath two laleral ciliary tufts; brain

quadratic with hemispherical retrocerebral sac; red

eyespot at end of brain; Wulfert (1960) reported red

crystalline bodies in a light sensitive organ,

displaced to night; mastax small, epipharynx two

slender curved rods; trophi modified virgate type;

basal apophysis a semicircular plate; unci 3-toothed,

teeth joined by thin Jamellary web; rami

asymmetric, more developed on right than left,

without alulae; manubria with broad plates

antériorly, continue as slender, curved rods; gasiric

glands small; stomach commonly filled with green

or dark red-yellow food mass: separale intestine;

foot glands large, sausage-shaped with reservoirs;

resting egg covered with short, strong spines.

Length 140-180 pm, toes 10 um, trophi [5 pm,

subitancous egg 64 um, male 40 pm.

Ecology: Europe, N. Ameriva, Asia. Lives in

colonies of Volvox, Ophridium, Urozlena,

occasionally confused with Ascomourphella

volyovicola, which its behaviour resembles. Eggs

laid in algal colony, young animals and parent graze:

individual algal cells, eventually swim from the

ruptured colony to seek fresh colonies. Not seen in

our material, Recorded by Whitelegge (1889) from

N.SW.,, and by Colledge (1914) from Queensland,

These records may represent 4. vo/vocicola,

Literature; Harring & Myers (1922 Koste (1978).

WO KOSTE & &. 4. SHULL

Proales similis De Beauchanip

FIG, 3:2

Proales similis De Beauchamp, t407, py. 153, Fig, 2,

Type locality: (France),

Holotype: Not desiziiated.

Description? Body elongate transparent cylinder,

slightly dilated medially, tapering to cumparatively

long wrinkled foot and toes; ruby-red cyespor

behind brain, medial, displaced ventrally:

retrocerebral sac small, ductless; stomach and

Intestine not clearly separated; mastax light brown;

epipharynx two long curved rods in anterior masrax

wall; trophi intermediate between virgate and

malleate; rami triangular, without denticulation on

inner edge; short, pointed alulae present; filcrum

short; unei with six teeth, last two on dorsal margin

partly fused (NB; 4-5 tecth were reported by De

Beauchamp 1908 and 6-7/8-9 by Wulfere 1942);

foot glands small, pyriform, with small tnucus

reservoir at base of toes,

Length 125-180 xm, toes 7-20 pr, drophi 18-24

pen,

Ecology; Halophile, in athallassic saline, estuarine

and brackish waters, Europe, N. America, Single

record from Diana’s Basin near St Helens, Tasmania

19.0°C, pH 8.9, 34.8 mS cm!

Comment A variant described by Berzins (1953)

as P similis var. exoculis, from saline (ephemeral)

waters near Tammin, W.A., is here synonymised,

Its measurements fall within the range of # stiles.

The lack of an eyespot as noted by Berzins is

probably a preservation artefact,

Literature: Rosie (1978),

Proales sordidy Gosse

FIG, 3:3

Proales sordide Gosse in Hudson & Gosse, 1886, 2, p.

37, Fig. 18:7.

PT sorida: Harring & Myers 1922, p, 605, Fie.

Type locality; Not specified. ‘Many localities in

England and Scovand: common in pools,”

Holotype: Not designated.

Description: Squat, head slightly Mared antetiorty:

head and neck marked by transverse folds: trunk

almost cylindrical, tapering to 3-seemented foot

with rounded distal segment projecting over swollen

bases of stout toes; foot with median Jongitudinal

depression; corona oblique; numerous vesicles |n

anterior of head; large hemispherical fetrocerebral

sac; brain with lateral ruby-red eyespor; stomach

and intestine not separeted; foot glands large with

reservoirs; unci with five teeth; rami with large

alulag, cpipharynx qneiform with characteristic

basal plate.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS {37

Fig. 3; 1, Proates purasita (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal); (b) lateral; (c—d) trophi. 2, P similis De Beauchamp: (a) dorsal;

(b) luteral; (cd) trophi, 3, 8 sardidus (Gosse): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c~d) trophi. 4, 2 wernecki (Ehrenberg): (a)

dorsal; (b) larcral; (c—e) Crophi, various aspects. i after Harring & Myers (1924); 2 Koste, orig.; 3 after Wulfert (1939),

Scale tines: adult 50 pm, trophi 10 zm,

Length: 150-230 um, toes 10-12 ym, trophi 25

gm, fulerum 12 pm, unci to 12 pm, manubrium to

20 um,

E£eolegy- Cosmopolitan, in periphyton and diatom

films. Not seen in our material; recorded by

Colledge (1914) from Queensland and Evans (1951)

from Victoria.

Literature: Koste (1978).

Proales wernecki (Ehrenberg)

FIG. 3:4

Notommuata werneckii Ehrenberg, 1834, p. 216,

Proawes werneckii: Hudson & Gosse 1889, p. 23, Fig, 32:18.

Type locality: Near Dassau, FRG.

Holotype: Not designated.

Description: Body elongate, transparent, very

slender; integument flexible; head longer than wide,

rounded anteriorly, slight constriction demarcating

neck; body cylindrical, tapering to 2-segmented foat

with sightly decurved conical tocs; corona oblique

with lateral ciliary tufts; retrocerebral sac present:

mastax with salivary glands; epipharynx two

sigmoid plates embedded in mastax wall near base

of rami; trophi resemble malleate type; rami

(riangular, decurved at posterior ends; unci single-

toothed; manubria with small anterior lamellae,

elongate with hooked ends curving diagonally

138 W. KOSTE & R. J. SHIEL

inwards; gastric glands large, Ned with refractive

globules; stomach not separated trom intestine;

retrocerebral sac present; eyespot posterior to brain.

Resting egg. with smooth shell,

Length; 140-200 wm, male 128-150 pm, toes L-16

em, trophi 12-18 wm, subltaneous ege 65-87 xm,

resting ege 62+72 um,

Ecology: Parasitic in filaments of Vaucheria spp.,

the eells of which form galls around the rotifer,

which subsists on chloroplasts, cytoplasm and oils

produced by the alga. Up to 80 subitaneous eggs

produced by the temale in the gall, where she

subsequently dies, Young animals leave the gall;

copulation is outside rhe host, with resting eggs

produced overwintering in the sediments, Europe,

North America, Two Australian records; Sydney

(Whitelegge 1889) and Macquarie Marshes, N.SW.

(F. Crome unpubl.)

Literature! Koste (1978), For species mot recorded

from Australia, see Koste (1978: 267-284),

Family Birgeidae Remane, 1937

Newt recorded From Australia (see Kose 1978: 284-5)

Family Lindiidae Remane, 1933

Vermiform or fusiform rotifers in general

appearance and caronal form resembling

Notommata (Notommatidae); mastax cardate;

manubria with characteristic hooked structure

Remane (1933) separated Lindig Dujardin, 184! into

two subgenera, Lindia (fs. 5.) and Linda

{Halolindia), which, although having comparable

trophi structure, have marked differences in body-

and coronal-form, also in ecology. Lindia (= str)

occurs in freshwater, and is oviparous, JL.

(Halolindia) occurs in marine or athallasste saline

waters, and is viviparous. Five species of Linedia (x.

sj) are known from Australia, none of L-

(Halolindia). Lindia parratti Russell, described

from New Zealand, also may occur here

Genus Lindia fs, s) Dujardin

india Dujardin, 184), p. 653.

Yype locality: (France).

Body cylindrical or fusiform; head with lateral,

medium to very long, ciliary auricles (not everted

under pressure of coverslip in mounted

preparations); head and neck delincated by

tramsverse sutures, which also occur along trunk,

bur most obviously on tail; foot short, stout, two-

segmented, cylindrical with short acute conical roes;

trophi with small 2-4 toothed unci; manubna with

dorsal] projecting plate-, hook-, strut- or sickle-

shaped structures; preuncial teeth in several species:

conspicuous epipharynx generally present;

hypopharynx muscle, when present, rudimentary;

salivary glands present in L. truncata; stomach and

instestine indistinctly Separate; gastric glands mostly

large; protonephridia and retrocerebral sac withour

structure; subcerebral glands absent; cerebral

eyespol always present.

Key to species of Lindia known from Australia

Body <100 am; trophi <10 vm..... L. parrose

Russell

Body >100 um; trophi > 10 am, bas oe

21), Toes >30 wm.. 22.20.22... L. ecela Myers

Toes <30 pm...,.....----65 3

3(2). Distinct bilateral spherical protrusions ‘of

wrteguMeNt 40 contracted individuals (Fig. 4:2b);

trophi >50 jam long........ L. deridderi Koste

No obvious. protrusions; troph! <50 ym long. 4

4(3), Trophy <20 wm, L. annecta Harring & Myers

Trophy S20 eM. ecu gees eet eeec enna ed

5{4). Head with rostrum; toes cylindrical with offset ‘hort

points; elongate ciliated auricles (Fix. 4:4a); trophi

26-32 PM ee eee L. torulosa Dujardin

Heud without tostrum; toes conical, tapered; ciliary

auricles short (Fig. 4:52); ttaphi 30-43 pm...

voc, iurtcata Jennings

Lindia anmmecta Harring & Myers

FIG. 4:1

Lindia annecta Harring & Myers, 1922, p. 622-424, Fic.

54: 6-9

Type locality; No single locality specified.

‘.,. Sphagnum bogs and ditehes mear Atlantic

City, New Jersey.”

Holotype: ?Myers Coll., USNMNH, New York

Deseription: Body slender, transparent, transverse

folds give annular appearance; head and neck

sections of similar length and width; trunk widest

posteriorly, tapering ¢o indistinctly 3-lobed rump,

twa-jointed foot, short, yonical, acute toes; corona

extends ventrally ca. 1/Sth of body length; lateral

auricles small, widely tongue-shaped as in many

Notmmata species: rudimentary salivary glands,

large gastric and food glands; brain large, saccate,

with posterior retrocerebral organ encasing distinct

red eye-spot, scattered pigment granules; mastax

specialized virgate type: fulcrum short, quadrate;

manubria with wide lamellae, before hooked

appendage; unci with three teeth, median twice as

long and more strongly developed than {wa laterals,

all three joined by elongate plate,

Length: 300-350 wm; toes 15-18 qaints irophl 18

wm long, 30 win wide

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 139

Fig. 4; 1, Lindia annecte Harring & Myers: (a) lateral; (b) dorsal; (c-d) trophi. 2, 2. deridderi Koste; (a) dorsal, slightly

contracted; (b) fully contracted; (c) trophi, ventral. 3, 2, ecela Myers; (a) dorsal; (b) traphi, ventral; (c) unci, frontal;

(d)trophi, lateral. 4, 4, toru/ose Dujardin: (a) dorsal; (b) laterals (c—d) trophi. 5, L, truncata (Jennings): (a) dorsal;

(b) lateral; (c—d) trophi. 1, 4 after Harring & Myers (1922); 2 after Koste (1981); 3 alter Myers (1933); 5 after Wulfert

(1939), Scale lines: adult 50 pm, trophi 10 pm.

140) W. ROSIE & R. J; SHIEL

Feology: Most abundant in Sphagnum and

periphyton. Single unconfirmed Australian record

from 2000 m, Mt Buffalo, Vic, (Berzins 1982),

Liferature: Koste (1978),

Lindia deridderi Kosie

FIG, 4:2

Londia deridderi Koste, 1980, p. 504-Si1, Tigs +.

Type locality: Ryan's | billabong, Wodonga, Vic.

(36°07'S, 146°53°E).

Holotype: Holotype trophi only and three paratype

trophi preparations Jodged with the Type Collection,

Zoological Muscum, University of Kiel, FRG,

Nos. Rot 15-18.

Description: Fusiform body with distinctive paired

lateral protrusions of integument (mare obvious in

contracted individuals), trunk broadly rounded te

rump projecting over single segmented Joot and

conical toes; head and neck distinctly

pseudosegmented by dorsal annular creases, which

also occur (less distinctly) on trunk; corona of

Novomnmara type; oval salivary glands, very large

elliptical gastric glands; large retrocerebral sac and

eye spot present; mastax with specialized cardate

trophi, with distinct paired hypopharyngeal muscles

unique fo genus binding fulerurd and tami rami

sickle-shaped, acutely pointed, bearing two small

pointed teeth; unique to L. deridderi also are the

widened tips of ihe rami, forming spoonlike

extensions bearing 1 small, sharp teeth (Fig. 4:2c)

below the inwardly directed main teeth; wnci plates

with four longer rod-like teeth, beneath which are

6-7 denticles on a rod-tike structure, possibly

functioning in opposition to the Tami-processes

(?preuncinal teeth), Subtlaneous egg spiny.

Leneth: 300-400 «wm; toes 14-20 ym; trophi 33

pm long, 60 pm wide; fulcrum 12 pm; rami 29-32

pm; longest uncus tooth 16-20 jam; manubritim 40

ym, subitancous egg 136100 pm with 12-16 xm

spines.

Eevlogy: Endemic. Recorded only in billabongs on

the R, Murray floodplain between Wodonga and

Yarrawonga, Vic, Often with cyanobacterial remains

in sul. 10.2-17.5°C, pH 46.8-7.2, DO 7,3-9.0 mg

17, 108-145 «Sem ', 40 NTU.

Lindte evela Myers

FIG. 4:3

Lindia ecela Myers, 1933, p, 9. Fig. 3,

Type locality: Mt Desert Island, Maine, W.S.A,,

among Nitelfa and Borrachospermunrin permanent

bodies of acid water.

Halotype: Myers Coll,, USNMNH, New York.

Description: Body elongate, cylindrical, slender,

integument very flexible; head small, neck fold

indistinct; abdomen swollen posteriorly, tapers

abruptly to very short foot with equally short, acute

loes; corona extends ca, 30% along ventral surface;

retrocercbral sac (posterior to brain) round, ductless,

encloses eyespol aiid red pigment granules; trophi

cardate; rami lyrate with thin lunate extensions on

margins; fulcrum a subsquare plate; unci with single

Jong ventral tooth and smaller accessory, joined by

weblike plate; manubria with large, crescentic

anterior branch; epipharynx of two irregular plates,

finely denticulate on inner margins,

Length: 370 «m; toes 32 pm_

Ecology ln permanent acid walters, apparently

feeding on cyanobacteria (blue-green algac) (Myers

1933). Single récord from humic waters in Tasmania,

hear L. Garcia On the west coast, 17°C, pH 3.1,

80.6 pS cm 1, 0.4 NTU.

Literature: Koste et al, (1988),

Eindiv ferulosa Dujardin

FIG, 4:4

Lindia torvlasa Dujardin, 1841, p 453, Fig. 22.2

Type locality: ¢(brance)-

Holotype; Not designated,

Descrition: Body elongate, fusifornt 16. vermiforn,

transparent; cuticle thin, very flexible; adult animal

tinged yellow to orange-red; transverse folds distinct

anteriorly, many partly telescopic annular rings

posteriorly in creeping animal; abdomen tapers to

rounded lobe of tail, foot indistinctly two-

segmented; foot-glands small bulbs in terminal

segment; toes small, cylindrical, terminate in minute

tubules; mastax specialized virgate, with lyrate rami;

alulae well-developed; fulcrum. a triangular plate;

\iricr with three teeth, first or ventral most

developed; Jamellary web unites teeth; manubria

with crescentic veritral and straight median branch;

epipharynx two bent rods behind mouth, with twa

rhomboidal lamellae from external angles of which

12~15 thin ribs radiate; small! brain with red eyespot;

retrocerebral sac brown to black; oesophagus, lone,

ringed; stomach and intestine not s¢parate, often

filled with Osciflatoria fragments.

Tength: 250-600-um, toes to IL yan, trophi 26-32

pm, mate to 175 pm.

Ecology; Cosmopolitan in still and Flowing waters;

mass developments in Osciifataria blooms; single

record from ‘Sheepwash Billabong, Yea, Victoria,

11.0°C, pH! 7.2, DO 6.1 mgt ', 170 ~Sem-', 1?

NTU,

Literature: Koste (1978).

ROTIFERA EROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS {et

Lindia truncata (Jennings)

FIG, 4:5

Norommata truncata Jennings, 1894, p_ 16, Figs 10, 1

_Lindia truncata after Marring & Myers, (922, p. 626,

Pig, 54:1, 2-

Type locality: Lake Sv Clair, Michigan, in bottom

vegelalion,

Aolotype: Not designated.

Description: Elongate fusiform body, with annulate

transverse folds, tapers. t rounded tail; two-

segmented foot with short, conical toes; body

orange-brown to red coloured; retrocerebral sac

Gark red to red-brown; cerebral eye carmine red;

mastax with two large salivary glands pushing

posterior ends of manubria outward; rami lyrate

with large alulae and long right-angled dorsal

extension supporting raml; fulerum slender,

tapering; unci with three teeth united by lametlary

web; ventral branch of manubtium crescentic,

dorsal branch shorl, forms anterior margin of broad

lamella projecting dorsally; epipharynx two

hammer-like pieces behind mouth; brain large and

elongate, posteriorly with hemispherical heavily red-

Pigmented retrocerebral sac enclosing eye-spot.

Length: 200-512 pm, loe 8-15 pun, tropht 30-43

um long, to 50 xm wide (fulcrum 9 pm, manubria

25 pm, tami 16 pm); epipharynx width 19 xm;

subilaneous exg 90% 60 ym.

Ecology; Europe, N.. America, BE. Asia in Rivalaria

and Gleatrichia colonies, ocgasionally in periphyton

on submerged macrophytes, Two records: Yarnup

Swamp, W.A. and Seatts Peak, near L.. Pedder, Tas,

14.0°C, pH 6,2, 75-1600 pS cm. |.

Literature: Koste et ai, (1983), Koste & Shiel (1987),

Incertae sedis

A totifer identitied as Russelfetia (sic) parrorti

Russell ? was listed from Myall Lake, ca. 80 kim

north of Newcastle, by Sudzuki & Timms (1977).

No description of figures were provided. If iis is

the rotifer described by Russell (1947), it was

ascribed to the genus, Lincdia, now placed in the

family Lindiidae, not Rousselezia (Notommatidae}.

Lindia parrotti Russell

Lindia parretri Russell, 1947, p. 403.

Tepe locality: Vicioria Lake, Christchurch, N.Z,

Holotype; Canterbury Museum, Christchurch.

Description Elongate, slender body tapering gently

to foot; no distinc! separation between head and

abdomen; annulation obvious in contracted animals

Foot rudimentary, no tail; tocs short; single dorsal

untennae on papilla; lateral antennae not described;

corona Weak, oblique, extends ventrally to retractile

Fig. S$ Trophi of Lindie parrorit Russell, 1947 us Nyurea

by Russell, Scale line 5 yum.

chin; mastax cardate, small; fulcrum long, narrow,

terminates in circular plate; rami lyrate, not

denticulate; unci with four teeth (three rudimentary,

lamcilare)} manubria long, slender, curved,

expanded proximally at junction with uneci; ?no

epipharynx; ?no retrocercbral organ; foot glands

indistinct.

Length 80-100 pm; width 27-35 hm; manubrium

7~9 ym; uncus 5am; fulcrum 3 xm; subitaneous egg

45x25 pm,

Ecology; Described from Victoria Lake,

Christchureh,. N.Z. 18-24°C, pH 8.5-10. Record

from Myall Lake needs verification, Occurrence

with Brachionus plicatilis and other halophile

rotifers and microcrustaceans suggests that the

Myall Lake species is a halophile.

Literaturer Sudzuki & Timms (1977),

Comment: Russell provided no figure of this

species, and the trophi as figured (Fig. 5) are

inadequate, however the description appears valid,

No authority is given by Sudzuki & Timms for the

relocation of L. parrott/ to the notommatid genus

Rousseletia Harring. Russell described the trophi

as cardate (vs. virgate trophi in Rousseletia); other

differences in trophi morphology separate the

genera, We segard the Myall Lake record as incertae

sedis,

Acknowledgements

The Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft, Boun-

Bad Godesberg, is thanked for long-term toan al

microscope and ancillary equipment to WK.

Tasmanian material was collected with support from

The Australian Biological Resources Study and

Peter Tyler, University of Tasmania.

ia2 Wi KOSTE & &, 1, SHIEI

References

BEAUCHAMP, FL De (1907) Description de trois Rotlferes

douveaux dela faune francaise. Bull Sac; Zao), A Paris

32, 148-157.

Benzie, J, A, H, (1988) The systematics of ie Auscralian

Daphnia complex (Cladavera; Daphniidae),

Electeophorebe analysis of the Dephwia carinma

complex. Hydrobrolagiv 166, 183-197.

Berzins, B (1953) Zur kennthis der Rotatorien aus West-

Australien. Report Na 4 fro Professor T. Gislen's

expedition to Australia in 1951-1952. Lunds Unie

Arsskr WLP, 249, I-12.

—____ (1982) Coneriburion to the knowledge af Rotataria

af Australia. (University of Lund, Lund),

CoLLeooe, W. RK. {19E1} Nates on the tatifers or wheel-

animaculae of Brisbane Proc. &, Soc. Olé 23, 87-41.

—_— (1914) Additions ro the Rorifera of Queenstand,

ibid. 27, 70-75,

CoLiins, F. (1872) New species of Rotatoria, Semnare

Gossip London 8, 11.

Disarois, F (1841) ‘Histoire naturelle des zaophytes

infusoires comprenant la physiologie et la mamiere de

les etudier d l'aide du microscope’. (Paris.}

Dumont, H, J, (1983) Biogeography of rotifers.

Hyd@rabivfogia 104, 19-33.

Epysonnsow, W. T. (1963) “Freshwater Biology", 2nd

Edition, (Wiley, NY).

EMRENBERG, C. ©, (1832) Zur Erkenninis der

Organisation in der Richtung des kleinsten Raumes. 2-

Entwickelung, Lebensdaver und Seructur der

Mawénthiere und Raderthlere, oder sogennanien

infusoricn, nebst ciner physiologischen Characteristik

beider Klassen und 442 Arten derselben, 4o4, Akad,

Hiss. Berl, (for 1831), pp. 1-154.

_____ {1834} Beitrag zur Erkenntnis grasser Organisation

in der Richwng des kleinsten Raunies, 4, fhid, (for

1833), pp. 145-3346

(1838) Die Infusionsthierchen als vorkammene

Organismen, Ein Blick in das tictere organische Leben

der Natur. Folia. (f gipzig.)

Evans, J. (1951) The totifer tecord of Victoria, Proc.

Microse, Soc, Viet 1, 4-7.

Frev, DG, (in press) The species of Pleawraxks and of

three yelated genera (Cladocera, Chydoridac) in

southern Australia and New Zealand, Rec Aust,

Museum

GLAsscoTT, L. 5S, (1893) A list of some of the Rotifera

of Sreland. Sei, Proe XK. Dubliv Sov. NS. 8, 25-86.

Harring, H, K, & Mvers, F. J, (1922) The rotifer fauna

of Wistonsm, Thaas Bise, Aovad. Aces Sel. Lett, 20,

553-662.

___ ()924) The rotifer fauna of Wisconsin, If A

revision af the notammntatid rotifers, exclusive of the

Dicranophorinae. Shfd, 21, 415-549,

Hupsoy, C. T. & Gosse, P. H_ (1886) The Rotifera or

wheel-animalcules, both British and foreign. 2 vols.

(Longman, Loiidon,)

__— (1889) The Rotifera or whee-animalcules, both

British and foreign. Supplement. (Longman, London.)

Joxninus, H. 5, (1894) A list of the Rotaepria of the

Greal Lakes and some of the inland Jakes of Michigan.

Aull, Mich, Fisk. Comm, 3, 1-34,

_____ t 1901) Synopses of North-American invertebrates,

XVIL The Rotatoria, Are. Net, 35, 725-777.

Koste, W. (1978) ‘Rotatoria. Die Ruaderliere

Micteleuropas. Bestiimmungswerk begrundel von Max

‘niet’, 2 vols, (Borntraeees, Suuttgarvi.

(1980) Livan deridders ny sp, ein Radertier der

Familie Lindiidac (Ubcromdnung Monogononta) aus

5.E. Auaralien. Arch. Hyarobdsol. 87, 304-41L

—.— — (1981) Zur Morphologie, Systematik und Okolagi¢e

Von neuen monogononten Radertieren (Rotatoria) aus

dem wWherschweniniungspebiet des Magela Ck in der

Alfigator River Region, Ausiraliens, NT. Teil &.

Osnabricker aaturwiss. Mir. 8. 97-126.

SHipe, & J, (1936) New Rotifers

(Ascheiminckesi from Tasmania Jfad 110, 93-108.

& ____s (1987) Rotifera from Australian inland

waters. 1] Epyphandae and Brachlonidae (Roufera:

Monogononiah Javert. Texan t, Y44-Hi21.

& (1989) Classical laxonomy and modern

methodology, Mydrnbin/ogio 186/187, 279-284.

& (1990) Rotifera fram Austrilian inland

waters. V, Lecanidae (Rotiferas Monogonontay, Trans

A. Sov. S. Aust, 114, 1-36,

& & Brock, M.A. (1983) Ratifera from

Western Australian wellands, with deserimions of two

new species. ffrarofielegiy Wa, 9-17

& Tas, L. W. (L988) Now. rotifers

(Ronifera) front Tastnania. Tron... Suc S .dease O12,

119-131.

Kuvixowa, L.A. (197) TRotifer fauina of (he USSR,

subclass Euratatorial. Fawna CCCP 04, 1-744_ (Akash,

Nauk, CCCP, Leningrad.) [Russtan.]

Lairn, M, (1986) Studies of masquitoes wd fresh water

ecology in the South Pacific. Bull, R. Soc. NZ h,

Marxevick, G. 1. (1987) [Functional morphology of ihe

maxillary apparatus of coulers). Dissertation submitted

to the Academy of Science, Leningrad, |Russian.}

& Kuvikova, L, A. (1989) Mastax marphology

under SEM and its usefulness in reconstritcting rotifer

pliylogeny and syslematics. Aydrabiclogia 186) 187,

Myers, FJ, (1933) The distribution af Rotifera on

Mount Desert Island, IL[, New Notommatidae of the

genera Plewrotroch, Lindia, Bosdinia, Proatinapsis

and Emcenrun. Ant Mus. Now 660, 2-18,

REMANE, A_ (1929-1933) Rotetoria, fer HG, Bron Ed,

‘Klassen und Ordnungea des Tierreichs'. 4, 1-576.

Ried, C., SNeT, T. W, & Kino, C, B. (198% Rovifer

Spanos ¥. Developments in Avadrahiaingy 32,

I-43),

Rovewsop, L (1935) Fauna rotiferelar din Bucovina.

Sistematica, Biologia si Raspandirea lor gengratica.

Bull. Fae. Si dig Cernauti. ®, 187-266,

RaUSSELET, C. F. (1895) Gn Diptass trigena sp. nu, and

olher rotifers. #2 Quek. Micr. Cl, Landon, Ser 2, fi,

119-126.

_____ (YD Retifera fexeluding Boelloiday. Ctare tland

Survey Pt $1. Prov. R. trish. Acae. 31, te10,

RUSSELL, C. R. (1947) Additions ra the Rotataria of New

Zealand, Part 1. Tras 8 See’, V7 76, 409-408.

— — (1957) Sere nati fers from (he South Pacific istagids

ald nértherd Austratia, Jans K. Sac, NZ 84, 897-502.

STEVESS, J. (1912) Nate wn Progles (Notanrmrra)

gigen/ee Glasscull, « rotifer parasitic in the egas of the

water-siiail, J Quek Mier ©/, fond Ser. 2. 1,

481-486

Supzuki, M. & F)MMs, BV. (L997) A new species of

Brochionus (Rolilera) from the Myall Lakes, New South

Wales. Proc, Line. Soc. N.S. WA, 163-166,

THOMPSON, P. Ci. (1892) Notes on the parasitic tendency

of rotifers of the penus Prog/es: with an account of a

new species, Science Gossip, Lond. 2&, 19-224

WrarR, EF. & Monret, G. (1918) Rotareurs, Car,

fnvert. Suisse 2, 1-339.

Wairrieoce, T4889) List of ihe marine and fresh

Water inverrebrare fauna of Port Jackson and the

neighbourhood, Proc, &. Soe, N.S.Me 2a, 163-123.

ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 143

WULFERT, K. (1937) Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der

Radertierfauna Deutschlands. III. Arch. Hydrobiol. 31,

592-635.

(1939) Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Radertierfauna

Deutschlands. IV. Die Radertiere der Saale-Elster

Niederung bei Mersburg in Okologisch-faunistischer

Beziehung. /bid. 35, 563-624.

(1940) Rotatorien einiger ostdeutscher Torfmoore.

Ibid. 36, 552-587,

(1942) Uber die Meeres- und Brackwasser-

rotatorien in der Umgebung von Rovigno d'lstria.

Thalassia 4, 1-26.

(1960) Die Radertier saurer Gewasser der Diibener

Heide. II. Die Rotatorien des Krebsscherentumpels bei

Winkelmiihle. Arch. Hydrobial. 56, 311-333.

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG

LITORIA PEARSONIANA (COPLAND) (ANURA: HYLIDAE)

BY KEITH R. MCDONALD*} & MARGARET DAVIEST

Summary

Litoria pearsoniana (Copland) is a small, polymorphic tree frog found in northeastern NSW and

southeastern Qld at elevated altitudes. Morphometric data, colour variation and osteological data are

provided together with observations on large winter aggregations of the species, temperature

regulation and behaviour. The call and tadpole are described and a possible decline in populations is

reported.

KEY WORDS: Litoria pearsoniana, tree frog, morphology, biology, advertisement call, ostelogy,

larval development, winter hibernaculum, distribution.

Jransavtions of the Royal Soctery of S. Aust, (1990), 1943), 145-158

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG

LITORIA PEARSONIANA (COPLAND) (ANURA: HYLIDAE)

by KEITH R, MCDONALD*7 & MARGARET DAVIES]

Summary

MeBonarn, K, R & Davics, M, (1990) Morphology and biology of the Australian tree frog Litario

pearsoniana (Copland) (Anura; Hylidae). Trans, &. Soe, S, Aust, 114(3), 145-156, 30 November, LYS0,

Litoria pearsonianu (Copland) is a small, polymorphic tree frog found in northeastern NSW and

southeastern Qid at elevated altitudes, Morphometrie data, estour variation and osteblogical data are provided

together with observations on large winter aggregations of the species, temperanure regulation and behaviour

The call.and tadpole are described and a possible decline in populations is reported,

Krvy Worns: Litoria pearsoniana, tree frog, morphology, biology, advertisement call, osteology, larval

Jevelopment, winter hibernaculum, distribution.

Introduction

Litoria pearsaniana (Copland) is a small hylid

frog occurring on the eastern seaboard of Australia.

It is closely related to Liroria eitropa (Dumeérit &

Bibren), L. subglandulosa Tyler & Anstis, L.

piperata Tyler & Davies and L. phyllachroa

(Giinther) with which it fornis the L. cirropa species

eroup of Tyler & Davies (1978),

In the original description Copland (1960)

compared L. pearsoniana with L. gnicilenta, but

not with more closely allied species. Moore (1961),

Cogger (1975) and Cogger, Cameron & Cogger

(1983) considered it to be a synonym of ZL.

phyllochrog although these latter authors did not

justify their conclusion. Frost (1985) recognised the

species on the basis of chromosome daia presented

by King (1980) and differences.in call indicated by

Barker & Grigg (1977).

The name L. darringronensis (Coptand} has been

applied by Ingram & Covacevich (1981) and

Cxechura (1983) to species here recognised as L,

pearsoniene, However, none of these authors

provided justification for the name change. The

types of L. phylochraa Sarringtonensis are

subadult, and 2 conclusion as to their status was

considered to be impossible by Tyler & Davies (1985)

in the absence of topotypic material reliably

identified a5 L. pearsoriana, L. phyllechreu or L,

piperara.

* Queensland Nabonal Parks & Wildlife Service,

Pallarenda, Townsville, Qld 4810

+ Centre for Amphibian Studies, Department of Zoology,

University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 494. Adelaide, S.

Aust. 5001,

Straughan, J. R. An analysis of species recognition and

species isolation in certain Queensland frogs. Ph.D.

thesis, University of Qld, Unpubl.

Few data have been published on the biology and

habitat preferences of L. pearsoniana other than

those provided in the description by Copland (1960),

Straughan (1966)! and Barker & Grigg (1977),

despite the species’ abundance throughout its range

during this study.

Here we report data on the morphology, habitat,

biology and distribution of the species, collected

during Queensland National Parks and Wildlife

Surveys within the Moreton region of Queensland,

and in particular the Kileoy Shire (McEvoy e7 ai.

1979),

Materials and methods

The specimens reported here are lodged in the

following collections: Queensland Museun,

Brisbane (QM); South Australian Museum,

Adelaide (SAM); University of Adelaide Zoology

Department (UAZ); Queensland National Parks

and Wildlife Service (QNPWS),

Animals. were measured wiih dial calipers

measuring to 01 mm.

Methods of measurement of adults follow Tyler

(1968), The following measurements were taken:

snout-vent length (S-V); tibia Jength (TL) head

width (HW); head length (HI); eye to naris distance

(E-N); internarial span (IN). Measurements are

expressed in mm, 45 mean (®) = standard

deviation,

Larvae were staged according to Gosner (1960).

The following measurements (in mim) were taken

using dial calipers measuring to .05 mm or an

eyepieve micrometer: total length (TL), body length

(BL), maximum body width (MBW), body width

at eyes (EBW), maximum body depth (BD), snout

to eye (SE). snout to naris (SN), eye to naris (EN),

snout 10 Sspiracular opening (SS), internarial

144 ®. R. MeDONALD & M, DAVIES

distance (IN), interorbital distance (EE), width of

outer cye surface (OE), eye diameter (E), pupil

diameter (P), narial diameters (ND), transverse oral

disc diameter (TDD), basal tail muscle height

(BTMH), basal tail muscle width (BTMW),

maximurn dorsal fin height (DF), maxitnum ventral

fin height (VF), distance from maximutn dorsal fin

height to body terminus (BDF), tail muscle height

at maximum dorsal fin height (TMD), distance

from maximum ventral fin height to body terminus

(BVP), tail muscle height at maximum ventral fin

height (TMY).

Calls were recorded on a Uher 4000 Report

portable reel-to-reel tape recorder at a tape speed

of 19 cm/sec and a Grampian DP, microphone,

Calls were analysed on a DSP 5000 digital Sona-

Graph (Kay Elemetrics) with playback on a Revox

B7711 stereo tape recorder, Frequency responses of

all audio-electronic components are cluse to linear

with the relevant frequency range (1000-5000 KHz).

The built-in set up No, 10 was used for analysis on

the Sona-Graph.

Classification of vegetation follows Webb (1959).

Observations on aggregating frogs were made from

August 1976-Scptember 1978, Cloacal temperatures

were taken with a Schultheis rapid reading

thermometer, Specimens were handled by the hind

limbs with a gloved hand to minimize heat transfer.

Humidity was determitied using a Zeal hygrometer

at the opening of the crack occupied by

overwintering frogs, whilst air, water aod

Fig. |, Ay Balmar view of hana aud 8, plantar view of

foot of Lituria pearsuniana (UAZ reference collection),

microhabitat temperatures were measured ro the

nearest 0.2°C using Schultheis thermometers.

Thermometers were calibrated regularly,

Data were analysed using two-tailed Student 4-

test dud regression equations.

Illustrations were drawn using a Wild M8 stereo

dissecting microscope and an attached camera

ucida.

Results

Litoria pearsoniana (Copland, 1961)

FIGS 1-3, 7-12

Hyla pearsoni Copland, 1960: p, 154

Hyla pearsontana Copland, 1961 p. 168

Litorta pearsoni: Tyler 1971 p. 354

Litoria pearsoniana: Barker & Grigg 1977 jx. $6

Litoria barringtonensis; Ingram & Cavacevich 1981 p. 299

Definition; Small green tree frogs (oo 24~297m,

2 9 30-37 mm) with well-developed lateral stape

from naris to flank, brown tympanum, large finger

and toe discs, basally webbed fingers, extensively

webbed toes, slightly developed submental gland

External morphology

Only variations from the original description of

Copland (1960) are provided here,

S-V of a sample of 20 adult males trom the

Conondale Ranges ranged from 24.4-29.1 mm { «

= 23.2 + 1.3) and S-V of 20 gravid fetnales ranges!

from 30,5-35,8 mm (X = 32.1 + 1.6), The largest

L, pearsoane examined was a female of 37.1 mim

S-¥.

The head is deep, flattened dorsally, rounded In

dorsal view and broader than long (HL/HW,

females 089-100, x = 0.95 + 0.03; males

0.92-).98, x = 0.95 + 0,02), Eye to naris distance

is consistently greater than internarial span

(E-N/IN, females 1.24-1.52, © = 14] + 0.08:

males 1.22-1.52, ¢ = 1,38 + 0,09).

The legs are moderately long (T1L/S-¥, females

0.49-0,56, x = 0.53 + 0.22; males 0,510.55, =

= 053 + 0.01). Webbing between the toes is

extensive (Fig. 1), reaching the subarticular tubercle

al the base of the penultimate phalanx of toe LV.

The fingers are long and slender with large terminal

discs und a trace of webbing between the second

and third and third and fourth fingers (Fig. 1). A

rudimentary submentai gland is present

The colour is highly variable within the species.

The dorsum of live adults varies. The following

colours were observed: dark brown, brown with

green suffusions, yellowish brown with greet

suffusions, brown and green and completely green,

all with or without black spots or reticulations. A

brown canthal stripe extends trom the naris through

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 147

Fig. 2. Litoria pearsoniana in life (Conondale Ranges).

the eye and tympanum along the flank to the mid-

body (Fig. 2). It is barely discernible in brown

specimens.

The anterior and posterior surfaces of the

hindlimbs vary from yellowish tan to brick red and

can change in an individual over a short period of

time, The tympanum is brown merging with the

canthal stripe in all the specimens examined. A

white upper lip stripe is sometimes present. The iris

is golden or bronze. The ventral surface is cream.

Coloration can vary seasonally. Individuals

examined from a winter hibernaculum had all of

the dorsal colour variation described above. During

September when the winter aggregation in the

hibernaculum was breaking up, some individuals

were brown anteriorly and predominantly moitled

green on the posterior half of the dorsal surface and

on the legs. In January, these dual coloured frogs

were not in evidence. Individuals were either green

or brown mottled with green, with all degrees of

these colorations occurring. An individual! can thus

vary from brown to brown and green mottling to

predominantly green. Black spotting occurs on both

green and brown animals with similar frequency.

Osteology

(based on UAZ A1034, an adult male, S-V 25.3 mm)

Skull moderately ossified (Fig. 3). Sphenethmoid

well-ossified extending between nasals dorsally and

between vomers ventrally, overlain dorsolaterally by

nasals. Prootic and exoccipital completely fused;

exoccipitals separated dorsomedially by calcified

plate extending anteriorly to form posterior margin

of frontoparietal fontanelle. Crista parotica

moderately short and stocky, overlain laterally by

poorly expanded otic ramus of squamosal.

Frontoparietal fontanelle moderately extensive,

circular, bordered laterally by poorly ossified

frontoparietals which edge about 60% of length of

orbit. Anterior margin of frontoparietal fontanelle

formed by sphenethmoid at level of anterior 25%

of orbit. Posterior margin at level of prootic. Nasals

moderately broad, moderately separated medially

with acutely tapering maxillary process not

articulating with very poorly developed preorbital

process of deep partes faciales of manxillae.

Palatines moderately long, moderately slender

and acuminate, terminating on sphenethmoid

48 hk. R. McDONALD & M, DAVIES

Fig. 3. A, Dorsal and B, ventral views of the skull of Liraria pearsoniana (UAZ Al034), Scale bar = 5 mm,

between level of dentizerous and posterior alary

processes of vomers, Parasphenoid robust with

broad cultriform process terminating behind level

of palatines. Alary processes moderately slender,

short, angled posterolaterally, not overlain by

medial rami of pterygoid.

Pterygoid moderately robust; anterior ramus in

contact with maxilla about 2-way along length of

orbit; posterior ramus short and acuminate: medial

ranius expanded distally, in bony contact with

proolic, Quadratojugal reduced to base of

squamosal. Squamosals moderately robust with

short, acuminate zygomatic ramus and poorly

expanded otic ramus. Maxilla and premaxilla

dentate. Alary processes of premaxillae robust,

vertical. Palatine processes of premaxillae short,

inclined posteromedially,

Vomers slender, reduced medially (Fig. 3). Short

dentigerous processes inclined slightly to midline,

Bony columella present. Processus coronoideus of

mandible hooked, Pectoral girdle arciferal and

robust. Omosternum and xiphisternum present;

clavicles slender, curved, minimally separated

medially; coracoids robust, moderately separated

medially, Bicapitate scapula equal in length to

clavicle, Suprascapula aboul % ossified. Well-

developed humeral crest,

Eight procoelous non-imbricate presacral

vertebrae. Relative widths of transverse processes

W>ivV=et>v-s> VI = VII = VIII. Sacral

diapophyses. moderately expanded; ilia extend

anteriorly to anterior extremity; urostyle bicondylar

with dorsal crest extending aboul 34 its length.

Pubis calcified; poorly developed ilial crest.

Dorsal prominence moderately developed, more

lateral than superior; dorsal protuberance lateral,

Phalangeal formula of hand 3, 3, 4, 4, Terminal

phalanges clawed; well-developed bony. prepollex.

Radiale, os centrale postaxiale and os centrale

preaxiale present in carpus.

Phalangeal formula of foot 3, 3, 4, 5, 4; small

bony prehallux. Os distale tarsale 1, 2, and 3 present

in tarsus,

Variation’ A further seven specimens were

examined, Variation occurs in the degree of

ossification of the sphenethmoid which can extend

between and anteriorly to the nasals, The

anterolateral edge of the hasal can be in contact

with the dorsal edge of the pars facialis. The

anterior extremities of (he ilia extend about \4-way

along the length of the sacral diapophyseal

expansion.

Comparison with other species

L. peursoniana is a member of the L. citropa

species group of Tyler & Davies (1978, 1985)

comprising L. clirapa, L. subglandulosa, L,

phyllochroa, L. pearsoniana and L. piperata.

£, peasoniana differs from L, citrepa and J.

subglandulosa by its smaller size and by the poorly

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 149

developed submental gland, From £, piperata, £.

pearsoniana differs by the presence of a

conspicuous canthal stripe (faint and narrow in L.

piperata) and by the absence of a conspicuous

anteromedial flange on the otic ramus of the

squamosal.and greater ossification of the yvarners.

L. peursonigna can be separated from L.

phyllochroe by having a brown tympanum (green

in L, phyllochroa).

Key fo members of ihe Litorra atropa species group

(. Submenrtal gland now prominent... ...-.60eee0 2-4

Submental gland prominent, ... ..-- 2... 22

4 aot Tas L. ettropa

_L stibglandulose

3. Canthal stripe prominent,......6.00505 0 =e 28> 5

Canthal stripe indislimer.... ee eens iL. piperate

» Tympanum distinet, ..--

Tympanum indistinct, ,

4. Tympanum brown.....-.

Tympanum ween... ~~~.

4. pearsoniana

oes L. phyllachroe

Habitat

Specimens have been observed in rocky mountain

streams in closed forest (= rainforest), closed forest

wilh emergent Eucalyptus Tarest, or in thickly

vegetated streams adjacent to closed forest, in

elevated areas of southeast Queensland, and

northeast New South Wales,

Adult behaviour

The macrohabitat was complex notophyll vine

forest and sclerophyll vine forest of Webb (1959).

in spring and summer adult male frogs were

collected during the day under lags, rocks, rotting

leal litter and moist cavities lh the soil immediately

adjacent to the water edge, AL night males were

hace

Fig. 4. Bridge girder over Kileoy Creek. Connndale

Ranges, The hibernaculum of £itaria peursontuna was

Jocaled (7 (he arrowed crack.

observed calling from rocks, ferns, grass, dead

branches and leaf litter in or near streams, The

greatest height above water was approx. | m, Dry

bulb lenjperatures taken near calling males were

13,9°O-=24,8°C. Calling increased on warm nights

during and immediately after rain.

In winter L. peursoniana forms aggregations

tinder rocks, in cracks in rocks, in cracks in bridge

girders and also in cracks behind waterfalls (G.

Czechura pers. comm,), Males and females

aggregate together and an aggregahion located in

cracks between bearers on a bridge at the Kilcoy

Creek study site (Fig. 4) was observed in the winiers

of 1976-1978. A sample of 139 taken on 7

September 1976 had a sex ratio of 1 9:4,79 oc,

The vuracks between the bridge bearers were

0.61.0 em wide in the front and tapered backwards

(Fig, 5), Not all cracks were occupied. All narrow

openings other than those in the frant of cracks

were sealed off with mud from old wasps nests. and

silt seepage from the top of the bridge, Within the

oecupied cracks the mud had been pushed to the

sides and backs of the eracks,

Each frog adopted a pose similar to that of 7,

chloris illustrated by Tyler (1989 plate 35). All were

close together in groups jn the cracks and all faced

toward the opening, Dorsal and ventral surfaces

were in contact with the wood surfaces. The eyes

were partially or completely closed when examined

in situ by torch light, Frogs were very lethargic when

disturbed or handled,

In early August 1978, 188 frogs were located in

the hearer cracks, The aggregation had formed

during May and hroke up in September, It partially

disbanded in August 1978 when weather conditions

were overcast with light rain, but it reformed 24 hrs

later when cool, fine weather predominated, The

only record of the break up of the aggregation

during the three years of the study was on 7

September 1977 (air temperature 13.9°C at 8.50 p.m

aller the first spring light rain) when some breeding

commenced; males were calling at intervals and

some females spawned, However most males were

not giving the complete diphasic call (Straughan

1966'), The aggregation had only partially broken

up at this stage but by 7 October 1977 it had

completely dispersed and frogs were located during

the day in decaying vegetation and under rocks and

logs on the water edge.

Relative humidity was high during winter, and

readings from close to the cracks during a typical

24 hr period in June 1978 together with ambient

lemperalures in the cracks, in the water and in the

ourside air are shown in Fig. 6.

There was rio significant difference in body

temperature between che sexes (t = 1.7094, df =

86, U.0S < p < 0.01), but the body temperatures

150 K. R. MCDONALD & M. DAVIES

gy Sse __—SS—S——

Fig. 5. Dimensions of the crack occupied by a hibernaculum of Litoria pearsoniana. Scale bar = 1 cm.

= =

mes

al Ai

s A—A

£& 10

3.00pm 12.00 3.00am

12.00 3.00pm

Time of day

Fig. 6. Relative humidity in the hibernaculum over a 24 hr period in June 1978. Ambient temperature in the crack

(closed circle) in the outside air (open circle) and in the water of the stream (triangle) over a 24 hour period in June 1978.

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 151

differed between winter and summer (t = 71,023,

df = 86, p < 0,005).

Cloacal temperatures of a sample of frogs (N =

47, % = 10.12 + 0.74°C) and of ambient air within

the cracks and within 5 cm of each frog on 27 June

and 26 July 1978 are depicted in Fig. 7A. These

winter body temperatures were significantly

different from ambient temperature (t = 4.758, df

= 45, p < 0.005), the body temperatures being

higher on average. There is no significant

correlation between body temperature and ambient

temperature (N = 47, df = 45,r = —0.08864, p

> 0.10). Summer body temperatures taken on 17

January 1978 and 23 January 1978 also were

significantly different from ambient temperature (t

= 7.82, df = 39, p < 0,005), Cloacal temperatures

of breeding frogs in summer (N = 41, % = 22.74°C

+ 0.93) and ambient air temperature within 3 cm

of each frog are shown in Fig. 7B, Again there is

no significant correlation between body temperature

and ambient temperature (N = 41, df = 39,r =

—O0.18016, p > 0.10),

Temperatures in two cracks lacking frogs did not

differ from those in cracks with frogs, but the

unoccupied cracks were not true controls as they

were of differing dimensions and were not occupied

by an equivalent non-living mass similar to the bulk

of frogs in the other cracks.

Body Temperature

Breeding biology

Males call consistently from early September to

February with some spasmodic calling in March and

April. Peaks of calling were observed to occur from

Gctober to early February, coinciding with the

summer rains and the major breeding season.

The call is a diphasic three-note call and can be

likened to “Weeek Kuk Kuk”. It lasts from 0.8-1.8

seconds (Straughan 1966!), The waveform display

of an advertisement call taken in the Jimna State

Forest al Marumba Creek is shown in Fig. 8. Air

femperature at the calling site was 18°C, Call

parameters are shown in Table |. This recording was

from a single male sitting on a rock above water,

and may not be representative of the calls made in

a chorus.

Calling can vary in several ways. A very slow

version of the first part of the advertisement call

is sometimes heard early in the evening. Sometimes

the first part of the call is made by one male and

answered by a second by completing the sequence,

The duration of these calls and parts of calls is quite

variable.

Another call, consisting of the last two nates of

the full call repeated several times, was noted in a

general chorus recording. We cannot comment

further upon the call data in the absence of

appropriate temperature measurements.

Body Temperature

21 22 25 ae

Alr Temperature

Fig. 7, A. Cloacal temperatures of Liforig pearsontana and ambient temperatures in the crack on 26 June and 27

Jujy 1978. B, Cloacal temperatures of breeding Liforia pearsoniana and ambient temperatures in summer,

152 K. R. MCDONALD & M. DAVIES

TABLE 1. Characteristics of the biphasic call of Litoria pearsoniana taken at Marumba Creek, Jimna State Forest,

Qld. Air dry temperature at calling site was 18°C.

Duration No, of Pulse repetition Dominant

Pulses Tate (pulses/sec) Frequency

(Hz)

Complete call 871.9 = ~ -

Introductory note 262.5 c, 377! 432.1 2280, 2680, 3080+

First repeated note 84.4 6 67.4 1840

Second repeated note 78.1 6 73.6 1840

| Back calculated from note duration and the pulse * Three peaks of equal intensity probably representing

repetition rate measured from 20 pulses and pulse emphasized size band frequencies generated by the

intervals taken from near the middle of the note. modulating frequency of ¢. 400 Hz (the pulse repetition

rate of the call).

A B

nw Fa D

ono oC CO fo

—_

Relative intensity (dB)

123 4 5 6 7 B 25 50 75 100 125 150

ime (ms)

Frequency (kHz) Ar

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Time (ms)

Fig. 8, Waveform display of a calling male litoria pearsoriana at Marumba Creek in the Conondale Ranges. Air

temperature at the calling site was 18°C. A = Power spectrum of the introductory note; B = Last segment of

introductory note, showing pulses; C = Complete call.

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE PROG 1s}

Gravid females were found in the winter

hibernaculum from June to August, Ova were at

various stages of development with some females

having the body cavity fully occupied by eggs.

Litera pearsoniana was the first species of [rag

to Spawn of the eight species (Adeletus brevis,

Mixophyes fasciolatus, M. iteratus, Rheabatruchus

silus, Jaudactvlus diurnus, Litoria chloris and L,

lesueuri) at the study site in Kilcoy Creek. A female

which spawned in the field on 15 November 1978

and retained in the laboratory possessed large

pigmented ova on 7 December 1978 suggesting a

capacity to breed more than once jh a season,

Axillary amplexus takes place adjacent to pools

connected to or separated from creeks, After

amplexus is achieved at or near the male’s calling

site, the fermale moves to the water and adopts a

position in which about “4 of her abdomen and '4

of that of the male is submerged in the water. When

spawning, (he female takes a semi-upright position,

clasping leaves, rocks or twigs. Spawning usually

takes place al night, but has been observed at

midday on an overcast day in a shady area of the

creek,

Eggs are deposited in sull, shallow pools adjacent

to, or connected with, Lhe main stream, The greatest

depth of water in which ova were deposited was 35

mm. Over the period 1976-1978, spawning

commenced in early September, although on one

océasion (8 August 1978) breeding occurred earlier

in unusally warm conditions with an overcast day

and light rain. When cooler weather returned 24

hrs later, the winter hibernaculum reformed until

September, The eges laid on & August 1978 were

at stage 15 on 17 August 1978 and had not hatched.

Eges are L1-1.3 mm in diameter and are

individually capsulated in a clear jelly 3.0-3.5 mm

in diameter. They are attached in a mags to twigs,

rocks, leaves and vegetation, Eggs have a dark

brown animal] pole and an off-white vegetal pole.

Macroscopically they appear to be black, Silt settles

on the jelly capsule in one to two days giving ita

ercy or brown appearatice and concealing the

developing embryo. Eggs are laid 5-8 ata time, with

occasional groups of up to 12, and can be along

twigs and rock surfaces or in clumps on the bougm

of a pool. The longest row of eggs measured was

24 cm. Eyes are usually clamped together rather

than strung out over such long distances. Spawn

clumps comprise 363-732 exys ( « = 445,n = 10),

Larvae

Initial development is rapid, neurulation

occurring in 2-3 days with hatching occurring 3-5

days after spawning in late September. The eggs

Hatch al stage 19.

Fig. % A, Lateral and B, dorsal views of a tadpole of

Litoria pearsoniana at Stage 37. Seale bar = 5 mm.

eet

dc Banga ely

Fig. 10. Oral disc of a tadpole of Literia pedrsuniane,

Stage 37 Seale bar = | mm.

The following description is of a tadpole at stage

37, Body broader than deep with greatest breadth

posterior Lo eyes (Fig. 9). Mouth ventral (Fig. 10)

with two upper and three lower rows of labial teeth.

The second upper arid first lower row have a median

gap, Labial papillae surround lateral and posterior

margins of mouth.

Dorsal surface of body brown Ln later stages of

development some specimens have dark spots

dorsally,

Spiracle sinistral and ventrolateral (Fig. 10). Anal

aperture dextral, opening adjacent to veniral fin.

Tail moderately thick, deepest in anterior 44, Tip

rounded. Neuromasts of lateral line lightly blotched

with brown, Pins transparent with clusters of

melanophores anterjorly and superiorly, Greatest

depth of fin is posteriorly, Ventral surface of body

unpigmented. A light golden appearance is

characteristic of early Stages (i.e. 25-28).

Metamorphosis of tadpoles reared at ambient

temperature from spawn collected on 27 September

154

K. R. MCDONALD & M. DAVIES

TABLE 2. Measurements (in mm) of single larvae of Liloria pearsoniana. See fext for abbreviations.

Gosner

slage 25 37 39

TL 11.52 30.2 25.6

MBW 3.92 7.8 6.16

EBW 3.6 6.2 5.84

P 0.24 0.32 0.48

OE 0.6 1.76 1.76

IN 0.92 1,2 0,96

SE 1.68 2.16 2.08

EN 0.68 1.04 0.96

BTM 0.96 3,52 2.56

DFH 0.96 3.24 1.52

BL 4.44 10,2 8.4

BD 2,32 6.4 3.68

E 0.48 1,28 2.0

EE 1,12 1.44 3.76

ND 1.6%0.4 0,320.32 1.6x0.4

SN 0.48 0,96 1.12

SS 3.24 6.64 6.08

TDD 1.44 2.88 2.56

BIMW 0.72 2.5 1.76

VF 0.72 1.6 1.2

BDF 3.6 12.8 7.84

BVF 3.6 12.8 7.84

TMD 0.4 1.44 1,52

TMV 0.4 1.44 1.52

DVFB 2.28 $12 3.6

1977 was completed between late December 1977

and early January 1978: a larval life of 2-24

months,

Mean snout-vent lengths of seven newly-

metamorphosed individuals was 9.9 mm

(9.3-11.1 mm). Colour was dark brown with a

reticulated appearance, No green pigmentation was

evident. Newly-metamorphosed individuals were

observed in the field in January and February.

Measurements on a developing series of tadpoles

are provided in Table 2.

Distribution

Litoria pearsoniana has a distribution in

preferred habitat from northeastern N.SW. (vicinity

of Lismore) to the vicinity of Kenilworth, southeast

Qld, with an isolated population on Kroombit Tops

(Czechura 1986) (Fig. 11). The species is restricted

to elevated areas, and has not been located in lower

coastal country. Distribution appears to be

influenced by the presence of a combination of

closed forest or thick vegetation, flowing rocky

streams and elevation.

22.6 30.7 27,2

5.76 8.3 6.0

5.60 6.9 5.6

1.44 0.48 0.56

2.4 1.6 1.6

1.12 1.32 0.96

2.88 2.96 1.68

1.12 1.48 1.28

3,44 3.6 2.4

1.52 2.24 1.6

8.12 11.6 9.12

4.4 4.5 3.84

1.36 1.36 1.6

2.56 2.8 1.92

0.32 «0.24 0.48 0.48 0.24% 0.24

1.68 0.88 0.24

6.8 7.8 ~

2.56 3.36 1.44

2.56 3.0 2.56

0.64 1.28 1.04

9.6 8.0 9.6

1.12 3.04 1,28

1.12 3.04 1.28

3.44 4.96 3,12

wate |

* oe fe

o""%. 8 {

f \ ars

*, es ve e

Brisbane « 4" Ps

MA, a

; |

sit

se ef os

2 oe “e°

ie oo

a e

oC * ® e

\ e

e e |

0 20 40 km

a es

Fig. 11. Distribution of Litoria pearsoniana in northern

N.SW., and southeastern Queensland.

MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 155

Couseryation status

Acthe time of this study (1976-1978), the species

was exceptionally abundant (usifig the criteria of

Kirkpatrick & Lavery 1979}. However, (he species

declined al the end of the decaile and in December

1983 at the site at which 50 L. peersoniane were

collected and checked for colour variation in |978,

only five specimens were seen and heard over a

period of 1/2 hrs. Ac this time no confirmed egg

masses of L. pearsoniana were observed.

Other species of frogs have disappeared from this

area including the Gastric brooding frog

Rheabatrachus silus (Unetam 1983) and the

southern day frog Tiuedactyius diurnius (Czchura

1984), We have hoe further data on abundance of

the species and hence are unsure whether the

populations have “declined” at other sites: along

their disiribution or of the status of the Conondale

Ratize populations at this time,

Material examined

S4M RI7S83-3, Warrie N.P., Springbrook; NPWS

NIST60-2, N1S765-7, N1S776-8L, NITI99, NL7271-4_

17276, NI7278, Nit283, NI7285-6, NI7287-8.

NI7200-4, N17565—74, NI7587, N28004, Conondale N.P.

Kilooy Creek Bridge; NI70B7, Conondale Ra, Bellthorpe

S.F., Sandy Creek; A320, A323, Mt Glorious; 4468-471,

‘TWin Falls, Warrie N.B.; A476, Goamoolara Falls, Warrie

N.P: A326, Nt2012-28, Warrie N.P.; A357, AB59-60,

Cunningham's Gap N_P.; A352, Giraween N.P; A758-760),

Kondalilla NP; N17687, Conondaly Ra, Sandy Creek,

Bellthorpe SF, N17384, 17510, Kundys Hut, Murumba

Ck, Jimna $.F.; NI75G0-3, East Branch, Kilcoy Creek:

NI7882=4, Muruniba Ck, JimnaS.F; QM 130879, 137645,

340420, 340425, 340428, 140447. Eden Ck Falls. 25 km

SE Woodenbong, N.SW.; I30885, 137637, 340418,

140423-4, Undercliff, NSW. 131478, 11.4 kin W Ballina,

N.SW.; 331494, Tweed Platzau, Old; 13554, Mi Clunie,

NUSW., 337647-8, J40501, Mackintosh's Kd, nr

Woodenbong, N.SWs 140419, 140427, Back Creek Rd,

Unurngah State Forest (20°25'S, 152°42° E); 346935, Suow

Ck, Upper Cooper Ck (28°33°S, (53°23°E). UAZ A87,

Mt Nebo; AS&—9, Warric N-P., Springbrook; B42!, 41034,

Al4S4-5, Conondale Ra,

Discussion

Lyoria pearsoniana is closely related to other

members of the L. crfrope species group ay defined

by Tyler & Davies (1978, 1985). It shares with these

species a number of features including a submental

gland and the lrabit of forming Winter aggregations,

the choice of breeding sites, the method of ege

deposition (Tyler & Anstis 1975; Harrison £922).

Larvae of L. pearsoniana show typical hylid

characters in the dorsolateral position of the eve and

venolateral spiracle, However, the gently rounded

tall tip t§ nat typical of hylids (Banks ef af, 1983),

The tooth row formula is typical of many Australian

hylid tadpoles (Martin & Watson 1971) and similar

lo that of L. cifrope althouwh diffcring from that

species in possessing labial paplliae that entirely

surround the oral disc) The oral disc of J.

Subgianduiese lacks tooth rows and comprises a

finnel of papillae of varying lengths (Tyler & Anstis

1975). Tadpoles ef L. piperata and L, phylfochroa

have not been described.

The tadpoles of L. pearsoniana have more lotic

adaptations Jn that they are not a bizh finned

hecktonic type typical of many Ausrralian lytids

(Banks ef ai, 1983).

The call of £, peersoniene is complex ahd we

present the data here to provide @ basis for

elaboration by other workers.

The observations on overwintering aggregations

reported here are the first detailed for an Australian

frog species, and suggest that the frogs actively seck

appropriate microenvironments in which to

overwinter, The full details oF site selection remain

obsture, bul the data indicate that the amplirude

of temperature fluctuations and the relative

humidity conditions within the mivrohabitat are

important factors. The cracks appear to stabilize

both temperature and humidity and the

macrohabitat (dense closed forest and associated

perennial streams) reduces extreme fluctuations in

air temperature and humicity that would be

experienced in more open vegetation (Greenslade

& Thompson 1981).

Position and posture within the cracks also are

imporiant factors in thal crowding and maintenance

of the limbs against the body reduces exposed

surface area and this conserves moisture (Johnson

1971; Tyler 1976, 198% Heatwole 1963; Heatwole

er al, 1969),

Rody iemperatures of inactive frogs in winter

were less than 2°C above the temperature in the

crack over. a 24 hr period. The air within the crack

fluctoated through I°C whilst that outside varied

by 53°C. The significant difference between body

temperature and amblent air temperature for both

summer and winter implies some form of control

over body temperature by the frogs.

Populations of spectes of frog such as &-

pearsoniong which form winter ageregations can

become extremely vulnerable during these penods,

Comptcte or partial destruction of aggregation sites

could result in the elimination of a local population

whilst destruction of macrohabitat would subject

any population remaining Lo adverse changes in

temperature and moisture fluctuations

The possible decline of the specles In the

Conondale Ranges is cause fer concern as it mirrors

declines in other species in that area and elsewhere

(Cfyter in press). Such declines may be indicative of

ittajor environmental problems and as such, deserve

carer) siely,

156 kK, R. MCDONALD & M1, DAVIES

it should be noted that amongst the material

examined in this study were five specimens from

Barrington Tops, N.SW. (QM J34236-9, 134246),

the type locality of Litoria phyllochroa

berringtonensis, These specimens have green

tympana and afe identified as ZL. pAyilochroa

However, ili the absence of accompanying call data,

we are not prepared to comment further on the

siatus of L. phyllochroa barringronensis.

Acknowledgments

S. Crafter, 1. S. McEVoy and Dr J. D. Miller are

thanked for assislance in the field, Dr G, F. Watson

ran (he sonagram and analysed the call while G,

Czechura, Dr R. S. Seymour and A/Prot’. M. J,

Tyler provided critical comment for which we are

grateful, Patrick Couper is thanked for the loan of

material from the Queensland Museum, Lorna

Lucas typed the manuscript,

References

Baxks, C B, Brrkett, J, R., Dus, R, W, & Martin,

A, A. (1983) Development of Litaria infrafreadir

tAnura: Hylidae). Thoms. Ro Sec S Awst. 10704),

197-200,

Barker, 1 & Gricc, G. f1977) “A Hield guide ta

Australian frogs". (Rigby, Sydney.)

Coccer, H. G. (1975) “Reptiles and Amphibians of

Australia", (Reed, Sydney.)

___, Cameron, BE. & Cooorr, H. M, (1983)

“Zoological Catalogue of Australia. 1. Amphihia and

Reptilia.” (A,G,.P.S., Canberra.)

Copiann, & J. (1960) A new tree-f'rog (eenus Ayla) from

Queensland. Proc, Lina, Soc. N.S.W 85(1), 1S4-156.

(1961) A new name for A’yla pearsoni, preoccupied

(Amphibia). bid, 86(1), 168.

Crechura, G, V. (1984) The Blackall-Conondale Ranges:

Frogs, reptiles and fauma conservation. JG, L, Werren

& A. P. Kershaw (Eds) Proceedings of workshop “The

present, past and futate of Australian rainforests”.

{Monash University, Clayton.)

___ (1986) Distant exiles: frogs and reptiles recorded

from Kroombii Tops, Southeast Queensland, Qld Nat.

271-4), 61-67,

Frost, D. R. (Ed.) (1985) “Amphibian species of the

world. A taxonomic and geographical reference”. (Allan

Press & A,S,C., Lawrence, Kansas.)

Gosner, K. (1960) A simplified table for siaging anuran

embryos. and larvae with moles on identification.

Herpetologica 16, 355-363,

GREENSLADE, P, J. M. & THOMPsoN, C. H. (1983) Ant

distribution, vegetation and soil relationships in the

Cooloola-Noosa River area, Queensland, pp. 192<207,

in ACN. Gillison & D. J. Anderson (Eds) “Vegetation

Classification in Australia" (C._S.LR.O, & ANU, Press,

Canberra.)

Harrison, L. (1922) On the breeding habils of some

Australian frogs. Ausf. Zool. 3, 17-34.

Heatwoce, H. (1963) Leologic segregation of two species

of tropical frogs of the genus Eleutheroductplus. Carib.

a Sci, 3, 17-23.

Torres, FR, De Austin, S. Bo & Heatwonk, A.

(1969) Studies on anuran water balanoc. |. Dynamics

af evaporative water loss by the Coqui,

Eleutheroductylus pottoricensis. Carp. Biachem.

Physiol, 28, 245-269.

Ingram, G. J. (1983) Natural History, pp. 16-35. fv

M. 4. Byler (Ed) “The gastric brooding frog” (Croom

Helm, London.)

& CovacevicH, J. (1981) Frog and replile type

specimens in the Queensland Museum with a checklist

of frogs and repriles in Queenstand. Men Old Ans.

22), 55-70,

JOHNSON, CC. R, (1961) Thermal relations in some

southern and eastern Australian anurans Proc, R. Soc.

Qld 82, 92-94,

Kinc, M, (1980) A cytotaxonomic analysis of Australian

hytid trogs of the venus Litoria. nC. B. Banks & A, A,

Martin (Eds) “Proceedings of the Melbourne

Herpetological Symposium". (Zool, Board Viet.,

Melbourtic.)

Kigkeatrick, T. H. & Lavery, H, J, (1979) Fauna surveys

in Queensland, Old J, Agric, Animal Sci. 36, 181-188.

Martin, A. A, & Watson, G. F. (1971) Life history as

an aid to generic delimitation in the family Hylidae.

Copeia 1971{1), 79-89.

McEvoy, J. S., McDonaALp, K. R. & SearLr, A. K,

(1979) Mammals, birds, reptiles and antiphibians of the

Rallooy Sill, Queensland, Old J. Agric. Animal Sct 36,

Mookrg, J. A, (1961) The frogs of eastern New South

Wales, Bull, Am. Mus, Nat. Hist. 124, 151-385.

TYLER, M. J. (1968) Papuan hylid frogs of the genus

Ayla. Zoal. Verh. Leiden 96, 1-203,

———— (1971) The phylogenetic significance of vocal sac

structure in hylid frogs. Univ, Kansas Publ. Mus. Net.

Hist, 19(4), 319-360,

—____ (1976) “Frogs”, (Collins, Sydney.)

—.. . (1989) “Australian Frogs”. (Viking O'Neil,

Melbourne.)

(in press) Declining amphibian populations: 2

globyl. phenomenon? An Australian perspective. A/pies,

& Anstis, M. (1975) Taxonomy atid blolugy of

frogs of the Litorta citropa complex (Anura: Eylidae).

Rec, 8, Ausn Mus, 11(5), 41-50.

& Davies, M. (1978) Species groups within the

Australopapuan hylid frog getius Litoria Toehudi, Aust,

J. Zool, Suppl, Ser 63, 1-79.

~— — &_____ (1985) A new species of Lerovia (Anura:

Hylidac) trom New South Wales, Aosintlia, Cope

(1985), 145-149,

Wess, L. J. (1959) A physiognomic classification af

Australian rainforest. .. £eol, 47, 551-570,

C. T. MADIGAN'S CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND

CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

BY C. R. TWIDALE’, L. W. PARKIN’ & E. A. Rupp!

Summary

He contributed to our early knowledge of the stratigraphy of Fleurieu Peninsula and of the

MacDonnell Ranges, but is best known for his investigations of the Simpson Desert, which he

named, and particularly of the age and origin of sand ridges or longitudinal dunes. Many of his

conclusions have been modified as a result of later research, but his astute observations and

imaginative explanations have earned him an honourable place as one of the very great explorer

scientists of this State.

KEY WORDS: Madigan, Simpson Desert, sand ridges, Lake Eyre, Fleurieu Peninsula, MacDonnell

Ranges, aerial reconnaissance, evolution of dunes.

Transictions ef the Rayal Sacwiy ef 8, Mast, (990), Ub03), 187-167,

C T, MADIGAN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL

AUSTRALIA

by C. R. TWLDALE!, L. W. Parkin? & E, A, Rupp!

Summary

Twinare, C, R., Parkin, L. W.& Rupp, E. A, (1990) C. T. Madigan’s contriblitions (@ geology. in Sourh

and central Australia. Yrans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 114(3) 157-167, 30 Novernber, 1990),

Ceeil Madigan (1889-1947) was for many years a Lecturer in Geology in the University of Adelaide.

He contributed (o our early knowledge of the strarigraphy of Fleurieu Peninsula and of the MacDonnell

Runges, but is best known for his jAvestigalions of (he Simpson Desert, which he named, and particularly

of the age and origin of sand ridges ar longitudinal dunes, Many of his conclusions have been niodified

as a resul( of later research, but his astute observations and imavinative explanations have carned him an

honourable place as one of rhe very great explorer scientisls.af this Stale,

Key Worps: Madigan, Simpson Desert, sand ridges, Lake Eyre, Pleurieus Peninsula, MacDonnell

Ranges, acrial reconaissanee, evolution of dunes.

Iniraduction

The year 1989 marked the centenary af the birth

of one of the pioneers af Australian geology, C. T,

Madigan. Madigan was one of the last of a

generation af explorer-scientists who belonged to

an heroic age, yet was active recently enough to

be survived by many of those who srudied under

and worked with him. Madigan's contribudians to

our knowledye of the stratigraphy of the Fleurieu

Peninsula and of the MacDonnell Ranges, and of

the nature of the sand ridge deserts of central

Australia, are reviewed and placed in perspective,

BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH

Cecil Thomas Madigan (1889-1947) was born at

Renmark in the Riverland of South Australia, The

son of a struggling irrigation settler associated with

the Chaffey brothers, he was one of a family of five

(Parkin 1984). The children were still young when

their father died on the Kalgoorlie yoldfields while

allemptlng to redress the family fortunes, By

working as a teacher with the Education

Department of South Australia, Madigan’s mother

contrived not only to res her family, bui alse to

see them through ro a terliary education. Cecil won

a scholarship to the University of Adelaide, taking

4 Diploma |n Mining Engincering, which was later

surrendered fora Bachelor of Engineering degree.

Madigan was a brilliant student and athlete, and

on graduation at the age of twenty-one, in 1910, he

was selected as Rhodes Scholar for South Australia.

While in England, he was appointed by Douglas

Mawson as meteorologist ta the Australian

Antarctic Expedition and, haying arranged deterral

! Departmen! of Geology and Geophysics, University of

Adelaide, GPO. Box 498. Adelaide, S.Aust. 5001,

* Australian Mitcral Foundation, Adelaide.

of his Oxford studies, he sailed for the Antaretic

in the “Aurora” in 191]. In addition to his

meteorological duties, Madigan undertook several

exploratory sledging journeys from (he hase camp

at Cape Denison, during one of which he carried

OU a Winter reconnaissance of the ice plateau of

Adelie Land, experiencing record conditions of cold

and wind, In the summer of 192-13 Madigan led

the Eastern sledging party which traversed the sea-

ice and coastline of what was later lo be named

King George V Land, a journey of some cighi

hundred kilomerres which took two months to

complete. This undertaking coincided with

Mawson's ill-fated Far Eastern sledging journey

during which Ninnis and Mertz both perished,

Mawson himsell struggling back alone Lo base camp

toa late to embark on the relief ship. Madizan was

chosen as leader of the group of seven who

remained behind for a second year pending the

return of Mawson, or, failing his return, fo mount

a search. In recognition of his contributians to (he

expedition Madigan was awarded the King’s Polar

Medal in 1914.

This brief period of Antarctic exploration was

crucial to Madigan’s. later scientific life, for he

demonstrated both to himsell and to the world av

large, his capacity lor organisation and survival in

(he most rigoraus conditions. The exhilaration of

treading where no one else bad trod lay latent for

several years but il was to emerge and llower once

the unknown landscapes of central Australia were

within his. reach,

On his. return from Antarctica, Madigan’s Oxford

studies were again interrupted, this time by the First

World War: He joined the Royal Engineers, (Guards

Division) rising to the rank of Captain in 1916, and

served in France where he was twice Wounded and

twice mentioned in despatcties.

58 €. R. TWIDALE, L. W. PARKIN & E. A, RU DB

Upon demobilization, Madigan completed his

studies at Magdalen College, Oxford, graduating

B.A, in 1919 with First Class Honours in Natural

Science (Geology). In 1920 he was appointed

Assistant Geologist in the Sudan Civil Service where

he served for two years, Meanwhile Mawson, who

in 1905 had been appointed Lecturer In Ciealogy

and Mineralogy in (he University of Adelaide, was

promoted in 192] to the Chair and almosec

immediately offered Madigan the post of Lecturer,

an appointment which Madigan held fram 1922

until his death some twenty-five years later.

Madigan had been awarded an Oxtord M.A. in

1922, and in 1933 his geological researches,

principally in the MacDonnell Ranges of the

Northern Territory, were recognized by the conferral

of a DSc, from the University of Oxford,

Asa teacher Madigan was responsible primarily

for Second Year students, conducting classes in

most aspects of geology as then embraced in the

academie curriculum, and, tn addition, teaching

oné-term units in both mining geology and

enginecring geology.

Initially his research focussed upon the Fleurieu

Peninsula, and can be seen as complementing the

work of Howchin, Mawson and others, but in the

late Iwenties his physical and intellectual energies

Were given greater scope by his journeys into central

Australia, where folded and faulted terrains, like the

MacDonnell and James ranges, excited his

attention, and where the sand ridges of the Simpson

Desert became an obsession that was 10 dominate

his later years. Madigan himself later named the

Simpson Desert after A, A, Simpson, then President

of the South Australian Branch of the Royal

Geographical Society ol Australasia and personal

sponsor of the 1939 ground expedition that

traversed the dune field.

His University duties were interrupted by World

War [J] when he was appointed Chief Instructor,

with the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel, in the School

of Military Field Engineering at Liverpool, N.S.W,

(Fig. 1). He retired from the Army in 1943, resuming

his duties with the University of Adelaide, and, in

particular, seeing to press the results of the 1939

investigation of the Simpson Desert,

So much for the record — but what of the man?

Madigan was tall, of impressive physique,

handsome, and confident in any society. His student

blues for rowing and boxing attest his physical

stature and interest in fitness; attributes that stood

him in good stead in hig Antaretic and central

Australian expeditions, While serving on the stalf

of the University of Adelaide, he took a great

interest in studem! affairs, being involved in the

Students’ Union and in the Graduates’ Association,

of which he served as Chairman, 1943-4. He was

Nig. |. Li Col. Madigan, early nineteen forties (Royal

Society of South Australia),

instrumental in founding the Tate Society, an

interdisciplinary society for natural science students

which organized scientific field camps at various

centres Of interest in South Australia (Fig. 2).

Madigan was awarded many honours and held

numerous professional offices, including Fellow of

the Geological Society of London; President of the

Royal Saviety of South Australia 1935, and Verco

Medallist 1945; President of the Geographical

Section of ANZAAS 1937, and a member of the

Council of the Royal Geographieal Society of

Australasia (S.A, Branch) 1939-1946. His

communily interests included the Legacy Club,

which he served as President, and the Boy Scouts’

Association in which he attained the high office of

Chief Commissioner for South Australia,

Madigan’s many and varied activites made tim

well-known to Lhe South Australian, and indeed to

the Australian, publie at large. His scientific

reputation however rested on his contributions to

the unravelling of the stratigraphy of Fleurieu

Peninsula and the MacDonnell and associated

ranges in central Australia, on his pioneering efforts

in aerial reconnaissance and survey, his observations

C. T. MADIGAN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

159

Fig. 2. Tate Society expedition to caves near Swan Reach on the River Murray, in 1937: left to right: B. Warhust,

P. Nairn, B. Barrien, C. T. Madigan, G. D. Aitchison, R. C. Sprigg, with L, W. Parkin front right (A. F, Pilgrim).

of Lake Eyre, and, most widely and enduringly

appreciated, his work on the dunefields of inland

Australia, particularly the Simpson Desert (Fig. 3).

FLEURIEU PENINSULA

When Madigan entered the South Australian

geological scene, the framework of the State's

geology had already been established by such

distinguished workers as H. Y. L. Brown, R.

Lockhart Jack and Walter Howchin. L. K. Ward

was active in his capacity as Director of Mines and

Government Geologist. Mawson’s interests were

concentrated in the basement rocks of the Broken

Hill and Olary districts and of the northern

Flinders, on the stratigraphy of the Flinders Ranges,

and on the ancient glacial sediments exposed in

various parts of the State.

Madigan was drawn to Fleurieu Peninsula partly

because it had been only cursorily examined by

previous workers, but also because, being then

served by a railway as far as Willunga, it was

relatively accessible at a time when motor cars were

comparatively rare; in any case, neither Madigan

nor the Geology Department possessed one, nor

indeed did Madigan ever own either a car or a

driver's licence.

® : |

| The Granites |

| 1 KRICHAUFF AA,

Alice 2 WATERHOUSE AA,

) Springs 3 JAMES RA.

Siaepatne [

%, > ser” |

SIMPSON!

| “SIN NT DESERT| QLD

<-— + saree atean ee t

= SOUTH AUSTRALIA STAZELECKI

| DESERT

Lake '

C Eyre TIRARI |

| DESERT :

Madigan Gulf

g lz

| - #

' i)

Pia Broken

8 | Hill

@ OLARY

Maes"

0 Bus — Murray FR.

KDELAIDE

WILLUNGA SCARP

Myponga —

KANGAROO ISLAND

FLEURIEU

PENINSULA

Victor !

Harbor P

Fig. 3. Map showing places and features mentioned in text.

160) C.R. TWIDALE. L. W_ PARKIN & B. A. RUDD

To place Madigan's Fleuvieu Peninsula work in

the perspective of ihe time it is necessary to recall

that at this stage Howchin bad summarized his own

work with the publication of “The Geology of

South Australia” 41918), Amongst many other

observations, Howchin determined (he stratigraphic

Succession of the Mt Lofly Ranges and concluded

that the strata lying unconformatly above the

highly-metamorphosed inliers exposed in several

areas af the Ranges were of Carpbrian age, ranging

from Lower Cambrian for those units pow

designated Adelaidean, through ta Upper Cambrian

for he tossiliferaus (Archaeocyathinae) limestones.

The 1918 volume includes 4 cross-section at Sellick

Hill, in the north of Fleurieu Peninsula, which

provided Madigan with a starting-point for his own

investigations, Madigan re-examined this section,

describmg each unit meticulously, and redrew it

using his own revised lithology. He then extended

the work along the coast to Cape Jervis and chence

to Victor Harbar, running sections wherever rock

exposures were adequate and, usine the

Archacocyathinae horizon as a marker traced the

succession throughout the area (Madigan 1925),

He compiled a geological map which appeared

as a folded coloured plare in chis publication. He

made the important observation that the greywackes

and associated rocks now known as the Kanmnanioo

Group overlie the Archiaeocyathinae Limestone and

are (herefore Cambrian or younger, whereas

Hoawchin cominued to regard them as Precambrian.

Madigan obviously had misgivings abour the details

of his correlations for he soon returned to thie area

and concentrated particularly pon the scarp of the

Willunga Range, establishing the stratigraphical

succession from the fossiliferous limestroue to che

well-idenrified Sturtian tillite, He constructed a map

on a scale of J inch ta the mile, showing the

relationship of the major units, Ina paper resulting

from this work (Madigan 1927) he drew attention

to the apornalous attitude of the sections in which

the Proterozoic Adelaide Series overlies the

Atchaeovcyanthinae Limestone, and ina ciseussion

of the problem tentauvely canvassed the possibilities

of discanformities, overthrusting, or overturned

folds to account for the dip reversals.

Although Madigan’s [925 paper is enlilled "The

Geology of ihe Fleurieu Peninsula, Part 1. - The

Coast from Sellick's Hillto Victor Harbour" (with

the English rather than the officially approved

American spelling of “Harbour”, the Willunga

Scarp paper and.a brief note on annelid trails and

borings |i beds below the Aretaeocyanthinae

limestone al Myponva Jetty (Madigan 1926)

remain his onty further conrriburions te the area.

Ina Jater paper discussing the age of formations

on the sorth coast of Kingaroo Gland (Madigan

1928) however, he returned to the structure of

Fleuneu Peninsula, referring to his “temerity” in

suggesting the possibility of an everturned

succession ac the Willunga Scarp .and, by

implication ~ and incorrectly ~ reversing the ages

of the annelid-bearing beds and coralline limestone

he had mapped. Part 1 of the Fleuriew Peninsula

Paper seems lo have been overtaken by the diversion

of Madigan’s interest to the Northern Terrirory,

Which was in turn stimulated by the aenal

revonndissanves he undertook in 1929,

TAKING TO THE AIR

The use of aeroplanes for reconnaissance and

photography is as old as the flying machine itsell

(see ag. Walker 1951). Aeroplanes were used by both

sides during the First World War for general

reconnaissance and artillery spotting, as well as for

the strafing and bombing of enemy positions, And

during the early twenlies O.G.S. Crawford and his

colleagues in England began Lo realise the immense

possibiliues at air photographs for the detection of

archaeological sites, for they revealed patterns (hat

are not discernible on the ground- Even before the

War, however, in 1909 of thereabouls, Huberr

Wilkins {from Mount Bryan, in the Burra district

of South Australia) had, rather precariously, taken

photographs of parts of southern England perched

astride the body of an aeroplane between the

cockpit and the propeller, just — bul only just -

behind the propeller (see Thomas 1962), and in 1913

Sir Henry Welcome, using a box kite as the vehicle

for hig camera, had obtained air photographs of

an archaeological site he was excavating in the

Sudan (Crawford 1993).

As previously noled Madigan served on the

Western Front during World War [and he must have

been aware of the use belive made of aireraft for

yanious purposes. Me laler warked in the Sudan,

and may have heard of Welcome’s ingenious efforts

there Whatever the background, Madigan

pioneered the use of atrcrafe for scientific

reconnaissance and aerral photography in Australia.

Using a Westland Wapiti biplane crewed by service

personnel, Madigan mace nine Nights over central

Australia in August af 1929, Basically he criss-

crossed what he later called the Simpson Desert,

and determined ral the area contained nothing bur

desert, and largely dune desert. (hough he also. flew

over Lake Eyre und made traverses cast and west

of Alive Springs in order toa view the MacDonnell

Ranges (sce Madigan 1931), He took overlapping

vertical photographs of many parts of the upland,

and used the resullant mosaics as base maps on

Which he Jater plotted geological informauon

(Madigan (94324), This is ibe first recorded

C. T. MADIGAN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO fiBGLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA i6l

application of aerial photography to geological

mapping in Australia,

Flying over the desert Madigan noted the

extraordinary regulariry and repetition of the sand

ridges, likening the view of the dunefields to “a far

pink dise, ribbed from horizon to horizon by the

red sandhills .. . "(Madigan 1930, p. 95). From the

air Goyders Lagoon was “...4a maze of

watercourses, running in all directions in a black

setting of polyzonum” (Madigan 1930 p, 93), He

noted that the Simpson was much more yegelated

than, say, the African deserts (Madigan 1930, p. 96).

He was able readily to identify spinifex by its

“hollow rings, outward-growing masses from which

the centre has decayed and disappeared” {Madigan

1930, p. 95), The aerial view was revealing and

Madigan’s splendid low oblique photographis grace

many of his papers and books.

This series of flights confirmed Madigan in his

dedication to the unravelling of the geology of

central Australia, for all his later work was devoted

to problems noted on these aerial Lraverses, In

particular, his intellectual dedication to deserts in

veneral and the sand ridge deserts in particular dates

from this series of aerial traverses undertaken in

August 1929.

THE MACDONNELL RANGES

Madigan’s flights from Alice Springs along both

the castern and western MacDonnell Ranges

encouraged him to plan field expeditions to the

area, He and Mawson (Mawson & Madigan 1930)

had carried oul Some preliminary geological work,

using aboriginal names for the various stratigraphic

units they recognised and mapped. Thus “Arunta”

is the name of a local tribe, and “Larapintine” is

derived from Larapinta, the aboriginal name for the

Finke in (he James Range. Many of these names,

suitably redefined in some instances, have been

retained and appear on modern geological maps of

the region (Wells e¢ a/, 1970). In 1930 Madigan spent

a month in the field, accompanied by a youthful

and then recently graduated E. A, Rudd- His

experience with carels in the Sudan in the early

nineteen twenlies suggested to him a means of

waversing and mapping the western MacDonnell

Ranges toward the Western Australian border, where

the outcrops disappear under sand; and the same

means of transport was used in the Simpsan Desert

crossing (Fig. 4).

This was the first systematic geological survey of

the MacDonnell Ranges and Madigan carefully

measured sections related to a key horizon, the

Heavitree Quartzite. The geological map he

compiled depleted the structure and stratigraphy of

the MacDonnell Ranges (Madigan t932a, 1992b}.

Fig. 4. Madigan aboard a ship of the desen in central

Australia in The nineteen flinies (EB A. Rudd),

The 1930 expedition extended south of the

MacDonnell Ranges to the Waterhouse and James

ranges, his cross-sections betng the first

interpretation of the structure of the now important

Amadeus Basin (Madigan 1932). The Horn

Expedition (Tate & Wall 1897) had nated the

anomalous course of the Finke River as it crossed

the fold mountain ranges of central Australia and

Madigan (1930, 1931) confirmed this observation,

He pronounced the Finke and adjacent rivers as of

Preat antiquity, which is correct, and of antecedent

type, which, in the absence of evidence of uplift of

the Tanges relative to the intervening plains and

valleys, is unlikely.

During the 1930 expedition Madigan climbed Mr

Sonder and claimed to have been the first European

to have done so, It was an interesting facet of the

explorer that he insisted on climbing alone although

his youthful assistant was anxious to accompany

him! His work in the MacDonnell Ranges was a

significant contribution to the geology of Australia

at a very early stage of the mapping of the continent

and a very enterprising project considering the

remoteness of the area and the difficulties of travel

in those days.

In 1932 Madigan's knowledge of and interest in

central Australia led him to being commissioned to

assess the prospects at The Granites, where a gold

tush had developed. This was during Lhe Depression

and the lure for gold had attracted a large number

of people who were ill equipped either mentally or

physically to cope with this remote and harsh area.

Madigan reported adversely on the gold prospects

and a potential human disaster was thus largely

averted.

THE SIMPSON DESERT

Inaddition to introducing Madigan to the folded

and fantted uplands of central Australia, the 1929

aerial traverses took him over the most arid areas

of the Australian coniiient, and in particular over

extensive fields of longitudinal sand dunes or sand

ridges (Fig. 5).

The age and origin of these dune deserts were

to become both Madigan’s pre-eminent intellectual

pursuit and his major claim to enduring and

international recogniiion. Not only were his

observations of dunes perceptive but his

interpretation of their origin Was Original and

allained considerable notice and acceptance

overseas (see eg, Price 1950). Certain of his

observations anticipated some that are now

regarded as crucial 10 the understanding of

longitudinal dunes and others broached problems

which remain the subject of vigorous debate.

Fig. §. Oblique air pliotopraph looking norttt along sand

ridges and Salinas in the Tirari Desert, just east of Madigan

Gulf and south of Cooper Creek. Lake Eyre is Ip View

top left RAAF),

Madigan (1936, 1937, 1938, 1946) wrote four

papers specifically concerned with the sand ridges

of central Australia. Though he had flown over the

eastern part of the Great Victoria Desert he was

mainly concerned With the Simpson Desert, taken

here in its broader connotation and embracing the

Tirarj and the northern part of the Strzelecki deserts

as well as the Simpson proper, In addition, many

observations are recorded in “Crossing the Dead

Heart” (Madigan 1946b).

Of the papers, the first is perhaps the best known

probably because it was the first comprehensive

scientific account of an Australian dune desert, bul

also because it appeared in the prestigious

Geographical Review published in New York by the

American Geographical Society. But it is

unquestionably the 1946 paper, published, like all

the scientific papers generated by the 1939

expedition, in the Transactions of the Raval Society

of South Australia which stands as Madigan’s

sandridge testament. It contains a distillation of the

observations, experience and consideration of all

of Madigan’s desert work, Its publication was

delayed six years after the expedition by the

intervention of the Second World War; and though

there is much to be said for rapid publication, the

enforced delay allowed time for tetlection, and,

more importantly, for the reading and digestion of

Bagnold's epochal and still unrivalled “The Physics

of Blown Sand” (Bagnold 1941),

Madigan was a brilliant observer both in the air

and on the ground. His flights over the deserts

convinced him of the essential parallelism and

continuity of the sandridges (e.g. Madigan 1937)

and he confirmed these findings on the ground,

He took bearings on the sandridges in various parts

of the desert and found that their trend nowhere

varied more than 2° from 332° true (Madigan

, -

~ ani oy

~ ) tN Fane

As? 2 Tai

} =

AUIUE ~

awMINGM ‘,

. ys

> \

\S as \

a . \

sy :

ty ,

i) “St f

/ N . ds

c Andasbo Wi avnary

Ay dtotian a, Gwbon

( —— Chenery tiie el

a “0 ATOh it SRSA, “é

Cnwviotre ——— q #

Walters = | =

a) \E

Goyrtors

Fig. 6. Route followed by Madigan's. party during (he

crossing of the Simpson Desert, 1939.

C. T. MADIGAN'S CONTRIBUTIONS 'O GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA = 183

19464, Madigan 1946b). In the course of the 1939

expeshition (Fig. 6) fe and tris party crossed 626

dunes between the Hale and the Mulligan tivers but

they saw only one cermination of a ndge. Most of

the Y- or tuning fork junctions that are typical of

the cand ridge desert are open to the south, He

noted, as had Gautier (1923, 1935) befose hil, that

the dunefields occupy lopographiec depressions or

Sdepocentres” (see og. Woptner & Twidale 1967,

1988) and surmised that “The desery is _. ..a great

alluvial basin, which. is still receiving sediment,

coarser round the marpins, finer toward the Lake

(Eytc) due to lessening grade, Tins is surely the

origin of the aeolian deposits” (Madigan 1946a, p.

56),

The essential Muvial provenance of the dune sand

was confirmed by Carroll's (1944) mineralogical

studies; though later work has shown (hat many of

the sand grains have complex histories, having been

decived for instance from Permian glacial deposits

and Cretaceous marine beds as well as silcrete, But

most reath the Lake Eyre Basin and are made

available to Wind action by way of the many rivers

that focus on Lake Eyre (see eg. Wopfner & Twidale

1967). The red colour of the dunes is due to a

ferruginous patina formed on the sand grains.

Madigan realised this and pointed out that ir forms

only In acid conditions, and not, for instance, on

beach sands, He remarked (Madigan 1946b, p. 93)

thar the red patina “lakes time to form, so thal

young dunes are usually white or yellow”, Near the

Diamantina River he noted thal sandy cidges which

are built up by sand from the channel are white,

bu that they gradually become redder toward the

interior (i.e. 10 the north). His practical bent also

came to the fore, and enabled him to note that the

red veneer was removed when sand grains were

dolled in acid! (Madigan 1946h}.

Despite the remarkable consistency and repetition

af basic dune fonn, Madigan did not overlook the

complexity of the desert, for besides sandridges he

encountered salinas and claypans, alluvial flats and

gibber plain’ He ltoted the various forms of dune

crests and he and his party were forcefully reminded

that no desert is rainless when, not for the first time

during the 1939 creasing, they experienced rain, and

completed the trek into Birdsville along interdune

corlidors and floodplains heavy with mac.

Madigan observed that the sandridges vary in

height between about nine and 30 m above the

adjacent inierdiune corridors. (It is now known thal

some of the Simpson Desert dunes are 50 m high,

but the 1939 expedition did not encourer these

higher features). He astutely noticed that there is

a relationship between dime height and spacing

normal to dune wend (sec also Twidale 1981), This,

he recorded that near Andado, on the western side

of the desert, there are five small ridges which giand

on average [23 m apart, in contrast with some Larse

ridges near the eastern margin separated by

corridors averaging about 910 m width (Madigan

19464). The lower slopes or phinths of the dunes are

quite well vegetated (mainly spinitex and canegrass).

though dunes more than about 15 m high have

crests essentially devoid of any plant cover, The

ridges are asymmetrical in cross section, With the

western slope more gentle than the easterit. And this

is generally correct, although later more frequent

observations and repeat photography of the sare

sites have demonstrated that following strong

southwesterly blows the asymmetry may be reduced

or reversed [see e.g. Wopfner & Twidale 1967, at PL

XVI),

On the formation of the sandridges, Madigan

(1930, 1936, 19462, 1946b) followed Aufnére (1929)

in relating dune trend to dominant wind and, as

in the Simpson “Yhe great majority of sand«moving

winds are southerly” (Madigan 1946a, p. 59), the

NNW trend of the dunes is due fo transport and

deposition under the influence of these prevalent

strong winds. Madigan vehemently reasserted his

earlier-stated views that the longitudinal ridges

Originated as small wavy ridges or Strips of sand

which coalesced downwind into fewer, larger

straight ridges (Madigan 1936, 1946a), After reading

and reflecting on Bagnold'’s observations and

experiments, Madigan (1946a) concluded that the

initial sand stelps had evolved as a result of

transverse instability in the airflow. He denied that

longitudinal dunes evolve under the influence of

eross winds from barchans, as had been suggested

by Bagnold, pointing out rhat there are no barchans

in the Simpson, or indeed in any of the Australian

dunefields (eg Madigan 1937),

In facc, ephemeral barchanvid forms are

occasionally developed in the Simpson Desert (e.g.

Wopfner & Twidale 1988) and Lancaster (L980) las

described from Naniibia evidence strongly

supportive of Bagnold’s mechanism, tut, by and

targe, Madipan was tight imrespect of the Simpson

Desert. sandridges and, indeed, of most fields of

longitudinal dunes.

Madigan considered that the dunes have extended

not only downwind, but also upwind as sand was

plastered against the upwind tails of dunes; the

former would be widely accepled as demonstrated

by repear observations (see eg. Woptner & Twidale

1988), but the Jatier is dubious. He sugpvested that

lateral winds built up the ridges, which, when (hey

reach a critieal height act as obstacles which prevent

further sand transport, so that the interdune

corridors tend 19 be swept clean of sand; “All sand

becomes trapped on the didge and travels along ir”

(Madigan 1946, p- 59).

164 c. R, TWIDALE, FC W, PARKIN & E. A. RUDD

Most of Madizan’s basic cbservations stand, bul,

jusc as che 1939 expedition compelled him to

abandon some of his earlier conclusions, so some

of his speculations have perforce had to be modified

in light of tater knowledge; For example, the

avyailahle data susgest that the wind regime In the

Simpson is bidirectional or bimodal, the strong,

saud-moving winds blowing from southeast and

southwest (Arooklielul 1979), This is consistent with

the internal structure of the sandridges which was

well exposed by Seismic tracks cut latitudinally

across the Desert during the early nineteen sixties:

cross-bedding clearly indivates winds from both

southeast and sourhwest, and this in curn finds

support int the temporally varied asymmetry of the

ridges (Wopfner & Twidale 1967; see also McKee

& Tibbitts 1964),

Again, Madigan asserted that the desert was “in

equilibricin” and net extending downwind into the

‘Toko-Tarltow-Jervis region. He overlugked the

partial "cireuwlation” of sand that returns the Wind-

blown material to the desert and to the Lake Eyre

resion by way of such rivers as the Hale, Hay, Todd,

Georpina and Diamantina. Also, he was unaware

of the importaace of source bordering dunes

(mnaunds, luneties) and other obstacles in the

initiation of sand ridges (sce ag. Twidale, 1972, 1981;

Dulbunty 1983a},

On the other band some of Madigan’s

observations have been overlooked and underrated.

For example, that langitucing! dunes develop under

the influence of bimodal winds has been suggested

by various Workers (eg. Wopfner & Twidale 1957;

Twitlale 1972, 1981) based on analysis of internal

structure and ae direct ebservarions of changing

asyminelry anid satid movement, but it is Tsoar

(1978, 1982, 1983) who has, by field experisnerits,

demonstrated |hal the mechanism invalves the

‘crestal deflection of wind from each of the

seasonal modal directions, 10 flow parallel to the

ere lige on the lee side of the dune” (Tsoar 1988,

Pp, 597), Although Tsoar's work is properly referred

to and praised in Thomas’ recent review concerned

with linear dune development (Thomas 1938),

teither author mentions Madigan's 1939

observation that:

“At Andado, when the wind was about 30 mp.ly. fron

Lie southwest and tite cresis were “smoking”, it was noted

that on the side of (he crest, the wind at the surface was

blowing along the fidge and even upward toward the

sunimit and carrying sand northwards and upwards along

the sleep slip-slope™. (Madigan [4é6a, p. 6!)

Nevertheless Muadigan'’s work on sandridge

development was well received by the internauonal

scientific community.

Madigan‘s views on the age of rhe dunefields

stind in marked contrast with his emphatic

certality fepardige the evolution of dunes. Hes

Statements on the subject are equivocal and in

places comtradictory, though on balance, and taking

his indirect as well as his explicit statements into

account, he seems to have favoured a recent and

conlinuing age for the forms, On the other hand

such ambivalence ts probably justified, for as will

be recounted, the evidence concerning the age of

the dunes is seemingly contradictory and the

question is stil being argued.

Madigan considered the silcrete which still

occupies large areas of central Australia to lave

been of late Cainozoic age, having been formed as

the B-hosizon of a soil during whar he catled

“genial” periods of the Pleistocene (Madigan 1938,

p. 27, p, 56), He then suggested thar the dunes are

selic, stating Lhat they formed during a changeover

from pluvial Pleistocene vegelalion to the present

desertic cover of spinifex and canegrass (Madigan

1946). He attributed the “live” sand af the Conper

and Diamantina to the depredation of the rabbit,

and to (over) stocking (Madigan 1938, p. 27). Yet

he staled (Madigan 1946a) that the smaller dunes

and the flanks of the larger ones are fixed but that

the crests of the latter are active, and What sandridge

building has been greatly slowed down though it

is still not quite dead, He speculated (Madigan 1938)

that rhe desert must surely have been more arid

When the sandridges farmed, Yet "No valid reason

presents itself to justify the widely ticld view thar

aridity was greatcc in the past when the sandridges

had their birth”, pointing to the lack of evidence

for water table lowering or retreat of vegetation (c.g.

Madigan .1938, p. 26). Some of these and other

stalements can be, and have been, raken to suggest

that Madigan considered the dunefield 10 be stable

and a relic of the recent past (2. Sprige 1979, 1980),

Some, however, can be construed as indicating a

belief ins the essentially modern age and activity of

the dunes,

If aridity is taken 1o favour dune activily, then,

according io Madigan (1946a, p. 42) “aridity may

have reached its maximum”, and elsewhere he

dismissed the possibility of pluvial/and alterations

during the Pleistaceng, and considered that there

had heen a swing to aridity beginning at the close

of the Pleistocene glaciation (Madigan, 1944a).

Aguin: “The origin and history of the Simpson

Desert sandridge ,. , originating when aridity ser

in during the late Pleistocene by wind action an the

alluvial deposits, mamly unconsolidated, on the

great plains of the Lake Byre Basin” (Madigan

[9d6a, p. 59).

Madigan was evidently unaware of Ratcliffe’s

(1936, 1937) studies of the southern and easterts

parts of the desert which clearly demonstrate the

contemporary movement of dunes, Mudern, though

probably spasmodic, movement of dane ridges has

C. 7. MADIGAN'S CONTRIBUTIONS T0 GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL ALISTRALIA 165

been measured (Wopfner & Twidale, [988) and ts

supported by many types of indirect evidence. Over

wide areas the sandridges overlie fossiliferous

alluvial or lacustrine sediments of late Pleistocene

or eyen early Holacene age (Waptner & Twidale

1967, 1988; Mabbult & Sullivan 1968; Fwidale 1972,

1981). Elements of an older dunefield have been

noted (Wopfaer & Twidale 1967, 1988), and the

possibility of pluvial and arid alternations during

the Pleistocene cannot readily be ruled out, For

instance, the ahcestor of Lake Eyre, Lake Dien, was

an immense body of waler during the late

Pleistocene (ex. King 1956; Loffler & Sullivan,

1976; Dulhooty (983b), so, if the climale has

changed during the Holocene or Late Holocene it

is surcly strange that dune trend is not in process

Of adjustment?

li is clear from Madigan'’s commenis and

conclusions that he did —at times perhaps? — believe

that the dunes are srill active. Implicit in his

observation thac the dunes bordering the

Diamantina near Birdsville are white and therefore

young ls the conclusion that they are intrinsically

contemporary, Similarly the deflection of sand over

the smoking dunes at Andado, and the occurrence

of small wavy strips ar ndges, surely also imply

essential contemporaneity?

The reason for Madigan's confused and

confusing statements abour the age of the dunes

is that the problem is itself confused and confusing,

By and large, however, he added immensely to our

knowledge of sand ridges both in the Simpsan and

in other parts of the world, In [950 the late

Armstrong Price published a lengthy review of then

recent work on dunes in the Sahara and in ceniral

Australia. He concluded chat “The chief

contribution of Madigan’s study of sand dunes is

its seemingly satisfactory explanation of the origin

and development of longitudinal dunes, based on

Bagnold's wind-tunnel experiments and on his own

field work and study of the literature” (Price 1950,

p. 465).

LAKE EYRE

Madigan’s interes! in and explorahon of Lake

Eyre began with his (light across the salina in 1929

as part of his aerial reconnaissance of central

Australia. The plane flew low over the salt erust,

touching down to leave wheel tracks, rhough not

landing on the soft surface. Mound springs were

noted and photographed on the westerti aide ot the

lake but no other water was sighted (Madigan 1930),

After the 1939 crossing of the sand ridge desert,

Madigan and bis party returned 10 Marree from

Birdsville alone the eastern shore of Lake Eyre,

Turing hese land traverses Madigan was his

usual busy self, Little escaped his notice, The

thickness of the salt crust and the slight but definite

slope of the lake bed (see e.g. Dulhuuty 1987) were

determined at several places. It Was observed thar

where the shore trended latitudinally the sand ridges

approaching from the south terminated “abruptly

and steeply” on the shore, whereas thase to the

north of the lake bed rose gently over gypseous

slopes 10 merge with the duties beyond (Madigan

1946a, p. 139).

Shallow, but quite extensive, bodies of water were

seen on the lake bed in 1939, but Madigan formed

ihe opinion that the “lake is never covered all over

wiih water at any time” (Madivan 1946a, p, 134),

This conclusion has been shown to be incorrect

several times over the past 40 years (see eg.

Bonython & Mason 1953; Kotwicki 1986) and is

likely to be repudiated again this year (1990),

Nevertheless Madigan contributed to the ofgoing

investigation af Lake Eyre, and Madigan Gull, 2

major embayment forming the southeastern part

of Lake Eyre North, is named after hin.

Conclusion

In physique, character and personality, C. T.

Madigan was a man of great stature, His was a

questing mind, wide-ranging yel tenacious,

imaginative yet rigorous.

His Winter sledge journey on the ice plateau of

Adelie Land was an extraordinary test of strength,

stamina and character, and his travels in central

Australia, whether by air or on the ground, and

undertaken under conditions uhar would today be

considered arduous, still stand as truly remarkable

feats.

Even in Australis, Madigan’s. field work Was

constrained both by the absence of base maps other

than pastoral maps, by the absence of good roads

and by the travel limiiations of horse, camel or foor.

Eventually he pioneered agrial reconnaissance and

aerlal photography, and he lived to see the almost

universal availability of four-wheel-drive vehicles for

outback work, but most of his field work was of

the heraic type, and he became a vonsiderable

bushman, utterly at ease in the field situauian (Fig.

7).

Madigan’s values and standards Were those of a

bygone age but are none the worse for that, He was

strongly and acrively patriotic He believed in

physical fitness. He lived by the ideal of service, He

possessed a great sense of humour. Asa teacher he

was stimulating, as well as innovative, and always

considerate of his students, He was of a practical

bent, and he made sure that his siudents became

aware of ihe mining, engineering and economic

aspects of their discipline, Mudigan was a natural

leader, and ag the years passed he found irksome

his pasition as second in commarid fo Mawson,

166 Cc. R. TWLIDALE, L. W. PARKIN & E. A, RUDD

yy)

’

m3, iy f

Fig. 7. Madigan in camp, MacDonnell Ranges, 1930 (E, A, Rudd),

himself also a striking personality. Perhaps

inevitably, an element of tension developed between

them. As a departmental staff of only two for much

of their joint careers, their respective roles were in

some measure resolved, particularly in respect of

their research areas, when Madigan elected to

concentrate his energies on central Australia and on

the problems posed by sand ridges.

It has been said that the geomorphological study

of deserts has been bedevilled by the enthusiastic

amateur responsible for an “unpalatable farrago of

descriptive data” derived from rapid reconnaissance

surveys (Cooke & Warren 1973, p. 5). Desert

landforms and particularly mobile sand dunes are

attractive, even spectacular, features. Their nature

and origin inevitably raise questions in the questing

mind and it is not surprising therefore that

“enthusiastic amateurs” or laymen have been drawn

into over-imaginative and even imprudent

speculations. Charles Sturt, for instance, was

puzzled by both the stony desert and the sand dunes

he encountered during his journeys in the interior

of Australia in 1845, He suggested that the dunes

were gigantic ripples formed on an ancient sea floor

and later exposed (Sturt 1849); an interpretation

that is untenable but at least based in natural

processes rather than divine intervention. But

scientists |ike Madigan, though not trained

geomorphologists were nevertheless well equipped

to make perceptive observations and draw astute

inferences from them.

In this regard it is interesting to note that

Madigan, like Bagnold, was trained in engineering,

a discipline not inimical to close observation and

the linking of natural processes and their results.

Furthermore it can be argued that lacking the

prejudices and constraints that inevitably result

from any formal training in a discipline, such

“outsiders” have some advantages in that they are

more likely to develop unorthodox explanations (see

eg. Carey 1976).

Madigan was a man of eclectic interests.

Possessed of a keen eye and abiding curiosity, he

had the ability to get to and work in uncomfortable

places. He was one of the last of the great scientific

travellers, He notably advanced our knowledge of

central Australia, so much so that his name will be

forever linked with the sand ridges of the Simpson

Desert to which he directed so much time and

energy and to the nature of which he brought

illumination and understanding.

C, T, MADIGANS CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AWSTKALIA T6T

References

AuURiene, L, (1928) Liorientation des dunes (1937) The Simpson Desert ane! its barilers. Jt

continentalés. Rept, Prov, 12th Intern. Gengrl, Caner.

Cambridge, pp. 220-231.

Thecisoio, R.A, (1941) “The Physics of Blown Sand

(Methuen, London),

BoniTHon, C. W. & Mason, B (1952) The Filling and

Grying of Lake Eyre. Geogrl. J. 119, 321-331),

Bacokreto, M. (1970) Dune trends and wind Fegime in

ser apie Ze(tsch: Geomorph. Suppl-Band WW,

Carey, S. W, (1978) “The Bxnanding Earth” (Elsevier,

Amsterdam),

CaRROLL, D. (1944) The Simpson Desert Expedition

1939_ Scientific Reports 2. Geology-Deser| Saitds, Trans:

& Soe SN Aust. 68, 49-59,

Cooye, R. U. & Warren, A. (1973) “Geemorphalagy in

Deserts” (Baisford, Loran),

(Phoenix House, London).

Butsuntiy, J. A. (1983a) Lumettes of bake Kyre North,

South Australia, Trays. R. Soe. §, Aust 197, 29-222,

(1983b) Lake Deri arid its Pleistocene enyiranment

of sedimentation, South Australia. four, Proc. R, Soc,

New Souk Wales 116, 1-15,

____ (J 987) Salina bed instability and geodetic studies

ut Lake Byre, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust.

111, 183-188.

Gauriok, E KF (1935) “Sahava, the Great Desert”

(translated D. F, Mayhew) (Octagon Books, New York),

HowcHin, W, (1918) “The Geology ef Soul Australia”

(South Austealian Education Department, Adelaide).

King, D. (1956) The Quaternary stratigraphic record ar

Lake Eyre North and the evolution of the existing

topouraphic forms. Trans. R. Soc. 5. Aust. 79, 93-103.

Roarwicki, ¥. (1966) “Floods of Lake Eyre® (Engineering

and Water Supply Department, Adelaicle).

LANCASTER, N. (1980) The formation of seif dunes from

barchans — supporting <videnoe for Bagnold's model

From the Namib Desert. Zeitsch, Geamorpit 24, 160-167,

LOEFFLER, E. & SulLivAN, M, EB, (1979) Lake Dierj

fesuifected: aai interpretation using satellite imagery.

Shid. 23, 2323-242,

Maeeurt, J. A, & Sutiivan, M, E. (1968) The formarion

of longirudival sand dunes evidence from the Simpson

Desert. Austr. Geugr. 10, 483-487.

MAbicaN, (_ T. (1925) The Geology of the Flevried

Peninsula, Part t, The coast from Sellick's Hill fo Victor

Harbour, Trans, &. Sec. 5, Aust. 49, (98-212.

______ 11926) Organic remains from below the

Anhacocyathinpe Limestone at Myponga Jetty, South

Austtalia, fbid 50, 31-35.

___ (L927) The Genlogy of the Willunga Scarp. Jiid

Si, 398-49.

—____ (1928) Preliminary Notes on New evidence as to the

age of formations of thie morth coast of Kangaroo

Island. Jhid 52, 210-216.

______ (7930) An aerial recannaissance into the

southeastern portion of central Austalia, Proce, ue

Geogr, Soc, Aust asia, & Aust. Br. W, 83-108.

(1931) The physiography of che western

MacDonnell Ranges, central Australia, Geopri, J, 78,

4(7-333

(1932a] The geology of ihe western MacDonnell

Ranyes, contra) Australia. Quart, . Geol, Soc, Lend,

£8, 672-711,

—___ (F432) ‘he gealogy of the eastern MavDennell

Rares, central Australia. Trims. R. Soc. S. Aust. 56,

(1936) The Australia) said-tjdee deserts.

Ceogel, Rev, 26, 2OS-127,

Prov, R, Sav, Sew Sows Wales TL, $03-535.

5 1938) Desiccation in Australia. Auwe J Sei. 1,

___ (4946a) The Sinspson Desert Expedition, 1934.

Scientific Report No. & Geology — Lie sand Formations.

Trans. R. Soc. & Aust. 10, 45-63.

([945b) “Crossing the Dead Heart" (Georgian

tlouse, Melbourne),

Mawson, D, & Manica, C. T. (1990) Pre-Ordovician

rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges (central Aystralias,

Quar?. J, Geol Sne, Lond, %, 415-428,

MicKer, E, D & Tissitts, G. C, (1964) Primary

Structures ol 2 seif dune and associated deposits in

Libya. 2 Sed. Per. 34, 5-17,

Parkin, Lo W. (£986) Madigan. Cecil Thomas_

Aust. Dict Biog. 10: 1891-1999, 374-376.

Paice, WA. (1950) Saharan dunes and the onuitt of the

longitudinal dune; a review, Geog), Rev M0, 462-465,

RaTCLiFFe, FL N, (1936) Soil drift in the arid pastoral

areas of South Australia, S/R Panrph. t4,

______ (1937) Further observations on soil erosion and

sand drift, with special reference to sawthwest

Queensland. CSIR Pomph. 70.

Sraica, R. C. (1979) Stranded and submerged sez-beach

avstems af Southeast South Australia and the asohan

desert cycle. Sed.Geal, 24, 53-91.

____ (J9 80) Alternuting wind cycles of the Quaternary

era and their influence on acolian sedimentation in and

around the dine deserts of central Australia. (INQUA,

Loess Commission Workshop, Canberra),

Australia, . during whe years 1844, 5 and 6,,,"

(Ll, Boone, London),

Tare, R, & Watt, J. A. 1897) Report an the Physical

Geography of Central Australia pp. 68-86 in C,

Winneke “Journal of the Horn Scientific Exploring

Expedition t4". (Government Prlimer, Adelaide),

Thomas, DLS. G. (1988) Arid) Geomorphology. Progr.

Phys. Geog. 12, 595-606.

THomas, L. (1962) “Sir Hubert Wilkins: lus Life of

Advemiure: An Autobiography recounted by Lowell

Thomas". (Barker, London).

Tsdax, H. (1978) The dynamics af longitudinal dunes,

Pinal Tech, Reps. Eur, Res, OFF, US. Arviy.

(1982) laternal structure and surface geometry of

longitudinal (seif) dunes. 4 Ser Pet, $2, 823-83),

(1983) Dynamic processes acting on a longstucieral

sei dune. Sedimen/ology 30, 567-578.

Twibace, C_ R. (1972) Evolution and sand dumes in rhe

Simpson Desert, central Austeatia, Trans, [rst Brit,

Geogrs, 56, 77-109,

(1981) Age and origin of longitudinal dunes in the

Simpson and other sand ridge deserts. Die Erde 112,

231-247.

WALKER, F. (1951) The geographical interpretation of air

25-4639 in Griffith Taylor “Geography

phulourtphy pp. 62

in the Twentieth Century”. (Methuen, London).

WELLS, A. T., Foaman, D3, Ranrorn, |, 0, & Coox,

PF. J. (1970) Geology of the Amadeus Basin, central

Ausiralia. Gus Min. Resour. Geol, Geophys. Bull, 00.

Worprnea, H. & Twivart, €. RR, (1967)

Geamorphological history of the Lake Eyre Basin, pp.

118-143 iv JON. Jennings & J. A. Mabbutt “Landiorm

Sludies from Australis and New Guinea” (Australian

National University Press, Canberfah

& (1988) Formation and age of desert

dunes wthe Lake Byve depocenires in central Australia,

Geat. Rund. 17, 815-834,

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 114, PART 4

NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) AND

REDESCRIPTIONS OF C DIVERSA (KERREMANS) AND C ELDERI

(BLACKBURN)

BY S. BARKER*

Summary

Castiarina diversa (Kerremans) 1900 is resurrected from synonymy and together with C. elderi

(Blackburn) 1892 is redescribed and illustrated. The following ten new species of Castiarina

(abdita sp.nov., aurantia sp.nov., creta sp.nov., daedalea sp.nov., galactica sp.nov.,

indigohumerosa sp.nov., indigoventricosa sp.nov.; nota sp.nov., palliata sp.nov., rediviva sp.nov.)

are described and illustrated.

KEY WORDS: New species, Castiarina, Coleoptera, Buprestidae.

Transactions of tre Koval Soctery af S. Aust, (1990), 11404), 169-178.

NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA (COLEOPTERA; BUPRESTIDAE) AND

REDESCRIPTIONS OF C DIVERSA (KERREMANS) AND CG ELDERI (BLACKBURN)

by 5S. BARKER*

Summary

BARKER, S (1990) New species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and redescriptions of C. diversa

(Rerrermans) and C. elderi (Blackburn). Trans. R. See, S, Aust. 114(4) 169-178, 30 November, 1990.

IR92 is redescribed and illustrated. The following ten new species of Casfiuting (abdite sp.nov., aurantia

sp.nov. crefe sp.nov, daedalea sp.nov., galactica sp,nov.. indigohumerosa sp.noy., indigaventricosa sp.nov.

Nola sp.noy., palliaza sp.nov, rediviva sp.nav,) are described and illustrated.

Key Woltts: New species, Casriarina, Coleopiera, Buprestidae.

Introduction

In her revision of the tribe Stigmoderini

(Buprestidae), Gardner (1990) elevated the three

major sub-divislons of Stigenedera to separate

genera. OF the Australian genera, Stigenodera is

closely allied to Thernognatha, Calodema and

Meraxyvmorpha while Custiaring stands alane. A

series ol Castiarina specimens collected in W.A, by

Mr M. Powell, were compared with the male

holotype of C e/deri (Blackburn), Although some

specimens belonged in that species, the rest

represented three separate taxa, one of which was

C. diversa (Kerremans) Clearly nol a synonym of

Cc. elderi, The other two are described and

iustrated, together with aother species in the C

eldert complex found in South Australia, and seven

other species. C elders and C diverse are

redeseribed and |lustrated.

Materials and Methods

Male wenitalia were prepared and displayed by

the method described by Barker (1987), All

specimens were measured using a dissecting

microscope with a ‘bombsight’ crosshair in the

eyepiece and a circular micrometer aitached to the

stage for maximum accuracy, The measurements are

presented as a mean and standard error.

Abbreviations used in the text for museum and

Private collections following Watt (1979) are:

BMNAL British Museum (Natural History),

London; RMBB Royal Museum Belgium, Brussels;

SAMA South Australian Museum, Adelaide;

NMVA Nalional Museum of Victoria, Melbourne;

* Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.0,

Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 500f

WAMA Western Australian Museum, Perth; WADA

Department of Agriculture, South Perth; GBVA Mr

G, G, Burns, Mornington; HDWA Mr H. Demarz,

Wanneroo; MPWA Mr M. Powell, Melville; MHSA

Mr T. M.S. Hanlon, Sydney; RMNA Mr; R, Mayo,

Narara; ASSA Mr A, Sundholm, Sydney.

Castiarina elderi (Blackburn), 1892

FIGS 1F, 2A

Stigmodera eldert Blackburn, 1892: 36. Kerremans,

1903: 212 federi lapsus). Carter, 1916: 87, 90, 1D1) 1929:

244; 1931: 356. Obenberger, 1934; 701 Barker, 1979; 17;

1983; 154; 1986: 30.

Stigmodera diversa Kerremans, 1900; Carter, 1916; 87,

IOL (new syn,); 1929: 294; 193); 356, Obenherger, 1934:

702, Barker, 1979; 17; L9G: 30,

#ololype, o, Victoria Desert, Sept., Mr Helnis,

SAMA,

Colour. Head blue, basally dark blue with large

yellow frontal spot. Antennae blue. Pronotum

medially dark blue, laterally yellow. The shape of

the central blue mark was described by Blackburn

(1892 p.37) ‘as resembling thar of a bust of a human

figure with the head and the arms truncated, the

neck reaching to the front margin of the segment.’

Scutellum blue. Efytra yellow. with the following

dark blue markings: narrow basal margin; pre-

medial fascia not reaching margin, ends angled

anteriorly ‘resembling the shape of a boot on each

side’ (Blackburn 1892 p,37); broad post-medial

fascia; apical mark, Fascia and apical mark

connected along suture. Ventral surface yellow with

dark blue sutuyes and edges of abdorninal segments,

5,.5,,. 5, with lateral dark blue spots on each side.

Legs blue. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, no

median sulcus, very short muzzle, Antennae

compressed, anterinomeres: 1-4 obconic: S-11

toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, narrow basal

170 5S. BARKER

Fig. 1. Photomicrographs of male genitalia of Castiarina spp. A, Castiarina galactica

sp.nov,, B, C. pallidiventris (C & G), C, C. creta sp.nov., D, C. aurantia sp.nov.,

E, C. diversa, (Kerremans), F, C. e/deri (Blackburn), G, C. rediviva sp.nov., H

C. indigohumerosa sp.nov., 1, C. atricollis (Saunders), J, C. palliata sp.nov., K, C.

nota sp.nov., L, C. crux (Saunders), M, C. abdita sp.nov, N, C distinguenda

(Saunders), O, C. indigoventricosa sp.nov., P, C Jeanae (Barker), Q, C. daedalea

sp.nov.

fovea; apical margin projecting medially, basal

margin almost straight; laterally angled inwards

from base, then rounded from base to apex (widest

medially) rounded to apex. Scutellum scutiform,

without punctures, glabrous, flat. Elytra punctate-

striate, intervals convex, punctured; laterally angled

out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteromedially and narrowed to trispinose

apex; small marginal spine, larger medial spine,

small sutural spine, margin rounded between spines,

apices hardly diverging. Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

few short hairs. S.: truncate both sexes, medially

indented.

NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA 71

Size. Males, 11.0 + 0.10 « 3.9 4 0,05 mm (8).

Females, 12.0 + 0.21 x 4.3 + 0.09 mm (5),

Male genitalia. (Fig. 1). Parameres diverging from

basal piece; rounded posteromedially, parallel-sided,

rounded to apex, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely

angled away. Apophysis of basal piece medium

width, llattened at apex.

Distribution: W.A¥ Great Victoria Desert,

Vig. 2, Habitus Mustranens of the following Castarina

species: A, Castiarina elderi (Blackburn), 3, C diverse

(Kerremans), C, Crediviva sp fav, 0, C ¢refa sp.noy.,

ahdita sp nov, Hy C, indigehumerosa sp.nov., |, C nora

sp.nov,

Remarks, The type series in SAMA consists of;

male holotype labelled Victoria Desert, Sept., Mr

Helms, Type and is clearly the specimen described

by Blackburn; | o& and 2 9 9 specimens labelled

‘Kalgoorlie, Type,’ Which belong ta another species

described herein. The holotype was until recently

the only specimen known of this species, | have

examined a series collected by Mr M, Powell on the

flowers of Hela sp, from the southwestern edge

of the Great Victoria Desert,

Castiarina diversa (Kerretmars) 1900

FIGS 1E, 2B

Srigmodera diversa Kerremans, 1900: 317; 1903: 207.

Holotype. 9, Australia, French, BMNH.

Colour, Head; blue, basally dark blue or bronze-

green, yellow frontal spot. Antennae blue,

Pronotum dark blue or bronze, laterally yellow.

Scutellum dark blue. Elytra yellow with orange

margin and following dark blue markings: narrow

basal margin} pre-medial fascia not reaching

margin, ends projecting and angled over humeral

callus} post-mechial fascia reaching margin; apical

mark, Ventral surface yellow, sutures and edges of

abdominal segments blue or green, 8,, 5., 5, with

lateral blue spots on each side. Legs blue or green,

Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, no

median sulcus, very short muzzle. Antennae

compressed, antennomeres: 1l-3 obconic; 4

!5-roothed; §-11 toothed. Pronotum closely

punctured, small basal fovea; apical margin broadly

projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate; laterally

parallel-sided, then rounded to apex (widest

medially), Scutellum scutiform, without punctures,

glabrous, flat. Elytra punctate-striate, intervals

canvex, punctured} laterally angled out from base,

rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteromedially and narrowed to (nispinose apex;

sharp marginal spine, larger medial spine, smaller

sutural spine, margin rounded between spines,

apices hardly diverging. Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

few short hairs. S,! male truncate; lemale,

(funcate, slightly indented medially,

Sige. Males, 8.5 + 019mm » 3,0 + 0.07 mim (10).

Females, 8.8 + 0.24 * 3.2 4 0.08 mm (5),

Male geniralia. (Fig. 1B), Parameres slightly

diverging trom basal piece, rounded

posteromedially, then more or less parallel-sided,

rounded to apex, Median lobe blunt, sides angled

away, Apophysis of basal picce medium width,

narrowed, rounded at apex,

Distribution; WAc Wubin, Morowa, Yalgoo,

Kalgoorlie, Mt Magnet, Norseman, Zanthus,

Aemarks. Barker (1979, 1986) followed Carter (1916,

1929, 1931) and Obenberger (1934) in listing &

diversa (Kerremans) 1900-46 a synonym of C elderi

(Blackburn) 1892, Comparison of the holotypes of

than C elderi (Fig, 2A) and does not have the same

172 S& BARKER

pattern on the pronotuim, The elytra haye a dark

yellow margin, whereas €! elderi has pale yellow

elytra. The male genilaha of C elderi are broader

distributions af the two taxa differ, Thus J consider

each a valid spegies, Adults have been collected on

the flowers of Leptospermnium sp, and Eremophila

Sp.

Castlarina creta sp.nov,

FIGS ic, 2b

Hololype, &, 48 km NE Cowell, S.Aust,, $4.4,1989,

S. Barker, SAMA 4 2123f-

Allotype. 9, 10 km E 35 km post N Cowell,

Whyalla Hway, 1.%.1982, 5. Barker, J. Gardner, A.

Fanderwoude, SAMA | 21332.

Paralypes. S.Aust.: 2 oo, same data aa allotype,

SAMA; 1 or, I 9, 53 kin NE Cowell, I3.xi. 1974,

S. Barker, SAMA.

Colour, Head bronze, pale yellow frontal spot.

Antennae blue. Pronotum: medially bronze with

yellow reflections; laterally pale yellow, Scutellun

dark blue. Elytra pale yellow, lateral margin brown-

orange with following dark blue markings; narrow

basal margin; pre-medial fascia not reaching

margin, ends angled anteriorly; broad post-medial

fascia; apical spade-shaped mark reduced in some

specimens to short pre-apical fascia not reaching

matgin and mark around spines Or expanded in

some specimens to mark covering whole apex.

Fascia and apical mark connected along suture,

Ventral surface pale yellow, sutures and edaes of

abdominal segments testaceous or blue, Legs blue.

Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, sitiall

median suleus, very short muzzle. Antennae

compressed, antennomeres: 1-4 ohcoriic; 5-1!

toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, small basal

fovea; apical margin projecting medially, basal

margin barely bisinuate; laterally angled inwards

trom base, rounded to apex (widest medially),

Scutellum scutiform, without punctures, elabrous,

medially exvavate, Elytra punctate-striate, intervals

convex, punctured; laterally angled out from base,

rounded at tumeral callus, coneave, rounded

posteromedially and narrowed to trispipose apex:

small marginal spine, larger median spine, small

sutural spine, margin rounded belween spines,

apices hardly diverging. Ventral surtuce with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

sparse short hair, $,: male truncate; lermale

truncate, slightly indented medially.

Females, 1.0 + 0,62 « 3.6 4 0.22 iron (2).

Male genitalia, (Fig. 1C), Parameres parallel-sided

from basal piece, rounded outwards medially,

rounded tu apex. Median lobe pointed, sides angled

away. Apophysis of basal piece narrowed, rounded

to apex,

differs |n colour, disiribution and structure of the

male genifalia, All specinrens have been collected

on Leptospermurt voriaeiunr (F, Muell.) Cheel.

Name derived from crea L. ‘chalk.

Castiarina aurantia 4p.nov

FIGS 1D, 2F

Holotype, o, Pindar Paddock, Tallering Stn, WA.,

21.iK,1989, S Barker WAMA,

Allolype, G, 1 km NE Mt Magnet, WA,

20.1x.1980, & Burker, Dw Willian, WAMA,

Puratypes, W.A,) 5 oa, 4 99, same dala as

allotype, SAMA, WAMA: 2 oc, same dara as

holotype SAMA: | oo, 1 @, 36 km W Sandstone,

2018. 1985, ME Powell, WIPWA: 2 once, Tallering Stn,

22/23.1y, 1989. S. Barker SAMA, 1) 9, 77 km W

Yalgoo, 22.ix.1980, G G. Burns, GBVA; ) or, 42

kin NE Wubin, 7.1980, G. G. Burns, GBVA: 1 or,

42 km N Wubin, 11x.1980, G, G. Burns, GBVA:

299,46 km N Wubin, 1bx1980, GG. Burs

GBVA>2 oo, 48 km N Wuhin, 114,/980, GG.

Burns, GBVA; 2 ot, 2 9.9, 38,7 km N Wubin,

17.in,1987, G. G, Burns, GBVA,

Colour, Head: apically blue; basally dark blue with

elongate yellow frontal spot. Antennae blue,

Pronotum:; medially dark blue; laterally orange.

Scutellum blue. Elytra orange with the following

dark blue markings; narrow basal margin; pre-

medial fascia not reaching margin, ends projecting

anteriorly ta humeral callus; post-medial fascia

reaching margin; apical mark with two yellow spots

in same specimens, reduced to short pre-apical

fascia in one specimen, Fascia and apical mark

connected along suture. Ventral surface deep orange,

surures [estaceaus or heaytly marked dark blue. §.,,

5,.5,, with lateral dark blue marks on each side.

Legs blue, Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, very

small median suleus, very short muzzle. Antennae

conipressed, antenmameres: |-3 obeoniv, 4 '4

toothed; 5-]1 toothed, Pronotum elosely punctured,

small basal fovea; apieal margin projecting medially,

basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-

sided at base, rounded to widest posteromedially,

narrowed (6 wpex, Seutellum seuliform, without

punctures, glabrous, lat. Elytra punoctare-striate,

intervals convex, punctured; laterally anvled out

from base, rounsed ac humeral callus, concave,

rounded postcramedially, tapered then rounded to

NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA WI

trispinose apex; small marginal spine, larger medial

sping, small sutural spine, margin rounded between

spines, apices diverging, Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments

glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs medium length.

S.: male truncate; female iruncate, slighty

indented medially,

Size, Males, 10.4 = 034mm =~ 3.7 + 0.08 mm (18).

Females, 10,6 + 0.2).mm « 3.7 + 0,07 mm (10).

Male genitalia. (Fig. \D), Parameres diverging from

basal piece, rounded anteromedially, parallel-sided

then rounded to apex. Median Tobe pointed, sides

acutely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece

medium width, narrowed, rounded to apex,

Remarks. C. aurantia sp.nov. ts clasest to C. efderi.

The adults of this species have been found

associated with Erenophile, Thryptomene and

Schaltzia species. Their colour in life separates them

pale yellow. The name is derived From aurangiin

L.‘urange’.

Castiarina rediviva sp.nov.

FIGS 1G, 2C

Holotype. ot, 4 km W Zanchus, W.A., 2bn,1989,

M. Powell, WAMA,

Allotype. &, same dala as holotype WAMA,

Paratypes. WAc | o, 3 99, same data as

holotype, MPWA & SAMA; J} &, 2 99,

Kalgoorlie from type setics of €. efdert Blackburn,

SAMA, S.Austs 4 oo, $ 99, 45 km E

S.Aust./W.A, border, Eyre Hway, 22,1.1987, A.

Sundholm & J. Bugeja, ASSA & SAMA,

Colour, Head dark blue with purple reflections,

Antennae blue. Pronotum dark blue with purple

reflections. Scutellum blue, Elytra yellow with

orange margin and following dark blue markings:

narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia not reaching

margin, ends projecting over humeral callus; post-

medial fascia teaching margin; apical mark (in six

aut of nine specimens enclosing a yellow spot an

cach side, in two solid, in one reduced to shor

fascia). Fascia and apical mark connected along

suture. Ventral surface yellow with blue sutures and

edges of abdominal segments S,, S,, 5, with lateral

blue spots on each side. Legs blue. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, no

median sulcus, very short muzzle Antennae

compressed, ahtennomeres; 1-4 obconicg; $-11

toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, smal! basal

fovea extending forwards to middle as impressed

fine; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin

barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base,

rounded to apex. Scutellum scutiform, withotr

punctures, glabrous, flat, Elytra punctate-striate,

intervals convex, punctured; lalerally angled out

from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteromedially and narrowed 10 trispinose

apex; small marginal spine, larger medial spine,

smaller sutural spine, margin rounded between

spities, apices hardly diverging, Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments

glabrous, hairs short. S,- male truncate; female

truncate, slightly indented medially.

Size, Males, 10,7 + 0.24 + 3.9 + O10 mm {7).

Females, 11.5 + 0.36 » 4.1 + O40 mm (10). -

Male genitalie, (Fig. 1G). Parameres stightly

diverging from basal piece, rounded

posteromedially, parallel-sided, rounded to apex.

Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away,

Apophysis of basal piece medium width, narrowed,

rounded to apex.

Remarks. C rediviva sp.nov. is closest 10 C. elder’,

It is a darker colour than C. elderi, but lacks the

distinctive dark mark on the pronotum, Male

genitalia are distinct, those of C redivive are

narrower than those of C, elder! (Fig. IF) and a

different shape. Recently collected specimens were

taken on Eremopiila species, Name derived from

redivivem L, renewed’.

Castiarina galactica sp.nov.

PIGS 1A, 2E

Holotype. cr, Mon Repos, Mosman Park, W.A.,

27-xi.1954, §. Barker, SAMA 1 23233,

Allowype. 9, Mon Repos, Mosman Park, W.A,

12,x7.1957, S. Barker, SAMA L 21234,

Paratypes. WA; bo, 2 99, Wannerw (sic), A.

KK Brown, RMBB: L 9, Swan River, Lea, SAMA,

| o, Calaby, 27.51.1977, M4. Powell, MPWA.

Colour. Head bronze with green and purple

reflections, Jarge milky yellow frontal spot.

Antennae gteen. Pronotum medially bronze with

green and purple reflections, Saterally milky yellow.

Scutellum blue. Elytra milky yellow with following

dark blue markings: narrow basal Margin; pre-

media] fascia not reaching margid, extending

anteriorly ac ends to humeral callus, extending

anteriorly on suture; posi-medial fascia reaching

margin; pre-apical mark. Fascia and apical mark

connected along suture. Ventral surface milky yellow

with green-blue markings on sutures and edges of

abdominal seaments and gréen-blue lateral spot on

cach side of abdominal segments, S,, S,, 5,. Legs

green. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture, Head closely punctured, oo

median sulcus, short muzzle Antennae,

antennomeres: 1-3 ohconic; 4 '4-toothed; 5-11

toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea

extending 10 apical margin as impressed line, basal

4 S. BARKER

notches on each side more marginal than nvedial;

apical margin projecting medially, basal marein

hisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded

to widest part postcromedially, rounded and

hafrowed to apex. Scutellum scutiform, few

punctures, glabrous, excavate. Elytra purctate-

striate, intervals convex and punctured; laterally

angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus,

goncave, rounded posteromedially aid narrowed to

trispinase apex; small marginal spine, wide blunt

medial spine, very small sutural spine, margin

rounded between spines, apices diverging. Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments glabrous, few short hairs. S,:; males

truncate; females trucate and indented medially,

Size. Mules, 9.7 + O48 =» 3.5 + 0.23 mm (4).

Females, 11.0 2 0.20 « 3.4 + 0.06 mm (3),

Male gertitalia. (Fig, 1A). Parameres parallel-sided

basally, rounded pusteromedially, parallel-sided,

rounded apically, Médiari lobe sharp, sides acutely

angled away, Apophysis of basal piece medium

width, rounded apically.

Remarks. C. galactica sp.nov. is closest to C

palleiveatris (C & G) but differs in the structure

of the male genitalia (Figs 1A, 1B)) and in not

having a red elytral margin, Adults are found on

the Flowers of Meloleuca Ruevetii R.Br Nanie

derived from gele Gr.'nitlk',

Castiarina abdita sp.aoy,

FIGS IM, 2G

Hotatyipe, &, 30 km W Mullewa, WA., 12-10.1987,

M. Powell & Janes, WAMA.

Aflotype. 9, 114k. 5 Billabong Roadhouse, Great

Northern Hway, 10.ix,1989, S, Barker, WAMA,

Pargiypes. WA 1 9, same data as holotype,

MPWA, 1 9, 34 km 5 Billabong Roadhouse,

151x985, M, Powell, MPWA: Lo ocr, 2 @ 9,

Tenindewa, AD Wo Brown, NMVA; 1 c*, Carnarvon,

HH. Ao Brown, NMVA-

Catuur, Head grey-blue, muzzle bluc. Antennae,

anjenmomeres: 1-2 grey-blue; 3-11 bronze

Propotuni prey-blue medially; red laterally.

Scufellum blue Elytra ted with the following blue

markings; narrow basal margin; pre-mectial fuscia

nol teaching margin, ends expanied anteriorly over

humeral callus on each side or represented by an

elongate mark over each humeral callus and one

on suture; post-medial fascia reaching tmargin,

convex anteriorly; pre-zpical mark; mark covering

apex, all marks connected along suture. Ventral

Surldve: prosternum mainly red, some sutures blue:

mesn and metastcrna predaniinantly blue;

abdominal! segments red. Legs blue, Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpiure. Head closely puncrured, broad

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae,

antennomeres; 1-3 obconic; 4-lt ipothed-

Pronotum closely punctured, basal lovea extending

anteriorly to middle as glabrous ling; apical nargin

Projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate;

laterally angled inwards from base, rounded to

widest part posteromedsally, rounded and narrowed

to apex. Scutellum scutifarm, punctured, excavare,

Ely(ra punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured:

laterally angled outwards from base, rounded st

humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially

and tapered, rounded 10 bispinuse apex! blunt

marginal spine, small blunt sutural spine, margin

tounded and indenred between spines, upices

diverging, apical margin subserrate, Ventral surface

with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments Blabrous, moderately hairy, hairs shore.

S,: males truncate; females rounded.

Male genitalia, (Fig. 1M). Parameres parallel-sided

at base, diverging posteromedially, rounded to apex,

Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away.

Apophysis of basal piece narrow, rounded apically,

Size. Males, 11,2 + 0.32 * 4.2 4 O11 mm (4),

Females, 12.8 + 0.22 « S$. + 0.12 mm (5S).

Remarks. C. ahbdite ap.nov, has been confused with

species than C, distinguenda, male genitalia are

broader apically (Fig. WN), the dorsal surface ix

convex (flat in C. distinguende) and the clytral

markings are blue (black in C distinguenda). Red

coloration in C distinguenda fades to yellow soon

alter death whereas it dogs nol in C abdita. Name

derived frovn abditus L"hidden”

Castiarina indiguhumerosa sp.nov.

FIGS 1H, 2H

Holotype, of, Willare, W.A., 24.1989, A) Demure

WAMA,

Alfaiype. 9, same data as holotype WAMA,

Puretypes. WA. 3 oro, ® 9 2, same data as

holotype HDWA, SAMA; 4 cr cr, Willan 2Ly.1989,

H. Demare HDWA; 1 7,9 99, 10km N Willare,

A. Demars, 22.1989 ADWA; 1 9, Great Sandy

Desert, Svi.l978, BM. Thomas, SAMA: I ot, Great

Sandy. Desert, Ridge Rd, Anketell, 11.v.§477, 4. 5.

Gearge, WADA.

Colour Head blue, Antennae, antennomeres; 1-2

blue; 3-11 bronze. Pronotum and scutellum bright

blue. Elytra vellow with the following dark blue

markings: narrow basal margin; remnant pre-medial

fascia tepresented by spur near each margin and

larger spot on suture; broad post-medial lasers

reaching margin; apical mark, the last two marks

connected along suture. Ventral surface and legs

blue. Hairs sityer.

NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA ine)

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, very short muzzle, eyes bulbous.

Antennae compressed, antennomeres; 1-3 ubconic;

4-1! toothed. Pronorum closely punctured, small

basal fovea extending to middle as impressed line;

apical margin projecting medially, basal margin

barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base,

angled outwards, rounded to widest part

anteromedially, rounded to apex. Seutellum

seutiform, glabrous, flat. Blytra punctate-striate,

intervals convex, punctured; laterally angled out

from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteromedially and narrowed ta bispinose

apex; sharp marginal spine, small sharp sutural

spine, margin rounded and indented between spines,

apices diverging, Ventral surface with shallow

purietures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

sparse short hair, S.: males truncate and slightly

indented medially; females truncate and indented

medially.

Size; Males, 9.7 4 0,20 « 3.3 + 0.08 mm (11).

Females, 10.7 + 0.16 « 3.6 + 0.06 mm (19).

Male genitalia. (Fig. 1H). Parameres slightly

diverging from basal piece, widened medially,

rounded ta apex. Median Inbe pointed, sides acutely

angled away, Apophysis of basal piece medium

width, rounded apically.

C. atricollis (Saunders) (Fig, 11), but male genitalia

are narrower apically in C. indigothoracica aud the

median lobe is sharp (blunt in C. a@tricollis) The

head, pronotum and ventral surface of C, atricollis

are dark. The distributions of C jndigahumeroasa

and CG atricollis da not overlap. Name derived from

indiva L. ‘blue’ Awmerus L. ‘shoulder’,

Castiacion palliata sp.nov.

FIGS 11, 4c

Holotype. o, Wilthorpe (mines), W.A,, 6.%.J980,

M. Powell, WAMA-

Afllotvpe. 2, same data as holotype, WAMA.

Paratypes, WA; 3 9 &, Port Samson, 2.ix,1967,

& H. Urher Baker, SAMA; 5 oo, 5 9 9, same

data as hololype, MPWA, SAMA; 1 o, 4 9G,

Fortescue Roadhouse, 23.viii 1987, ML Powell,

MPWA; 2 cor, 2 9, 132 km E Nanutarra,

29.vi1.1988, MPWA.

Colour, Head dark blye, Antennae black with

bronze reflections. Pronotuim and scutellum black,

Elytra orange with the following black markings:

narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia represented

by a small spot on the suture and one on each

elytron; post-medial lascia reaching margin,

projecting anterlorly on suture and in middle of

each elytron; mark covering apex in males, Wi most

females reduced to spade-shaped mark and around

apical margin and spines, Fascia and apical mark

connected along suture, Ventral surface dark blue,

Legs dark blue, tips of tibia and tarsomeres with

bronze-green reflectians. Hairs silver.

Shape and seulpture. Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, very short muzzle, eyes bulbous.

Antennae compressed, antennomeres; 1-3 obconic;

4-1] toothed. Pronotum shallowly punetured

laterally, sparsely punctured medially and slightly

glabrous, basal notches represented by a glabrous

area. on each side more marginal than medial; apical

murgin projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate;

laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded and

narrowed to apex, widest anteromedially. Scutellum

seuliform, punctured, glabrous, flat. Blytra

punctate-striate, intervals convex, more so laterally

and apically; laterally angled outwards from base,

Fig. 3, Habitus illustrarion of Castiarina indigoventricosa

sp.nov.

rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteromedially and narrowed fo bispinose apex}

Jarge blunt marginal spine, very small sharp sutural

spine, margin rounded and indented between spines,

apices hardly diverging, Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

sparse short hairs. 5,: truncate in both sexes,

slightly medially indented,

Size. Males, U9 ¢ O19 « 4.4 + 0.05 mm (9).

Females, 12.9 + 0.24 « 4.5 + 0.10 mm (15).

Male genitalia. (Fig. 15). Parameres gradually

diverging !rom base, rounded at apex. Median lobe

pointed, sides acutely angled away, Basal piece

medium width, rounded at apex.

176 S, BARKER

Remarks. C. palliata spmoy, is closest to C,

atricollis. The pronotum, seutellum and elytral

markings in C, palliae are black (dark blue in C

atricollis). Male genitalia differ (Figs 11, 1J), those

in €! airicollis being shorter and wider, The elytral

colouring, fades to pale yellow soon afler death, The

name is derived from po/liarus L.cloaked’.

Fig. 4. Habinis (stranions of rhe Lollowynip Castiarine

species: A, Castigrina daedalee sp.nov. male, B,C. C.

daedalea sp.nov. female, C, C. palliaia sp.nov,

Castiacing nota sp.nov.

FIGS IK, 21

Holotype. or, 46 km SW Whyalla, S Aust,

14.x,1989, §. Barker, SAMA F 21245,

Paratypes. S&S. Aust. 3 oo, 36 kin E Kimba,

16.x1,1979, G. Harold, MHSA & ASSA;1 o, $0 km

NE Cowell, |.x,1982, S. Barker, SAMA; | o, 22

km E.Kimba, 26.4.1982, & Barker, SAMA; | &,

40 km NE Cowell, [4.x.1989, S farker; 1 o,

Scrubby Peak, Gawler Ra., 4.xi.1989, S. Barker,

SAMA; | or, Pinkawillinie C.F, 2.57,1989, 7 Bujega

& A. Sundholm, ASSA.

Colour, Head bronze, muzzle blue. Antennae,

anterinomeres; 1-2 blue: 3-11 bronze. Pronotum

bronze, Scutellum blue. Elytra orange with the

following dark blue markings; narrow basal margin;

elongate mark over each humeral callus; post-

medial fascia usually reaching margin; pre-apical

spade-shaped mark; mark along suture from

scutellum to apices. All marks connected along

suture. Veriral surface brome Legs; lemora and

tibia blue; tarsomeres bronze-gteen.. Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture, Head closely punctured,

median sulous, short muzzle. Antennae,

antennomeres; I~3 obconic; 4-11 toothed.

Pronotum closely punctured, minute basal fovea

extending forwards to middle as glabrous line;

apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuate;

laterally rounded from base to apex, widest

posteromedially, Scutellum sculiform, glabrous,

tlat, Elytra punctate-striate, intervals convex more

so laterally and apically than elsewhere, lightly

punctured; laterally angled out from base, rounded

al humeral callus, concave, rotinded

posteromedially and narrowed to bispinose apex;

small sharp marginal spine, minute sutural spine,

margin rounded and indented between spines,

apices hardly diverging, apical margin subserrate,

Ventral surface wth shallow punctures, edges of

abdominal segments glabrous, hairy, hairs medium

length. S.: male truncate and slightly indented

medially; female unknown,

Size. Males, 11.6 + 0.25 » 4.4 + 0.13 mm (9),

Male genitalia, (Fig, \K), Parameres diverging from

basal piece, rounded to apex. Median lobe pointed,

sides obtusely angled away, Apaphysis of basal

piece medium width, rounded apically.

Remarks. C. nota sp.nov. is closest to C. erux

(Saunders). Male genitalia are narrower than in C.

¢rux (Fig. 11) in which the parameres are widened

medially and broader apically. C. crux has blue

markings on the elytra and is found in (he Little

Desert, Vie, whereas C note has dark blue

markings and occurs on the Upper and Lower Eyre

Peninsula, 5,Aust, Naméd derived from nora L.

‘mark or sign,’

Castiarina indigoyentricosa sp.nov.

FIGS 1, 3

Holotype a, Currarong, N.SW., 31.1990, 7 MW S&

Hanlon, SAMA 1 21236,

Allowpe. 9, same data as holotype, SAMA | 21237,

Paratypes. NSW. li oo, 5 9 9, same data as

holotype; 3 co, 4 9 2, Currarong, 15.1,1990, R.

Mayo, RMNA; 60°39, 7 2 @, Currarong, 61.1990,

A. Sundholm, ASSA,

Colour. Head blue. Antennae bronze, Pronotum,

scutellum, ventral surface and legs blue. Elytra pale

brown medially, yellow laterally with the following

black markings: narrow basal margins very rarrow

sutural margin; spines. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture. Head shallowly punctured,

broad median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae,

antenhomeres: 1-3 obconic; 4-11 toothed.

Pronotum shallowly punctured, basal fovea

exfending to middle as glabrous line, basal norehes

NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA wt

more marginal than medial; apical margin

projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate; laterally

parallel-sided at base, angled outwards, rounded to

widest. before middle, tapered to apex, dorso-

ventrally flattened from base to middle. Scutellum

scutiform, glabrous flat. Elytra punctate-striate,

intervals convex and smooth: laterally angled out

from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteromedially and narrowed to bispinose

apex; long sharp marginal spine, smaller sucural

spine, margin rounded and indented between, aprces

diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately

hairy, haus medium length. S,: males truncate;

females truncate, medially indented.

Size. Males, 19.6 + 0.25 x 7.5 + 0.11 mm (21).

Male genitalia. (Fig 10), Heavily chitinized.

Parameres parallel-sided from basal piece, pinched

In, rounded premedtally ihen parallel-sided,

rounded to apex. Median lobe pointed, sides

obtusely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece

broad, apically rounded.

Remarks, C. indigoventricosa sp.nov. is closest ta

C jeanae (Barker), but the colour of the head,

pronotum and ventral surface is blue whereas jt is

usually green in C. jeanae, C. indigoventricesa

occurs in coastal mallee heath in N.SW, whereas

C. jeange is found in high alutude further inland,

Male genitalia also difler (Figs 10, IP) the

parameres being broader medially in C jeanae, The

pame is derived from indigo L. blue’, verter [..

belly’,

Castiarina dacdalea sp.nov.

FIGS 1Q, 4A, 4B

Holotype. cr, Currarong, N.SW,, 67.1990, 4.

Sundkolm, SAMA 21238.

Allotype, 2, Currarong, N.SW., 29.01.1989, 8.

Lamond, SAMA 21239.

Peratype. NSW. >, Currarong, 31.1990, TAL &.

Hunton, MHSA.

Colour Head, antennade, pronotum, grey-blue.

Scutellim dark blue. Elytra red with the following

dark blue markings! Female with basal margin

narrow laterally, broad medially; broad pre-medial

fascia reaching margin; broad poust-medial fascia

reaching margin; mark covering whole apex, all

marks tonnected ulong suture. Male; the fascia are

coalesced leaving two red spots on the lateral margin

and one medial but not touching suture and a

narrow red pre-apical fascia. Ventral surface and

legs dark blue, Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, muzzle medium length. Antennac,

antennomeres: 1-3 obconic; 4-l1 toothed

Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending

forwards to middle as glabrous line; apical margin

projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuats

laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded, widest

posteromedially, tapered to apex, dorso-venirally

Hattened [tom base to middle. Scurelhum scutiform,

glabrous, excavate, Elytra purictate-siriate, intervals

flat medially, convex basally, smooth; laterally

angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus,

concave, rounded posteromedially to bispinose

apex; small marginal spine, small sutural spins,

margin rounded and indented between, apices

diverging, apical margin subsertate. Ventral surface

with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

seginerts glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs long.

5,: truncate both sexes.

Size. Male, 17-7 « 7.0mm (1), Females, 17.4 + 058

» 71 4 O21 mm (2).

Male genitatia, (Fig. 1Q), Parameres parallel-sided

at base, gradually widened posteromedially,

rounded at apex. Median lobe pointed, sides

obtusely angled away. Apophysis of basal piece

medium width, rounded at apex,

Remarks. C. dacdvles sp.nov. does not closely

resemble any other descritted species. The tame ts

derived from deedalus L. ‘skillfully made in the

manner of Daedalus, the Athenian artificer.’

Acknowledgments

{ wish to thank the following for assistance: Dr

E, G, Matthews and Dr G, Gross SAMA; Miss

Cc, M. H, van Hayek, BMNH; Dr T. R, Houston,

WAMA; Mr K, T. Richards, WADA: Dr K. Walker

NMA: DrP. Dessart and M. J, Cools, RMBB, Mr

G G. Burns, Mornington; Mr H. Demarz,

Wanneroo; Mr T. M, S. Hanlon, Sydney; Mr R.

Mayo, Narara; Mr M. Powell, Melville; Mr A-

Sundtiolm, Elizabeth Bay; Mr S. Watkins, Canarra;

Mr D. J. Williams, Mr P. G. Kempster and Ms H,

Vanderwoude, Department of Zoology, University

of Adelaide

178 S. BARKER

References

Barker, S. (1979) New species and a catalogue of

Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).

Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust. 103, 1-23.

(1983) New synonyms and new species of

Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).

Ibid. 107, 139-169.

—___ (1986) Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera:

Buprestidae): Taxonomy, new species and a checklist.

Ibid 110, 1-36.

(1987) Eighteen new species of Stigmodera

(Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Ibid 111,

133-146,

BLACKBURN, T. (1892) Further notes on Australian

Coleoptera with descriptions of new genera and species.

Ibid. 15, 207-261.

Carter, H. J. (1916) Revision of the genus Stigmodera,

and descriptions of some new species of Buprestidae

(Order Coleoptera). Ibid. 40, 78-144,

—__—. (1929) A checklist of the Australian Buprestidae.

Aust. Zool. 5, 265-304.

(1931) Notes on the genus Stigmodera (Family

Buprestidae). Together with descriptions of new species

of and a retabulation of the subgenus Castiarina. Ibid

6, 337-367.

Garoner, J. A. (1989) Revision of the genera of the Tribe

Stigmoderini (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) with a

discussion of phylogenetic relationships. Invertebr.

Taxon 3, 291-361.

KERREMANS, C, (1900) Buprestides nouveaux et

temarques synonymiques. Anns, Ent. Soc. Belg. 44,

282-351.

(1903) Genera Insectorum, Coleoptera;

Serricornia, Fam. Buprestidae. Fasc. 12b; 12c; 12d. Pp.

Verteneuil & Desmet, Bruxelles.

OBENBERGER, J. (1934) Buprestidae I. in Coleoptorum

Catalogus, Vol. xii (Junk, Den Haag.).

Wart, J. C. (1979) Abbreviations for entomological

collections, N.Z. Zool, 6, 519-520.

MAGNOBATES (ACARIDA: CRYPTOSTIGMATA: HAPLOZETIDAE)

FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOILS

BY DAVID C. LEE & KEREN J. SHEPHERD*

Summary

Magnobates Hammer, 1967 is redefined to include two species previously grouped in Lauritzenia

Hammer 1958. Two new species, from soil and litter in savannah woodland and sclerophyll forest,

are described: M. elongatus sp. nov., M. globulus sp. nov. They do not occur in drier South

Australian sites. Relationships between some genera of Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936 are

discussed. A key to adults is given for the five species of Magnobates: this is its first record from

Australia.

KEY WORDS: Magnobates elongatus sp. nov., M. globulus sp. nov., Lauritzenia Hammer,

Haplozetidae, Acarida, soils, South Australia.

Transactions uf (he Raval Suciety af S Aust, (1990), 114(4), 179-188,

MAGNOBATES (ACARIDA: CRYPTOSTIGMATA: HAPLOZETIDAE) FROM SOUTH

AUSTRALIAN SOILS

by DAVID C. LEE & KEREN J. SHEPHERD*

Summary

Lre, D, C. & SHerHerp, RK. J, (L990) Magnobates (Acarida: Cryptostigmata: Haplozetidae) from South

Australian soils. Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust. 114(4), 179-186, 30 November, 1990.

Magnobates Hammer, 1967 is tedefined to include two species previously grouped in Lauritsenia Hammer,

1958, Two new species, from soil and litter in savannah woodland and sclerophyll forest, are described:

M, elongatus sp. nov., M. globulus sp. nov. They do not occur in drier South Australian sites, Relationships

hetween some genera of Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936 are discussed. A key to adults is given for the five

spectes af Maganhates; this is its first record from Australia,

Key Worns: Magnohaies elongaius sp. nov., M. globulus spe naw, Lourizzenia Hammer, Haplaretidac,

Acarida, soils, South Australia.

Introduction

The genus Magnebares Hammer, 1967 is

exumined as parr of an ongoing study of

sarcoptiform mites in South Australian soils,

sumpled fron’ nine florally diverse sites. An

introduction to the relevant work on the advanced

oribate mites (Planofissurae) is provided by Lee

(1987),

Magnobates appears (o he closely alhed to

Heplozetes Willmann, 1935 and Lauritzenia

Hammer, 1958 in the Haplozetidae Grandjean,

1936. Examination of the holotypes of the type-

species of Magnobates and Laurttzenia, and

consideration of the thorough redescription of the

type-species of Haplozetes (H. vindobonensis

Willmann, 1935) by Grandjean, 1936, substantiates

this relationship. The delineation of Magnobates

from Luuritzenia is considered, resulting in two

species being newly combined with Magnobates.

New species are recognised and described from the

South Australian material.

Materials und Methods

New imiuterial examined here, collected by D.C,L.

is mainly deposited in the South Austealian

Museum (SAMA), but also in the Natural History

Museum, London (BMNH), the Field Museum,

Chicago (FMNB) and the New Zealand Arthropod

Collection, D.S.LR., Auckland (NZAC), Established

types examined are deposited in the Zoological

Museum, Copenhagen.

No new notational systems are introduced, All

measurements are in micrometres (xm) and were

* Div. of Natural Science, South Australian Museum,

North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Ausi. SOD

made using an eyepiece micrometer at x25(

magnification.

Systematics

Family: Haplozetidac Grandjean, 1936

Discussion: The Haplozetidae comprised oripodoid

genera with hinged pteromorphs. Balogh & Balogh

(1984) further restricted the family to 18 genera with

sacculate hysteronotal foramina, and recogmsed

four subfamilies on the basis of the number of

genital setae, This definition of subfamilies,

however, is not consistent with all species within the

genera Haplozetes Willmann, and Lauriizenia

Hamnier. Further, the keys provided by Balogh &

Balogh (1984) are inconsistent in their treatment of

pretarsal claws. Huplozetes and Lauritzenia are

considered to be tmonodactyl, although some

species of these genera have three pretarsal claws,

These authors excluded Magnobates from (he

Oripodoidea withour justification.

The new material examined here has three

pretarsal claws and keys to Jncahates by Balogh &

Balogh's (1984) criteria. However, they differ from

Incahates by the discidium being quadrangulate

rather than triangulate, the proteronotal seta /1

being lateral to seta zl rather than in front of u,

and the tulorium being laminar with a projecting

anterior cusp rather than costate and without a

cusp.

These character states af the new species are

shared with Haplozetes, Lauritzenia and

Magnobates, which are here regarded as an

unnamed monophyletic group. They also share this

group’s synapomorphy of a hysteronotal foramen

with @ narrow refractile section of the duct near to

its pore in the integument, ysually accompanied hy

180 D.C. LEE & K, J. SHEPHERD

MAGNOBATES. HAPLOZETID MITES 181

a hemispherteal refractile place. This is illustrated

for Haplezeres by Beck (1964) and Grandjean

(1936). and uewly established as present on the

holotype of the lype spectes of Lawnezenia and

Murgnobates (L, longiplumea Hammer, 1958 d& MM.

Slagetiifer Hammer, 1967). It is further established

(hat these Iwo type species are similar to the pew

Megnobares species in having a long curved alveolus

with the somal sctal pores, three setae on genni Tl

(v present) and a subrectangular discidium.

The reliable delineation of the three genera

requires a thorough revision of the casmopolitan

Hapiozeies, which may have four or live penital

setae and one or three pretarsal claws, Initially, !

here distinguish the two genera confined to southern

temperate regions from Haplozeses by the presence

of three setac on genu LI, and from each other by

dhe number of pretarsal claws /Lateritzenia with one

claw, Mapnobares with three ¢laws). This requires

the transfer of two species from Layritzenia, as

indicated in the remarks an Magnobares, leaving

Lauritzenia (from South America) as monotypie.

Magrobates Hammer

Afugnobares Hammer, 1967, p. 30 (type species by

monolypy: Magnobates flagellifer Hammer, (967)

et hiae 1962, 0. 72; Balogh 1972, p. 149; Laxton 1983,

Pasiratonnite Hammer, 1958 dparch: Hammer 1968, p 70,

Definition: Hysteronotum with 10 pairs (24, 62, 25)

of setae and four pairs of normal (not fissuriform)

sacculate foramina. Hysteronotal foramina with

long, tubular saccule and short, narrow refractile

duct near iategument, convex refractile

hemispherical structure between these, Dorsosejugal

furrow entire. Translamella and prelamella absent,

conspicuous laminar tutorium (between setae

/l-32). Rosiral seta (/1) transposed laterally, beside

rather than in front of seta zl, Pleromorph movable,

with clear weakly sclerotized basal line, Discidium

subrectangular, without custodium. Tibia | with

large sofenidium (so2) on nearly flat dorsal surface,

pot cubercle, solenidiutn sol may or may not be on

spurlike distoclorsal tubercle, Tibia [1 with

distodorsal spur. Genu If with three setae (¥

present), Trochanter ([V with distodorsal angle

rounded and ridged, distoventral crown with anty

amerior angulate lobe, broad flange extending along

entire venier of caput, Pretarsus with three claws,

shimmer lateral claws with either ventral subterminal

tooth or truncated tip.

Tiz. |. Magnohatey eloayutus sp.nov, femal, norm st

sama,

General Morphology: Somal length range for

adults: 330-1030, Somal chactotaxy: 2y, 23, Is; 20,

6Z, 28-34 WE, 3477, usually 3 (rarely 2) JV; usually

4irarely 5 or 6) /Zy, |Se; 2/2, 3Sa. Les chactotaxy

{sclenidia in parentheses): 1 — |, 5, 3 (1), 4 ¢2), 20

(2); 1 — 1, 5,3 (1), 4 (1), usually 16 (rarely 15) (2);

Hl — 2, 3, L(y, 3.0), 15; IV — 1, 2, 2, 3 QD, 12.

Alveolar canal of somal setae usually dilated and

long, narrowing af internal extremity to refractile

ring, sometimes twisted up to near cuticle,

appearing like pore and sacculus near setal base,

as described on Magnobates acuirostrum

(Hammer, 1968) and M. rotundirostrm (Hammer,

(968). Pteromarph may li¢ clase to the pleural

surface (Fig. 6) or be lifted away Irom il (Fig. 5}.

Sub-bothridial flange present. Apodemes 1, II,

vertrosejugal and MM present, with wide midsternal

gap (greater than width of genital orifice) in

ventrosejugal apodeme. Subpedal and circuumpedal

ridges merging inte single continuous line

Proximoventral spur on tibiae f and tf anc

distodorsal spur on tibia L. Femur [ without caput

collar, Conspicuous ventral Manges on fernurs 1

and [V, on femur J! margin angulate enclosing right

angle,

Distributiom Australia (Aa) and New Zealand (An).

The three species from New Zealand were ¢ither

from Lawn moss, a rotten branch or tree bark In the

north of North Island, whilst in South Australia

Magnobates was only recorded from the two

moister sites that are in Lhe savannah woodland and

dry sclerophyl] forest of the Mt Lofty Ranges,

Within Australia, Magaohares may prove to be

confined to the moister southern (emperate regions.

Remarks: Magnobates was included in the

Ceratozetoidea when it was established, but the

Pacing by Balogh (1972) and Luxton (1985) in the

Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936 is followed with

confidence, since Magnoboses is very similar to

Haplozetes, as already indivated here. Although

Mognoberes may prove to he a synonym of

Leuritzenia, i 48 retained, using the only

distingwishing character available, the number of

pretarsal claws. This requires two species to be

moved from Laterirzentia io be cambined as in the

list of Magnobates species. Magnohates includes

five species as follows; M. acisfirostrum (Hammer,

1968) comb. now, At. elongatus sp, nov., M.

flagelliter Hammer, 1967, M. slobulus sp. noy., M.

rotundirostrum (Hammer, 1968) comb. nov.

Key to Magnobates species (adults)

1 — Five or six pairs of genital setae (5 or 042g),

Lamella wide. dorsally obscures tutorium

182 D, C, LEE & K. J. SHEPHERD

MAGNOBATES, HAPLOZETID MITES

behind seta Zhees crises es

— Four pairs of genitul setac ‘(4JZe) Lamela

mediitm width, dorsally obscures tutnnium omy

behind seta j2....,. ohare

2 = Soma longer than 600 ym. Somali setae long

(Z4 reaches SS, Se tonger than 0.5* genital

r1+ 11-1) einen nT ea a

: M. totundirosirwen (Hammer)

- Soma shorter than 500 pm. Somal setac

medium leneth (24 reaches halfway to $5, Se

shorter than O.5« genital shield}, .-.-.;-

me b damte titel ie “ejte M. acutirostrum (Hammer)

3 —Soma longer than 9X) pm. Sensory proteronotal

seta 22 lapering without caput......\.6.4-

oP a Si ape M. flagellifer (Hammer)

- Soma shorter than 500 ym. Sensory protero-

notal seta 22 with weakly swollen fusiform

CADUE ives ye pata ate plmin ated iene hee 4

4 — Sensory proteronotal seta 22 with slim caput

({urealest width lese than 3x stalk width).

Hysteronotal foramen #5 with spherical

saccule. On tibia I, solenidium set distal to se2

and on tubercle. .....M. elongatus sp. nov.

— Sensory proteronotal seta 22 with medium

width caput (greatest width more than 4» slalk

widih}, Hysteronotal foramen #5 with Tshaped

saceule. On tibia I, solenidium sol fevel with

so2 and not on tubercle... 2. --

rev oper dese stye-e ere M. globulus Sp. : nov

Peete ee

Magnobates clongatus sp. nov.

PIGS 1-3

Type material Holotype female (SAMA N1990242),

plant litter, sparse moss and sandy soil, under

sclerophyllous shrubs amongst tmessmate

stringybark (Eucalyptus obliqua), dry sclerophyl!

forest, near summit of Mr Lofty (34°59'S,

138°45'B), Cleland Conservation Park, 9,v,1974,

Paratypes, eleven females (SAMA N1990243 —

1990250, I-BMNH, I~FMNH, I-NZAC) and

thirteen paratype males (SAMA WN1990251 —

Ni990280, I=BMNH, I-FMNH, I-NZAC), as

holotype:

Female: |diosomal length, 423, (12, 401-437), Leg

lengths (femur-tarsus for 434): 1-204, 101-175, H-161,

T¥-205. Tibial maximum heights (for 434): 1-22,

Wt-17, ETI-17, 1V-17;

Proteronotum with lamellar margin straight, sub-

linear, Bothridium (base of seta z2) with normal,

Fig, 2, Magnohates elungarus sp.noy., female stertus of

soma

163

short (less than 0,5» diameter of aperture) anterior

process and smal! sub-bothridial flap. Seta jl, /2

and <! smooth and slim, /2 subequal in size to 26.

Sensory seta 22 with slim fusiform caput, greatest

width less than 3« width of stalk, Hysteronotum

with some very short setae (22, Z3, 74), not.as long

as fissure-like pere Af3. Foramina with globular

saccules at end of shart tubular ducts.

Idiosternal setae smooth, slim and short, /3 and

Sa3 longes|, seta J773 longer than MW/2, and J¥3

present, Pedotectum [1 rounded distally, ventral

ridge reaches postenor margin to form spur. No

eggs observed,

Legs short (mean femur-tarsus length: 43% of

somal length). On tibia J, solenidium «401 nearly

directly distal to se2 and on distodorsal spur-like

tubercle. Flange on femur I and II slightly bigger,

and on trochanter LV slightly smaller, than on

Magnobates globulus.

Male; Similar to female but ictiosoma shorter, mean

length, 392 (sclerophyll forest, 13, 380-403), 411.5

(savannah woodland, 1).

Referred material: Undesignated male (SAMA

N1990261), grass, moss, leaf litter and loamy soil

under manna gum trees (Eucalyptus viminalis),

savannah woodland, Chambers Gully (34°58’S,

138°41 ‘E), Cleland Conservation Park, 12.vi.1974.

Remarks: The specific name elongatus is derived

from the Latin ‘prolonged* and refers to its

idiosomal shape (when pleromorphs folded down)

compared with Af. globulus. Tt can be distinguished

lrom the smaller twa New Zealand species (MM.

acutirostrum and M, rotundirostrum) by having

fewer genital setae, a narrower lamella and slim

smooth prateronotal setae and from M, /lagellifer

by being smaller, The slimness of the proteronotal

setae and shortness of seta /2 is unique within

Magnobates, but a short seta /2 is found on

Lauritzenia longiptuma Hammer, 1958, which also

has solenidium sol of tibia [I on a dorsodistal

tubercle,

Magnobates globuhts sp. nov.

FIGS 4-6

Type Materiat: Holotype, female (SAMA

N1990262), grass, moss, leaf litter and loamy soil

under manna gunt trees (Eucalyptus virninalis),

savatinah woodland, Chambers Gully (34°58’S,

138°41'E), Cleland Conservation Park, 12.v1.1974,

Paratypes, two females (SAMA WNJ990263,

N1I990264} and one male (SAMA WNI9X)265), as

holatype,

184 D. C. LEE & K. J. SHEPHERD

MAGNOBATES, HAPLOZETID MITES INS

Female: \diosomal length, 341 (3, 336-347), Leg

lengths (femur-tarsus for 336: 1-167, J[-149,

I11-145, IV=176, Tibial maximum heights (for 336.

1-17, Wf-13, [11-12, ['V-13.

Projgronotum with lamellar margin curved,

convex. Bothridium (base of seta 22) with long (as

long as diameter of aperture) anterior process and

large sub-bothridial flap. Setae /1, /2 and zl ciliate

and stout, 2 unlike 26. Sensory seta z2 with robust

clavate caput, greatest width more than 4« width

of stalk. Hysteronotal setae short but all longer than

fissure-like pore Af3, Foramina with small globular

saccules at end of duets, except F'5 where saccule

T-shaped.

Idinsternal setae often smooth, slim and short,

but midsternal coxite setae (files 1 and 2) stouter

and clearly ciliate, and //1 and ///1 as long as or

longer than 73 and Sw3. Setae [7/3 shorter than all

others, /V3 absent. Pedotectum I! flat distally,

ventral ridge not forming spur on posterior margin.

Eggs ellipsoidal, exochorion smooth, 129 x 86 —

136 ~ 57 (for 337 only, other two females without

eggs)

Legs medium-length (mean femur-tarsus! 47% of

somal length) and tibias medium-height (mean

maximum height: 36% of mean length}, On tibia

[, solenidium sol nearly directly in front of soz,

both on flat dorsal surface, not on spur. Flanges

on femur | and Il slightly smaller, and on

trochanter IV slightly bigger, than on Magnobates

elangatus

Male; Similar to female but idiosoma sharter, 332.

Remarks: The specific name globulus is derived

trom the Latin for bead" or ‘small ball’, referring

to its globular shape when its pteromorphs are

folded down, unlike Af. elongatus, Jt is the smallest

Known species of Magnobates. The globular shape

and the stouter ciliate proteronotal setaé are similar

to those of M. acutirostrum, M. flagellifer and M.

rolundirosirum, and these character states may be

primitive. The disposition of the solentdia on tibia

| also is common within the Oripodoidea. The

uttusual T-shaped saccule of foramen FS is unique

within Afagnopates, but is similar to that of

Lauritzenia longipluma Hammers, 1958 and some

species of Haplozetes (Beck 1964; Grandjean 1934).

Acknowledgments

We are indebted to the Australian. Biological

Resources Study for funding the salary of K.J.S. in

a grant to D.C_L., as well as to Dr Henrik Enghoff

(Zoological Museum, Copenhagen) for making two

types available. Thanks are also due to Ms Kirstie

Jamieson for the notation and presentation of the

figures and Mrs Debbie Lowery for typing the

manuscript,

Refereoces

Batocn, J. (1972) “The Oribatid Genera of the World,”

*Akademial Kaidd, Budapest).

& Baoan, P. (1984) Review of the Oribatuloidea

Thor, 1929 (Acari: Oribatei). Acta zoal Aung. 30,

257-313.

Berk, L. (1964) Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der neatropischen

Oribatidenfauna 4. Huplogeres und Peloribates (Arach.,

Acari). Senckenberg biol, 45, 161-183.

Grasoiean, F (1936) Observarions sur les Oribates (We

serie). Bull. Mus. natn, Hist, narur, Paris (2) 8, 246-253.

Hammer, M, ()958) Investigations on the oribatid fauna

of the Andes Mountaina, 1, The Argentine and Bolivia.

Biol, Ske, WH), 129, 34 pls.

____ (1967) Investigations on the oribatid fauna of New

Zealand, Part II, Jbid, 15(4), 1-64, 40 pls,

____s (1968) Investigations on the oribatid fauna of New

Zealand, Part I], [bid. 16(2), 1-96, 30 pls.

Lee, D.C. (1987) Lotroductory study of advanced oribate

mites (Acarida: Cryptostigmata: Planofissurae) and a

tredescripltion of the wnly valid species ol

Constrictobates (Oripodoidea). Rec, S. Aust. Mus, 21,

35-42,

Luxron, M, (1985) Cryprostigmata (Arachnida: Acari) =

a concise review. Funna N.Z. T. 1-106,

WitpmMann, C. (1995) Faunistisch-ockologische

Untersuchungen im Anningergebiet IV. Die

Milbentauna, 1, Oribate], Zou! Jb, Syst, 66, 331-344

Figs 3-4. Mugnobdies, posterior aspect of right Jegs. 3, M_ e/ongutus spnov., legs [IIT (femur-pretarsus), leg 1¥

(wrochanter-pretarsus); 4, M4, globules sp.nov, leg | (femur-pretarsus).

nly setae represented are posterior séla on

genu |, wo solenidia on tarsus 1, ventral seta on femora I (only seta v2), [V and trochanter LV.

“BUIOS JO WMUIOIS ‘9 SBUIOS JO wWNjoU ‘¢ ‘oTeUIE] “Aou'ds snyngoss sainqousay “G—s STI

D, C. LEE & K. J. SHEPHERD

186

RHEOBATRACHUS LIEM AND TAUDACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE

(ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) IN EUNGELLA NATIONAL PARK,

QUEENSLAND: DISTRIBUTION AND DECLINE

BY KEITH R. MCDONALD*

Summary

Rheobatrachus vitellinus Mahony, Tyler & Davies disappeared from monitored sites in the

Clarke Range, Eungella National Park, Queensland within 17 months of its discovery in January

1984. The frog was confined to rainforest streams above 405 m in shallow, rocky, broken-water

areas, in cascades, riffles and trickles - but was absent from pools of water found between riffles. Its

former distribution within this system is reported. The associated stream-dwelling species

Taudactylus eungellensis Liem & Hosmer also declined and disappeared from these and other sites

during this period. 7. liemi Ingram found in seepage areas adjacent to the same streams is still

present in its preferred habitat. The decline of R. vitellinus and T. eungellensis closely parallels that

of R. silus and T. diurnus in southeastern Queensland. Causes of these declines have not been

determined, but many be manifestations of natural population fluctuations of large amplitude.

KEY WORDS: Rheobatrachus, Taudactylus, Eungella, population decline, distribution, frogs.

Transachons of the Royal Society af S, Asst, (L990), 1144). 187 19a.

RHEOBATRACHUS LIEM AND TAUDACTYLUS STRAUGHAN

& LEE {ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) IN EUNGELLA NATIONAL PARK,

QUEENSLAND: DISTRIBUTION AND DECLINE

by KEITH R. McDONALD*

Summary

McDoNaLp, K. R. (1990) RAeoborreackus Liem and Taudaccelus Straughan & Lee (Anura: Leptodavtylidae)

in Eungella National Park, Queenstand: distriburion and decline, Trams, &, Soc, S Aust, Ut4t4), 187-194,

40 Novernber, 1990,

Rheabatrachus viteliinus Mahony, Tyler & Davies disappeared from monitored sites in the Clarke Range,

Eungella National Park, Queensland within 17 months of its discovery in January 1984. The frog was confined

To rainforest streams above 405 m in shallow, rocky, broken-waler areas, in cascades, riffles and trickles

— bul was absent from pools of warer found between riffles. Its former distribution within thts system

is reparted, The associated streain-dwelling species Taudgcrylus eungellensis \.iem & Hosmer also declined

and disappeared from these and other sites during this period. 7. /feml Ingram found in seepage areas

adjacent Lo the same streams js still present in its preferred habitat. The decline of R, vitellinus and T

eungetlensis closely parallels that of A, si/us.and 7. divraus in southeastern Queensland, Causes of these

declines have not been determined, bul many bé manifestations of natiral population fluctuations of large

Amputide

Kev Worps Rheobatrachus, Taudacivlies, Eungella, population deciine, distribution, trogs,

Introduction

Eungella National Park, situated in the Clarke

Range west of Mackay, Queensland, comprises

49,610 hectares including most of the rainforest

found in this district. The area supports a number

of endemic species of birds, reptiles and frogs

(Winter & McDonald 1986), Among the frogs are

the gastric brooding frog Rheobatrachys vifellinus

Mahony, Tyler & Davies and the torrent-adapted

‘day frogs’, Taudactylus eungellensis Liem &

Hosmer and 7! /iemi Ingram. These relatively new

additions to the frog fauna of Australia have close

relatives in southeastern Queensland, namely R.

slins Liem and T. diurnus Straughan & Lee,

The yastric brooding frogs R. sifus and R-

vitellinus have attracted considerable interest

because of their bizarre habit of brooding their

young in the stomach and oral birth (Corben, er

al, 1974; Tyler 1983; McDonald & ‘Tyler 1984; Leong

et ai, 1986), Inexplicably, R, si/us disappeared

throughout its range in southeast Queensland

(Ingram 1983; Czechura 1984; Tyler & Davies 1985)

and has not been seen in the wild since 1981.

Parallelling this disappearance has been the decline

and disappearance across its range of the day frog

Toudactylus diurnus, a common co-inhabitant of

streams with &. silus, and known also from other

localities (Czechura 1984).

* Queensland National Parks & Wildlife Service,

Pallarenda, Qld, 4410 & Centre for Amphibian Siudies,

Zoology Department, Lniversity of Adelaide, 4, Aust,

5CKM).

The discovery of R. vitellinus by Mahony in

January 1984 (Mahony ez al. 1984), provided an

opportunity to further study this unusual genus, A

monitoring programme was instituted by the

Queensland National Parks & Wildlife Service ta

obtain data on distribution patterns and seasonal

wtormauon. Here 1 report the former distribution

of R, vitellinus within BKungella National Park and

detail its decline and disappearance from monitored

sites (Winter & McDonald 1986). I also provide

information on the distribution, decline and

disappearance of the associated stream dwelling

species, 7. eungellensis (Witter & McDonald 1986).

Materials and Methods

Distribution data for &. vwireflinus were obrained

by searching creeks on the Clarke Range at night

using headlights, and during the day by looking

under rocks and vegetation in the creeks. The

presence or absence of 7: eungellensis and T. hemi

was also documented, Visits of two to five days were

made once a month from January 1984-March

1985, from June-October 1985 and every second

month from December 1985=Febriary 1987. After

this period, visits were spaced at once every three

months until March 1989, No ather visits were made

until the last visit reported jn this paperin March

1990.

Localities were searched and recorded for

presence or absence of froes, The altitude was

measured tg 5 m using an altimeter. Frogs were

188 K, R- McDONALD

a Ps ty

EUNGELLA NATIONAL PARKS >

meme RKe

4 oe f 23)

i { 8 aaah

04 Fa, : ; Mount Dalrymple

Syoee seers a

Wesee

3 ed

\“~EUNGELLA

te fel

Fig. 1. Distribution of Rheobatrachus vitellinus in Eungella National Park to January 1985_ Closed circles indicate

sites at which frogs were located; open circles indicate sites searched, bul in which frogs were not found, Triangle

indicates Mt Dalrymple. S.F. = Strate Forest.

RHEOBATRACHUS LIEM AND TAUPACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE (ANURA; LEPTODACTYLIDAE)

weighed to + 0.5 2 using a Persola spring balance

and snout to vent lengths (SVL) were measured

using dial calipers, recognising the inherent

inaccuracy of + 3 mm in measuring live animals

(Ingram 1983). All animals were sexed, where

possible, and recorded as mate, female or subadult.

Samples were measured from the same Jocality in

late winter 1984 through to autumn 1985 on the

following dates; 24 August, 17~18 September, 16-19,

22 and 26 October, 19-20 November, 6, 8, 19

December, 4-6, 22 January and 8-9 March. Other

htological information (habitat selection, dict etc.)

is the subject of a further paper (McDonald in

prep). Rainfall data (1939-1989) for Dalrymple

Heights (= Eungella township} were collated.

Regression analyses were pevformed using the

SASTAT package of Wilkinson (1986).

Results

Distribution data for Rheaharrachus vitellinus

and Jaudaciylus eingelfensis are provided in Figs

1 and 2. R. vitellinus was recorded in rainforesl

streams above 403 m. These were order l-3 streams

(Chorley 1969), and animals were located in shallow,

rocky, broken-water areas, in cascades, riffles and

trickles, but were absent from the pools of water

found between riffles. [t was not unusual to locate

During rain, the frogs were Srequently on rocks and

easily distingutshed in the headlight.

The recorded distribution of R. witellinecs is ui

undisturbed rainforest, No logging, clearing or

thining has taken place! (he only huiman disturbance

is a poorly defined walking trail through part of

the area. Streams above 400 min which &- vitellinus

was not located had shallow gradients. Micxophyes

Jasciolatus, Litoria chloris and Adelotus brevis were

found in the streamvs, but their preferred habitat was.

backwaters or pools in the rocks, ZL, fesveuri was

not found in the same area as A. vitelfinus but was

present in some habirats of 7. eugellensis,

Tevdactyius eungellensis was found above 1$0.m

in the same areca as R. vitelfinus as well as in the

rainforest areas to the north and south (Fig. 2) Y

was present also in logged rainforest. Frogs were

active in waterfall and riMe splash zones during the

day and it was not unusual to see five or mote in

an area | =~ 2m on rocks in riffle arcas and ina

similar density in splash zones near waterfalls.

T. fiemi was found in seepage areas adjacent to

the streams in which ¢he other Lwo species were

found or in areas where streams were not flowing

above the ground. T. Hiei and T. ewtgellensis laid

eggs in the same water.

Both R. vifellinus and T. eungellensis were

considered Common across the range (as defined

by Kirkpatrick & Lavery 1979) until January 1985

when the first signs of the decline (*eported by

Winter & McDonald 1986) was observed at lower

altitudes (ic, about 400 m). At higher altitude ike

frogs were common until March 1985 bul were

absent in June of that year.

R_ yitellinus has not been secorded from

monitored or any other sites within Bungella

National Park since March 1985. A small

population of 7) eungellensis was recorded in the

southern area of its distribution (see location A on

Fig. 2) in June 1986, but disappeared after that date

Tadpoles of 7 enngetlensis disappeared from

areas being monitored for 2. vitellinus but were

present in the southern areas of the distribution of

T. eurgellensis until May 1987, Tadpoles suspected

io be those of 7) fermi were found in small pools

in September 1987 in the streams flowing from the

southern end of Ma David (Fig. 2 site B). Tadpoles

of Toudactylus disappeated from the monitored

stream sites by January |988.

Potential or actual predators, although nol

quantitatively assessed, did not appear lo change

in numbers before and after the disappearance of

the frogs. These included eels (Anguilla reinharelti),

water tats (H¥dromyps cherysogaster), snakes

(Psendechis porphyriacus, Cacophis squantidosus,

Cryplaphis nigrescens) and crayfish (Euastacus

eungella). A crayfish was observed an 91,1985 with

the right leg of an individual of R, vitellinus in its

chela.

Rainfall data for the period 1939-1989 are

provided in Fig, 3 and monthly rainfall records from

1981)-1989 in Fig. 4, At all times during the period

of monitoring, order 2.& 3 streams continued to

flow.

The relationship between SVL and weight for

males, females and subadults of . vitetfinus

between Angust 1984 and March 1985 is shown in

Fie. 5. Regression lines and confidence limits for

males. and females only are shown jn Fig. & Further

statistical analysis ‘was not employed because of

small sample aizes

Discussion

A number of factors might have contributed to

the decline of Rheobatrachus vitellinus and

Touductylus eungellensis,

Ingram (1983) experienced difficulty in locating

R, silvs in the winter months and suggested that

the specles may shelter or hibernate, although he

had no direct evidence of such an occurrence. #.

190 K. R. McDONALD

—400— 400 metra contour line

nee

ATIONAL PARK

® Mount Dalrympld

a as

re sti \b

“" BUNGELLA

‘ys

rod

Prana

“

Fig. 2. Distribution of Taudactylus eungellensis in Eungella National Park to January 1985, Closed Circles indicate

sites at which frogs were located; open circles indicate sites searched but in which frogs were not found, Site A

is the site at which the species was iast recorded in June 1986 and Site B is where the last Taudactylus tadpoles

were recorded.

RHEOBATRACHUS LLIEM AND TAUDACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE)

Ald

RAINFALK frm

wal

To eee eee ee et Ht

Fig. 3. Rainfall data for Dalrymple Heights (= Eungella Township) fur the period 1939 (when records commenced)

— December 1989. Mean annual rainfall indicated by dashed lines.

vitellinus, on the other hand, was abundant during

the winter of 1984, hence a decline in the winter

of 1985 cannot be attributed to seasonal behaviour.

Rainfall at the time of the decline was average

(Fig. 3, amplified in Fig. 4). During the monitoring

period, none of the order 2 and 3 streams dried up.

Low average rainfall occurred in 1971, 1978, 1982

(drought) and 1984. During this time T eungellensis

was recorded commonly in the area (unpubl. data).

R. vitellinus was first collected in January 1984,

These data suggest that climatic change as

represented by rainfall and stream flow was not a

factor contributing to species decline.

No obvious man-made disturbance can be

associated with the disappearance, Twenty-two

specimens are known to have been collected for

scientific purposes (unpubl. data) over a period of

15 months (January 1984—March 1985) and from

a range of localities, At the time of collection, the

species was abundant at each site and it is extremely

unlikely that collection had an impact on numbers.

Eleven 7. evngellensis were collected during the

same time period.

if the animals had been disturbed by the data

collection or had been affected by disease, heavy

parasite loads or some such adverse factor, a

deterioration in body condition would have been

expected, This could have shown in the relationship

between weight and snout vent Jength over time, By

inspection, Fig. 5, which combines data from male,

female and subadult individuals, does not indicate

such a trend. Regression analysis of the dara by sex

(subadult individuals. were not considered as the sex

was indeterminate) indicates, if anything, an

improvement over time, but very little importance

can be attached to this because of the small sample

size.

F fiemt inhabits seepages and appears not to have

been affected by factors contributing to the decline

of stream dwelling 7, exngelfensis and R. vitellinus.

Nevertheless a decline in Adelotis brevis which

inhabits backwaters and pools may be occurring.

The species has been heard calling only once

(January 1986) in the former distribution of R.

vitellinus since the latter disappeared but was still

present in the southern part of the range of T-

192 K, R. McDONALD

13004

1200 |

1100

1000

RAINFALL (nm)

—+__—

yoo} =k. |

3 Fe

JFMANIASONOJFMAMAIASONDJEMAMJJASONDUFMAMLJASONDJF MAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASONDUFMANKJASONOUFMAM J ASONOJFH AM) JASONDUFMAMJJASOND

1980 1981 1962 1983 1984

1985 1986 1987 1988 1989

Tig. 4. Monthly rainfall data for Dalrymple Heights from 1970 to January 1990. Mean monthly records are indicated

by dashed lines. An arrow indicates when Rheobatrachus vitellinus (January 1984) was discovered and dots indicate

when Juudactylus eungellensis and R. vitellinus were last observed. at monitored sites.

eungellensis. A. brevis was not located in March

1990 at Broken River, but dry seasonal conditions

existed for the previous two months.

The disappearance of R. vitellinus and T.

eungellensis throughout their ranges parallels that

of R. silus and T. diurnus in southeastern

Queensland as documented by Ingram (1983) and

Czechura (1984) and discussed by Tyler & Davies

(1985). The recent absences in the southern

distribution of Yaudactylus acutirostris in north

Queensland from known habitats (unpubl. data)

suggests a phenomenon similar to that which

occurred for Rheobatrachus species and the two

Taudactylus species. The changes have occurred

over ten years, moving from south to north and

affecting species in upland areas, For this reason,

as indicated by Tyler & Davies (1985), legislative

protection of frogs displaying large fluctuations in

populations over time is of little value — protection

of habitat becomes of prime importance.

McEvoy et a/. (1979) listed R, silus as common

(as defined by Kirkpatrick & Lavery 1979) whilst

Tyler & Davies (1985) considered the species to be

abundant in 1976. Both R. vitellinus and T.

eungellensis were common prior to the beginning

of contraction of their ranges in January 1985.

For frog species to be common in localised areas

18 HOt unusual, especially rainforest species (Zweifel

1985; Burbidge & Jenkins 1985; McDonald in

press), but their localised distribution does not

necessarily render them endangered or vulnerable

(Thomas & McDonald 1989). The status of R. silus,

R, vitellinus, T. diurnus and T, eungellensis is

considered at this stage to be rare. If their habitat

is. under stress, they must be considered to be

vulnerable.

RHEOBATRACHUS LIEM AND TAUDACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE)

0.70

0.65

0.60

0.55

0.50

0.45

0.40

0.35

Ratio WT SVL

0.30

0.25

Aug Sep Oct

20 29 25 22

Nov Dec Jan Mar

84 84 85 85

Month and Year

Fig. 5. Mean, range and standard deviation of ratio WT/SVL for monthly samples of &. vitellinus from August 1984

to March 1985.

The cause of the decline of R. vitellinus and T.

eungellensis cannot be identified. The possibility

remains that what has been observed is a natural

population fluctuation and that residual individuals

have contracted to refuges of unknown locality and

nature. The amplitude of such population

fluctuations is unknown, but circumstantial

evidence is accumulating of similar large swings in

population numbers amongst. other species of

Australian frogs (Tyler & Davies 1985; Winter &

McDonald 1986; Tyler in press). Of great concern

is the realisation of a world-wide decline in

amphibian populations of unknown origin and

extent (Barinaga 1990).

Acknowledgments

Dr Margaret Davies encouraged this study and

provided invaluable guidance and criticism of the

manuscript. Dr A. J. Butler and in particular, Drs

K. F. Walker and S. C. McKillup, University of

Adelaide, gave assistance with statistical advice and

analysis. Staff at Eungella National Park, Kent

Casey, R. Delaney, V. R. J. Hansen, M. L. Kerr,

M, Pyke, D. Schulz, J. Turner, Dr J. Wade, and Dr

J. W. Winter assisted in the field and in various

ways. Russell Cumming drew figures 1-4 and Kelly

Maurice-Jones drew figure 5. Jean McMahon typed

the manuscript. All this assistance is gratefully

acknowledged.

194

Sample Size

gz 4 13 3 10 8 3

0.5 ——> eee (he |

3 ,

L “a

0.4 1 — 4

ena Pa H

=! es ae 7

i) i

Pe a er ee

= —— ae ! . 2")

a a °

oa bk mgt 4

i" .

a °

a2 lb a eee | Hn 1 |

o Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan Mar

84 B84 B4 B4 64 BS 86

Time

K, R. McDONALD

Samole Size

3 7 15 8 ic 13 7

0.8 r se = T Tt

a7 ob .

0.6 : : s : : 4

| .

a > +4 e .

a 05 Ps _—

Me. 2, = ? 2

er . bg * _——_— * |

= i a 2 ra

_—__—_4—___ 4+

a4 ~~ . st a . ia

oe ty A :

angt™ | 6 +3

7 . : °

Od d ‘ :

O02 1 a ae | ‘ 1

5 Aug Sept Gct Nov Dec Jan Mar

B4 84 «64 Baa 85 as

Time

Fig. 6. Female and male weight to SVL relationships and confidence limits for samples of R. vitél/inus from August

!984 to March 1985. Some points

represent multiple samples.

References

Barinaca, M. (1990) Where haye all the froggies gune.

Science 247, 1033~1034,

Buraipar, A, & Jenkins, R. (Eds) (1984) Endangered

vertebrates of Australia and its island territories. Report

of the working group on endangered faung of the

standing committee of the Council of Conservation

Ministers. (Australian National Parks & Wildlife Service,

Canberra.)

Corsen, C. I, INcram, G. J. & Tver, M. J. (1974)

Gastric brooding: unique form of parental care in an

Australian frog. Science 184, 946-7.

CuHortey, R. J, (1969) The drainage basis as the

fundamental geomorphic unit. Ja R. J, Chorley (Ed.)

‘Introduction to physical hydrology’ (Metheun,

London).

CZecHura, G. V. (1984) The Blackall-Conondale Ranges:

Frogs, reptiles and fauna conservation, J G. L. Werren

& A, P. Kershaw (Eds) Proceedings of Workshop ‘The

present, past and future of Australian Rainforests’

(Monash University, Clayton).

INGRAM, G. J. (1983) Natural History pp. 16-35 /n M, J.

Tyler (Ed,) ‘The Gastric Brooding Frog.’ (Croom-Helm,

London).

KIRKPATRICK, T. H. & Lavery, H. J..(1979) Fauna Surveys

in Queensland. Old J Agric. Sc. 37, 181-188.

Leona, A. S-Y., TYLER, M, J. & SHEARMAN, D. J.C.

(1986) Gastric brooding: a new form in a recently

discovered Australian frog of the genus RAeobatrachus.

Aust. J. Zool. 34, 205-209,

Manony, M, J., Tyunk, M. J. & Davies, M. (1984) A

new species of the genus Rheahatrachus (Anura:

Leptodactylidae) from Queensland. Trans R. Soc. 5.

Aust, 108, 155-162.

McDonarp, K. R. (in press) Distribution patterns and

conservation status of north Queensland rainforest

frogs. Queensland National Parks Wildlife Service,

Technical Report.

& Tycer, M. J. (1984) Evidence of gastric

brooding in the Australian leptodactylid frog

Riscnocrapties Witellinus, Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust. 108,

226.

McEvoy, J, S., McDowato, K. R. & SearLe, A. K.

(1979) Mammals, birds, reptiles and am phibians of the

Kilcoy’Shire, Queensland. Qld J. Agric. Animul Sci. 36,

167-80.

THOMAS, M, B.& McDonatp, W. J. F (1989) ‘Rare and

threatened plants of Queensland.’ 2nd Edition. (Qld

Dept Prim. tnd., Brisbane).

Tyrer, M. J. (Ed,) (1983). 'The Gastric Brogding Frog.’

(Croom-Helm, London).

(in press) Declining amphibian populations: a

global phenomenon? An Australian perspective. Alytes.

& Davies, M. (1985) The gastric brooding frog

Rheobatrachus silus. pp, 469-70 In G. Grigg, R. Shine

& H. Ehmann (Eds) “Biology of Australasian Frogs and

Reptiles,’ (Surrey Beatty & R. Zaal, Soc, NSW, Chipping

Norton),

WILKINSON, L. (1986) SYSTAT: The system for statistics

(SYSTAT Ine., Evanston [L.).

Winter, J, & McDomacp, K. (1986) Eungella, the land

of cloud, Aust, Nat, Hist. 22), 39-43

7WEIFEL, R. G. (1985) Australian: frogs: of the family

Microhylidae. Hull, Am. Mus. Net, Hist. 182, 265-388.

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE

(POLYCHAETA), WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

BY G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER* & S. A. PARKERT

Summary

Material of two species of Pisione recently collected in Spencer Gulf, South Australia, constitutes

the first Australian records of the Pisionidae, a family of small interstitial polychaetes. One of the

species is P. gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941), known previously only from India, and here redescribed

with additional observations concerning its reproductive system. The second species, apparently

related to P. papillata Yamanishi, 1976 of Japan, is described as P. tortuosa sp. nov.

KEY WORDS: Polychaeta, Pisionidae, Pisione gopalai, Pisione tortuosa sp. nov., Australia.

Vransoetons of Me Royal Safer uf & Aust, (1990), P4(4), 195-201,

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA),

WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

by G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER* & S. A. PARKERT

Summary

HABTMANN-SCHROUER, G. & Parker, S.A, (1990) First Australian tecords of the family Pisionidae

(Polychaeta), with the description of a new species, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 114(4), 195-201, 30 November, 1990.

Material of two species of Prsione recenily collected in Spencer Gulf, South Austraha, constitutes the

first Australian records of the Pisionidae, a family of small interstitial polychaetes. One of the species is

® gopalai (Ahkunhi, 1941), known previously only from India, and here redescribed with additional

observations concerning its reproductive system. The second -species, apparently related to P papillata

Yamanishi, 1976 of Japan, is described as P farivosa sp. nov.

Key Worps: Polychaeta, Pisionidae, Pisione gopalai, Pisione tortuasa sp. nov,, Australia.

Introduction

The family Pisionidae is widely distributed in

wasiml temperate to tropical zones, with two species

ff langipalpa Uschakoy, 1956 and P remota

{Southern, 1914)) occurring in cool temperate seas.

Members of the family live interstitially, preferring

sandy substrates in shallow waters from the

intertidal tc 78 metres.

Until recently, no pisionids had been known from

Australia. During a benthic survey of upper Spencer

Gulf, South Australia, conducted by the S. Aust.

Fisheries Dept in 1986 and 1987, a total of 342

specimens of the genus Pisione was collected from

nine stations by Smith-McIntyre grab. Of these, 338

proved referable to A gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941),

known previously only from India, and four

represented an undescribed species related to R

pepillata Yamanishi, 1976 of Japan. Below, P

zopalai is redescribed, and the second species

is described.

Material and Methods

Measurements are in millimetres, made with an

eyepiece micrometer. Drawings were made with the

aid of a camera lucida on a Zeiss microscope.

Material is deposited in the South Australian

Museum, Adelaide (SAM), Zoological Museum,

Hamburg {72MH), Australian Museum, Sydney

(AM) and National Museum of Natural History,

Washington DC (USNM). The terminology for the

* Zoologisches Institui und Zoologisches Muscum,

Universitat Hamburg, 20(4) Hamburg 13, Wesr

Germany.

{ South Australian Museum_ North Terrace, Adelaide, 5.

Aust, 5000.

general morphology maimly follows Southern (1914)

and Yamanishi (1976); that for the reproductive

structures follows Alikunhi (1941). Details of the

collecting-stations are presented in Table J,

Systematics

Fantly PISIONIDAE Levinsen, 1887

Genus Pisione Grube, 1857

Pisione gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941)

FIGS l-12

Praegeria gopalat Alikunhi, 1941; 224, pls 10, 11, text-figs

1-27,

Pisione gepalui: Alikwnhi, 1951: 24-25; Rao & Ganapati.

1968; 110.

Material examined: Station 5, SAM E2328({1); Station 6,

SAM E2329(60), ZMH P19699-19700(31), AM W20109(f).

USNM 127193¢6) (al! from a single sample of 103), SAM

£2330-2341(146); Station 7, SAM E2342(1); Station &,

SAM E2343-2344(7); Stanon 10. SAM E2345(1); Station

t5, SAM E2346, E2365-2368(94), ZMH PL9697-19698(6);

Station 16, SAM E2369(1); Station 25, SAM

£2370-2372(7); Station 30, SAM E2373(1).

Description of new material: Largest female 57

setigers, length 8.8. Largest male 55 setigers, length

6.1. Prostomium small, surrounded by buccal

segment, palps long, dorsal cirri of buccal segment

elongate, very weakly annulaled, ventral cirti small,

globular, cach with terminal papilla, two pairs of

eyes on posterior lobes of brain at level of second

setiger (Fic. 1). Buccal aciculae strong, lips

expanded, obliquely truncate with inconspicuous

dentations (Figs 2a, b).

Dorsal cirri similar in form and size, short,

Blobular, each with terminal papilla (Figs 1, 3).

Ventral cirri of setiger 1 slightly elongated; ventral

cirri of succeeding setigers short, globular (Figs 1,

3).

196 G, HARTMAN-SCHRODER & S. A. PARKER

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA)

197

TABLE 1. Derails of Stations in Spencer Gulf at which pisionidds were collected.

Statian Lat. (S} Long, (E) Depih (nm) Sanderain size

5 32°42,'20" 137°47'26" 18 medium to coarse

fi 32°45:'00" 13795000" 14 COAaTse

7 S247 18" 137949" 12" 15 coarse

a 32°47' 18" 137°50'00" NW coarse

10 32750'00" 137949 ' 43” li medium

15 33°00'00)" 137°00' 00° 24 coarse

16 33°00'00" 137°49' $2” 18 very coarse

28 43°02'24" 137°84'55* 12 QOATSC

30 33°05 '00" 137°45'00" 16 medium

Parapodia elongate, truncate, each with large

rounded presetal lobe and two aciculae, the upper

short, the lower long and expanded distally (Fig,

3). Usually five setae per parapodium, one superior

simple seta and four inferior compound Iafcigeraus

setae; simple seta stout, expanded distaliy with

obliquely truncated, coarsely serrated tip (Fig. 4);

uppermost compound seta with broad shaft and

long serrated blade, interior compound. setae

distally bifid with short serrated blades (Fig. 5).

Pygidium with two lateral groups of caudal

glands and two long anal cirri (Fig. 6).

Reproductive System: Females, 24-57 setigers.

Reproductive organs consist of 1-3 ovarian groups

(Alikunhi (1941) mentioned only 1-2 groups), each

extending into 5-16 consecutive segments (3-15 fide

Alikunhi 1941), and I-3 pars of receptacula seminis

corresponding to the ovarian groups and located

in segment following each group. Parapodia of

receptacula seminis-bearing segments greatly

reduced, each with truncated lobes, one acicula, a

dorsal cirrus and a genital papilla, last bearing

common apperture of a receptaculum seminis and

a nephridial duct (Figs 7, 8; see also Alikunhi 1941).

Of 117 females examined, 46 had one pair of

receptacula seminis, which were located in setigers

17-45, mostly in setigers 25(5), 26(3), 27(4), 28(6)

and 29(4); of these 46 specimens, 23 had 33-37

setigers. Fifty-one females had two pairs, in setigers

15-55; of these 5], 35 had 38-52 setigers. Seventeen

females had three pairs, in setigers 20-33; of these

17, eight had 53-56 setigers.

Mates. 21-55 setigers, Reproditclive system

usually consists of one pair of sperm sacs, a pair

of genital funnels and a pair of copulatory organs;

only one male (trom SAM E2371) out of 166 males

examined had two pairs of each of these structures,

Psarapodia of copulatory organ-bearing segment

strongly modified (Figs 9-12): each parapodium

ends in a papilla with stiff cuticular projections and

a hook-like retractile process where efferent duct of

sperm sac opens; posterior side of each parapodium

also with a spinous papilla of unknown function

and, more ventrally, a second process with cuticular

projections (?modified ventral cirrus); dorsal cirrus,

aciculae and presetal lobe of normal shape.

Copulatory organs located in setigers 15-26. Of

166 males examined, 33 had these organs in setiger

20, 30 had them in setiger 21, and 26 had them in

sctiger 22. In the first group, IS specimens had

33-39 setigers, in the second group 15 bad 37-40

setigers, and in the third group 13 had 36-41

setigers.

Juveniles and unsexed adults. Sixty unsexed

specimens (with 9~37 seligers) were Found, Most

were juveniles, with fewer than 20 setigers. The

other individuals might have been. at a post-

reproductive stage in which the reproductive organs

had disintegrated and new parapodia had developed

at the genital segments,

Disiribution and habitat. India: Madras,

Pathinettarayalom, Waltair Coast, in coarse sand

of the lower intertidal; South Australia: Upper

Spencer Gulf, in medium to very coarse sand of the

benthos, 1i-24m,.

Pisionids, being tiny and interstitial, can be easily

overlooked, as demonstrated by the late discovery

of this species and the next in Spencer Gulf, a

relatively well-collected area. It is not unlikely,

therefore, that other populations of P gopalai

Temain to be discovered between India and

Australia.

Figs |-5, Pisione gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941). 1, anterior end (dorsal view); 2 a, b, buccal acieulae; 3, parapodium with

wlobular dorsal and ventral cirri (posterior view); 4, superior’ simple seta; 5, compound setae

G. HARTMAN-SCHRODER & S. A. PARKER

198

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE [POLYCHAETA) 199

Pisione tortuosa 8). nov.

FIGS. 13-17

Hoaiotype: SAM E2325, Station 15, 24m, in coarse

sand, upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia,

collected by E. Oks, S, Aust, Fisheries Dept, Feb.

1986; 94 setigers, length 16,0, width (excluding

parenodia) 0,35.

Paratypes: SAM E2326(]), E2327(1}, ZMH

P19369(1}, same data as holotype; 72-86 setigers,

leneth 12.0-{3.2.

Definition: A Pisione with dorsal cirtl on setiger

2 elongated and evenly tapering (lacking terminal

papilla); eyes at level of setiger 1; lower acicula of

cach parapodium amber-coloured and straight;

blade of uppermost compound seta twisted and

tong,

Description: Prostomium diamond-shaped, very

small, surrounded by buccal segment; palps large,

elongate; dorsal tentacular cirri thread-like, ventral

one short, globular with terminal papilla; one pair

af small eyes on brain at position of first setiger

(Fig. (3). Buccal aciculae strong, distally expanded,

obliquely truncate with indistinct serration (Fig. 14).

Parapodia (some partly separated from body due

to Fixation) oblong, bearing two presetal lobes, the

upper one nearly rectangular, the lower a little

longer, conical; and two aciculae, superior one

smaller and pale, inferior one larger and amber-

coloured (Fig. 15). Dorsal virri (except those of

setiger 2) short, globular; dorsal cirri of setiger 2

elongated, tapering, with no terminal papilla, but

shorter than parapodial lobe (Fig. 13). Ventral cirri

of first setiger also elongated, zgreatly exceeding

parapodial lobe; other ventral cirri globular (Figs

13, 15),

Setae comprise one superior simple seta and four

compound falcigerous. setae (Figs 16, 17). Simple

sela stout, distally obliquely truncate, with strong

dentation. Uppermosi compound seta much

thinner, its shaft with asymmetrical. oval end, the

blade Jong, subdistally twisted, with coarse

deniation. Shafts of the three inferior compound

setae distally bifid; blades short, serrated.

Erymology. The name fortuusa, a Latin adjective,

refers to the twisted blade of Ute uppermost seta.

Comparison with other species

Species of Pisione with elongate dorsal cirri on

setiger 2 are R africana Day, 1963, P crassa

Yamanishi, 1976, P oerstedii Grubs, 1857 (including

Po puila Westheide, 1974) and P papillata

Yatnanishi, 1976. In & africana the second dorsal

cirrus is More slender than and twice as long as the

others, though of the same shape (ie. not tapering

evenly but ending in a distinct papilla); in P crassa

and FP. verstedii all the compound setae have short

blades.

The four specimens fram Spencer Gulf appear

most sitnilar to P papitata of Japan, but differ

sufficiently to merit descriplion as a separate

species. The new species is larger, 12.0-16.0 in length

as opposed to ‘up to 7.6 mm” in P papitata

(Yamanishi 1976). In addition, the distal margins

of the buccal aciculae are more sharply truncated,

the eyes are at the level of setiger i rather than

setiger 2, the lower acicula of each parapodium Is

amber-coloured and straight rather than pale and

sharply recurved at the lip, and the blade of the

uppermost seta is longer and twisted.

Distribution and habitat

P torivosa is so far known only from the type-

locality in upper Spencer Gulf, S.A., where it was

coltected at 24 m in coarse sand. The related P

papillara of Japan has been reported from beaches

of coarse sand at Hon-jima on the island of

Shikoku and Hishio on Honshu (Yamanishi 1976).

localities on opposite shores of the Seta Naikai,

In Spencer Gulf, A tortuesa appears less

common and more localized than FP gopalai, having

been tound at only one station (four specimens), as

against nine stations (338 specitnens) for the latter.

Acknowledgments

We should tike to thank Ms Ene-mai Oks, leader

of the Spencer Gulf benthic survey, for lodging the

survey's collections with the South Australian

Museum, and Mr J. R. Hanley and Dr P. Hutchings

for their crilicism of the manuscript,

Figs 6-11. Pisione gopatai (Avikunhi, 1941). 6, pygidium (ventral view); 7, 8, reduced parapodium ol segment bearing

recepracula seminis (dorsal view); 9, 10, segments bearing copulatory organs (dorsal and ventral. views respectively);

IL, modified parapodium of segment bearing copulatory ongans (anterior view),

200 G. HARTMAN-SCHRODER & S. A. PARKER

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA) 201

References

ALIKUNHI, K. H. (1941) On a new species of Praegeria

occurring in the sandy beach, Madras. Proc, Ind. Acad.

Sci. Sect. B 13(3), 193-228.

______ (1951) On the reproductive organs of Pisione

remota (Southern) together with a review of the family

Pisionidae (Polychaeta). Ibid. 33(1), 14-31.

Day, J. H. (1963) The polychaete fauna of South Africa,

pt 8. New species and records from grab samples and

dredgings. Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.) Zool. 10(7),

381-445,

Gruse, A. E. (1857) Annulata Oerstediana, pt 2.

Keio Meddel. naturh. For, Kjdbenhayn, Aar.

158-186.

LevinseN, G. M. R. (1887) Kara-Havets Ledorme

(Annulata), Jn Lutken, C. F. (Ed.), Dijmphna-Togtets

Zoogtogisk-botanisk Udbytte, 288-303. Copenhagen.

Rao, G. C. & GANAPATI, P. N. (1968) The interstitial

fauna inhabiting the beach sands of Waltair coast. Proc.

nat, Inst. Sci. India 34B(2), 82-125.

SOUTHERN, R. (1914) Archiannelida and Polychaeta.

Clare Island Survey, pt 47. Proc, R. Irish Acad. Sect.

B, 31, 1-160.

UscHakov, P. V. (1956) Polychaets of the family

Pisionidae Levinsen inhabiting the seas of the USSR.

Acad. Nauk USSR zool. J. 35(12), 1809-1813,

WESTHEIDE, W. (1974) Interstitielle Fauna von

Galapagos, pt 11. Pisionidae, Hesionidae, Pilargidae,

Syllidae (Polychaeta). Mikrofauna Meeresbodens 44,

1-146.

YAmANIsHI, R, (1976) Interstitial polychaetes of Japan.

1. Three new pisionid worms from western Japan. Publ.

Seto mar. biol. Lab, 23 (3-5), 371-385.

Fig. 12, Pisione gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941). Modified parapodium of segment bearing copulatory organs (posterior

view). (Figs 1-6, 9-12 from SAM E2365, figs 7, 8 from SAM E2329).

Figs 13-17. Pisione tortuosa sp. nov. SAM E2325: 13, anterior end (dorsal view) 14, buccal acicula; 15, parapodium

(anterior view); 16, simple seta; 17, compound setae.

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF HESIONURA (POLYCHAETA:

PHYLLODOCIDAE), WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF' A NEW SPECIES

BY G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER* & S. A. PARKERT

Summary

A new species of phyllodocid polychaete, Hesionura australiensis sp. nov., is described from

Spencer Gulf, South Australia. The single specimen, collected in coarse sand at a depth of 11

metres, represents the first record of the genus Hesionura Hartmann-Schréder, 1958, from

Australia.

KEY WORDS: Polychaeta, Phyllodocidae, Hesionura australiensis, new species, Australia.

Yransactions of the Noval Sociery of 8, Awsr, (1990), B1d4), 207-205,

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF HESIONURA (POLYCHAETA: PHYLLODOCIDAE),

WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

by G, HARTMANN-SCHRGODER® & S, A. PARKERT

Summary

TiARTMAN-SCHRODER, G. & PARKER, S. A. (1990) First Australian record of Hesionura (Polychaeta:

Phyllodocidae), with the déscriptiow of a new species. Trams, R. Sog. S. Ausi. 1144), 203-205, 30 November,

1990.

A new species of phyllodocid polychaete, Hesionura australiensis sp. nov., is described from Spencer

Gulf, South Australia, The single specimen, collected in coarse sand at a depth of IL metres, represents

the first record of the genus Aleésionura Hattmann-Schroder, 1958, trom Australia.

KEY Worbs: Polychaeta, Phyflodocidae, Hesionura australiensis, new species, Australia.

Introduction

flesionura Hartmann-Schroder, 1958

(Phyllodocidae; Fteoninae) currently contains nine

described species, all of which live interstitially,

most no deeper that 40 m, but one to 100 m and

one to 200 m. Until recently the genus had not been

known from Australia, In February 1986, during a

benthic survey of upper Spencer Gulf, South

Australia, the S. Aust. Fisheries Dept collected a

single specimen of Hesionura, which examination

revealed to represent an undescribed species.

Materials and Methods

Measurements are in millimetres, made with an

eyepiece micrometer. Drawings were made with the

aid of a camera lucida on a Zeiss microscope, The

holotype is deposited in the South Australian

Muscum, Adelaide (SAM).

Family PHYLLODOCIDAE Williams, 1852

Subfamily Eteoninae Bergstrém, 1914

Genus Hesionura Hartmann-Schroder, 1958

Hesionura australiensis sp, nov,

FIGS |-5

Holatype- SAM E2324, Station 8, 32°47'18" S.,

137950’ E., upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia,

Lm, in coarse sand, collected by B. Oks, S, Aust.

Fisheries Dept, February, 1986-

* Zoologisches Institut und Zoologisches Museum,

Universitat Hamburg, 2000 Hamburg 13, West

Germany.

t South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S,

Aust, 5000.

Definition; A Hesionura lacking simple setac; shaft

of uppermost (compound) seta trifid distally, the

remainder bifid; blade of second uppermost seta

2-3 times as long as the others, sertatulate, the teeth

very Jong and fine.

Description af Holotype: Seventy-three seétigers

(incomplete), lengih 5,1, width (excluding

parapodia) 0,12, Colour in alcohol brownish-green,

bases of posterior parapodia containing reddish-

brown pigment.

Prostomium (Fig. 1) trapezoid, length equal to

greatest width, with two small red eyes near

posterior margin and four elongate amtennac

(slightly longer than prostomium) near anteriar

margin. First segment not completely separated

from prostomium, bearing one pair of tentacular

cirri of similar shape to antennae bat longer.

Segment 2 with two pairs of tentacular cirri, the

dorsal pair slightly longer than those of segment

1, ventral pair shorter, lanceolate, Segment 3 bearing

Parapodia, setae and lanceolate ventral cirri; dorsal

cirri absent. Dorsal cirri of succeeding segments

lanceolate to subulate, slightly exceeding parapodial

lobes; ventral cirri Janceolate but much longer;

parapodia conical, each with one large conical

presetal Jobe and one stout acicula (Fig. 2}. In

addition, each parapodium bears four compound

setae (Fig. 3), uppermos! with distally trifid shaft

and short, coarsely dentate blade, next one thinner

with shaft distally bifid, blade long, serratulate (Fig.

4), the two inferior setae with distally bifid shafts

and short, coarsely dentate blades (Fig: 5}.

Comparison with other species

Other Hesionura spp. lacking simple setse and

with the shaft of at least. the uppermost seta trifid

distally are A. coineaui (Laubier, 1962) and #,

faybieri (Hartmann-Schréder, 1963). H.

204

G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER & 5.

A. PARKER

FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF HESIONURA (POLYCHAETA; PHYLLODOCIDAE) 205

australiensis resembles H. coineaui in having the

shaft of the second uppermost seta bifid distally

but differs in having the blade of the same not

coarsely denticulate but serratulate, the teeth very

long and fine. There are also differences. in the

lengths of the setal blades: in H. c. coineaui all four

are short, in H. c, difficilis (Banse, 1963) the

uppermost and lowermost are short, the other two

about twice as long, and in A. australiensis the

uppermost and two lowermost are short, with the

second uppermost 2-3 times as long. H.

australiensis further differs from H. coineaui in

having the ventral tentacular cirri and the dorsal

and ventral parapodial cirri longer. The new species

resembles H. /atébieri in having the blade of the

second uppermost seta serratulate and longer than

the rest, but differs in having this blade even more

clongated and its shaft distally bifid, not trifid.

Distribution and Ecology

Known only from the type-locality in northern

Spencer Gulf, 5.A., where the single specimen was

collected in coarse sand at a depth of ll m.

Apparently much less common in the-area than the

equally small, interstitial polychaetes of the genus

Pisione (Pisionidae), of which 342 specimens were

obtained during the same survey (Hartmann-

Schréder & Parker 1990).

References

BANSE, K, (1963) Polychaetous annelids from Puget

Sound and the San Juan Archipelago, Washington.

Prac. biol. Soc. Wash. 16, 197-208.

Bercstrom, E. (1914) Zur Systematik der Polychaeten

Familie der Phyllodociden. Zool. Bidr, Upps. 3, 37-324.

HARTMANN-SCHRODER, G, (1958) Einige polychaeten aus

dem Kustengrundwasser der Bimini-Inseln (Bahamas).

Kieler Meeresforsch. 14, 233-240.

(1963) Revision der Gatiung Mystides Theéel

(Phyllodocidae; Polychaeta Errantia), Mit Bemerkungen

zur Systematik der Gattungen Ereonides Hartmann-

Schréder und Protomystides Czerniavsky und mit

Beschreibungen zweier neuer Arten zus dem Mittelmeer

und einer neuen Art aus Chile. Zool. Anz. 171, 204-243.

_____ & Parker, S.A. (1990) First Australian records of

the family Pisionidae (Polychaeta), with the description

of a new species, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust. 114, 195-201.

Laupler, L. (1962) Mystides (Pseudomystides) coineaui

n. sp., un Phyllodocien des eaux souterraines littorales

de Méditerranée occidentale. Rapp. Comm. int. Mer.

Medit. 16(2), 461-464.

WILLIAMS, T. (1852) Report on the British Annelida. Rep.

2/st Meeting Brit. Assoc. Advancemt Sci. [July 1851]

21, 159-272.

Figs |-5. Hesionura australiensis sp. nov. Holotype: 1, anterior end (dorsal view); 2, parapodium (dorsal view); 3,

parapodium with compound setae (anterior view, cirri omitted); 4, the two supérior compound setae; 5, the two

inferior compound setae.

DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG

NYCTIMYSTES DAYI (GUNTHER)

BY MARGARET DAVIES* & STEPHEN J. RICHARDS

Summary

The Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi (Ginther) lays large unpigmented eggs that hatch no

later than stage 22. Early larvae are nourished by a well-developed yolk sac and feeding commences

after stage 24. Tadpoles exhibit adaptations to fast flowing streams. The mouth disc is large and

sucker-like with two upper and three lower rows of labial teeth. The oral disc is hemispherical and

the floor of the labrum is covered with well-developed ridges. Tadpoles can overwinter and

metamorphose in the following spring/summer.

KEY WORDS: Nyctimystes dayi, tadpoles, life history, lotic adaptations.

Transactions of the Royal Society of S. Aust., (1990), 114(4), 207-211.

DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG NYCTIMYSTES

DAYT (GUNTHER)

by MARGARET DAVIES* & STEPHEN J. RICHARDS{

Summary

Davies, M. & RICHARDS, S. J, (1990) Developmental biology of the Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi

(Gunther). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 114(4), 207-211, 30 November, 1990.

The Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi (Gunther) lays large unpigmented eggs that hatch no later

than stage 22, Early larvae are nourished by a well-developed yolk sac and feeding commences after stage

24. Tadpoles exhibit adaptations to fast flowing streams. The mouth disc is large and sucker-like with two

upper and three lower rows of labial teeth. The oral disc is hemispherical and the floor of the labrum is

covered with well-developed ridges. Tadpoles can overwinter and metamorphose in the following

spring/summer,

Key Worps;: Nyctimystes dayi, tadpoles, life history, lotic adaptations.

Introduction

The Australopapuan hylid frog genus

Nyctimystes Stejneger comprises species that are

associated with streams in mountainous or upland

regions. The sole Australian representative,

Nyctimystes dayi (Giinther), is confined to

rainforest in upland northeast Queensland

(Czechura et al. 1987).

Parker (1936) described the tadpoles of N.

cheesmanae (as N. montana) and N. semipalmata

whilst Czechura eft a/. (1987) described a tadpole

of N. dayi. Other than these descriptions of

tadpoles little is known about the life history of

Nyctimystes species other than that tadpoles are

stream-dwelling and have sucker-like mouths

(Griffiths 1963; Menzies 1974; Zweifel 1983).

In the course of a study of the community

ecology of tadpoles in a rainforest stream on Mt

Spec, Queensland, one of us (S.J.R.), collected and

reared newly-hatched tadpoles of N. dayi. This

series was supplemented with field-collected

tadpoles at various stages. Here we describe this

material and comment on the behaviour of tadpoles

of N. dayi in the stream.

Materials and Methods

Tadpoles were collected from Birthday Creek,

7 km NW Paluma, on 16.ii.1990 and reared in

aerated water in 350 ml plastic containers. Larvae

fed on algae provided by algae-covered rocks.

* Dept of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box

498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001

{ Dept of Zoology, James Cook University of North

Queensland, Townsville, Qld 4811.

Temperature of the room was maintained at

24-27°C. Specimens were preserved in 5%

formalin.

Larvae were staged (where possible) according to

Gosner (1960), Total length and body length (in

mm) were taken using dial calipers measuring to

0.05 mm or an eyepiece micrometer.

Line drawings were made with the aid of a Wild

MB stereo dissecting microscope and attached

camera lucida.

Field observations were made every fortnight; the

creek was sampled intensively for tadpoles during

the day and a 100 m stretch of creek was searched

at night to record frog activity.

Results

N. dayi is a spring/summer breeder; calling was

first heard on 29,ix.1989. Males called at night from

rocks and low foliage along rapidly-flowing

stretches of the creek. Calling had ceased by

1.iii.1990,

Amplexus is axillary (Fig. 1) and eggs are laid in

a cohesive clump but with discrete egg capsules,

under rocks in rapidly-flowing water (Czechura et

al. 1987; pers. obs.). A clutch collected during

February 1989 contained 107 eggs. Eggs are

unpigmented and a sample of five eggs laid on

18.xii.1989 has a mean diameter of 2.5 mm (range

2.3—2.6 mm). Mean capsule diameter was 3.42 mm

(range 3.3-3.5 mm). Only one capsule was evident.

The limbs develop within a membranous sac until

they protrude from the sheath. Hence early limb

bud stages of Gosner (1960) (i.e. stages 26-31) could

not be judged without damage to larvae.

The earliest stage examined was stage 22,

collected and preserved on 16.ii.1990 (Fig. 2). The

208 M. DAVIES & S. J. RICHARDS

Fig. 1. An amplectant pair of Nyctimystes dayi from Birthday Creek.

cornea is transparent and the auditory vesicle is

apparent behind the eye. Ventrally the eye is

unpigmented whilst the remainder of the eye is

suffused faintly with pigment. Heavier coloration

is concentrated postero- and anterolaterally along

Fig. 2. Dorsal, lateral and ventral views of a newly-hatched

tadpole of Nyctimysites dayi at stage 22 (preserved

16.11.1990). Scale bar = | mm.

the dorsal surface. Two pairs of gill filaments

protrude from the gill plate. The anterior gills

comprise six and the posterior pair four filaments.

The external nares are open and unelevated.

Unpigmented adhesive organs have a flocculent

appearance (Fig. 2). The transversely-oval mouth

disc has formed and the mouth is open. Some ridges

are apparent, precursors to the labial tooth rows and

the horny beak. Labial papillae are absent. The tail

is slightly curved dextrally (Fig. 2). Nutrition is

supplied by a large yolk-filled body cavity. The anal

tube is dextral but not open. The tail fin is

transparent.

By 17.ii.1990 larvae were at stage 24. The external

gills are covered by the operculum on the right hand

side, but a small fringing of filaments remains

exposed on the left hand side. The auditory vesicle

is no longer detectable and the external nares are

slightly elevated on stalks. Pigmentation of the eye

is complete except for a ventral nick. The adhesive

organs are undetectable. The precursor ridges of the

horny beak and the labial tooth rows are clearly

delineated and faint keratinization of the anterior

upper tooth rows is apparent. Labial papillae are

not formed. The dorsal fin extends from behind the

head whilst the ventral fin extends posteriorly from

the anus (Fig. 3). The tail musculature is faintly

dusted with pigment granules anteriorly.

By 18.ii.1990, larvae were at stage 25. The gills

are enclosed totally by the operculum and the

spiracle has formed on the left hand _ side

DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG 2n9

Fig. 3. Dorsal, Jateral and ventral views of a tadpole of

Nyetumystes day at stage 24 (preserved on 17.1,1990).

Scale bar = | mm.

vemtrolaterally. At this stage it appears flattened and

the orifice is directed posteriorly. The eye is fully

pigmented. The nares are clearly elevated.

Keratinization is apparent on the two upper labial

tooth rows and on the horny beak, The anterior

labial papillae are prominent and the ridges on the

floor of the posterior lip are forming, The anal tube

is open, oriented dextrally. Pigmentation is present

along the dorsal musculature of the tail. The dorsal

fin arises antcriorly from the junction of the body

und the tail, The yolk sac is partially grooved

foreshadowing the coiled gut of the feeding tadpole.

Larvae collected on 19.11.1990 have dense body

pigmentation and a light dusting of pigment in the

anterior third of the rail musculature, Further tail

pigmentation is confined Lo ihe dorsal extremities

of the tail musculature, Two of the lower tooth rows

are lightly keratinized and all labial papillae are

formed. The floor ridges of the posterior lip are

clearly detectable but incomplete. The spiracie

remains adpressed to the ventrolateral surface al

ithe body. The stalked nares are directed anteriorly.

These larvae could not be staged because of the

difficulty in locating limb buds.

Tooth rows, labial papillae and lahial ridges are

complete in Jarvae collected un 20.11.1990, Coiling

of the gut is more pronounced. The vent has moved

slightly more medially and the surrounding tissue

has expanded providing a sheath which protects and

hides developing limb buds, The anterior

attachment of the dorsal fin has moved slightly

postetiorly and arises from a position shghtly

anteriorly from the junction of the body with the

tail musele. A faint dusting of pigment appears on

the posterior extremity of the dorsal fio

The gui is clearly coiled but remains yolk-filled

in larvae sampled on 22,)1.1990. The spiracle curves

posterodorsally. Although the anal tube is more

medial, it still opens dextrally to the midline, The

posterior lower tooth row is now complete.

Pigmentation extends ventrolaterally covering

portions of the yolky gut, Pigmentation is apparent

on the tai! fin on the medial dorsal extremities.

Dimensions of tadpoles are shown in Table 1.

A tadpole at stage 36 is illustrated in Fig. 4.

The body is widest just posterior to the eye and

is broadly ovoid, The snout is evenly rounded in

dorsal view and tapers to a truncated ventrally-

directed upper lip. The nares are dorsolateral and

elevated on tubes opening anterolaterally. The eyes

are dorsolateral, moderately large and fitting snugly

into the optic cup. The spiracle is sinistral,

ventrolateral and not visible from above. Ir opens

posteriorly by a narrow orifice and the diameter of

the tube decreases slightly from its origin to its

orifice.

The gut is coiled and the tadpole is feeding; 1he

cloacal tube is now median, The lower limbs and

developing feet protrude from a membranous sa¢

on each side,

The tail fins are arched and rounded terminally.

The dorsal fin extends for about % of the tail

muscle and is deepest about 4 way along its length.

The ventral fin extends from the cloacal tail piece

and is deepest at, its posterlor 4. The tail

musculature is deep and tapers to a fine point

posteriorly.

The mouth is large, transversely oval, ventral in

position (Fig. 5) and occuples the area anterior to

the spiracle. Papillae surround the mouth disc. The

anterior papillae are more pronounced than those

laterally and posteriorly, these bemg little more than

Fig. 4, Lateral and dorsal views of a tadpole uf

Nyctimysies dayi slage 36, Scale bar = 1) mm.

TABLE |. Body lengths of tudpoles of Nyctimystes dayi,

M. DAVIES & S. J. RICHARDS

Stage Date n Mean bady length (mm) range Total leneth

22-3 10.xi. 1989 7 4,51 4.25.0)

25 10.x1.1989 HW 7.95 7.0-8,4

3L 81,1990 2 14.75 14,5-15.0

38 8.i,1990 4 15,05 14.5-15.8

39 tii, 1990 2 16.05 15.6-16.5

42 1,1/,1990 t 15.6

22 16.11, 1990 2 4,08 9.28

24 17.41. L990) I 4.2 10.9

25 18.71.1990) I 4.6 115

indet 19,11, 1990 I ad hia

indet 20.11.1990 1 4.8 12,2

indet 21.17.1990 | 5.1 12.8

indet 19,1,1990 1 6.2 15,0

indet 191.1990 ] 7.5 16.7

indet 19,4, 1990 1 19 19.2

indet 19,1, 1990 i o4 19.9

indet 19.13.1990 i 8.7 20.9

indet 19,1,1990 I 8.6 21.0

indet 19.14.1990 1 R.7 21.4

indet, 19.}.1990 i 10,7 25.9

36 19.1.1990 1 12.5 32.3

37 19.4, 1991) | 13.6 35.0

41 19.1, 1990 1 14.3 35.6

serrations in some areas. The lateral edges of the

mouth are directed dorsally (Fig. 4) (a laterodorsally

curved lip). The posterior surface of the mouth disc

(behind the tooth rows) is inclined posteroventrally

itnd is ridged medially across its width. Some ridges

are complete, others comprise two or three

elevations. There are two upper and three lower

complete labial tooth rows comprising short, very

closely-applied, keratinized teeth. The horny beak

is of moderate proportions,

Fig, §. Mouth disc of tadpole of Nycriniystes dayi at

Stage 36, Scale bar = 5S mm,

The flesh of the mouth disc is translucent and

unpigmented, The body is pigmented and

pigmentation extends lightly along the dorsal and

medial portions of the tail musculature. The

temainder of the tail musculature is dusted with

pigment granules. Small areas of the fins are lightly

pigmented and sparse chromatophores are located

elsewhere on the fins.

Tadpoles. from eggs laid in early summer

complete development in 3-4 months, Those eggs

faid in late summer may overwinter and

metamorphose the following summer (Trenerry

1988"; pers. obs.).

At metamorphosis one froglet measured 5.5 mm

S-V and was light grey with dark flecks.

Stage 22-23 tadpoles remain attached to the egg

mass under rocks in riffles and do not disperse until

at least stage 24. At this stage the oral disc is well

developed.

Stage 25 larvae (but with yolk still visible in the

gut) were occasionally found aggregated in large

numbers under single rocks. Aggregation behaviour

also was observed in the laboratory: tadpoles from

a single clutch aggregated in a clump which

immediately reformed after disturbance, This

behaviour persisted until the gut was fully formed.

_ In life, early stage tadpoles (stages 22-23) are

bright yellow; later stages become pigmented with

' Trenerry, M.P. (1988) The ecolagy of tadpoles in a

tropical rainforest stream. Honours thesis, Dept of

Zoology, James-Cook University of Nort Queenstand,

Unpubl,

DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG 21)

pale brown. These tadpoles have distinct light

patches on the tail.

During the day, tadpoles graze on algal-covered

Tocks in the fastest torrents of the stream. When

disturbed they release their grip on the rocks. and

are swept a short distance downstream where they

shelter under rocks or in rock crevices. Tadpoles are

very strong swimmers, but their ability to remain

in riffles even during the strongest floods (as

evidenced by sampling following cyclones) probably

is aided by sheltering under rocks.

Discussion

Tadpoles of N. dayi ate adapted to fast-flowing

mountain streams. The ventral, suctorial mouth-

discs. the narrow tail fins and the ventrolateral

spiracular Opening ate characteristic of species

occurring in torrent environments (Ducliman &

Trueb 1986). The development of the larval gul

parallels that described in the sympatric Litoria

eucnenmiis. by Davies (1989), but N. dayr exhibits

more extreme adaptations to the lotic life style.

The tooth row pattern is similar to other hylids

(Martin & Watson 1971), although the undivided

nature of all the tooth rows is unusual amongsl

Australian hylids, being shared by L. lesweuri which

also shows lotic adaptations (Martin & Watson

1971).

The median vent found in Iater-stage tadpoles is

shared by congeners but is unusual amongst hylids

(Martin & Watson 1971). The covering by 2

membranous sac of the developing hind limb buds

is presumably an adaptation to protect these

structures. This feature has been observed in the

limnodynastine Mixapiyes spp. (Watson & Martin

1973: Davies in press) and L. nannoris (pers. abs.).

Larvae of these species are lotic and found in fast-

flowing streams.

Acknowledgments

The study was undertaken under permits issued

by the Queensland Dept of Forestry and was funded

by grants from the Australian Research Council (nos

A18715284 and A18931875) to R.A. Alford and

Dept of Zoology, University of Adelaide research

funds to M.D. Lorna Lucas typed the final

manuscenpt which was cnitically read by Ross A.

Alford and Michael J, Tyler.

References

CzecHura, G. V,, INGRAM, G, J. & Liem, D. S. (1987)

The genus Nyc/ineystes (Anura: Hylidae) in Australia,

Ree. Aust, Mus, 39, 333-338.

Davies, M. (1989) Developmental biology of the

Australopapuan hylid frog Litoria eucnemtis (Anura:

Hylidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 113(4), 215-220.

, (in press) Descriptions of the tadpoles of some

Australian limnodynastine Jeptodactylid frogs. /bid.

Dubttiman, W. E. & Tries, L. (1986) “Biology of

Amphibians”. (McGraw-Hill, New York.)

Gosver, K. (1960) A simplified table for staging anuran

embryos and larvae with notes on identification,

Herpetologica 16, 183-190.

GRIEFITHS, I. (1963) The phylogeny of ihe Salientia. Biol.

Rev, 38, 241-292.

Martin, A. A. & Watson, G. F. (1971) Life history as

an aid to generic delimitation in the family Hylidac.

Copeta (1971), 78-89.

Menzies, J. [, (1974) Handbook of common New Guinea

frogs. WAU Ecology Institute, Handbook no, L.

Parker, H. W. (1936) A collection of reptiles and

amphibians from the mountains of British New Guinea.

Ann. mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 10, 17, 66-93.

Watson, G. F. & Martin, A. A, (1973) Life history,

larval morphology and relationships of Australian

leptodactylid frogs. Trans. R. Soc, §. Aust. 97, 33-45.

ZWEIFEL, R. G. (1983) Two new hylid frogs from Papua

New Guinea and.a discussion of the Nyctinmiystes papya

species group. Am. Mus. Novitat. 2759, 1-21.

Transactlons of the Royal Society of 5, Ausi,, (1990), 1144), 215-217.

THE NATURE AND INCIDENCE OF POST-AXIAL, SKELETAL ABNORMALITIES IN

THE FROG NEOBATRACHUS CENTRALIS PARKER

AT OLYMPIC DAM, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by JOHN L, READt & MICHAEL J. TYLERT

Summary

Reap, 1. L.& TYLer, M. 3 (1990) The nature and inetdertce of post-axial, skeleial abnormalities in the

frog Neobatrachus centralis Parker at Olympic Dam, South Australia, Trans. R. Soc. S Ausr, 114(4), 213-217.

30 Noveinber, 1990,

Samples of 315 specimens of the frog Neobatrachus centralis from tour sites at Olympic Dam, South

Australia, included 12 specimens exhibiting skeletal abnormalities of the limbs, Examination revealed a

predominance amongst the abnormal specimens of partial or complete ectrodactyly, most commonly involving

terminal components of the fourth toe, The overall incidence of abnormalities is comparable to those occurring

at undisturbed sites in other countries.

Radionuclide levels in tadpoles from the sampled sites were very low or not detectable, and were not

associated with the incidence or nature of the abnormalities there.

Key Woros: Skeleton, abnormalities, Neoarraches cenrealts, radionuclides.

Introduction

Olympic Dam Operations (O.D,0.) manages a

large copper-gold-uranium-silver mine at Olympic

Dam, approximately 500 km north of Adelaide.

Mining commenced in 1984 and the metallurgical

plant there started production in August 1988.

Airborne, aquatic and biotic environments are

monitored stringently for both conventional (e.g.

SO,, 50, and total particulates), and radioactive

emissions by Olympic Dam Operations, in

accordance with the South Australian Government

approved Environmental Management Program

(Roxby Management Services 1986), and the Waste

Management. Program, Olympic Dam Project

(O,D,P. 1987), The plant and animal communities

in all habitats in the Olympic Dam region are

monitored regularly to determine the possible

effects, if any, of the mining and processing

operations on species diversity, abundance and

condition, There have been no measurable effects

on the environment, outside the intmediate vicinity

of the metallurgical plant, that can be attributed

to the mining or processing operations {O.D-P,

upubl.).

In addition to the general monitoring program,

more detailed studies are conducted on certain

indicator organisms, such as frogs, to enhance the

sensitivity of the monitoring program, Frogs are

very sensitive to radiation (Emery & McShane 1980)

and have proved to be useful indicators of

radioactive emissions (Nishimura 1967; Tyler 1989)

* Clympic Dam Operations, PO. Box 140, Raxty Downs,

S, Aust. 5725.

} Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.PO,

Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust, S001,

and trace elements (Browne & Dumont 1979). Frogs

are also the moat common vertebrate animals

associated with claypans; regions of natural heavy

metal and radionuclide accumulation. A

photograph of one of the claypans at Roxby is

presented by Tyler (1989, plate 3).

Following rains Jn the semi-arid Olympic Dam

région, the lrog Neobatrachus centralis is exception-

ally common adjacent to claypans and flooded

swales (O.D,0. unpubl,). The ease of capture and

identification of physical abnormalities in tive

specimens makes it an ideal subject as a potential

indicator of environmental emissions at Olympic

Dam.

Here we document an initial survey of frog

deformity levels at control sites where there are

negligible emission levels, and at sites in close

proximity to the metallurgical plant where emission

levels, while remaining very low, are detectable

(0,D,0, 1989'),

Materials and Methods

On 12.iv.1989, approximately 80 tadpoles were

collected from two water bodies within | km of the

Olympic Dam mine and metallurgical plant

(Claypan, ENW5), and from a pond 16 km south

of the mine (EV 308) (Fig. 1). The EV 308 site is

fear a continuous radionuclide and airborne

emission monitoring site, [t has not detected any

emissions from rhe mine, and hence is a valid

contro! site

' Olympic Dam Operations (1989) Eaviroamental

Radiation Monitoring Aninwal Report. (Repori te the

§.A. Govt} Unpubl,

214 J. L. READ & M, J. TYLER

: OLYMPIC DAM OPERATIONS

| Claypan

| Drury Lane e e ENWS5

| metallurgical ':

| plant

| ie

| OLYMPIC

ry Deri ¢ ike Be —t

foto 7

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

! OLYMPIC DAM a

| PC)

| 1

| QO 1

Fig. 1. Location of Olympic Dam and the

study sites sampled for Neobatrachus RPTEO4__

centralis,

SKELETAL ABNORMALITIES IN THE FROG 215

A sample of the tadpoles from each site

(approximately three weeks old at the time of

capture) were weighed and measured, and their

stage of development recorded (Table 1), The

tadpoles were hwused in clean glass aquaria in the

Environmental Laboratory at the Olympic Dam

Village. Mud and water from each study site was

used in the respective aquaria and, because

individuals were in the non-feeding stage near

metamorphic climax, food was not provided, Care

was taken to ensure that the tadpoles were not

subjected to any contaminants in the laboratory. In

addition, 70 recently metamorphosed frogs were

collected from a roadside near. the mine (Drury

Lane Site).

Following metamorphosis (i.e. complete

resorption of the tail; Gosner (1960), stage 46)

external features were examined under a Wild M5

dissecting microscope, Individuals with physical

abnormalities were killed by exposure to 3% chloral

hydrate solution and cleared and stained with

Alizarin Red following the method of Davis & Gore

(1947).

Five to ien metamorphosing frogs were sampled

subsequently from the three water bodies and

placed in a clean beaker with distilled water for

several days to permit total evacuation of rhe gut,

Earlier trials showed that freshly caught trogs and

tadpoles contained considerable quantities of soit

and waste matter which coniributed significantly

10 levels of heavy metals and other contatminants.

The evacuated frogs were sacrificed in ether and

dissolved in Nitric and Perchleric acids. Levels of

radionuctides (Po210, Pb210, Ra226, U238, Th230)

were determined in the low level radiation counting

laboratory of the O.D.0. Environmental

Department.

Results

The average sizes, wet weights and developmental

stages of the tadpoles captured ar the three sites are

presented in Table |. Considerable variation existed

between the sites: specimens from EV 308 (control)

and Claypan being considerably heavier than those

from ENWS5, while individuals from EV 308 and

BNWS5 were more advanced than specimens fram

Claypan,

Of the 315 frogs examined, 12 individuals

exhibited externally detectable abnormalities of the

hindlegs. Further skeletal abnormalities of other

elements were revealed in one when the series had

been cleared and stained. The nature of the

abnormalities observed in the series is documented

in Table 2.

Radionuchide levels in the frogs from all three sires

are presented in Table 3. These results indicate that

radiomictide levels at the control site, EV 308, were

slightly higher than at the sites close to the

metallurgical plant.

Discussion

In all populations of vertebrate animals there are

skeletal abnormalities, whose nature and incidence

may be influenced by exposure to a variety of

environmental insults, It is therefore important to

establish baseline data when any environmental

perturbation may have an impact upon thal

incidence,

Tyler (1989) reported that skeletal abnormalities

in the limbs of vertebrates were up to 3%: this being

the naturally occurring abnormalities in any

population. In the case of frogs, from supposedly

undisturbed localities in six countries, limb

abnormalities ranged from 0 ta 3,09%, but with

only one sample exceeding 2%. The impact of

trauma, being physical injury within the life of

individuals, needs to be distinguished. It was

recorded in 2742 specimens (representing seven

species) from Jabiru, N.T., and was esiimated at.0.19

to 0.99%,

The incidence of abnormalities at Roxby Downs

(Table 2) is equivalent to 3,8%, Which is close to

that reported by Tyler (1989) from undisturbed areas

elsewhere. There ig no eviderice of Crauina in out

Taste 1 Mean wet weights and measurements af tadpoles from three study sites at Olympic Dae

% with hind % that lied

Sample Weighi Body length Tail length legs stage 24 reached stage

Sine size (zg) (mm) (may) (Gosner 1960) 42 (Gosner 1960)

EV 308 ib 2.6 25 29 100 60

ENWS 28 13 20 21 68 32

CLAYPAN 22 2.2 2 z 7 o

216 J. L. READ & M. J. TYLER

TABLE 2. Details of abnormalities detected.

Site Sample Incidence Frog Abnormality

Size Ref.

—— "ee

ENW5 85 3.5% lL, Brachymely of R leg. Urostyle

inclined dextrally, Sacrum

misshapen. Ectrodactyly of F3 of

R hand.

2. Bilateral ectrodactyly T4 mainly

involving antepenultimate phalanx

which is discoid,

3. Ectrodactyly T4 R leg; one phalanx

lost.

CLAY PAN 73 1.4% L. L foot with abnormal metatarsals

3-5: 3 abbreviated; 4 with distal

excrescences; 5 with proximal and

distal excrescences.

EV 308 89 9.0% L. R foot with ectrodactyly of T4;

proximal phalanx dilated distally,

2. L foot lacking digits 1-2.

3. Brachymely of R leg involving tibia,

tarsi and all digital elements.

4. L foot with ectrodactyly of T4:

lacking 3 terminal phalanges.

5. L foot with ectrodactyly of T4:

2 terminal phalanges missing,

antepenultimate phalanx broadened.

6. R foot as for 5.

7. L foot as for 5.

8. Brachydactyly of all digits of

R foot; T4 only one lacking terminal

phalanges.

DRURY LANE 71 0%

Tas. 3. Levels of radionuclides detected in metamorphosing frogs from three study sites at Olympic Dam.

Weight .

sampled Uranium — 238 Thoriunt — 230 Radium — 226 Lead — 210 Polonium — 210

Site (g) Ba/e Bq/g Spec Act/Ra/e Spec Act/Baq/g Ba/g

EV 308 (control) 6,46 0.0003 +/- 0.0002 0.004 +/- 0.002 004 +/- .002 0.011 +/- 0.006 0,053 +/- 0.006

ENWS 11.65 N.D. ND, 0007 +/- ,0008 0.001 +/- 0,002 0.005 +/- 0,001

CLAYPAN =

ENWS (n) 11.23 N.D. 0.00L +/- 0.0004 0019 +/-,0009 0.006 +/+ 0.004 0,132 +/- 0,011

STANDARD -

N.D, = Not detected

Deviation quoted is counting statistic

SKELETAL ABNORMALITIES IN THE FROG 217

samples. Low abnormality rates at sites near the

mine (0 to 3.5%) contrasted with higher rates from

the control site (EV 308), Conspicuous amongst the

abnormalities at Roxby Downs is the predominance

of partial ectrodactyly, principally of the fourth toe.

It is expressed more commonly by a unilateral

reduction of the normal phalangeal formula.

Although ectrodactyly is one of the most common

forms of skelctal abnormality in Australian frogs,

the similarity of the digital target in this sample is

noteworthy, Breeding experiments will be required

to determine if this is a common mutant.

Variations in weight and size of the tadpoles from

the different sites is probably related to food

availability, water temperature and turbidity and

genetic factors rather than pollutant levels in their

ponds. Richards (1962) and ‘Sokol (1984) have also

demonstrated that growth suppressing substances

released by tadpoles results in slower growth rates

in densely crowded tadpoles compared with

tadpoles reared at lower densities.

Slightly higher levels of radionuclides at the

control site compared with the mine sites is not an

effect of the project but a natural phenomenon.

Due to the natural variation in soil radionuclide

concentrations (United Nations Scientific

Committee on the Effects of Ionising Radiation

1977) geographical variation in radionuclide levels

can be expected.

Acknowledgments

This research programme was supported by the

Olympic Dam Operation. Analytical data were

provided by Pai Garland and John Davey of the

Q.D.0. Environment Department Analytical and

Low Level Radiation Counting Laboratory,

Comparative abnormality data cited from Jabiru

were assembled by M. J. Tyler in collaboration with

Graeme Crook, Margaret Davies and Graeme

Watson, and funded by the Office of the

Supervising Scientist, Alligator Rivers Region.

Technical assistance was provided by Leanne Seller

and the manuscript typed by Lorna Lucas.

References

Browne, C. L.. & Dumont, J. N. (1979) Toxicity of

selenium to developing Xenopus laeyis embryos. J.

Taxical. Environ. Health 5, 699-709.

Davis, D, BD. & Gore, V. R..(1947) Clearing and staining

skeletons of small vertebrates. Freldigna: Techniques (4),

1-16.

Emery, R. M. & McSHANE, M. C. (1980) Nuclear waste

ponds and streams on the Hanford site: an ecological

search for radiation effects, Health Phys. 38, 787-809.

Gosner, K. L, (1960) A simplified table for staging

anuran embryos and larvae with notes on identification.

Herpetologica 16, 183-190.

NisHimurA, K. (1967) Abnormal formation of visual

organs of amphibian larvae induced by radioactive

rainwater. Mie Med, J. 16, 263-267.

Oxymeic: DAM Prolect (1987) Waste Management Plan.

(Olympi¢ Dain Project, Adelaide).

Ricnarps, C. M. (1962) The control of tadpole growth

by alga-like cells, Physiol. Zeol. 35(4), 285-296,

Roxsy MANAGEMENT Services (1986) Olympic Dam

Project Environtnental Management Programme.

(Roxby Management Services Pty Ltd, Adelaide).

SokoL, A. (1984) Plasticiry in the fine timing of

metamorphosis in tadpoles of the hylid frog, Litoria

ewingi. Capeia (1984), 868-873,

Tyzer, M. J. (1989) ‘Australian Frogs’. (Viking O'Neill,

Melbourne).

UNITED NATIONS SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE ON THE EFFECTS

or Atomic RADIATION (1977) ‘Sources and Effects of

lonising Radiation’. (United Nations, New York),

PSEUDOCHRISTIANELLA (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA),

A NEW GENUS FOR TENTACULARIA MINUTA (VAN BENEDEN, 1849)

SENSU SOUTHWELL, 1929 AND ITS RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE

FAMILY EUTETRARHYNCHIDAE

BY R. A. CAMPBELL* & I. BEVERIDGEf

Summary

Pseudochristianella southwelli gen. et sp. nov. is created for Tentacularia minuta Van Beneden,

1849 of Southwell, 1929 from an unknown species of Carcharhinus and Rhynchobatus halavi taken

at Negapatam, India. Pseudochristianella is a eutetrarhynchid with two bothridia, elongated bulbs

and a heteroacanthous, heteromorphous armature that combines features of Parachristianella,

Trimacracanthus and Prochristianella. The new genus is distinctive in combining the metabasal

armature of Parachristianella and Trimacracanthus (hooks 1(1’) of each row largest, the remaining

hooks decreasing in size), and a prominent basal swelling on each tentacle as in Prochristianella and

Trimacracanthus. Parachristianella differs in lacking a tentacular basal swelling and

Trimacrancanthus is distinguished by the three large hooks of the basal armature. Prochristianella

has a basal swelling but the metabasal hooks increase in size at the middle of each row.

KEY WORDS: Cestoda, Trypanorhyncha, Pseudochristianella, new species, new genus.

Frensuctions ey the Royal Society ef S Aven, (1990), W4(4), 219-222.

PSEUDOCHRISTIA NELLA (CESTODA: TRYPANORHY NCHA), A NEW GENUS FOR

TENTACULARIA MINUTA (VAN BENEDEN, 1849) SENSU SOUTHWELL, 1929 AND

ITS RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE FAMILY EUTETRARHYNCHIDAE

by R. A. CAMPBELL* & I, BEVERIDGET

Summary

CAMPBELL, R, A. & BEyERIDGE, 1, (1990) Psewdochrisrianeta (Cestoda: ‘Trypanorhyncha), a sew genus

for Tentacularia minuta (Van Beneden, 1849) sensw Southwell, 1929 and its relationships with the family

Exactrarhynchidas, Trans, Rk, Soc. S, Ase 114(4), 219-222, 30 November, 1990.

Pseudochristianella southwelli gen. et sp. nov. is created for Jéentacularia minuta Van Beneden, 1849

of Southwell, 1929 from an unknown species of Carcharhinus and Rhynchobatus kalavi taken at Negapatam,

India, Pseudochristidnella is a eutetvarhynchid with two bothridia, elongated bulbs and a heteroacanthous,

heteromorphous armartiré that combines features of Purachristianelta, Trimacracanthus.and Prochristianella,

The new genus is distinctive in combining the metabasal armature of Parachristionella and Trimacracanthus

(hooks I(1") of each row largest, the remaining hooks decreasing in size), and a prominent basal swelling

em each tentacle as in Prochristianella and Trimacracanthus. Parachristianella difters in lacking a tentacular

basal swelling and Trimacrancanthus is distinguished by the three large hooks of the basal armature.

Prockrisiiarelia has 3 basal swelling but the metabasi#l hooks increase in size at the middle of eact row,

Key Words: Cestoda, Trypanorliyncha, Psrevdochristianella, new species, new zenus.

Introduction

One of the species of trypanorhynchs from

elasmobranchs from the Indian Ocean which

Southwell (19297 allocated to the genus Téntacularia

was 7) minute (Yan Beneden, 1849), Southwell’s

hosts were an unidentified species of Carcharhinus

and Rhynchubatus halavi (Forsskal, 1775} both

taken at Negapatam, India. Beneden’s (1849)

original description of this species was from an

angelshark, Sguating squatina (LJ, in Belgian

waters but the description is so meagie that

Southwell’s specimens cannot be cansidered

conspecific with any degree of confidence. Guiart

(1931) placed 7. milmufa in his new genus

Christianelia, for which a more detailed description

was Biven by Joyeux & Baer (1936). Dollfus (1942)

initially accepted this deseriprion, but later (1946)

found that the description of CAristianella was

vague and created the related penera

Prochristianella and Parachristianella realizing (hat

cither might be a synonymn of Christianella when

the latter geius was properly described, Beveridge

& Campbell (1987) have discussed the problems

associated with Christianetla aud also consider that

genus unrecognizable. Dollfus (1942) pointed out

several errors in Southwell’s (1929) account of

Téntactilaria rminuta including his report of this

species [rom an Australian ray. In this paper all of

Southwell's specimens labelled T minuta have been

* Deparmmene of Biology, Southeastern Massachusetts

University, North Darunouth, Massachusetts 02747

+ Department of Veterinary Science, The Universiry of

Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria, 3052

re-examined and constitute am ulidescribed species

having characters fitting neither Prochristianellan

nor Parechristianeifa according to Lhe most.recent

definitions of these genera (Schmidt 1986).

Materials and Methods

Four specimens Identified by Southwell as 7

tninula (Van Beneden, 1849) from Carcharhinus sp.,

Negapatam, India (British Museum, Natural

History, London) (1977.11.4.30-31) and two

specimens from Rkvachobatus Agiavi from the

same locality (BMNH_ 1977,L1.4.27-28) were

examined, All figures are drawn from the specimens

from Carcharhinus, Measurements are in fam untess

otherwise indicated,

Psendochristianella zen, nov.

Disgnosis; Eutetrarhynchidae, Small worms with

two bothridia and elongate bulbs. Prebulbar organs

Present. Pars postbulbosa and velum absent,

Metabasal atmature heteroacanthous, heteromor-

phous, typical. Metabasal hooks arranged in

alternating halfspiral rows, Hooks 1{1") large,

separated by prominent space, remaining hooks of

each row decreasing in size. Basal swelling on

lentatle. Distingtive basal armature present,

Testricted to external face of tentacle. Seements

acraspedote; testes tandein, iit two rows: internal

and external seminal vesicles absent. Adults

Parasitic in sclachians.

Type and only species: P. southwelli sp. nov,

220 R.A CAMPBELL & 1, BEVERIDGE

Psetdochristianella suuthwelli gen. ef sp, nay,

FIGS 1-9

‘; Yenuiewlirio miei Southwell L929 pp. 228-230, fia

Types: Holotype from Carcherhinus sp,

Negapatam, India, 7.1x.1926, collector ? J, Pearson

an BMNH no 1977.1L,4.30-31; three paratypes on

single slide, same data and collection mumber.

Material examined: From Carcdarrinus sp.: types.

From Raéynchobetus helavi, two specimens,

Negapatam, India, (BMNH 1977.11.4.27-28} (slide

also contains Phyllabothrisem <p.)

Eryniology: The species is named after T, Southwell.

Deseriotion: Small cestodes, total length up to 4.0,

with up (o six proglottids, Scolex 0.92-1.00 (0,97,

n=3) long, maximum width 0.21-0.26 (0.24, n=4),

Two rounded botitridia, 0,12-0,18 (0.15, n=4); pars

vaginalis O.37-0.51 (0.42, n=3), tentacle sheaths

sinuous; prebulbar otgans present; hulbs long and

slender, 0,45-0,58 (0.51, n=4) by 0.66-0.07 (0,07,

n=4); retractor muscle originates at base of bulb,

surrounded by clusters of gland cells within bulb;

pars posibulbosa and velum absent. Tenracles

possess prominent basal swelling 0.025-0,030

(0.027, n=4) in diameter; diameter in metabasal

region O0.010-0,015 (0.013, n=2}. Base of tentacle

encircled by two tows of large, strongly recurved

hooks, 0.014-0,022 (0.018, n=5) long, base length

hetemacanthous typical, composed of ascending

half-spiral rows of 1 hooks each; rows terminate

fm eternal lace to form inverted V's, Distinctive

basal armature restricted to external face of tentacle,

composed of four to five ascending rows of hooks.

Viewed from the external face, haoks of first row

spiniform, hooks of succeeding three to four rows

bill-hook shaped, small and stout, points strongly

recurved, hook length 0,009-0,013 (0.011, n=5).

Hooks (1) on internal surface separated by dis-

tinct space; hooks initially uncinate in basal region.

O,014-D.008 tong, base length 0.012-0.013. Hooks

11") in metabasal region becoming: faleate with

diminwhing base lengths, 0.014-0,020 (0.017, n=5)

tong, base leneth 0,007-0.011 (0.010, n=5). Hooks

2(2°) faleate, stour at base of tentacle, becoming

slender anteriorly, 0,017-0.022 (0.019, n=) long,

base 0.005-0.006 (0.005, n=5). Hooks 3(3') Falcate

0.020-0.022 (0.021, n=5) long, base 0.005-0,006

(0.006, n=5), Hooks 4(4°) slender, faleate,

0.016-0.018 (0.017, n=5) long, base 0.004-0.005

(0.005). Hooks 5(5‘) faleate, smatier, 0.010-0,014

(0,032, n=5) long, base 0.003-0.004 (0.003, n=5),

Hooks 6(6') spiniform, 0.008-0.012 (0.010, n=5}

long. Hooks 7(7") to L(11") in metabasal region

distinctly smaller than hooks 6(6"), hack lengths

OAMM-0.006 (0,005, 1-3); diminishing hook sizes

more subtle in. mid-region of tentacle.

Mature segment 2.14 by 0.26, acraspedote.

Genital pore opens in posterior one-third of ntargin,

approximately 78% of segment lenath from anterior

end. Cirrus sac ovoid, internal details not clearly

Visible, seminal vesicles abseni. Testes number

approximately 80, arranged in two longitudinal

rows, Uisteibuted as 6 postporal, 32 preporal aud

42. antiporal, Ovary bilobed in darsoventral view,

lobes 0.14 by 0.04, Mehlis’ gland 0.06 in diameter.

Vitellaria arranged in single layer of follicles

encircling internal organs. Uterus tubular, median,

finear, occupying all available space in gravid

segment.

Discussion

Téenlacularia ntinuta of Southwell (1929) possesses

a combination of characters not found in other

eutetrarhynchid cestodes. These are the

combination of {i) hooks 1(1"} separated by a

distinct space, hook rows terminating in inverted

¥-formation on the external face of the tentacts; (ii)

a basal swelling and armature: (iii) the absence of

three large hooks in the basal armature; and (iv)

a metabasal armature consisting of hall-spiral rows

of hooks which <timinish in size from the beginning

(internal face) to the end (external face) of each row.

Such a combination of charactets suggests a new

geéhus 16 accommodate them. We propose the new

genus Psevdochristianella and that T. minuta of

Southwell (192%) become P southwelli, the type

species.

Members of the famuly Butetrarhynchidae having

huoks I(L') separated by a distinct space and only

exhititing Y-formations of hook rows on the

external Face where rows end are: Prochristianetia

Dolffus, 1944; Panenristianella Dollfus, 1946,

Mecistobotnrium Heinz & Dailey, 1974 and

Trimacracuniaus Bevendge & Campbell, 1987.

Eutetrarhynchus Pintner, 1913 differs in having no

Space between hook files 1 and 1’, while

Oncomegas Dollfus, 1929 differs further in haying

a single Jarge hook at the base of the terrtacte,

Prochristiunella possesses a hasal swelling bul can

be quickly eliminated From further consideration

because the mctabasal hooks show aa Increase and

Subsequent <lecrease in size along the rows from

internal to external face of the tentacle. ‘The

metthasal armature of Psendochristianella

resembles that of Pwyrachristianefia,

Mecistobothrivm and Trimacracunthes in that the

hooks of each row decrease in-size fram the internal

to the external face of the rentacle. The presence

of 4 basal swelling in Psewdochristivnelia

distinguishes it from FParachristiqnella and the

absence of the triad of large hooks In the basal

A NEW GENUS FOR TENTACULARIA MINUTA 221

Figs 1-9 Pseudochristionella southwelli gen, et. sp. nov, 1, internal face, basal region; 2, external face, basal region;

3, bothridial face, metabasal region; 4, basal armature, internal face; 5, metabasal hooks, numbers | to-4; 6, scolex;

7, entire worm; 8, terminal segment (mature); 9, metabasal hooks 1(1'). Line scales: figs, 1-5 and.9, 0.01mm; figs.

6-8, 0.1mm,

222 R. A. CAMPBELL & I. BEVERIDGE

armature of Pseudochristianella separates it from

Trimacracanthus (see Beveridge & Campbell 1987).

Mecistobothrium has bulbs shorter than the

bothridia (Heinz & Dailey 1974).

In P southwelli the basal armature is distinctive

in that it is restricted to the external face of the

tentacle. The hooks on the internal face are merely

a continuation of the metabasal region. This is

probably of secondary importance because only the

hooks of the externa! face in the basal region are

modified in Trimacracanthus aetobatidis,

Dollfus (1942) pointed out several errors in

Southwell’s (1929) account of the species. Southwell

(1929) stated that the species had also been recorded

from Urolophus testaceus in European waters, but

Dollfus (1942) correctly observed that U. testaceus

is an Australian ray. The error stems from a

specimen in Southwell’s collection (see BMNH

1977. 11.4.29) from U, testaceus from Moreton Bay;

Qld. The specimen, though in poor condition, has

been re-examined and identified as a species of

Eutetrarhynchus, close to E. geraschmidti Dollfus,

1974,

Acknowledgments

We wish to thank Dr D. J. Gibson and Mrs E,

Harris for the loan of the Southwell material.

References

BEVERIDGE, |, & CAMPBELL, R. A. (1987) Trimacracan-

thus gen. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha:

Eutetrarhynchidae), with redescriptions of 7; aetobatidis

(Robinson, 1959) comb. nov. and 7. binuncus (Linton,

1909) comb, nov, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 111(3), 163-171.

Dottrus, R. (1942) Etudes critiques sur les

Tetrarhynques. du Museum de Paris, Arch. Mus, Nat.

Hist. Nat., Paris 19 1-466.

_____ (1946) Notés diverses sur les Tetrarhynques. Mem.

Mus, nat. Hist. nat, Paris 22, 179-220.

Gutart, J. (1931) Considerations historiques sur la

nomenclature et sur la classification des Tétrarhynques.

Bull, Instit. Ocean, Monaco 575, 1-27,

JovEux, C. & Baer, J. G. (1936) Cestades. Fuune de

France 30, 1-613.

ScumipT, G. D. (1986) “Handbook of Tapeworm

Identification”, (C,R.C. Press, Boca Raton, Florida).

SOUTHWELL, T. (1929) A monograph of cestodes of the

order ‘Irypanorhyncha from Ceylon and India. Part I.

Spolia Zeyland. 15, 169-312.

FIRST SOUTH AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF THE FOSSORIAL

LEPTODACTYLID FROG GENUS UPEROLEIA GRAY

BY PETER BIRD

Summary

Thinsuchons af the Roval Sockety af 8. Ause, (1990), 114(4), 223-224.

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

FIRST SOUTH AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF THE FOSSORIAL LEPTODACTYLID FROG

GENUS UPEROLEIA GRAY

The frog fauna of South Australia js far ae@her (han was

assiimed in an assessmenc made 30 years ago! when only

13 species were known to oecur in the State. When the

firae Sotith Australian ficld guide was published 79 19667

the Lola! had increased to 17. whilst a revision of that Work

in 1972* recorded a \irther four species. The most recent

estimate’ is af 25 species.

fn Deeember 1989 one of us (PBL) travelled to the

extreme noriheas( of South Australia, On 9.xii,89 a single

specimen of a leptadaetytid frog of the genus Liperolera

Gray wos taken at Patchawara Creek in the viciniey of

Palchawara Bore (27°20'00"5; 140°41°00"E), 45 km N

of Innamineka. This is the first occasion that U/perelera

has been found in South Australia, although a is known

trom the adjacent portion of Queensland.”

Pawhawara Creek is a small (ca. 8 m wide at the

collection site), intermittent creek which contains several

semi-permanent walerholes. At Patchawara Bore it was

quite full following heavy rain in the area bwo weeks earlier,

The maximum water depth was nor measured but exceeded

Tim Warer flow was neghgible

Patchawara Creek rises adjacent to the Queensland

border and flows west before emptying inta Derawalkillie

Walerhole, Toxether with the Kean|ree Creek system, the

Patchawara Creek drainage basin aoenpies aun area of

about 900 km? abutting, bur discrete from, the Cooper

Creck dfaijage to the south. In exceptionally wet years

however itis likely that waters from the Patchawara system

reach Lake Goyder, part of the Coongie Lakes system on

the North-West Branch of Cooper Creek.

Patchawara Bore is contained within the Merninie Land

System of Innamincka Regional Reserve,” Coolibahs

Eucalyptus micro(heca, Beantrees Lusiphvllum gitvum and

occasional Native orange Cupparis mitchell lined the

creek channel. Otherwise the steep muddy banks were

devoid of vegetation al the time except for occasjonal

patches of an unidentified reed and a¢cumulated flood

debris 0.5 m above the waterline, (he surrounding area

comprised Tar alluvial plains sparsely covered withy grasses,

low chenopods and forbs.

Two otter frog species ocurred at the collection site:

fumerous individuals of the tree Troe Liferia rubella

(Gray) calling from cavities and cattle pag marks in the

banks, and abuut 10 water-holding frogs, Cyeloruna

platvcephala (Gunther) calling at the water's edge.

The specumen is an adult male, It has been deposited

inthe South Australian Museum and ts registered R 34443,

1) Was one of a-group of at least four individuals tipst noted

calling at abour 10.00 pm. fram amongst flood debris less

Unsn 0.5 m from (he water's edge. One or more individuals

were heard calling Whenever the site Was visited over the

following nwo haurs. A reeonding of the advertisement call

of the collected specimen proved to be tao weak for

sonographic analysis. However amplification by re-

recording revealed thar each call is composed of lour

pulses,

The temperature Was NOt Measured al vic calling site

but was probably about 30°C. At Moamba (100 kin south)

lumperalures that day ranged 25-38'C,

A second group of abou! LO calling males was

subsequently located 250 m east at about midnight. This

group was sssactated with a small patch of reeds and Aloud

debris accumulated at the base of two Coolibahs al the

water's edge, and with a patch of reeds on the opposite

bank,

Measurements of (he specimen (following (he techniques

of Tyler") are; snout ta vent length (S-V) 30.1 mm; tibia

length (TL) 9.9 mm; eye 1p naris distance (E-N) 2.2 mm;

internarial span (IN) 1.45 mm), eye diameter (BE) 2.8 mm.

Maxillae and premaxillae are edentate, che foot is

unwebbed, the toes unlringed and ihe two meiatarsul

tubercles are moderately pronaunced

In life the dorsum was a pale greenish grey, with

irregular dark bloiches and flecks of olive brown, including

a broad interocular bar and regular bars extending onto

the limbs, The darsal and lateral surfaces were densely

covered with small, rounded mbercles. (hase darsolareral

Were conspicuously tipped With orange, forming narrow

broken fines extending from behind the eye to the groin,

Similar rows of orangesipped iubercles formed short

Daravertebral ines above the anus, and dorsally alone the

tibia Elsewhere the tubercles were lipped with white to

pale apricot. The entire inguinal, pust-femoral and pre-

tibial areas were a rich orange red. The ventral surface

was light grey, finely speckled with white, A photograph

oF the [rog is shown in Fig. J.

Fig. L) Uperoleia sp. in life (South Australian Museum

R34443).

Boeause two species of Liperoleia oceir in ine. adjacent

Bulloo Shire of squihwest Queensland (CL capitulate

Davies, McDonald & Corben, and U. nyzasa (Anderssan))

it scerned likely thal the Patchawarra specimen would

prove (o represent one af them. Uperolefa eapitulota as

currently detined, and illustrated by jfs authors, tas a

smallerand characteristically blunter head, and possesses

hypertrophied dermal glands. [t also seems to be asmaller

Species: rhe largest adull male specimen known being 27

mun.” The advertisernent call of UL eapiruleta is

uoknown,

Uperoleia rugosa is another eandidale. It js highly

variable int size, with male individuals adult at as small

as 18.4 mm, but samples from arid localities are larger

and can reach 32 mm.° The advertisement call includes

3-5 pulses,°-!° and although most specimens are rugose

and have fringed toes, they can be smooth and unfringed.

A larger series of specimens from Patchawara Bore will

permit osteological and other cryptic features to be

examined.

Given that we have just one specimen, caution dictates

that it is early to be certain that it is U rugosa or U.

capitulata that occurs in South Australia.

The discovery of Uperoleia brings the number of species

recorded from the North-east to nine, and confirms that

'Moore, J. A. (1961) Bull. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist. 121,

155-385.

“Tyler, M. J. (1966) “Frogs of South Australia” (South

Australian Museum, Adelaide).

3Tyler, M. J. (1972) ‘Frogs of South Australia” Revised

Edtn (South Australian Museum, Adelaide).

‘Tyler, M. J. (1989) “Australian Frogs” (Viking O’Neil,

Melbourne).

5McGreevy, D. G. (1987) Qld J. Agric. Anim. Sci. 44,

75-93.

®Anon. (1988) Innamincka Regional Reserve Draft

Management Plan. (South Australian National Parks &

224

this area has the richest frog fauna in the State.

It is of interest to note that Uperoleia was not located

during the recent extensive biological survey of the North-

West Branch area centred on Coongie Lake, only 50 km

west of the collection site.'' Considering that this survey

resulted in the collection of all species then known from

the North-east including one new record for the State, we

conclude that Uperoleia does not occur there; its

distribution in South Australia may be extremely limited.

We are grateful to the National Parks & Wildlife Service

for a permit (No. C02501) to collect within the Innamincka

Reserve.

Wildlife Service, Adelaide).

"Tyler, M. J. (1968) Zool. Verhandl. Rijkmus. Nat. Hist.

Leiden (96), 1-203.

8Davies, M., McDonald, K. R. & Corben, C. (1986) Proc.

R. Soc. Vict. 98, 147-188.

°Davies, M. & Littlejohn, M. J. (1986) Trans. R. Soc. S.

Aust. 110, 111-143.

Davies, M. & McDonald, K. R. (1985) Trans. R. Soc.

S. Aust. 109, 37-42.

"Reid, J. & Gillen, J. (1988) The Coongie Lakes Study.

(South Australian Department of Environment and

Planning).

PETER BIRD, Animal & Plant Control Commission, Department of Agriculture, Box 1671 GPO, Adelaide, S. Aust.

5001. MICHAEL J. TYLER, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, Box 498 GPO, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001.

COMMENT: PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF BEACH RIDGE

PROGRADATION ON EYRE PENINSULA AND KANGAROO ISLAND

BY C. R. TWIDALE & J. A. BOURNE

Summary

Thanwerivns uf Lhe Rovel Sociey af S Aust 11000), H14(4), 225-226.

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

COMMENT: PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF BEACH RIDGE PROGRADATION

ON EYRE PENINSULA AND KANGAROO ISLAND

Tn the cotirse of discussion of beach ridges. on Byte

Peninsula and Kangaroo Island,' brief mention 15 made

af shore platforms arid (heir implications for seatevel

change. Two statements based on earlier reports’!

concerning shore platforms are questionable (?p,62;

p.36),

The first is (hal all Of the shore platforms examined on

ihe west coast of Eyre Peninsula possess “a single active

platiurm surface’ (ptS6). We take isyue Decals the

impression conveyed 15 that only ane platform is developed

within rocky share profiles. As recorded earlier’ flights

of platforms are commonly developed within the tidal

zone. They aré typically separated by Inw cliffs a few tens

of centimetres high. In addition platforms of limited areal

eALUENL occur nearor above high lide and ever storm tide

level, and some stand even higher, though all. are located

within the spray zone, The situation described [rom parts

of Kangarve Island'* is commonplace also on (he west

coast af Eyre Peninsute.

Second, in the 1986 report’ i ts stated that at

Penningion Bay “a Pleistocene platfonn is {rented by (wo

Haloceny platforms at differem elevations .- The upper

plartorm ~. . fies SG. em above the lower plavorin .. , The

diffurence in elevation .. . may be the result of @ Shight

fall of sea-level (50 crn) producing 4 lowering of the level

OF saturation and hence platfarm eration”. The sive is

iNtustrated’ (jp. 59) and ir is suggested |hat the hivest

platform “most likely represents te 120,000 yrs BP

Pleistocene sea-level”, that the intermediate plorfarm,

standing 2.5 m below the “Pleiswocene" feature is of early

Holocene age, and that only che lowest, 50.em below the

intermediare form, is presently active.

We find the suggestion thar each platform relates lo a

distinct und separate scalevel surprising, Some years aga

(lie saune i ilerpretation was proposed in explanation of

platforms and other alleged coastal features in the

Adelaide arta and on Yorke Peninsula’? Il was then

claimed thal stands of (Ike sea differing by as litle as 42.16

em could be distinguished on the basis of 3 range of forms

and deposits collectively described as “former coastal

features’? (9.291), These Conetusions were challenged at

the time? partly on the grounds that the Gulls region of

Sourh Australia is, and long has been, lectunically active,

rendering, present elevations an insecure basis for

ctirelation or dating (a UW of as lutle as 1° implies 4

vertical difference of some [8m/Kmij; partly because the

central Mediterranean regidn that provided the basis for

dating and catrelation was even then known 1 be and

has heen rectonically unstable, so thal corfelation an

elevation) alone was invelid:” partly hecause some ol the

stratigraphic evidence was svispect.

More fundamentally other workers?! fad earlier

poinled 1 evidence stromgly stiggesting that processes

additional ta wave anack were wctive in platfarm

development, and [hat the Nights of platforms they had

observed On the coasts of NSW and Victoria have

deseloped simullaneously and in cetatian ro the one presen

sealevel, Gur observations on many parts of rhe Souk

Australian coast Nave led Us to similar conclusions, though

structire and (he eich factor complicate the nrefiles

developed on many rocky shores, Thué the platforms in

granite and gneiss exposed around Pain! Brown, on the

Westal! Peninsula atu a1 Poin! Drummond fur instance

are eich forms.*"s? Separating oul such complications

however there is clear indicatian thar pool

wearhering!4#!5 contributes to plarforn development

no only in the tidal range but also above il, within le

spray zone; and that though pronounced on calearenite

coasts, its effects are not limited to that liliological setting.

For example, the serraled platform al Hallett Dave, just

south of Adelaide is developed on folded siltstone. The

platform is an entity, but included within che whole are

several flacs each a few metres square hal vary m elevation

by Upto one Meee They are unlikely to reflect lithological

contrasts as they occur along strike. and they cannot be

due to wave Abrasion as many are prolected lo seawaru

by minor strike ridges. Some Of rhe flats formed at or ner

high and storm tide levels are quite extensive.” but hase

within the spray zone ate small, Urough distihte, This

spray pool getierated flats a few metres diameter sland

about & m above the high tide level al Wellesley Polim.

near Elliston, Developed in calcarenite, the pool [locus

are remarkably Mal, They G@ommonly carry seawater (and

rainwater after falls) and smiall shells, ane the sidewalls

are 10 a greater or lesser degree overlianging as a pesull

of the dissolution of the calcarenite by standing waters.

Such poo! Moors gradually extend laterally and eventually

coalesce with ome another to form a platform thal includes

flats ar stightly different elevations,

For these reasons we sugges! platfornis ure felated ro

sealevel only in a general way. Each platform does net

necessarily represent a distinct and separate sealevel, 17

Flights of (lactorns do not necessarily iniply changes of

sealevel. Tha Dights with similar components and vertical

separation cocur at different sites aloig the ¢oast may’

merely imply thal similar sets Of processes are at wark

on eacli

We accept (hat some of che plariorms preserved on the

coas| of Eyre Peninsula ate demonstrably of Merstocene

age. For instance that deseribed from Poine Cotlison?

(p.136) is clearty of che order of 40,000 years old, But

others, even those of simblar etevatlon with respect ta

present sealevel, canmiat be currelated automatically and

Usted by comparison with sach daled sites. The high

platform a Pendington Bay for instanve is still withiil

range of high and storm tides, ancl is vertainly touched

by spray. The cusps developed in the low clilfto seaward

of the platform” (p, $9, Fig. 4,18) surely prove scouring

and solution by seawater al.the present time and the

stiinale located at the base of the backing clil'l jay also

be related ro high and storm iden

We found nothing to disprove the suggestion thar. fights

of plaifarms ate being formed simultaneously jf relasion

to modern sealevel. Jutson, Hill and many others would

be astonished at the suggestion thay each and every sbore

placform is related roa separate and distil sealevel and

thal shore platforms can be correlated and even dated an

the-hasis af ibeir elevation. On the other hand, we agree

wholeheartedly with the conclusion thal “shore platforms

are Wlahly questionable indicators af seatevel” (p, 16)

‘Short, A. D., Buckley, R. C. & Fotheringham, D. G.

(1989) Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 113, 145-161.

*Short, A. D. & Fotheringham, D. G. (1986a) Coastal

morphodynamics and Holocene evolution of the

Kangaroo Island coast, South Australia. Coastal Studies

Unit (University of Sydney, Department of Geography)

, Technical Report No. 86/1.

‘Short, A. D., Fotheringham, D. G. & Buckley, R. C.

(19866) Coastal morphodynamics and Holocene

evolution of the Eyre Peninsula Coast, South Australia.

Coastal Studies Unit (University of Sydney, Department

of Geography) Technical Report No 86/2.

‘Twidale, C. R., Bourne, J. A. & Twidale, N. (1977) Trans.

R. Soc. S. Aust. 101, 63-74.

“Ward, W. T. (1965) Journal of Geology 73, 592-602.

®Ward, W. T. & Jessup, R. W. (1965) Nature 4973,

791-792.

7Twidale, C. R., Daily, B. & Firman, J. B. (1967) J. Geol.

75, 237-242.

226

®Castany, G. & Ottman, F, (1957) Revue de Geographic

Physique et Geologie Dynamique (2) 1, 46-55.

°*Jutson, J. T. (1939) J. Geomorph. 2, 237-250.

‘Hills, E. S. (1949) Geological Magazine 86, 137-152.

Milnes, A. R. & Hutton, J, T. (1983) Calcrete in

Australia, pp. 119-162 in “Soil. An Australian

Viewpoint”. (CSIRO/Academic Press, Melbourne and

,London,)

"Twidale, C. R. & Campbell, E. M. (1985) The form of

the land surface pp. 57-76 in C. R. Twidale, M. J. Tyler

& M. Davies (Eds) “Natural History of Eyre Peninsula”.

(Royal Society of South Australia, Adelaide).

Wentworth, C. K. (1938) J. Geomorph. 1, 5-32.

'*Wentworth, C. K. (1939) J. Geomorph. 2, 3-25.

‘Hills, E, S. (1971) Zeitschrift ftir Geomorphologie 15,

137-180.

Hills, E. S, (1961) Q. J. Geol. Soc, London 117, 77-89,

“Russell, R. J. (1963) Science 139 (35490) 9-15.

C, R. TWIDALE & J. A. BOURNE, Department of Geology and Geophysics, University of Adelaide, GPO Box

498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001.

REPLY: PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF BEACH RIDGE

PROGRADATION ON EYRE PENINSULA AND KANGAROO ISLAND

BY A. D. SHORT, R. C. BUCKLEY & D. G. FOTHERINGHAM

Summary

Yronsactions af the Royal Society of S. Aust, (1990), 114¢4), 227

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

REPLY: PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS OF BEACH RIDGE PROGRADATION ON

EYRE PENINSULA AND KANGAROO ISLAND

Twidale & Bourne! (this issue) are cortect in drawing

attention to the problem of relating shore platform

elevation 10 sea-level and In particular the interpretation

and causes of multi-level platforms, In this reply we will

not attempt to deal with the still poorly understood area

of shore platforms genesis, rather as our paper was dealing

Primarily with beach ridges with only passing reference.

to the Pennington Bay shore platforms we will expand on

the rationale for our shore platform interpretations in light

of Twidale & Bourne’s comments. Like Twidale & Bourne

we thoroughly agree that “Juston and Hil! and many others

would be astonished at the suggestion that-each and every

shore platform is related to a separate and distinct sea-

level... The suggestion that “each and every” is not

ours, we merely suggested that one platform at Pennington

Bay “may be a result of a slight fall in. sea level” and this

point we still support. In our paper’ (p.58-59) and

report,’ we did not by intention or implication suggest

any extrapolation of the Penninglon Bay conclusion

beyond that location either to the hundreds of other

calvarenite platforms examined In our studies": and

particularly not to platforms in different lithologies and

settings. Consequently the range of evidence cited by

Twidale & Bourne (this issue) relating to the origins of

‘flights of platforms” is largely irrelevant to the presetil

argument as they, by and large, represent very different

lithologies, Our rationale for the rennington Bay platform

is that it is formed in massive, though laminated

Pleistacene dune calcarenite. Based on examination of

hundreds of platforms across southern Australia we would

argue that the active shore platforms in such lithologies

in exposed locations are always intertidal lying close to

"Twidale, CR. & Bourne, J, A. (1990) Trans R, Soc. 8.

_ Aust. 14 (4), 225-224,

‘Short, A. D, Buckley, R. C. & Fotheringham, 0 G.

(1989) Trans R. Soc. S. Aust. 113, 145-161.

‘Short, A. O. & Kotheringham, 1), G, (1986) Coastal

Studies Unit Technical Report 86/1 Department of

Geography, University of Sydney.

‘Short, A. 1, Fotheringham, D. G. & Buckley, R. (1986)

mean sea-level. They are also remarkably horizontal,

though often heavily potholed. In contrast platforms in

other lithologies may be intertidal (e.g. shales) or supertidal

(e.g. basalts, sandstones) or non-existent (e.g. granites) and

depending on the geotectinical qualities of the particular

lithology may indeed have "flights of platforms”,

At Pennington Bay are three very distinct platform levels

formed aver a 30 m shore perpendicular distance and

Tunning for about 200 m alongshore. The uppermost

(+3 m MSLW) is heavily degraded and assumed to be

Picistocene in age," the 10 m wide lower most (~0 m

MSLW) iz assumed to be the active intertidal platform,

while the 5 m wide mid (~50 cm MSLW) is the one in

question, The lower two platforms are in close proximity

(15 m shore perpendicular distance) with an abrupt $0 cm

high scarp separating the two. They both are formed in

massive calearenite and truncate the dune laminations. We

would therefore argue that causes other than

contemporary processes (i.e, differential levels of

saturation, wave exposure, etc.) of lithological control has

produced the levels. As originally suggested by us one other

cause “may” be a slight fall in relative sea-level, We would

still argue this may be a cause in this location.

The resolution of this problem will however await

research Which will go beyond attention:to the role of the

level of saturation in controlling active platform

formation," Until studies of rocky coasts move beyonce

mere description and robust morphodynamic models af

platform evolution including the geochemical causes of

accelerated cliff retreat are: available, the now century old

debate’ on platform genesis and interpretation will

continue.

Coastal Studies Unit. Technical Report 86/2 Department

of Geography, University of Sydney,

"Buckley, R., Short, A. D. & Fotheringham, D. G. (1987)

Search 18, 86-89.

"tarteom, J. A. (1916) New Zealand Instit, Trans 48,

2-134,

*Dana, D. D. (1875) “Coral and coral islands" 2nd edtn

(Londen),

SHORT, A. DB. Coastal Studies Unit, Department of Geography. University of Sydnex, Sydney N.SW. 2006, BUCKLEY,

R. C. Centre for Environmental Management, Bond University, P.B. 10, Gold Coast, Qld 4217. & FOTHERINGHAM,

D, G, Coastal Management Branch, Department of Environment and Planning, G.PO. Box 667, Adelaide, 5. Aust. 3001.

CYCLORAN MAINI AND NOTADEN SP.: ADDITIONS TO THE FROG

FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY G. R. JOHNSTON

Summary

Transactions of the Reyal Society af 8. Aust, (1990), 14(4), 229.

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

CYCLORANA MAINI AND NOTADEN SP.;

ADDITIONS TO THE FROG FAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Twenty-six species of frog are known to occur in South

Australia'*. About half of these species are restricted to

the mesic southern regions of the state, where the fauna

is relatively well known. The other half occur in the xeri¢

northern regions of South Australia and their distributions

and biology are poorly known. Collections of these desert

dwelling frogs are usually made fortuitously because their

activity is sporadic, in response to unpredictable rains,

This note reports opportunistic observations made when

heavy rains fell in the north of South Australia during

March and April 1989. It records the accurrence in South

Australia of two species of frog previously unknown from

the State.

Five Cyclarana maini were observed at the point where

the Stuart Highway crosses Indulkana Creek (26°59'S,

133°23°) on 15.iv.1989, All individuals were on the road

at night during rain. These specimens were unusual in

lacking a dark lateral head stripe, but in all other respects

agreed with the type description,’ One specimen was

collected and lodged in the South Australian Museum

(SAM R34311) (Fig. 1).

Large numbers of a Nofaden species were heard calling

together with a Neobatrachus sp., in pools of water 3-400

m from the side of the Stuart Highway between 23 km

N of Marla and the Granite Downs turnoff (26°58’'S,

133923’ E) on 15,iv,1989. This species was also calling in

a large pool of water immediately S of the Oodnadatta

road at the township of Marla (27°26'S, 133°43'E) on

22.iv.1989, No specimens could be collected, but the call

left no doubt as to the generi¢ identity of these animals,

being an owl-like ‘oo-oo'. Unfortunately, the species of

Notaden are not distirguishable by call so specific identity

of the Nofuden occurring in South Australia remains in

doubt.

The discovery of Nofaden in South Australia extends

the known geographic range of this genus 350 kilometres

southwards from the closest record of N. nichollsi at

Chinaman Creek, NT, (23°42'S, 132°30'E) (Northern

Territory Museum R5397), The discovery of C. muini in

South Australia extends the known geographic range of

this species 330 kilometres southwards from the closest

record 27 kilometres § of Alice Springs (23°57'S,

133°55"B),!

Fig. 1. Cyelorana maini from Indulkana Creek, S.A. (SAM

R3431)).

As N. nichollsi and C. maini occur extensively in the

Northern Territory and in central Western Australia,'*

their occurrence in northern South Australia, although

representing significant range extensions, is not surprising

andl of little biogeographic significance.

C, Daniels & P, Dempsey assisted in the field, M, Davies

provided the figure. M. Davies & M, Tyler made helpful

comments on the manuscript.

‘Tyler, Me J. (1989) “Australian Frogs.” (Viking O’Niell,

Melbourne),

“Bird, P. & Tyler, M. J. (1990) Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 4,

223-224,

“Tyler, M. J. & Martin, A. A. (1977) Rec. S. Aust. Mus.

17, 261-276,

"Tyler, M. J. & Davies M. (1986) “Frogs of the Northern

Territory.” (Conservation Commission of the Northern

Territory, Alice Springs).

Tyler, M. J, Smith, L. A. & Jobnstone, R. (1984) “Frogs

a nial Australia.” (Western Australian Museum,

rth).

G. R. JOHNSTON, Depariment of Anatomy & Histology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O, Box 498, Adelaide, §, Aust.

S001.